Download SERVICE MANUAL

RDR-HXD870/HXD970/
HXD1070
RMT-D248P
SERVICE MANUAL
AEP Model
UK Model
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
Australian Model
Ver. 1.1 2007.10
RDR-HXD870/HXD970
Revised-1
Photo: RDR-HXD870
RMT-D248P
SPECIFICATIONS
System
Video recording format: MPEG-2,
MPEG-1
Laser: Semiconductor laser
Transmission standards (Digital
Audio recording format/applicable
broadcasting): DVB-T
bit rate: Dolby Digital 2 ch
256 kbps/128 kbps (in EP, SLP, and
Channel coverage (Digital
broadcasting):
SEP mode), PCM
VHF: E5 to E12, F5 to F10, Italian D to
Inputs and outputs
H2, Australian AS6 to AS12
LINE 2 OUT
UHF: E21 to E69, B21 to B68, F21 to
(AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms
F69, Australian AS27 to AS69
(VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p
Channel coverage (Analogue
(S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,
broadcasting):
C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL)
PAL (B/G, D/K, I)/SECAM (L)
LINE 2 IN
VHF: E2 to E12, R1 to R12, F2 to F10,
(AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/more than
Italian A to H, AS0 to AS12, NZ1 to NZ11,
22 kilohms
Ireland A to J, South Africa 4 to 11, 13
(VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p
UHF: E21 to E69, AS28 to AS69, R21 to (S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,
R69, B21 to B69, F21 to F69
C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL)
CATV: S01 to S05, S1 to S20, France
LINE 3 – TV: 21-pin
B to Q
CVBS OUT
HYPER: S21 to S41
S-Video/RGB OUT (upstream)
LINE 1/DECODER (AEP, UK only): 21-pin
The above channel coverage merely ensures
CVBS IN/OUT
the channel reception within these ranges. It
S-Video/RGB IN
does not guarantee the ability to receive
Decoder (AEP, UK only)
signals in all circumstances. For details, see
DV
IN: 4-pin/i.LINK S100
“Receivable channels”.
DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/
0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms
Video reception: Frequency synthesizer
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
system
(Y, PB/CB, PR/CR):
Audio reception: Split carrier system
Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,
Aerial out: 75-ohm asymmetrical aerial
PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p
socket
Timer: Clock: Quartz locked/Timer
indication: 24-hour cycle (digital)/
Power back-up duration: 1 hour
G-LINK: mini jack (AEP, UK only)
HDMI OUT: HDMI 19-pin-Standard
Connector
USB:
USB jack Type A (For connecting
digital still camera, Memory card
reader and USB memory)
USB jack Type B (For connecting
PictBridge-compatible printers)
General
Power requirements: 220-240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Power consumption: 49 W
Dimensions (approx.):
430 × 76.5 × 286 mm (width/height/
depth) incl. projecting parts
Hard disk drive capacity:
RDR-HXD870: 160 GB
RDR-HXD970: 250 GB
RDR-HXD1070: 500 GB
Mass (approx.): 4.7 kg
Operating temperature: 5ºC to 35ºC
Operating humidity: 25% to 80%
Supplied accessories:
Mains lead (1)
Aerial cable (1)
Remote commander (remote) (1)
Audio/Video cord (1) (Australian)
Set top box controller (1) (AEP, UK model)
R6 (size AA) batteries (2)
EURO AV adapter with selector (1) (Australian model)
EURO AV adapter (1) (Australian model)
Specifications and design are subject to
change without notice.
DVD RECORDER
WARNING!!
WHEN SERVICING, DO NOT APPROACH THE LASER EXIT WITH
THE EYE TOO CLOSELY. IN CASE IT IS NECESSARY TO
CONFIRM LASER BEAM EMISSION, BE SURE TO OBSERVE
FROM A DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 25 cm FROM THE SURFACE
OF THE OBJECTIVE LENS ON THE OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK.
CAUTION:
The use of optical instrument with this product will increase eye
hazard.
CAUTION
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures
other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation
exposure.
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH
MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS
LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE
COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS
APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS
PUBLISHED BY SONY.
Unleaded solder
Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the leadfree mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead.
(Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with
the lead free mark due to their particular size.)
: LEAD FREE MARK
Unleaded solder has the following characteristics.
• Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40°C higher than
ordinary solder.
Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be
applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time.
Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to
about 350°C.
Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the
heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful!
• Strong viscosity
Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than
ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such
as on IC pins, etc.
• Usable with ordinary solder
It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may
also be added to ordinary solder.
Special Component Notice
The components identified by mark 9 contain confidential
information.
Strictly follow the instructions whenever the components are repaired
and/or replaced.
SAFETY CHECK-OUT
After correcting the original service problem, perform the following
safety checks before releasing the set to the customer.
1.
2.
3.
Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered
connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes
and bridges.
Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are
"pinched" or contact high-wattage resistors.
Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly
transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point
them out to the customer and recommend their replacement.
4.
Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signs
of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and
recommend their replacement.
5. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified.
6. Flexible Circuit Board Repairing
• Keep the temperature of the soldering iron around 270˚C
during repairing.
• Do not touch the soldering iron on the same conductor of the
circuit board (within 3 times).
• Be careful not to apply force on the conductor when soldering
or unsoldering.
—2—
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERVICE NOTE
1.
4.
4-1.
4-2.
4-3.
4-4.
4-5.
4-6.
4-7.
4-8.
DISK REMOVAL PROCEDURE IF THE TRAY
CANNOT BE EJECTED (FORCED EJECTION) ············ 5
BOARD CONNECTION, SERVICE REMOTE
CONTROLLER ·································································· 5
MODEL NAME SETTING METHOD WHEN ENGINE
IS REPLACED ··································································· 6
HOW TO DIAGNOSE HDD FAILURE ···························· 7
Defective HDD ··································································· 7
HDD Recognition status ····················································· 7
Display [E01] on FLD with unrecognized HDD ················ 8
Display [E02] on FLD ························································ 9
When playing a video, MP3, or JPG, the contents freeze ·· 9
Factory Check ··································································· 10
Self Test ············································································ 10
Performance Check ·························································· 11
1.
GENERAL
2.
3.
WARNING ············································································ 1-1
Precautions ············································································· 1-1
Quick Guide to Disc Types ···················································· 1-2
Hookups and Settings ································································ 1-3
Hooking Up the Recorder ······················································ 1-3
Step 1: Connecting the Aerial Cable and Set Top Box Controller ······················································································· 1-3
Step 2: Connecting the Video Cords/HDMI Cord ················· 1-4
Step 3: Connecting the Audio Cords/HDMI Cord ················· 1-5
Step 4: Connecting the Mains Lead ······································· 1-5
Step 5: Preparing the Remote ················································ 1-5
Step 6: Easy Setup ································································· 1-6
Connecting a VCR or Similar Device ···································· 1-7
Connecting an External Decoder ··········································· 1-7
Eight Basic Operations
— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder ························ 1-8
1. Inserting a Disc ·································································· 1-8
2. Recording a Programme ···················································· 1-8
3. Playing the Recorded Programme (Title List) ··················· 1-9
4. Displaying the Playing Time and Play Information ·········· 1-9
5. Changing the Name of a Recorded Programme ·············· 1-10
6. Labelling and Protecting a Disc ······································· 1-10
7. Playing the Disc on Other DVD Equipment (Finalise) ··· 1-10
8. Reformatting a Disc ························································· 1-11
Guide to Digital Services (For Freeview users only) ·············· 1-11
EPG (Electronic Programme Guide) ··································· 1-11
Programme Information ······················································· 1-11
Viewing a Digital Text Service ············································ 1-12
Timer Recording (For Freeview users only) ···························· 1-12
Before Recording ································································· 1-12
Timer Recording (Standard/EPG) ······································· 1-12
Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings
(Timer List) ······································································ 1-14
Recording from Connected Equipment ······························· 1-14
GUIDE Plus+ (For analogue broadcasting only) ···················· 1-15
Introduction to the GUIDE Plus+ System ··························· 1-15
Watching TV Using the GUIDE Plus+ System ··················· 1-15
Searching for a Programme Using the GUIDE Plus+
System ·············································································· 1-16
Listing Up Your Favourite Programme Information
(My TV) ··········································································· 1-16
Making Changes to the GUIDE Plus+ System ···················· 1-16
Timer Recording (For analogue broadcasting only) ················ 1-17
Before Recording ································································· 1-17
Timer Recording (GUIDE Plus+/Manual) ·························· 1-17
Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings ·················· 1-18
Recording from Connected Equipment ······························· 1-19
Playback ·················································································· 1-19
Playing the Recorded Programme/DVD ······························ 1-19
Pausing a TV Broadcast (TV Pause/Pause Live TV) ··········· 1-21
Playing from the Beginning of the Programme You Are
Recording (Chase Play) ··················································· 1-21
Playing a Previous Recording While Making Another
(Simultaneous Rec and Play) ··········································· 1-21
Searching for a Time/Title/Chapter/Track, etc ···················· 1-21
Erasing and Editing ································································· 1-22
Before Editing ······································································ 1-22
Erasing and Editing a Title ·················································· 1-22
Erasing and Editing a Chapter ············································· 1-23
Creating and Editing a Playlist ············································ 1-23
Dubbing (HDD y DVD) ······················································ 1-24
Before Dubbing ··································································· 1-24
HDD/DVD Dubbing ···························································· 1-24
Dubbing Using Dubbing List ·············································· 1-24
Making a Backup Disc (DVD Backup) ······························· 1-25
DV Camcorder Dubbing ·························································· 1-25
Before DV Camcorder Dubbing ·········································· 1-25
Dubbing an Entire DV Format Tape
(DV One Touch Dubbing) ················································ 1-26
Dubbing Selected Scenes (Manual Dubbing) ······················ 1-26
Playing from a DV Camcorder ············································ 1-26
Audio Tracks ··········································································· 1-26
Playing Audio Tracks from CD/DVD ·································· 1-26
Searching for an Audio Track ·············································· 1-27
About Jukebox ····································································· 1-27
Preparing for Using Jukebox ··············································· 1-27
Playing Audio Tracks Using Jukebox/USB Device ············· 1-28
Managing Audio Tracks on the Music Jukebox ·················· 1-28
JPEG Image Files ···································································· 1-29
About the “Photo Album” Function ···································· 1-29
Preparing for Using the “Photo Album” Function ··············· 1-29
Using the “Photo Album” List ············································· 1-30
Managing JPEG Image Files on the HDD ··························· 1-30
Printing JPEG Image Files ·················································· 1-31
Settings and Adjustments ························································ 1-31
Disc Settings (Disc Setup) ··················································· 1-31
Recorder Settings (Basic) ···················································· 1-31
Aerial Reception Settings (Digital Tuner) ··························· 1-32
Aerial Reception Settings (Analog Tuner) ·························· 1-32
Video Settings (Video In/Out) ············································· 1-33
Audio Input Settings (Audio In) ·········································· 1-33
Audio Output Settings (Audio Out) ····································· 1-34
Language Settings (Language) ············································ 1-34
Recording Settings (Recording) ·········································· 1-34
Playback Settings (Playback) ·············································· 1-35
Limitation Settings (Parental Lock) ····································· 1-35
HDMI Settings (HDMI Output) ·········································· 1-36
Other Settings (Options) ······················································ 1-36
Additional Information ···························································· 1-37
Troubleshooting ··································································· 1-37
Resetting the Recorder ························································· 1-39
Notes About This Recorder ················································· 1-39
Specifications ······································································· 1-39
Notes on MP3 Audio Tracks, JPEG Image Files,
and DivX Video Files ······················································· 1-39
About i.LINK ······································································· 1-40
Guide to Parts and Controls ················································· 1-40
Language Code List ····························································· 1-41
Country/Area Code ······························································ 1-41
2.
DISASSEMBLY
2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4
2-5.
2-6.
2-7.
UPPER CASE ································································· 2-2
TRAY COVER ASSEMBLY ·········································· 2-2
FRONT PANEL SECTION ············································· 2-3
FR-274 BOARD, FL-178 BOARD ································· 2-3
DVD DRIVE ··································································· 2-4
DC FAN ··········································································· 2-4
HARD DISK ··································································· 2-5
—3—
2-8.
2-9.
2-10.
2-11.
AV-114 BOARD ······························································ 2-5
DT-120 BOARD ······························································ 2-6
POWER SUPPLY BLOCK ············································· 2-6
CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION ··································· 2-7
3.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1.
3-2.
3-3.
3-4.
3-5.
3-6.
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM ···································· 3-1
AV-114 BLOCK DIAGRAM ·········································· 3-3
DT-120 BLOCK DIAGRAM ·········································· 3-5
RD-065 BLOCK DIAGRAM ·········································· 3-7
FR-274, FL-178 BLOCK DIAGRAM ···························· 3-9
POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM ······································· 3-11
4.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
• RD-065 (POWER BLOCK, EMMA BLOCK, VIDEO/
AUDIO BLOCK, MEMORY BLOCK, SATA/IDE IF,
HDMI/DV/USB BLOCK, DVD DRIVE)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-55
• FL-178 (DV, USB, REMOCON RECEIVER,
POWER SW)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-59
5.
6.
4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ································ 4-1
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ············································ 4-3
WAVEFORMS ································································ 4-4
• AV-114 (1/5) (IT CONTROLLER, IR)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-5
• AV-114 (2/5) (POWER/FAN CONT.)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-7
• AV-114 (3/5) (VIDEO/AUDIO)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-9
• AV-114 (4/5) (EURO)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-11
• AV-114 (5/5) (TUNER)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-13
• DT-120 (1/5) (EMMA2LL)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-15
• DT-120 (2/5) (CI CONTROL)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-17
• DT-120 (3/5) (DIGITAL TUNER)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-19
• DT-120 (4/5) (POWER)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-21
• DT-120 (5/5) (VIDEO DECODER)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-23
• FR-274 (FL DRIVER, LINE 2 IN, FUNCTION SW)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-25
• FL-178 (DV, USB, REMOCON RECEIVER,
POWER SW)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-27
• RD-065 (1/7) (POWER BLOCK)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-29
• RD-065 (2/7) (EMMA BLOCK)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-31
• RD-065 (3/7) (VIDEO/AUDIO BLOCK)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-33
• RD-065 (4/7) (MEMORY BLOCK)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-35
• RD-065 (5/7) (SATA/IDE IF)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-37
• RD-065 (6/7) (HDMI/DV/USB BLOCK)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-39
• RD-065 (7/7) (DVD DRIVE)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-41
• SWITCHING REGULATOR (SRV-2057EK)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-43
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS ····································· 4-45
• FR-274 (FL DRIVER, LINE 2 IN, FUNCTION SW)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-45
• AV-114 (IT CONTROLLER, IR, POWER/FAN CONT.,
VIDEO/AUDIO, EURO, TUNER)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-47
• DT-120 (EMMA2LL, CI CONTROL,
DIGITAL TUNER, POWER, VIDEO ENCODER)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-51
IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
5-1. IT CONTROL IC
(IC101:LC87F06J2A-F58W3-E (AV-114 BOARD)) ······ 5-1
5-2. AV ENCODER/DECODER IC
(IC1001:MC10050F1-105-LU1-A (RD-65 BOARD)) ··· 5-3
SERVICE MODE
6-1. SERVICE MODE MAP ·················································· 6-2
6-2. Diagnostic Mode ····························································· 6-3
6-2-1. Model Setting ·································································· 6-3
6-2-2. Service Mode ··································································· 6-4
6-2-3. Version Information and Other Information
(First screen) ···································································· 6-4
6-2-4. RF Level Simplified Diagnosis (Subscreen1) ················· 6-5
6-2-5. HDD Information for the HDD return sheet
(Simplified measurement mode) ····································· 6-6
6-2-6. Cautions for handling the HDD ······································· 6-7
6-2-7. HDD Error Logging ························································ 6-9
6-2-8. ATA/ATAPI History - ERR ·········································· 6-10
6-2-9. How to confirm HDD Access Flow ······························· 6-10
6-2-10. ATA/ATAPI Debugging Screen (Second Screen) and
LD Deterioration Judgment (for writer) ······················ 6-11
6-2-11. History of VR Recording-related Errors ····················· 6-13
6-2-12. DV Service Mode ······················································· 6-17
6-2-13. EPG Service Mode ······················································ 6-19
6-2-14. Aging Mode ································································ 6-21
6-2-15. HDD Check Mode ······················································ 6-22
6-3. Setup Related Menu ······················································ 6-23
6-3-1. Firmware Downloading ················································· 6-23
6-3-2. Area-Specific Channel Setting ······································ 6-23
6-3-3. OSD Filter Setting (Subscreen 4) ·································· 6-24
7.
ADJUSTMENTS
7-1. Video System Adjustment ··············································· 7-1
8.
REPAIR PARTS LIST
8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS ······················································ 8-1
8-1-1. OVERALL SECTION ····················································· 8-1
8-1-2. CHASSIS SECTION ······················································· 8-2
8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ·········································· 8-3
—4—
SERVICE NOTE
1. DISK REMOVAL PROCEDURE IF THE TRAY CANNOT BE EJECTED (FORCED EJECTION)
1.
2.
Remove the upper case.
Insert the stiff wire in the hole and eject the tray.
Hole
1 The stiff wire
Open the tray
NOTES DURING THE FORCED EJECTION
1.
If the forced ejection is executed while a blank disc media (DVD±RW, ±R) exists on the tray
• Insert a DVD-ROM (DVD test disc, DVD software available on the market, or the like) in the tray and then close the tray.
Note1: If you close the tray while it is empty, ejection of the tray becomes impossible.
Note2: If you close the tray with a CD disc inserted in it, the CD can be ejected. However, if you close the tray while it is empty, there can be a case that
ejection of the tray becomes impossible.
Note3: Even if you replace the DVD drive unit while the tray remains under the state as described above, the situation cannot be improved.
2.
If the tray cannot be ejected while the disc is not inserted
• Execute the forced ejection.
• Insert a DVD-ROM (DVD test disc, DVD software available on the market, or the like) on the tray and try to close the tray.
(There are cases that it recovers the trouble.)
3.
Contents of forcedly ejected blank disc media (DVD±RW, ±R) can be damaged. (There can be a case that initialization is also impossible.)
2. BOARD CONNECTION, SERVICE REMOTE CONTROLLER
Extension cable
(J-6090-201-A)
RD-065 board : CN2301(40core)
AV-114 board : CN101(40core)
SERVICE REMOTE CONTROLLER
(J-6090-203-A)
—5—
3. MODEL NAME SETTING METHOD WHEN ENGINE IS REPLACED
Required equipment:
• Remote controller (RMT-D248P)
• Service remote controller (J-6090-203-A)
• Monitor
Model name delete method
1. Turn the main POWER ON.
2. Press the following buttons on the service remote controller in this order.:
“ESC” k “CHAP” k “1”
* Confirm that the above operation is performed in the state that the screen has exited all settings such as “Home Menu” or “Simple
Setting”.
3. Turn the main POWER OFF.
4. Turn the main POWER ON. (The screen as shown in Fig. 1 appears.)
5. Select “2” on the screen by using the service remote controller.
* If “1” is selected on the screen, the machine will not work at all. Be sure to select “2”.
6. Find out the tentative model name from the Correspondence Table (Table 1) for the client machine. Then, enter the 4-digit “Input No.”
on the screen using the service remote controller.
7. The model name setting method is complete. (Screen disappears.)
* Upon completion of the model name setting, be sure to press both “ENTER” and “3” simultaneously on the service remote controller
without fail. It sets the remote control code “3”.
Fig.1 S-company/P-company selection
[Recorder's Model Setting]
Input the number using the remote for Service
>
?
Input No.
[
1
:
[
2
:
Manufacturer
P
]
S
]
Table1 Correspondence table between tentative model name and final product name
Model name
Tentative model name
AEP3
AEP1
AEP2
RDR-HXD870
RDR-HXD970
MRX-1660/EC1
MRX-1670/EC1
MRX-1665/EC2
MRX-1675/EC2
RDR-HXD1070
MRX-1680/EC1
MRX-1685/EC2
UK
Australian
MRX-1660/EC3
MRX-1670/EC3
MRX-1660/CEK
MRX-1670/CEK
MRX-1660/AU2
MRX-1670/AU2
—
MRX-1680/CEK
—
—6—
4. HOW TO DIAGNOSE HDD FAILURE
4-1. Defective HDD
There are four symptoms of defects in the HDD.
1. “E01” is displayed on the FLD.
(The HDD is not recognized or is not authorized.)
2. “E02” is displayed on the FLD.
3. When playing a video, MP3, or JPG, contents freeze.
4. Irregular noises from the HDD
4-2. HDD Recognition status
How to enter Recognition status and sub screen mode.
• While the GUI screen is not displayed, use the service remote controller and press “ESC” key followed by “DISP” key.
• While the first screen is displayed, press “DIG/ANA” key repeatedly until the desired subscreen is displayed.
The subscreens change.
Service remote controller
(Part code: J-6090-203-A)
MRX-1635/EC1
VERSION : 1.01
SYSCON : RELEASE 104
Rev. 1. 5895
TUNERCON : 1.178
DRIVE : DVD-RW DVR-L12X
1.00
PIC SERIAL : 000800004940
HDD INT : WDC WD2500AAJS 9
OK
OK
OK
250
• Details on HDD data are described below:
HDD : WDC1023456 # 160
Capacity of the HDD (unit: Gbytes)
HDD identification error indication
HDD model name
DEVICE : E2R-FEx1.0
FLASH : 64M
REGION : 2
C : 0000400259
HDCP : 0000400259
FL Display
REPAIR
E01
E02
Normal
OS Display
HDD identification
conditions
Details on HDD data
are described below.
Remarks
“Repaining the HDD”.
r
“HDD repair is
complete”.
An error occurred.
Please consult your
nearest Sony dealer.
Note that contents on
the HDD may be
erased when servicing
this unit.
Failure to physically
identify the HDD (no
connection, defective
HDD, interface error).
Blank space
Check the connection to the
SATA cable and power cable.
Replace the SATA cable or
power cable.
Replace the HDD.
Replace the FE or part in the
SATA/ATA communication.
Physical identification of
HDD possible, but not
identified
WDC 10234564 # 160
“#” indicates that the HDD is
not recognized.
The Hard Disk Drive
info is incorrect.
Use the Disk Setup
menu to reformat.
Physical identification of
HDD possible, HDD
identified, but failure in
logical formatting.
Physical identification of
HDD possible, HDD
identified, and correct
logical formatting (HDD
correctly identified).
WDC 10234564 ! 160
“!” indicates an HDD
authorization error. Initialize
the HDD.
—7—
WDC 10234564 160
4-3. Display [E01] on FLD with unrecognized HDD
E01
Is the HDD free from
abnormal noises?
NO
YES
Is not “#” displayed?
NO
Unauthorized HDD
NO
Replace the SATA Cable
YES
Replace the SATA cable.
Does the problem
still occur?
* Refer to “Note”.
Note: Write down the HDD information on the HDD
return sheet before replacing the HDD.
Note the information on pages 6-6, 6-7, 6-9,
and 6-10 of Chapter 6, “SERVICE MODE”.
YES
Reconnect the SATA
cable. Does the problem
still occur?
Replace the HDD
For information about replacing the HDD, see
page 2-5 of Chapter 2, “DISASSEMBLY”.
After replacing the HDD, perform
“Factory Check” on “SERVICE NOTE”, page 10.
When performing “Factory Check”, the data
saved to the HDD by the customer is erased.
Obtain customer consent before performing
“Factory Check”.
NO
YES
Replace the HDD with a new
one and perform Factory Check.
Does the problem
still occur?
* Refer to “Note”.
NO
END
YES
There may be a problem with the Engine.
Therefore, put the original HDD back in the unit.
Then, follow the procedure to replace the Engine.
After replacing the Engine, perform “Setting the Model Name”
on “Service Note”, page 6.
Does the problem
still occur?
NO
Note: Write down the HDD information on the HDD
return sheet before replacing the Engine.
For information about replacing the Engine,
see page 2-4 of Chapter 2, “DISASSEMBLY”.
When performing “Factory Check”, the data
saved to the HDD by the customer is erased.
Obtain customer consent before performing
“Factory Check”.
Final check
Note: Performing “Final Check” will not erase the HDD data.
YES
Another defect
has occurred.
—8—
4-4. Display [E02] on FLD
E02
Note: When E02 is displayed, the user data has
already broken due to system DATA Error.
NO
Is the HDD free from
abnormal noises?
Replace the HDD
* Refer to “Note”.
YES
Factory check
Final check
Note: Performing “Final Check” will not erase the HDD data.
Has the Final check ended
with success?
NO
Replace the HDD
* Refer to “Note”.
YES
END
4-5. When playing a VIDEO, MP3, or JPG, the contents freeze
When playing a VIDEO, MP3, or JPG,
the contents freeze.
(Any error is not displayed on the FLD.)
Is the HDD free from
abnormal noises?
NO
YES
Display the ATA/ATAPI history by using
“HDD Access Flow” on page 6-10.
Does the history show
no errors?
NO
YES
Final check
Has the Final check ended
with success?
NO
Replace the HDD
* Refer to “Note”.
Note: Performing “Final Check”
will not erase the HDD data.
YES
END
—9—
4-6. Factory Check
1. Pull out and then reconnect the AC cable.
2. Press “ESC” key followed by “P.RUN” key to start Formatting.
3. When “B COMPLETE” appears, the Factory Check is complete.
4. Press “Power” button. The unit starts normally.
When “Factory Check” has finished completely without error, reset “Recording Error History” and “ATA/ATAPI History Error” with the
Clear key.
Note: Write down the HDD information on the HDD return sheet before
replacing the HDD.
Note the information on pages 6-6, 6-7, 6-9, and 6-10 of Chapter 6,
“SERVICE MODE”.
Recording Error History Display
07-03-19
07-03-19
07-03-19
07-03-19
07-03-19
12:36:06
12:36:06
12:36:06
12:36:06
12:27:27
ESFSYS INIT
HDD Zero MR
HDD Initialze
HDD Zero MR
Status NG
When performing “Factory Check”, the data saved to the HDD by the
customer is erased.
Obtain customer consent before performing “Factory Check”.
“Recording Error History” and “ATA/ATAPI History Error”, see pages
6-9, 6-10 of Chapter 6, “SERVICE MODE”.
4-7. Final Check
4-7-1. SELF TEST (SMART TEST)
This is a simplified diagnosis for the HDD.
A serious failure in the HDD can be detected with this test.
Time required for testing: Approx. 60 sec.
How to start/terminate the diagnostic program
Use the remote control unit for servicing.
• How to start: Press “ESC”, “CX”, “0”, and “1” keys simultaneously.
• How to terminate: Press “ESC” key.
Execute Self-Test.
• Press “3” key on the remote control unit for servicing while the menu screen is displayed.
• When the following screen is displayed, press “1” key to start the Self-Test.
Note: “2. Exe Ext Self Test” is not used.
Note: Performing “Self Test” will not erase the HDD data.
Diagnosis results
• Without an error: “. . . Completed” is displayed.
Then, proceed to the Extended Self-Test.
• With an error: “. . . Error” is displayed. Look at the number in Test Result.
If the place value for tens is 1 or 2, execute the Self-Test again.
If it is from 3 to 7, the HDD must be replaced.
Note: If the result of the second test is the same, replacement of the HDD is required.
Example: No error
Example: With an error
— 10 —
4-7-2.
Performance Check
Press “ESC” key, then “A.MON” key.
This is a reading test across all sectors of the HDD.
Data recorded on the HDD will not be erased, because no writing operation is performed.
Time required for testing: Approx. 45 min/160 G
75 min/250 G
130 to 150 min/500 G
When “Performance Check” finishes completely without error, reset “ATA/ATAPI History Error” with the Clear key.
FL display specification
HDD factory Check
HDD performance Check
aNormal display
0:Factory Check start
0
0
aNormal display
aError display
000000
80:Performance Check start
Power On
1:Power ON Test
80
0
00000
81
0
00000
Power On
1
0
81:Power ON Test
000000
HDD ERR 01
2:Random Write/Read/Compare Test 2
0
HDD ERR 81
000000
HDD ERR 02
3:ID Sequential Read Verify Test 3
4:OD Sequential Read Verify Test 4
* * *H * *M* *S
HDD ERR 03
* * *H * *M* *S
HDD ERR 04
82:all Sequential Read Verify Test 8 2 * *
*H * *M* *S
83:Power OFF Test
00000
Power off
5 FM
6:Power OFF Test
6
0
000000
7
0
000000
8
0
000000
9
0
000000
A 0
000000
*H * *M* *S
83
0
H
M
8 4 COMPLETE
HDD ERR 05
Power off
Power On
HDD ERR 07
20s
Power off
15s
Power On
HDD ERR 09
20s
Power off
S
15s
84:Complete
5:Format
15s
aError display
7:Power ON Test
8:Power OFF Test
9:Power ON Test
a:Power OFF Test
b:Complete
15s
B COMPLETE
Fig 1. FL Display Flow
* The logo for “Factory Check” and “Performance Check” is recorded in “ATA/ATAPI History Error”.
— 11 —
HDD ERR 82
MEMO
— 12 —
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
This section is extracted from instruction manual.
(RDR-HXD770/HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070:
3-113-760-11 (1))
WARNING
To reduce the risk of fire or electric
shock, do not expose this apparatus
to rain or moisture.
To avoid electrical shock, do not
open the cabinet. Refer servicing to
qualified personnel only.
The mains lead must be changed
only at a qualified service shop.
Do not expose the battery to
excessive heat such as direct
sunlight, fire or the like.
Notice for customers in the
United Kingdom and
Republic of Ireland
A molded plug complying with
BS1363 is fitted to this equipment
for your safety and convenience.
Should the fuse in the plug
supplied need to be replaced, a 5
AMP fuse approved by ASTA or
BSI to BS1362, (i.e., marked with
or
mark) must be used.
If the plug supplied with this
equipment has a detachable fuse
cover, be sure to attach the fuse
cover after you change the fuse.
Never use the plug without the fuse
cover. If you should lose the fuse
cover, please contact your nearest
Sony service station.
Precautions
This appliance is classified as a
CLASS 1 LASER product. The
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
MARKING is located on the rear
of the unit.
CAUTION
The use of optical instruments with
this product will increase eye
hazard. As the laser beam used in
this DVD recorder is harmful to
eyes, do not attempt to disassemble
the cabinet.
Refer servicing to qualified
personnel only.
This label is located on the laser
protective housing inside the
enclosure.
• This unit operates on 220 –
240 V AC, 50/60 Hz. Check that
the unit’s operating voltage is
identical with your local power
supply.
• To prevent fire or shock hazard,
do not place objects filled with
liquids, such as vases, on the
apparatus.
• Install this system so that the
mains lead can be unplugged
from the wall socket
immediately in the event of
trouble.
GUIDE Plus+ and G-LINK are (1)
registered trademarks or
trademarks of, (2) manufactured
under license from and (3) subject
of various international patents and
patent applications owned by, or
licensed to, Gemstar-TV Guide
International, Inc. and/or its related
affiliates.
GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE
INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND/
OR ITS RELATED AFFILIATES
ARE NOT IN ANY WAY
LIABLE FOR THE ACCURACY
OF THE PROGRAM SCHEDULE
INFORMATION PROVIDED BY
THE GUIDE PLUS+ SYSTEM. IN
NO EVENT SHALL GEMSTARTV GUIDE INTERNATIONAL,
INC. AND /OR ITS RELATED
AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR
ANY AMOUNTS
REPRESENTING LOSS OF
PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS,
OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN CONNECTION WITH THE
PROVISION OR USE OF ANY
INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT,
OR SERVICES RELATING TO
THE GUIDE PLUS+ SYSTEM.
SECTION 1
GENERAL
Disposal of Old Electrical
& Electronic Equipment
(Applicable in the
European Union and
other European countries
with separate collection
systems)
Copy guard function
Since the recorder has a copy
guard function, programmes
received through an external
tuner (not supplied) may contain
copy protection signals (copy
guard function) and as such may
not be recordable, depending on
the type of signal.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Caution: This recorder is
capable of holding a still
video image or on-screen
display image on your
television screen
indefinitely. If you leave the
still video image or onscreen display image
displayed on your TV for an
extended period of time you
risk permanent damage to
your television screen.
Plasma display panels and
projection televisions are
especially susceptible to this.
If you have any questions or
problems concerning your
recorder, please consult your
nearest Sony dealer.
• Do not attempt to replace or
upgrade the hard disk by
yourself, as this may result in
malfunction.
This equipment has been tested
and found to comply with the
limits set out in the EMC
Directive using a connection
cable shorter than 3 metres.
If the hard disk drive should
malfunction, you cannot recover
lost data. The hard disk drive is
only a temporary storage space.
On safety
About repairing the hard
disk drive
Should any solid object or liquid
fall into the cabinet, unplug the
recorder and have it checked by
qualified personnel before
operating it any further.
This symbol on the product or on
its packaging indicates that this
product shall not be treated as
household waste. Instead it shall be
handed over to the applicable
collection point for the recycling of
electrical and electronic
equipment. By ensuring this
product is disposed of correctly,
you will help prevent potential
negative consequences for the
environment and human health,
which could otherwise be caused
by inappropriate waste handling of
this product. The recycling of
materials will help to conserve
natural resources. For more
detailed information about
recycling of this product, please
contact your local Civic Office,
your household waste disposal
service or the shop where you
purchased the product.
About the hard disk drive
The hard disk has a high storage
density, which enables long
recording durations and quick
access to the written data.
However, it can easily be
damaged by shock, vibration or
dust, and should be kept away
from magnets. To avoid losing
important data, observe the
following precautions.
• Do not apply a strong shock to
the recorder.
• Do not place the recorder in a
location subject to mechanical
vibrations or in an unstable
location.
• Do not place the recorder on
top of a hot surface, such as a
VCR or amplifier (receiver).
• Do not use the recorder in a
place subject to extreme
changes in temperature
(temperature gradient less than
10 °C/hour).
• Do not move the recorder with
its mains lead connected.
• Do not disconnect the mains
lead while the power is on.
• When disconnecting the mains
lead, turn off the power and
make sure that the hard disk
drive is not operating (the
clock is displayed in the front
panel display for at least 30
seconds and all recording or
dubbing has stopped).
• Do not move the recorder for
one minute after you have
unplugged the mains lead.
The manufacturer of this
product is Sony Corporation,
1-7-1 Konan Minato-ku
Tokyo, 108-0075 Japan. The
Authorized Representative
for EMC and product safety
is Sony Deutschland GmbH,
Hedelfinger Strasse 61,
70327 Stuttgart, Germany.
For any service or guarantee
matters please refer to the
addresses given in separate
service or guarantee
documents.
• The contents of the hard disk
drive may be checked in case
of repair or inspection during a
malfunction or modification.
However, the contents will not
be backed up or saved by
Sony.
• If the hard disk needs to be
formatted or replaced, it will
be done at the discretion of
Sony. All contents of the hard
disk drive will be erased,
including contents that violate
copyright laws.
On power sources
• The recorder is not
disconnected from the AC
power source (mains) as long
as it is connected to the wall
outlet, even if the recorder
itself has been turned off.
• If you are not going to use the
recorder for a long time, be
sure to disconnect the recorder
from the wall outlet. To
disconnect the AC power cord
(mains lead), grasp the plug
itself; never pull the cord.
On placement
• Place the recorder in a location
with adequate ventilation to
prevent heat build-up in the
recorder.
• Do not place the recorder on a
soft surface such as a rug that
might block the ventilation
holes.
• Do not place the recorder in a
confined space such as a
bookshelf or similar unit.
• Do not place the recorder in a
location near heat sources, or
in a place subject to direct
sunlight, excessive dust, or
mechanical shock.
• Do not place the recorder in an
inclined position. It is
designed to be operated in a
horizontal position only.
• Keep the recorder and discs
away from equipment with
strong magnets, such as
microwave ovens, or large
loudspeakers.
• Do not place heavy objects on
the recorder.
On recording
Make trial recordings before
making the actual recording.
On compensation for lost
recordings
Sony is not liable and will not
compensate for any lost
recordings or relevant losses,
including when recordings are
not made due to reasons
including recorder failure, or
when the contents of a recording
are lost or damaged as a result of
recorder failure or repair
undertaken to the recorder. Sony
will not restore, recover, or
replicate the recorded contents
under any circumstances.
Copyrights
• Television programmes, films,
video tapes, discs, and other
materials may be copyrighted.
Unauthorized recording of
such material may be contrary
to the provisions of the
copyright laws. Also, use of
this recorder with cable
television transmission may
require authorization from the
cable television transmitter
and/or programme owner.
• This product incorporates
copyright protection
technology that is protected by
U.S. patents and other
intellectual property rights.
Use of this copyright
protection technology must be
authorized by Macrovision,
and is intended for home and
other limited viewing uses
only unless otherwise
authorized by Macrovision.
Reverse engineering or
disassembly is prohibited.
,continued
2
• This Product includes
FontAvenue® fonts licenced
by NEC corporation.
FontAvenue is a registered
trademark of NEC
corporation.
Precautions
About this manual
Check your model name
The instructions in this
manual are for 4 models:
RDR-HXD770, RDRHXD870, RDR-HXD970
and RDR-HXD1070. Check
your model name by looking
at the front panel of the
recorder.
• In this manual, the internal
hard disk drive is written as
“HDD,” and “disc” is used as a
general reference for the HDD,
DVDs, or CDs unless
otherwise specified by the text
or illustrations.
• Icons, such as DVD , listed
at the top of each explanation
indicate what kind of media
can be used with the function
being explained.
• Instructions in this manual
describe the controls on the
remote. You can also use the
controls on the recorder if they
have the same or similar
names as those on the remote.
• The on-screen display
illustrations used in this
manual may not match the
graphics displayed on your TV
screen.
• The explanations regarding
DVDs in this manual refer to
DVDs created on this recorder.
The explanations do not apply
to DVDs that are created on
other recorders and played
back on this recorder.
4
1-1
3
Usable disc versions (as of April 2007)
Quick Guide to Disc Types
• 8x-speed or slower DVD+RWs
• 6x-speed or slower DVD-RWs (Ver.1.1,
Ver.1.2 with CPRM*2)
• 16x-speed or slower DVD+Rs
• 16x-speed or slower DVD-Rs (Ver.2.0,
Ver.2.1 with CPRM*2)
• 8x-speed or slower DVD+R DL (Double
Layer) discs
• 8x-speed or slower DVD-R DL (Dual
Layer) discs (Ver.3.0 with CPRM*2)
Recordable and playable discs
Type
Disc Logo
Icon used
in this
manual
Formatting
(new discs)
Compatibility with other
DVD players (finalising)
Select “Video Mode
Dub HDD contents to a
Off” in “HDD
DVD (VR mode) to play
Recording Format”
on other DVD players
(page 144)
VR
mode
Hard disk
drive
(internal)
“DVD+RW,” “DVD-RW,” “DVD+R,” “DVD+R
DL,” “DVD-R,” and “DVD-R DL” are trademarks.
HDD
*1
When an unformatted DVD-R is inserted into
this recorder, it is automatically formatted in
Video mode. To format a new DVD-R in VR
mode, format in the “Format” setup (page 47).
*2
CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable
Media) is a coding technology that protects
copyrights for images.
Select “Video Mode
Dub HDD contents to a
On” (default) in
DVD (Video mode) to play
“HDD Recording
on other DVD players
Format” (page 144)
Video
mode
+RW
Automatically
formatted in +VR
mode (DVD+RW
VIDEO)
VR
mode
-RWVR
Playable only on VR mode
Format in VR mode
compatible players
(page 36)
(finalisation unnecessary)
Video
mode
-RWVideo
Format in Video
mode (page 36)
Playable on most DVD
players (finalisation
necessary) (page 45)
Automatically
formatted in +VR
mode (DVD+R
VIDEO)
Playable on most DVD
players (finalisation
necessary) (page 45)
Playable only on DVD-R
in VR mode compatible
players (finalisation
necessary) (page 45)
Playable on most DVD
players (finalisation
necessary) (page 45)
DVD+RW
Discs that cannot be recorded on
Playable on DVD+RW
compatible players
(automatically finalised)
• DVD-RAMs
DVD-RW
DVD+R
+R
DVD+R DL
DVD-R
VR
mode
-RVR
Format in VR mode
(page 36)*1
Formatting is
performed in the
“Format” setup
(page 47).
DVD-R
DL
Video
mode
-RVideo
Automatically
formatted in Video
mode
,continued
10
Note on playback operations of DVD
VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs
Playable discs
Type
Disc Logo
Icon used in
this manual
DVD VIDEO
VIDEO CD
CD
Characteristics
DVD
Discs such as movies that can be
purchased or rented
This recorder also recognises DVDRAMs* as DVD Video compatible
discs.
VCD
VIDEO CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in
VIDEO CD/Super VIDEO CD format
CD
—
DATA DVD
DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RAMs*
containing MP3 audio tracks or DivX
video files
DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs/DVD-ROMs
containing MP3 audio tracks, JPEG
image files or DivX video files
DATA CD
—
DATA CD
CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs
containing either MP3 audio tracks,
JPEG image files or DivX video files
DivX, DivX Certified, and associated logos are
trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are used under
license.
DivX® is a video file compression technology,
developed by DivX, Inc.
* If the DVD-RAM has a removable cartridge,
remove the cartridge before playback.
Discs that cannot be played
• PHOTO CDs
• CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs that are
recorded in a format different from the
formats mentioned in the table above.
• Data part of CD-Extras
• BDs
• HD DVDs
• Discs recorded with an AVCHDcompatible DVD video camera
Region code (DVD VIDEO only)
Your recorder has a region code printed on
the rear of the unit and will only play DVD
VIDEOs (playback only) labelled with
identical region codes. This system is used to
protect copyrights.
DVD VIDEOs labelled ALL will also play
on this recorder.
If you try to play any other DVD VIDEO, the
message “Playback prohibited by region
code.” will appear on the TV screen.
Depending on the DVD VIDEO, no region
code indication may be labelled even though
playing the DVD VIDEO is prohibited by
area restrictions.
Music CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in
music CD format
DATA DVD
“DVD VIDEO” and “CD” are trademarks.
Some playback operations of DVD VIDEOs/
VIDEO CDs may be intentionally set by
software producers. Since this recorder plays
DVD VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs according to the
disc contents the software producers
designed, some playback features may not be
available. See the instructions supplied with
the DVD VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs.
Region code
• DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD-RWs/
DVD+Rs/DVD-Rs that do not contain
DVD Video, DivX video, JPEG image
files, or MP3 audio tracks.
• DVD Audio discs
• Cartridge-only type DVD-RAMs.
• HD layer on Super Audio CDs
• DVD VIDEOs with a different region code
(page 13).
• DVDs that were recorded on a different
recorder and not correctly finalised.
Music discs encoded with copyright
protection technologies
Maximum recordable number of titles
Note on DualDiscs
Disc
Number of titles
HDD*
999
DVD-RW/DVD-R
99
DVD+RW/DVD+R
49
DVD+R DL
49
DVD-R DL
99
11
b Notes
• Some DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, DVD-RWs/DVDRs, DVD-RAMs, or CD-RWs/CD-Rs cannot be
played on this recorder due to the recording
quality or physical condition of the disc, or the
characteristics of the recording device and
authoring software. The disc will not play if it has
not been correctly finalised. For more
information, see the operating instructions for the
recording device.
• You cannot mix VR mode and Video mode on the
same DVD-RW. To change the disc’s format,
reformat the disc (page 47). Note that the disc’s
contents will be erased after reformatting.
• You cannot shorten the time required for
recording even with high-speed discs.
• It is recommended that you use discs with “For
Video” printed on their packaging.
• You cannot add new recordings to DVD+Rs,
DVD-Rs, or DVD-RWs (Video mode) that
contain recordings made on other DVD
equipment.
• In some cases, you may not be able to add new
recordings to DVD+RWs that contain recordings
made on other DVD equipment. If you do add a
new recording, note that this recorder will rewrite
the DVD menu.
• You cannot edit recordings on DVD+RWs,
DVD-RWs (Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs
that are made on other DVD equipment.
• If the disc contains PC data unrecognizable by
this recorder, the data may be erased.
• You may not be able to record, edit, or dub on
some recordable discs, depending on the disc.
• Do not insert any discs that cannot be recorded or
played on this recorder. This may cause the
recorder to malfunction.
This product is designed to play back discs
that conform to the Compact Disc (CD)
standard.
Recently, various music discs encoded with
copyright protection technologies are being
marketed by some record companies. Please
be aware that among those discs, there are
some that do not conform to the CD standard
and may not be playable by this product.
A DualDisc is a two sided disc product which
mates DVD recorded material on one side
with digital audio material on the other side.
However, since the audio material side does
not conform to the Compact Disc (CD)
standard, playback on this product is not
guaranteed.
* The maximum length for one title is 12 hours.
12
13
1-2
Step 1: Connecting the Aerial Cable and Set Top Box
Controller
Hookups and Settings
Hooking Up the Recorder
If the set top box receiver can output RGB signals
b Notes
•
•
•
•
•
See “Specifications” (page 160) for a list of supplied accessories.
Plug in cords securely to prevent unwanted noise.
Refer to the instructions supplied with the components to be connected.
You cannot connect this recorder to a TV that does not have a SCART or video input jack.
Be sure to disconnect the mains lead of each component before connecting.
Using the set top box receiver control function
The set top box receiver control function can be used with hookup B. It allows the recorder to
control a set top box receiver via the supplied set top box controller. The recorder controls
programme positions on the set top box receiver for timer recording. You can also use the
recorder’s remote control to change programme positions on the set top box receiver whenever
the set top box receiver and recorder are turned on.
To use the set top box receiver control function, you need to connect the set top box controller
(page 17). After setting up the set top box receiver control, check that the recorder can correctly
control the set top box receiver (page 28).
Checking hookup and setting methods
The recorder incorporates both analogue and digital tuners. The programme guide and timer
recording method differ depending on which one you select. Depending on the broadcasts you
are receiving and your equipment, select one of the following aerial hookups. Do NOT set
“LINE 1 In” to “Decoder” in the “Video In/Out” setup (page 137) when making connection B.
When you receive
Hookup
Programme guide
Timer recording using
programme guide
Freeview
A (page 16)
Digital Service
(page 48)
See page 52.
Satellite, Cable
B (page 17)
GUIDE Plus+ (page 63) See page 71.
Terrestrial
C (page 18)
GUIDE Plus+ (page 63) See page 71.
Hookups and Settings
This recorder accepts RGB signals. If the set top box receiver can output RGB signals, connect
the TV SCART connector on the set top box receiver to the LINE 1/DECODER jack, and set
“LINE 1 In” to “RGB” in the “Video In/Out” setup (page 137). See the instructions supplied
with the set top box receiver.
Follow steps 1 through 6 to hook up and adjust the settings of the recorder. Do not connect the
mains lead until you reach “Step 4: Connecting the Mains Lead” on page 23.
b Notes
• If your aerial is a flat cable (300-ohm twin lead cable), use an external aerial connector (not supplied) to
connect the aerial to the recorder.
• If you have separate cables for AERIAL antennas, use an AERIAL UHF/VHF band mixer (not supplied)
to connect the aerial to the recorder.
• If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you will not be able to view the signals from the connected
set top box receiver.
b Note
Beginning in 2008, analogue broadcasts in the UK will end area by area, with all analogue broadcasts
scheduled to end by 2012. After analogue broadcasts end in your area, you will not be able to use hookup C
to view TV broadcasts. At that time, change to hookup A to view digital broadcasts.
,continued
14
A: Receiving Freeview (For digital broadcasting)
B: Receiving cable or satellite (For analogue broadcasting)
Use this hookup if you can receive Freeview.
With this hookup, you can record any programme position by selecting the programme position
on the recorder.
With this hookup, you can record any programme position on the set top box receiver.
To watch cable programmes, you need to match the programme position on the recorder to the
aerial output programme position on the set top box receiver.
Place the set top box controller
near the remote sensor on the
set top box receiver.
to aerial input
Wall
Aerial cable (supplied)
to DIGITAL AERIAL OUT
Set top box
receiver
to DIGITAL AERIAL IN
Set top box
controller
(page 15)
Hookups and Settings
Wall
TV
15
ANT IN
SCART cord*2
(not supplied)
TO TV
DVD recorder
Aerial cable*1
(not supplied)
to ANALOG
AERIAL IN
: Signal flow
If you want to view both analogue and digital broadcasts
to G-LINK
This recorder has separate built-in TV tuners for terrestrial digital and terrestrial analogue TV
broadcasts.
Wall
TV
to aerial input
DVD recorder
to ANALOG
AERIAL OUT
Aerial cable (supplied)
TV
to ANALOG AERIAL IN
to DIGITAL
AERIAL OUT
Aerial cable
(supplied)
to DIGITAL AERIAL IN
to aerial input
Aerial cable (not supplied)
: Signal flow
*1
to ANALOG
AERIAL OUT
: Signal flow
*2
If your set top box receiver does not have an aerial output jack, connect the aerial to the recorder’s
ANALOG AERIAL IN jack.
Connect only if your set top box receiver has a SCART connector.
DVD recorder
,continued
16
1-3
17
C: Receiving terrestrial (For analogue broadcasting)
Step 2: Connecting the Video Cords/HDMI Cord
Select one of the following patterns, A through E, according to the input jack on your TV
monitor, projector, or audio component such as an AV amplifier (receiver). This will enable
you to view pictures.
B
Wall
A
TV
Audio/video
cord (not
supplied)
TV, projector, or
audio component
to ANALOG AERIAL IN
Hookups and Settings
Use this hookup if you watch cable programme positions without a set top box receiver. Also
use this hookup if you are only connecting an aerial antenna.
With this hookup, you can record any programme position by selecting the programme position
on the recorder.
to LINE 2 OUT
(VIDEO)
SCART cord (not supplied)
(yellow)
DVD recorder
to ANALOG AERIAL OUT
to T LINE 3 – TV
TV
to aerial input
Aerial cable (supplied)
DVD recorder
: Signal flow
(green)
(blue)
to COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT
(blue)
(green)
(red)
to HDMI OUT
to LINE 2 OUT
(S VIDEO)
S-video cord
(not supplied)
Component video
cord (not supplied)
HDMI cord
(not supplied)
(red)
C
D
TV, projector, or audio
component
E
TV, projector, or audio
component
TV, projector, or audio
component
: Signal flow
,continued
18
A SCART input jack
2
When setting “LINE 3 Out” to “S-Video” or
“RGB” in the “Video In/Out” setup
(page 136), use a SCART cord that conforms
to the selected signal.
Insert the HDMI connector straight into
the HDMI jack.
Do not bend or apply pressure to the
HDMI connector.
About the SMARTLINK
features (for SCART
connections only)
• Be sure to disconnect the HDMI cord when
moving the recorder.
• Do not apply too much pressure to the cabinet
wall, if you place the recorder on the cabinet with
the HDMI cord connected. It may damage the
HDMI jack or the HDMI cord.
• Do not twist the HDMI connector while
connecting to or disconnecting from the HDMI
jack to avoid damaging the HDMI jack and
connector.
When playing “wide screen” images
E HDMI input jack
To prepare for the SMARTLINK features
Some recorded images may not fit your TV
screen. To change the picture size, see
page 144.
Set “LINE 3 Out” to “Video” in the “Video
In/Out” setup (page 136) and
“SMARTLINK” to “This Recorder Only” in
the “Options” setup (page 150).
You will enjoy standard quality images.
C S VIDEO input jack
You will enjoy high quality images.
D Component video input jacks (Y, PB/CB,
PR/CR)
Use a certified HDMI cord (not supplied) to
enjoy high quality digital picture and sound
through the HDMI OUT jack.
When connecting a Sony TV that is
compatible with the HDMI control function,
see page 21.
To see the signals from the connected set top
box receiver when the set top box receiver is
connected to the recorder using a SCART
cord only, turn the recorder on.
When connecting to the HDMI jack
Follow the steps below. Improper handling
may damage the HDMI jack and the
connector.
1
Carefully align the HDMI jack on the
rear of the recorder and the HDMI
connector by checking their shapes.
Make sure the connector is not upside
down or tilted.
b Notes
If you are connecting to a VCR
Connect your VCR to the LINE 1/
DECODER jack on the recorder (page 31).
b Notes
• For correct SMARTLINK connection, you will
need a SCART cord that has the full 21 pins.
Refer to your TV’s instruction manual as well for
this connection.
• Not all TVs respond to the functions above.
b Notes
• Do not connect more than one type of video cord
between the recorder and your TV at the same
time.
• Do not make connections A and E at the same
time.
• When you connect the recorder to your TV via the
SCART jacks, the TV’s input source is set to the
recorder automatically when you start playback.
If necessary, press the TV t button on the
remote to return the input to the TV.
• If you connect the recorder to a TV with
SMARTLINK, set “LINE 3 Out” to “Video” in
the “Video In/Out” setup.
• You cannot connect the HDMI OUT jack
(connection E) to DVI jacks that are not HDCP
compliant (e.g., DVI jacks on PC displays).
• Component video and RGB signals are not output
when using the HDMI connection.
About the HDMI Control
functions for ‘BRAVIA’ Theatre
Sync (for HDMI connections
only)
By connecting Sony components that are
compatible with the HDMI Control function
with an HDMI cord (not supplied), operation
is simplified as below:
• One-Touch Play (page 81)
• System Power-Off
When you turn the TV off by using the
power button on the TV’s remote, the
components compatible with the HDMI
Control function turn off automatically.
Hookups and Settings
You will enjoy accurate colour reproduction
and high quality images.
If your TV accepts progressive 525p/625p
format signals, use this connection and set
“Progressive” to “Compatible” in the “Easy
Setup” setup (page 26). Then set
“Component Video Out” to “Progressive” in
the “Video In/Out” setup to send progressive
video signals. For details, see “Component
Video Out” on page 136.
If the connected TV (or other connected
equipment such as a set top box) complies
with SMARTLINK, NexTView Link*3,
MEGALOGIC*1, EASYLINK*2,
CINEMALINK*2, Q-Link*3, EURO VIEW
LINK*4, or T-V LINK*5, you can enjoy the
following SMARTLINK features.
• TV Direct Rec. (page 37)
• One-Touch Play (page 81)
• Preset Download
You can download the tuner preset data
from your TV to this recorder, and tune the
recorder according to that data in “Easy
Setup.”
• NexTView Download
You can easily set the timer by using the
NexTView Download function on your TV.
B Video input jack
19
To prepare for the ‘BRAVIA’ Theatre Sync
features
Set “HDMI Control” to “On” in the “HDMI
Output” setup (page 148). For details on TV
settings, refer to the operating instructions
supplied with the TV.
b Notes
• Depending on the connected component, the
HDMI Control function may not work. Refer to
the operating instructions supplied with the
component.
• The recorder supports only the playback option of
HDMI Control. “Player” appears on the TV
screen when using the HDMI Control functions.
*1
“MEGALOGIC” is a registered trademark of
Grundig Corporation.
“EASYLINK” and “CINEMALINK” are
trademarks of Philips Corporation.
*3 “Q-Link” and “NexTView Link” are trademarks
of Panasonic Corporation.
*4
“EURO VIEW LINK” is a trademark of Toshiba
Corporation.
*5 “T-V LINK” is a trademark of JVC Corporation.
*2
* This DVD recorder incorporates High-Definition
Multimedia Interface (HDMI™) technology.
Connector is upside down
Not straight
HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition
Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered
trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC.
20
21
1-4
B Audio L/R (left/right) input jacks
Step 3: Connecting the Audio Cords/HDMI Cord
This connection will use your TV’s or audio
component’s two speakers for sound.
[Speakers]
z Hint
For correct speaker location, see the operating
instructions supplied with the connected
components.
[Speakers]
Rear (L)
A
Rear (R)
Audio component with
a decoder
Front (L)
b Notes
• Do not connect your TV’s audio output jacks to
the LINE IN (R-AUDIO-L) jacks at the same
time. This will cause unwanted noise to come
from your TV’s speakers.
• With connection B, do not connect the LINE IN
(R-AUDIO-L) and LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L)
jacks to your TV’s audio output jacks at the same
time. This will cause unwanted noise to come
from your TV’s speakers.
• With connection A, after you have completed the
connection, make the appropriate settings in the
“Audio Out” setup (page 138). Otherwise, no
sound or a loud noise will come from your
speakers.
• When you connect the recorder to an audio
component using an HDMI cord, you will need to
do one of the following:
– Connect the audio component to the TV with
the HDMI cord, or
– Connect the recorder to the TV with a video
cord other than HDMI cord (component video
cord, S-video cord, or audio/video cord).
Front (R)
Centre
Subwoofer
or
to coaxial/HDMI digital input
Coaxial digital cord
(not supplied)
HDMI cord
(not supplied)
to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL)
to HDMI OUT
Step 4: Connecting the
Mains Lead
Connect the supplied mains lead to the AC IN
terminal of the recorder. Then plug the
recorder and TV mains leads (AC power
cords) into the mains. After you connect the
mains lead, you must wait for a short
while before operating the recorder.
You can operate the recorder once the front
panel display lights up and the recorder enters
standby mode.
If you connect additional equipment to this
recorder (page 31), be sure to connect the
mains lead after all connections are complete.
1
Hookups and Settings
Select one of the following patterns, A or B, according to the input jack on your TV monitor,
projector, or audio component such as an AV amplifier (receiver). This will enable you to listen
to sound.
to AC IN
2
to mains
*1
to LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L)
Manufactured under license from Dolby
Laboratories.
“Dolby” and the double-D symbol are
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
*2 “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are registered
trademarks of DTS, Inc.
DVD recorder
B
INPUT
VIDEO
(white)
(yellow)
L
(red)
(white)
Audio/video cord
(not supplied)
AUDIO
R
(yellow)*
(red)
TV, projector, or
audio component
: Signal flow
* The yellow plug is used for video signals (page 19).
A Digital audio input jack
If your audio component has a Dolby*1
Digital, DTS*2, or MPEG audio decoder and
a digital input jack, use this connection. You
can enjoy Dolby Digital (5.1ch), DTS
(5.1ch), and MPEG audio (5.1ch) surround
effects.
If you connect a Sony audio component that
is compatible with the HDMI control
function, refer to the operating instructions
supplied with the audio component.
22
23
Step 5: Preparing the
Remote
If more than one code number is listed,
try entering them one at a time until you
find the one that works with your TV.
You can adjust the remote’s signal to control
your TV.
b Notes
• Depending on the connected unit, you may not be
able to control your TV with some or all of the
buttons below.
• If you enter a new code number, the code number
previously entered will be erased.
Number
buttons
Manufacturer
Code number
Sony
01 (default)
Grundig
11
Hitachi
24
ITT/Nokia
15, 16
JVC
33
Loewe
45
Nokia
69, 73
Panasonic
17, 49
Philips
06, 07, 08, 72
Saba
12, 13, 74
TV/DVD
b Notes
• If the supplied remote interferes with your other
Sony DVD recorder or player, change the
command mode number for this recorder
(page 25).
• Use the batteries correctly to avoid possible
leakage and corrosion. Should leakage occur, do
not touch the liquid with bare hands. Observe the
following:
– Do not use a new battery with an old battery, or
batteries of different manufacturers.
– Do not attempt to recharge the batteries.
– If you do not intend to use the remote for an
extended period of time, remove the batteries.
– If battery leakage occurs, wipe out any liquid
inside the battery compartment, and insert new
batteries.
• Do not expose the remote sensor (marked
on
the front panel) to strong light, such as direct
sunlight or a lighting apparatus. The recorder may
not respond to the remote.
• When you replace the batteries of the remote, the
code number and Command Mode may be reset
to the default setting. Set the appropriate code
number and Command Mode again.
DISPLAY
x
Samsung
22, 23, 71
Sanyo
25
Sharp
29
Telefunken
36
Thomson
43, 75
Toshiba
38
The remote performs the following:
TV [/1
TV t
TV 2 +/–
1
TV PROG
+/–
Hold down TV [/1 located at the
bottom of the remote.
Buttons
Operations
TV [/1
Turns your TV on or
off.
TV 2 (volume)
+/–
Adjusts the volume
of your TV.
TV PROG +/–
Selects the
programme position
on your TV.
TV t (input
select)
Switches your TV’s
input source.
Do not press the [/1 button at the top of
the remote.
2
With TV [/1 pressed down, enter the
TV’s manufacturer code using the
number buttons.
To operate the TV/DVD button
(for SCART connections only)
The TV/DVD button switches between TV
mode and DVD mode. Press the TV/DVD
button when in stop mode or no menu appears
on the TV screen. Point your remote at the
recorder when using this button.
TV mode: switch to this when you use the
TV’s tuner mainly. When you start playback,
the input source for the TV is set to the
recorder automatically.
DVD mode: switch to this when you use the
recorder’s tuner mainly.
To check the current mode, press DISPLAY
(page 40).
Hookups and Settings
You can control the recorder using the
supplied remote. Insert two R6 (size AA)
batteries by matching the 3 and # ends on
the batteries to the markings inside the
battery compartment. When using the
remote, point it at the remote sensor
on the
recorder.
Code numbers of controllable TVs
Controlling TVs with the
remote
If you have a Sony DVD player
or more than one Sony DVD
recorder
If the supplied remote interferes with your
other Sony DVD recorder or player, set the
command mode number for this recorder and
the supplied remote to one that differs from
the other Sony DVD recorder or player after
you have completed “Step 6: Easy Setup.”
The default command mode setting for this
recorder and the supplied remote is DVD3.
You can check the current Command Mode
in the front panel display. For details, see
page 149.
The default command mode setting for this
recorder and the supplied remote is DVD3.
The remote does not function if different
command modes are set for the recorder and
remote. Set the same command mode.
For instance, to enter “09,” press “0” then
“9.” After you enter the last number,
release the TV [/1 button.
,continued
24
1-5
25
Changing programme positions
of the recorder using the
remote
Number
buttons
Make the basic adjustments by following the
on-screen instructions in “Easy Setup.”
Be careful not to disconnect the cables or exit
the “Easy Setup” function during this
procedure.
Clock Setting
The recorder will automatically set the
clock when any digital channels have
been scanned and stored. Go to the “EPG
Type Select” setting.
Select “Auto” when a programme
position in your local area broadcasts a
time signal. The “Auto Clock Setting”
display appears.
If the aerial cable is connected to the
ANALOG AERIAL IN jack (hookup B
or C), select “Do not set.”
[/1
1
Select the programme position of the
station that carries a time signal
using </,.
2
Select “Start” using m, and press
ENTER.
If a clock signal cannot be found,
press O RETURN, and set the
clock manually.
INPUT
For details, see page 15.
A.TV Auto Channel Setting
If the aerial cable is connected to the
ANALOG AERIAL IN jack (hookup B
or C) and the TV is connected to this
recorder not using SMARTLINK, select
“Auto Scan.” Then, select your country/
region using </,, and press ENTER.
The programme position order will be set
according to the country/region you set.
GUIDE
ENTER
</M/m/,,
ENTER
EXIT/
O RETURN
Example: for channel 50
Press “5,” “0,” then press ENTER.
z Hint
If the aerial cables are connected to both DIGITAL
AERIAL IN and ANALOG AERIAL IN jacks, you
can switch between digital mode and analogue
mode using the INPUT button.
1
Turn on the recorder and your TV.
Then switch the input selector on your
TV so that the signal from the recorder
appears on your TV screen.
The “Language” display appears.
• If the “Language” display does not
appear, select “Easy Setup” in the
“Basic” setup from “Initial Setup” in
the System Menu (page 130).
2
If the aerial cable is connected to the
DIGITAL AERIAL IN jack (hookup A)
only, or to skip this setting, select “Do
not set.” Then, select your country/region
using </,, and press ENTER.
To set the programme positions
manually, see page 131.
Select a language for the on-screen
displays using </M/m/,, and press
ENTER.
Select “Start” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
1
Select the time zone for your area
using </,, and press m.
2
Select “On” if you are now on
summer time, and press ENTER.
3
Set the day, month, year, hour, and
minutes using </M/m/,, and
press ENTER to start the clock.
EPG Type Select
Select the EPG (Electronic Programme
Guide) type to use.
If no programme positions for digital
broadcasts are found after scanning, the
“EPG Type Select” display does not
appear. The EPG type is automatically
set to the country/area you select when
setting the program positions.
For details, see page 15.
The initial settings message appears.
3
Select “Manual” to set the clock
manually. The “Manual Clock Setting”
display appears.
If the aerial cable is connected to the
ANALOG AERIAL IN jack (hookup B
or C) and the TV is connected to this
recorder with SMARTLINK, select
“Download from TV” (For details, refer
to the operating instructions supplied
with your TV). Then, select your
country/region using </,, and press
ENTER. The tuner preset data will be
downloaded from your TV to this
recorder.
TV [/1
Hookups and Settings
You can change programme positions of the
recorder using the number buttons.
D.TV Auto Channel Setting
If the aerial cable is connected to the
DIGITAL AERIAL IN jack (hookup A),
select “Auto Scan.” Then, select your
country/region using </,, and press
ENTER. The recorder will automatically
capture and store the available TV and
Radio channels.
Step 6: Easy Setup
Follow the on-screen instructions to
make the following settings.
,continued
26
Select “Guide (Digital)” to use the digital
electronic programme guide (see “Guide
to Digital Services (For Freeview users
only)” on page 48).
Select “Guide (Digital)” if you receive
only digital broadcasts.
8
Setting up your set top box
receiver for the GUIDE Plus+®
system (For analogue
broadcasting)
1
Press GUIDE.
9
The GUIDE Plus+ system “Basic Setup”
appears.
Select “GUIDE Plus+” to use the
Gemstar GUIDE Plus+ electronic
programme guide (see “GUIDE Plus+
(For analogue broadcasting only)” on
page 63).
HDD caution messages
Read the HDD caution messages, and
press ENTER.
4
Select the connection you used for
your set top box receiver using M/m,
and press ENTER.
The Video Window switches to the
specified programme position.
11 Select “YES” using M/m, and press
For users other than in the UK, go to
step 4.
2
3
ENTER.
The display asks for confirmation.
If the Video Window does not switch to
the specified programme position, select
“NO” and press ENTER until the Video
Window switches to the specified
programme position.
Select “Postal Code,” and press
ENTER.
Enter your postal code using </M/m/
,, and press ENTER.
If “Country” is set to “Others,” you
cannot enter a postal code and the
GUIDE Plus+ system will not search for
a host channel.
4
To receive GUIDE Plus+ system data
your recorder must be turned off
when not in use. If your recorder is
connected to a set top box receiver, be
sure to leave the set top box receiver
turned on. After initial setup, it may
take up to 24 hours to begin receiving
TV programme listings.
Select “External Receiver 1,” and
press ENTER.
You can also select “External Receiver
2” or “External Receiver 3” if you have
connected additional set top box
receivers.
To return to the previous step
Press O RETURN.
z Hint
If you want to run “Easy Setup” again, select “Easy
Setup” in the “Basic” setup from “Initial Setup” in
the System Menu (page 130).
Check the connection and position of the set
top box controller (page 17).
If your set top box receiver still does not
operate with this recorder, refer to the
instructions supplied with your set top box
receiver and contact your cable or satellite
company to see if they can provide you with
a compatible set top box receiver.
10 Press ENTER to select “Continue.”
Select “Finish Setup” using M/m, and
press ENTER.
“Easy Setup” is completed.
If you select “Other providers,” you can
select a receiver brand from a list of all
available brands.
If your receiver brand is not on the list,
select “???.”
The receiver brand list is automatically
updated, so your receiver may be
available at a later date. Select your brand
when it becomes available. Until then,
use “???.”
When the set top box receiver is
connected to the recorder using hookup
B with both an aerial cable and a SCART
cord, select either “Line1” or “Antenna.”
The display asks for confirmation.
TV Screen Size (page 144)
If you have a wide-screen TV, select
“Wide (16:9).” If you have a standard
TV, select “Standard (4:3).” This will
determine how “wide-screen” images are
displayed on your TV.
Progressive
When you connect a progressive format
TV to this recorder using the
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks,
select “Compatible.”
If you cannot get the recorder to control
your set top box receiver
5
6
7
b Notes
• The list of external receivers controllable by the
GUIDE Plus+ system is updated constantly and is
distributed through GUIDE Plus+ system data
signals. Since the time your recorder has been
produced and the time you installed your recorder
for the first time, new external receiver codes
might have been added.
• If the external receiver is still not on the list or is
not controlled properly by the recorder, please
call Customer Support to report the brand and
model of your external receiver.
Hookups and Settings
Follow the steps below to set up the GUIDE
Plus+ system and set top box controller. The
GUIDE Plus+ system is available in the UK
only.
Select the receiver brand using M/m,
and press ENTER.
27
To fix the set top box controller to your set
top box receiver
Once you have confirmed that the set top box
controller controls your set top box receiver,
fix it in place.
1
Remove the backing on the double-sided
tape.
2
Attach it so that the set top box controller
is directly above the remote control
sensor on your set top box receiver.
b Note
You cannot set tuner system or “OSD
Language” to a country/region or language
that is not supported by the GUIDE Plus+
system.
Press ENTER to select “Continue.”
Select the set top box receiver type
using M/m, and press ENTER.
Select the provider using M/m, and
press ENTER.
,continued
28
1-6
29
To change the basic GUIDE Plus+ settings
Connecting a VCR or Similar Device
Press GUIDE.
The GUIDE Plus+ system “Home
Screen” appears.
2
Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar using M/
,, and press ENTER.
The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears.
3
Select “Basic Setup” using M/m, and
press ENTER.
4
Repeat from step 2 of “Setting up your
set top box receiver for the GUIDE
Plus+® system (For analogue
broadcasting)” on page 28.
After disconnecting the recorder’s mains lead from the mains, connect a VCR or similar
recording device to the LINE IN jacks of this recorder.
Use the DV IN jack on the front panel if the equipment has a DV output jack (i.LINK jack)
(page 104).
For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the connected equipment.
To record on this recorder, see “Recording from Connected Equipment” on page 79.
Connecting to the LINE 1/DECODER jack
Connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE 1/DECODER jack of this recorder.
VCR
Hookups and Settings
1
TV
SCART cord (not supplied)
to SCART input
to i LINE 1/DECODER
to T LINE 3 – TV
DVD recorder
b Notes
• Pictures containing copy protection signals that prohibit any copying cannot be recorded.
• If you pass the recorder signals through a VCR, you may not receive a clear image on your TV screen.
DVD recorder
VCR
TV
Be sure to connect your VCR to the DVD recorder and to your TV in the order shown below. To watch
video tapes, watch the tapes through a second line input on your TV.
Line input 1
VCR
TV
DVD recorder
Line input 2
• The SMARTLINK features are not available for devices connected via the DVD recorder’s LINE 1/
DECODER jack.
• To watch the connected VCR or similar device’s pictures through the recorder while the recorder is in
standby mode, set “Power Save” to “Off” (default) in the “Basic” setup (page 130).
• When you record to a VCR from this DVD recorder, do not switch the input source to TV by pressing the
TV/DVD button on the remote.
• If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you will not be able to view the signals from the connected
VCR.
,continued
30
Connecting to the LINE 2 IN jacks on the front panel
Connecting an External Decoder
Connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE 2 IN jacks of this recorder. If the
equipment has an S-video jack, you can use an S-video cord instead of an audio/video cord.
VIDEO
AUDIO
L
R
Connecting a decoder
S-video cord
(not supplied)
External decoder (PAY-TV/
Canal Plus analogue decoder)
TV
Audio/video cord
(not supplied)
Hookups and Settings
S VIDEO
You can watch or record external decoder (PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder)
programmes if you connect a decoder (not supplied) to the recorder. Disconnect the recorder’s
mains lead from the mains when connecting the decoder. Note that when you set “LINE 1 In”
to “Decoder” in step 7 of “Setting external decoder (PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder)
programme positions” (page 34), you will not be able to select “L1” because Line 1 will
become a dedicated line for the decoder.
VCR, etc.
OUTPUT
31
to AERIAL IN
Aerial cable
(supplied)
to LINE 2 IN
to T LINE 3 – TV
to AERIAL OUT
: Signal flow
to SCART input
SCART cord
(not supplied)
SCART cord
(not supplied)
to i LINE 1/DECODER
DVD recorder
z Hint
When the connected equipment outputs only monaural sound, connect to only the L(MONO) and VIDEO
input jacks on the front of the recorder. Do not connect the R input jack.
DVD recorder
b Notes
• Do not connect the yellow LINE IN (VIDEO) jack when using an S-video cord.
• Do not connect the output jack of this recorder to another equipment’s input jack with the other
equipment’s output jack connected to the input jack of this recorder. This may cause noise (feedback).
• Do not connect more than one type of video cord between the recorder and your TV at the same time.
,continued
32
1-7
33
Setting external decoder (PAYTV/Canal Plus analogue
decoder) programme positions
3
11 Select “Next Screen,” and press
Select “Video In/Out,” and press
ENTER.
ENTER.
12 Select your country/region, and press
ENTER.
Programme position
4
Select “LINE 3 Out,” and press
ENTER.
13 Select the desired programme
Number
buttons
• If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you
will not be able to view the signals from the
connected decoder.
• To watch the connected external decoder (PAYTV/Canal Plus analogue decoder) programmes
during recording, press the PROGRAM + button
on the recorder (“SCART THRU” appears on the
front panel display). To return to the previous
display, press the PROGRAM – button on the
recorder (“SCART NORM” appears on the front
panel display). The recorder automatically
switches to the programme tuned by the
recorder’s tuner after the recording has finished.
To watch the connected external decoder (PAYTV/Canal Plus analogue decoder) programmes
while the recorder is in standby mode, set “Power
Save” to “Off” (default) in the “Basic” setup
(page 130).
Hookups and Settings
To watch or record PAY-TV/Canal Plus
analogue programmes, set your recorder to
receive the programme positions using the
on-screen display.
In order to set the programme positions
correctly, be sure to follow all of the steps
below.
b Notes
position using ./> or number
buttons.
14 Select “Channel” using M/m.
15 Select the external decoder
SYSTEM
MENU
</M/m/,,
ENTER
EXIT/
O RETURN
.
>
5
Press M/m to select “Video” or
“RGB,” and press ENTER.
6
Select “LINE 1 In,” and press ENTER.
programme position using </,.
16 Select “Sound System” using M/m.
17 Press </, to select an available TV
system, B/G, D/K, I, or L.
1
To receive broadcasts in France, select
“L.”
Press SYSTEM MENU.
18 Select “Decoder” using M/m.
19 Select “On” using </,, and press
The System Menu appears.
2
Select “Initial Setup,” and press
ENTER.
ENTER.
7
Press M/m to select “Decoder,” and
press ENTER.
8
Press O RETURN to return the cursor
to the left column.
9
Select “Analog Tuner,” and press
ENTER.
To return to the previous step
Press O RETURN.
10 Select “Manual CH Setting,” and
press ENTER.
34
35
Eight Basic Operations
— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
1. Inserting a Disc
+RW
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
DVD
VCD
+R
-RVR
CD
DATA DVD
Z (open/
close)
DVD
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
Each time you press the button, the
display on the TV screen changes as
follows:
+R
This section introduces the basic operation to
record a current TV programme to the hard
disk (HDD) or to a disc (DVD). For an
explanation of how to make timer recordings,
see page 52 (Digital Mode) or page 71
(Analogue Mode).
HDD
* Available when “Manual Rec. Mode” is set
to “On (go to setup)” in the “Recording”
setup (page 141).
For more details about the recording
mode, see page 71.
4
INPUT
TV/DVD
Press DVD.
Press z REC.
Recording starts.
When recording to the HDD, recording
stops after 12 hours of continuous
recording or when the HDD is full.
When recording to a DVD, recording
stops when the DVD is full.
DVD
PROG +/–
1
2
Press REC MODE repeatedly to select
the recording mode.
Press Z (open/close), and place a
disc on the disc tray.
To stop recording
z REC
x REC
STOP
Recording/playing side facing down
3
Press Z (open/close) to close the disc
tray.
Wait until “LOAD” disappears from the
front panel display.
Unused DVDs are formatted
automatically.
• For DVD-RW discs
DVD-RWs are formatted in the
recording format (VR mode or Video
mode) set by “Format DVD-RW” of
“Basic” in the “Disc Setup” setup
(page 128).
1
Checking the disc status while
recording
You can check the recording information
such as recording time or disc type.
To watch another TV programme while
recording
The recording information appears.
Press DISPLAY during recording.
If your TV is connected to the T LINE 3 –
TV jack, set your TV to the TV input using
the TV/DVD button and select the
programme you want to watch. If your TV is
connected to the LINE 2 OUT or
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, set the
TV to TV input using the TV t button
(page 24).
REC MODE
TV t
Press HDD or DVD.
If you want to record to a DVD, insert a
recordable DVD.
2
• To turn off the TV Direct Rec. function, set
“SMARTLINK” to “Pass Through” in the
“Options” setup (page 150).
• Some buttons, such as the TITLE LIST button or
H button, do not work when “TV” appears in
the front panel display.
• If you press the [/1 button while recording, the
recorder stops recording and turns off.
• After pressing the z REC button, it may take a
short while to start recording.
• You cannot change the recording mode while
recording.
• If there is a power failure, the programme you are
recording may be erased.
• You cannot watch a PAY-TV/Canal Plus
programme while recording another PAY-TV/
Canal Plus programme.
• To use the TV Direct Rec. function, you must first
correctly set the recorder’s clock.
Press x REC STOP.
Note that it may take a few seconds for
recorder to stop recording.
DISPLAY
TV PAUSE
b Notes
Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
DATA CD
3
2. Recording a
Programme
TV Direct Rec. (for SMARTLINK
connections only)
Press PROG +/– to select the
programme position or input source
you want to record.
When the TV is turned on and the recorder is
turned off, press TV PAUSE. The recorder
automatically turns on and starts recording
what you are watching on the TV to the HDD.
Set “TV Pause” to “TV’s Tuner” in the
“Options 2” setup (page 150).
• For DVD-R discs
DVD-Rs are automatically formatted in
Video mode. To format an unused
DVD-R in VR mode, format the disc in
the “Format” setup (page 47) before
you make a recording.
If the disc is recordable on this recorder,
you can manually re-format the disc to
make a blank disc (page 47).
A Recording mode
B Recording time
C Disc type/format
D Recording status
Press DISPLAY to turn off the display.
z Hint
If the aerial cables are connected to both DIGITAL
AERIAL IN and ANALOG AERIAL IN jacks, you
can switch between digital mode and analogue
mode using the INPUT button.
36
37
1-8
E Title information:
4-Title List (Example: HDD)
3. Playing the Recorded
Programme (Title List)
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
Displays the title number, title thumbnail
picture (playback picture for the selected
title, still images for the other titles),
recording date, recorded station name (or
programme position number), recording
mode, title name, and title size.
+R
HDD
“Recording”: Indicates that the title is
currently being recorded.
: Indicates protected title.
“NEW”: Indicates that the title is newly
recorded (not played back) (HDD only).
: Press DISPLAY to display
“
.” “
” indicates titles
containing “Copy-Once” copy protection
signals (HDD only) (page 99).
: Indicates that the title is recorded
using the Update function.
Genre icons: Indicates the title’s genre
(HDD only).
m
DVD
8-Title List
TITLE LIST
EXIT/
O RETURN
.
H
X
</M/m/,,
ENTER
DISPLAY
1
Press HDD or DVD.
If you select DVD, insert a DVD (see “1.
Inserting a Disc” on page 36).
Playback starts automatically depending
on the disc.
2
1
Press < while the Title List is
displayed.
2
Select “Sort Titles” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
3
Select the item using M/m, and press
ENTER.
G Detailed information for the selected
title
A Disc type:
Displays the media type, HDD or DVD.
PLAY
MODE
To change the title order for HDD (Sort
Titles)
Order
Sorted
By Date
In order of when the titles
were recorded. The title
that is recorded most
recently is listed at the
top.
Unseen Title
In order of when the titles
were recorded. The title
that is recorded most
recently and has not been
played is listed at the top.
Playlist titles are not
displayed.
F Remaining time of the current disc in
the current recording mode (example:
SP mode)
>
x
Select “Original” or “Play List” using M/
m, and press ENTER.
The resume point time is shown in the 8Title List.
B Total number of titles
C Sub-menu:
3
Press , to display the sub-menu.
The sub-menu displays options
applicable only to the selected item. The
displayed options differ depending upon
the model, situation, and disc type.
Select a title using M/m, and press
ENTER.
Playback starts from the selected title.
To stop playback
Press x (stop).
Press TITLE LIST.
To show the 8-Title List, press < to
select “Title View,” and press ENTER,
then select “8 Titles” using M/m, and
press ENTER.
To scroll the list display by page (Page
mode)
Press ./> while the Title List is
displayed. Each time you press ./>,
the entire Title List changes to the next/
previous page of titles.
Sub-menu
About the Title List for DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs
(VR mode)
D Scroll bar:
Appears when all of the titles do not fit
on the list. To view the hidden titles,
press M/m.
You can switch the Title List to show
Original or Playlist titles.
1
Press < while the Title List is
displayed.
2
Select “Play List” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
By Title
In alphabetical order.
By Number
In order of recorded title
number.
To search for a title by genre (HDD only)
1
Press < while the Title List is
displayed.
2
Select “Genre” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
3
Select a genre using M/m, and press
ENTER.
To change a title thumbnail picture
(Thumbnail)
After recording, the first scene of the
recording (the title) is automatically set as the
thumbnail picture.
You can select a favourite scene for the
thumbnail picture shown in the Title List.
1
Press TITLE LIST.
For DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode),
switch the Title Lists, if necessary.
2
Select a title, and press ,.
The sub-menu appears.
,continued
38
3
Select “Edit” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
Select “Set Thumbnail” using M/m, and
press ENTER.
The display for setting the thumbnail
point appears and the title starts to play.
5
While watching the playback picture,
press H, X or c
m/M
C
to select the scene you want to set for a
thumbnail picture, and press X.
Playback pauses.
You can also select a scene using the
PLAY MODE button (page 89).
6
Select “OK” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
The scene is set for the title’s thumbnail
picture.
To return to the Title List, press
O RETURN.
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
DVD
VCD
Example: DVD-R in Video mode
+R
b Note
Playing time of MP3 audio tracks may not be
displayed correctly.
You can check the playing time of the current
title, chapter, track, or disc. Also, you can
check the disc name recorded on the DVD/
CD.
A Playing status
B Shows that the Resume Play is
available (page 81).
C Current selected recording mode
(remaining DVD recording time/disc
type) (page 71)
D Remaining time
To change the thumbnail preview mode
(Set Preview) (HDD only)
E Station name and programme position
number
You can select “Quick Preview” or “Normal”
for the thumbnail preview mode in the Title
List. Set “Set Preview” in the “Options” setup
(page 150).
F Audio setting for the current
programme
DISPLAY
G Recording restrictions for the current
programme
To turn off the Title List
Press TITLE LIST.
z Hint
You can select “Title List” from the System Menu.
b Notes
• The title names may not appear for DVDs created
on other DVD recorders.
• It may take a few seconds for the thumbnail
pictures to be displayed.
• After editing, the title thumbnail picture may
change to the first scene of the recording (title).
• After dubbing, the title thumbnail picture set on
the source recording is cancelled.
z Hints
• When “On Screen Display” is set to “On”
(default) in the “Options” setup (page 149),
information automatically appears on the screen
when the recorder is operated.
• To increase disc space, see “To open up disc
space” (page 92).
CD
DATA DVD DATA CD
39
Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
4
During playback
4. Displaying the Playing
Time and Play
Information
Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
To play a recorded title, select the title from
the Title List.
3
H TV mode or DVD mode (page 25)
I Disc information
Press DISPLAY repeatedly.
J Title type (Original or Playlist) for
DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR mode
The displays differ depending on the disc
type or playing status.
K Disc type/format (page 10)
In stop mode
Displays the finalised disc in Video
mode as “DVD-Video.”
Example: DVD-RW in VR mode
L Title number-Chapter number
(page 89)
M Playing time
N Multi-angles indicator (page 80)
O Copy-protected indicator (page 99)
P Data transfer bar and rate
40
41
1-9
5. Changing the Name of
a Recorded Programme
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
4
The display for entering characters
appears.
The current name is displayed at the
input row.
+R
-RWVR -RWVideo
1
5
6
1
2
</M/m/,,
ENTER
>
M
x
Press TITLE LIST.
7
Press ENTER and select the next
character.
3
Press x (or select “OK,” and press
ENTER).
8
Select a title, and press ,.
SYSTEM
MENU
</M/m/,,
ENTER
Select “Upper case” or “Lower case”
using ./>.
Labelling a disc
+RW
-RWVR -RWVideo
+R
-RVR
-RVideo
1
Press </M/m/, to select the
character you want to enter, and press
ENTER.
Insert a disc.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 36.
2
The selected character appears at the
input row.
To insert a space, press X (or select
“Space,” and press ENTER).
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
3
Select “Disc Setup,” and press
ENTER.
Repeat steps 6 and 7 to enter the
remaining characters.
To erase a character, move the cursor to
the character at the input row, and press
CLEAR (or select “Clear,” and press
ENTER).
To insert a character, move the cursor to
the right of the point where you want to
insert the character. Then select the
character, and press ENTER.
To erase all of the characters, press and
hold CLEAR for 2 seconds or more.
The sub-menu appears.
3
2
The characters for the selected type are
displayed.
The type of characters will change
according to the language you select in
“Easy Setup.”
TITLE LIST
X
Move the cursor to the point where you
want to insert the character using
m/M.
In step 7 above, press a number button
repeatedly to select a character.
Example:
Press the number 3 button once to enter
“D.”
Press the number 3 button three times to
enter “F.”
Select “Edit,” and press ENTER.
,continued
42
4
Select “Basic,” and press ENTER.
Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
You can also use the number buttons to enter
characters. Refer to the number next to each
row of letters on your TV screen.
CLEAR
.
m
6. Labelling and
Protecting a Disc
You can execute options effective for the
entire disc in the “Disc Setup” setup.
To use the number buttons
To erase all of the characters, press and
hold CLEAR for 2 seconds or more.
Number
buttons
Press x (or select “OK,” and press
ENTER).
To cancel the setting, press
O RETURN.
Input row
You can label a DVD, title, or programme by
entering characters. You can enter up to 64
characters for a title recorded in the HDD/
DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode), 40 characters
for a title recorded in the DVD+RW/DVDRW (Video mode)/DVD+R/DVD-R (Video
mode), but the actual number of characters
displayed in the menus such as the Title List
will vary. The steps below explain how to
change the name of the recorded programme.
EXIT/
O RETURN
9
Select “Title Name,” and press
ENTER.
4
Select “Basic,” and press ENTER.
7. Playing the Disc on
Other DVD Equipment
(Finalise)
+RW
-RWVR -RWVideo
+R
+R
-RVideo
43
Finalising is necessary when
playing on any equipment other
than this recorder.
After finalising, you cannot edit or
record on the disc.
-RVR
-RVideo
6
Select “Input Disc Name,” and press
ENTER.
5
Finalising is necessary when you play discs
recorded with this recorder on other DVD
equipment.
When you finalise a DVD+RW, DVD-RW
(Video mode), DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video
mode), a DVD menu will be automatically
created, which can be displayed on other
DVD equipment.
Before finalising, check the differences
between the disc types in the table below.
Select “Protect Disc,” and press
ENTER.
Select “Next Screen,” and press
ENTER.
Enter the disc name (page 42).
b Note
You can enter up to 64 characters for a DVD-RW/
DVD-R (VR mode) disc name, and 40 characters
for a DVD+RW/DVD-RW (Video mode)/DVD+R/
DVD-R (Video mode) disc name. The disc name
may not appear when the disc is played on other
DVD equipment.
Protecting a disc
6
7
1
+RW
Press SYSTEM MENU to exit.
To cancel the protection
-RVR
Insert a disc.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 36.
2
-RWVR
z Hint
You can set protection for individual titles
(page 92).
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
3
</M/m/,,
ENTER
DISPLAY
Differences between disc types
Select “On,” and press ENTER.
Select “Off” in step 6.
-RWVR
SYSTEM
MENU
Select “Disc Setup,” and press
ENTER.
-RWVideo
-RVR
Discs are automatically finalised
when removed from the recorder.
However, you may need to finalise
the disc for certain DVD
equipment, or if the recording time
is short. You can edit or record on
the disc even after finalising.
Finalising is unnecessary when
playing a disc on VR format
compatible equipment.
Even if your other DVD equipment
is VR format compatible, you may
need to finalise the disc, especially
if the recording time is short. You
can edit or record on the disc even
after finalising.
Finalising is necessary when
playing on any equipment other
than this recorder.
After finalising, you cannot edit or
record on the disc. If you want to
record on it again, unfinalise
(page 46) or reformat the disc
(page 47). However, if you
reformat the disc, all recorded
contents will be erased.
Finalising is necessary. The disc
can be played only on equipment
that supports DVD-R in VR mode.
After finalising you cannot edit or
record on the disc using this
recorder.
1
Insert a disc.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 36.
2
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
3
Select “Disc Setup,” and press
ENTER.
4
Select “Finalise,” and press ENTER.
5
Select “Finalise,” and press ENTER.
,continued
44
1-10
Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
5
45
6
Select “Next Screen,” and press
ENTER.
For DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode), the
recorder starts finalising the disc. Go to
step 9.
7
The menu appears in the selected title
menu style when the “top menu” (or
“menu” for a DVD+RW/DVD+R) is
selected on the DVD equipment.
8
8. Reformatting a Disc
The recorder is not able to unfinalise DVD-RWs
(Video mode) that have been finalised on another
recorder.
1
+RW
-RVideo
New discs are automatically formatted when
inserted. If necessary, you can manually reformat a DVD+RW, DVD-RW, or DVD-R
disc to make a blank disc. For DVD-RWs or
DVD-Rs, you can select a recording format
(VR mode or Video mode) according to your
needs.
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
3
-RVR
Select “Disc Setup,” and press
ENTER.
5
6
Press SYSTEM MENU to exit.
4
All contents on the disc are erased.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
b Notes
1
5
Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
SYSTEM
MENU
Select “Finalise,” and press ENTER.
z Hint
You can check whether the disc has been finalised
or not. Press DISPLAY after step 1 (page 40).
• Depending on the condition of the disc,
recording, or the DVD equipment, discs may not
play even if the discs are finalised.
• The recorder may not be able to finalise the disc
if it was recorded on another recorder.
• Inserting an unfinalised disc into other DVD
equipment may damage the recorded contents.
• When using a DVD+RW, you can edit or record
on the disc even after finalising. However, the
title menu will not be displayed. Finalise the disc
again to display the title menu.
Select an item, and press ENTER.
“VR Mode”: Formats DVD-RWs/DVDRs (VR mode or unrecorded discs) in VR
mode.
“Video Mode”: Formats DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs in Video mode.
“Format DVD+RW”: Formats
DVD+RWs.
(DVD+RW/DVD-RW (Video mode)/
DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode) only)
Select “Yes,” and press ENTER.
The recorder starts finalising the disc.
9
Select “Format,” and press ENTER.
Insert a disc.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 36.
2
-RWVR -RWVideo
4
z Hint
By reformatting, you can change the recording
format on DVD-RWs, or record again on DVDRWs that have been finalised.
Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
(DVD+RW/DVD-RW (Video mode)/
DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode) only)
Select a title menu style, and press
ENTER.
b Note
Insert a disc.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 36.
Select “Unfinalise,” and press
ENTER.
2
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
3
Select “Disc Setup,” and press
ENTER.
Unfinalising a disc
-RWVR -RWVideo
For DVD-RWs (Video mode)
DVD-RWs (Video mode) that have been
finalised to prohibit additional recording or
editing can be unfinalised to allow further
recording or editing.
6
Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
The recorder starts unfinalising the disc.
Unfinalising may take several minutes.
For DVD-RWs (VR mode)
If you cannot record or edit on a DVD-RW
(VR mode) that has been finalised with other
DVD equipment, unfinalise the disc.
46
47
1
z Hint
You can display the channel list by pressing the
ENTER button while watching a programme. To
watch another channel, select a channel using </
M/m/,, and press ENTER.
Press GUIDE.
This display consists of an information
box and an 8-channel programme list
covering a 30-minute period.
Guide to Digital Services
(For Freeview users only)
EPG (Electronic
Programme Guide)
Example of EPG Display:
Available buttons in the programme list
The EPG provides a quick and easy way to:
• View a complete list of all available
channels.
• View a channel list related to a chosen date
or genre.
• Set a programme to be recorded (page 55).
B Indicates the currently selected
programme and allows you to
move around the list.
Digital Services availability and content depend on
the broadcaster.
Digital Services are not instantly available when the
recorder is first turned on.
PAGE +
Display the detailed
information of the
programme (page 49).
O RETURN
Close the display.
1
Press the green button while the
programme list is displayed.
2
3
4
Select a date in the “Date” row.
Press the yellow button while the
programme list is displayed.
E Colour buttons
2
3
4
Select a date in the “Date” row.
5
Select a genre using </M/m/,, and
press ENTER.
6
7
Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
I Indicates the current time and date.
2
Select “Jump,” and press ENTER.
The programme list for the specified date
and time is displayed.
1
H Time slot
Select a programme using </M/m/
,, and press ENTER.
INFO
</M/m/,,
ENTER
Select a time in the “Time” row.
To search programmes by genre
G Truncated programme title in case
the name is too long to be
displayed in the cell.
Colour
buttons
GUIDE
PAGE –
INFO
D Indicates if a timer recording is
associated with the programme
(page 55).
F Indicates that short programmes
that are not displayed on the list are
scheduled.
EXIT/
O RETURN
Display the previous/next
eight channels.
C Channel name
Viewing a list of available
channels
INFO
</M/m/,,
ENTER
Operations
PAGE +/–
To search for programmes by date
A Indicates the currently selected
channel number and station name
with the programme title and
genre.
b Note
Buttons
The programme information display provides
a quick and easy way to:
• View descriptions of the programmes being
broadcast now and next on the current
channel.
• View descriptions of the programmes being
broadcast now and next on the other
channels.
Select a time in the “Time” row.
Select the “Genre” row, and press
ENTER.
The genre list is displayed.
Guide to Digital Services (For Freeview users only)
The Electronic Programme Guide is a guide
showing the television programme schedule
for a day or more at a time on your television
(via the Digital Terrestrial Television tuner
included in this recorder).
Programme Information
Displaying the programme
information
1
2
Select a channel.
Press INFO.
The Information display appears
showing a description of the current
programme on view.
Select “Search,” and press ENTER.
The programme list for the specified
genre is displayed.
You can also select a programme using
the red button.
If you press , after selecting the last
programme on the right, the schedule for
the next 30 minutes is displayed
(depending on availability from the
broadcaster).
,continued
48
1-11
49
Available buttons in the Information
display
Buttons
Operations
M/m
Toggle the display between
description of the current/
next programme
</,
ENTER
View the selected channel
INFO
Display the detailed
programme information
Once the text page is displayed (this
may take some time), follow the onscreen instructions to obtain your
required selection.
On some pages the TV programme may
also be displayed on the text screen. Onscreen instructions will inform you how
to change the displayed programme.
If you are instructed to press “OK” or
“Select” when viewing the text pages,
press ENTER.
Many digital TV channels broadcast
information via their text service. This digital
service includes high-quality digital text and
graphics along with advanced navigation
options. Additionally, this recorder has
access to dedicated text channels transmitted
by the broadcasters.
b Note
To exit the text service
The appearance, content and navigation methods of
all digital text services are decided by the
broadcaster.
Follow the on-screen instructions, or press
PROG +/–.
Selecting digital text from
other channels
PROG +/–
Number
buttons
Guide to Digital Services (For Freeview users only)
Display programme
information for other
channels
2
Viewing a Digital Text
Service
Digital text services may also be available on
other digital channels. This is sometimes
indicated by a small symbol on your TV
screen, superimposed on the programme you
are watching.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
1
2
EXIT/
O RETURN
Select a channel.
Press
(text) or the button indicated
on screen by the broadcaster.
The text information appears.
3
Selecting digital text from
dedicated digital teletext
channels
1
Access required information using
</M/m/,, the colour buttons and/
or the number buttons.
If you are instructed to press “OK” or
“Select” when viewing the text pages,
press ENTER.
Select a dedicated channel that is
broadcasting digital text.
To exit the text service
You can search for a dedicated digital
text channel using the “Electronic
Programme Guide” (page 48).
The text page is displayed.
Follow the on-screen instructions, or press
(text) or EXIT/O RETURN.
50
51
(For Freeview users only)
Before Recording
Before you start recording…
b Notes
• To play a recorded disc on other DVD equipment,
finalise the disc (page 45).
• If digital teletext is operated while recording, its
contents will be recorded on the disc.
• If the subtitles are displayed while recording, they
will be recorded on the disc.
Recording mode
Like the standard ×3 recording modes of
video tapes, you can select the desired
recording mode using the REC MODE
button.
Recording modes with higher quality provide
a more beautiful recording, but the large data
volume also results in a shorter recording
time.
Conversely, a longer duration provides a
longer recording time, but the lower data
volume results in a coarser picture quality.
Press REC MODE repeatedly to switch the
recording modes.
To select further options for recording mode
(manual recording mode), set “Manual Rec.
Mode” to “On (go to setup)” in the
“Recording” setup (page 141). To record
pictures in higher quality than HQ mode on
the HDD, set “Manual Rec. Mode” to “On
(go to setup),” and then select “HQ+.” For
details about manual recording mode, see
page 141.
For timer recording, you can also select
“AUTO” as recording mode, which
maximizes the recording quality for the space
available on the disc (if recording to DVD),
or to fit onto a blank disc (if recording to
HDD).
Recording
mode
HQ (High
quality)
RDR- RDR- RDR- RDRHXD HXD HXD HXD
770 870 970 1070
25
34
53
105
1 hr.
1 min.
R 37
50
79
155
1 hr.
30 min.
51
68
105
210
2
LSP
r 63
84
130
265
2 hr.
30 min.
ESP
r 75
100
155
315
3
LP
r 100
135
210
420
4
EP
r 150
200
315
635
6
SLP
r 200
270
425
850
8
255
340
530
1060 10
HSP
SP
(Standard
mode)
SEP*2
(Long
duration)
• The maximum continuous recording time to the
HDD is 12 hours for a single title. A title longer
than 12 hours is divided.
• Situations below may cause slight inaccuracies
with the recording time.
– Recording a programme with poor reception, or
a programme or video source of low picture
quality.
– Recording on a disc that has already been
edited.
– Recording only a still picture or just sound.
• Programmes are recorded in the following aspect
ratio.
– In the original aspect ratio, when recording to
the HDD (when “HDD Recording Format” is
set to “Video Mode Off” in the “Recording”
setup (page 144))/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR
mode).
– In 4:3 when recording to DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs.
• When recording to DVD-R DLs (Video mode),
the title is divided when the layer switches.
DVD*1
HDD
Unrecordable pictures
Pictures with copy protection cannot be
recorded on this recorder.
Timer Recording
(Standard/EPG)
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
+R
You can set the timer for a total of 32
programmes, up to 30 days in advance.
There are three methods to set the timer: the
standard method, EPG method and Series
Recording method.
• Standard: Set the date, time, and
programme position of the programme
manually.
• EPG: Set a programme to be recorded based
on the information provided by the EPG
(Electronic Programme Guide) (page 55).
• Series Recording: Automatically sets the
recorder to record programmes in a series
(page 57).
Setting the timer manually
(Standard)
Timer Recording (For Freeview users only)
• Check that the disc has enough available
space for the recording (page 40). For the
HDD, DVD+RWs, and DVD-RWs, you
can free up disc space by erasing titles
(page 92).
• Adjust the recording picture quality if
necessary (page 59).
b Notes
Approx. recording time
(hours)
Timer Recording
Copy control Recordable discs
signals
*1
The approximate recording time is for 12 cm
DVD discs.
The approximate recording times for DVD+R
DL (Double Layer)/DVD-R DL (Dual Layer)
discs are as follows:
HQ: 1 hour 51 minutes
HSP: 2 hours 41 minutes
SP: 3 hours 35 minutes
LSP: 4 hours 29 minutes
ESP: 5 hours 23 minutes
LP: 7 hours 11 minutes
EP: 10 hours 46 minutes
SLP: 14 hours 21 minutes
SEP: 17 hours 57 minutes
*2 When recording to DVD+RW or DVD+R, SLP
is the longest recording time available. If you
select SEP, the recording mode will
automatically revert to SLP.
Copy-Free
HDD
+RW
-RWVR
-RWVideo
+R
-RVR
-RVideo
Copy-Once
HDD
-RWVR (CPRM*)
-RVR
Copy-Never
(CPRM*)
None
TIMER
</M/m/,,
ENTER
* The recorded disc can be played only on CPRM
compatible equipment (page 10).
z Hint
To easily select a manual recording mode, press
REC MODE repeatedly to display “MN,” and
select a manual recording mode using </,.
x REC
STOP
,continued
52
1-12
53
1
Press TIMER.
Select the “New Input” row, and press
ENTER.
4
3
Select an item using </, and
adjust using M/m. Then press ENTER.
The adjustable items are listed below.
“Pr/CH”: Sets the programme position
and the source.
“Date”: Sets the date (up to 30 days
later). Select a recording pattern by
pressing M repeatedly to set the timer for
the same daily or weekly programmes.
“Start”: Sets the start time.
“Stop”: Sets the stop time.
“Extend”: Sets duration when a timer
recording is in progress. If the
programme set to be recorded daily or
weekly is extended, the manually
extended time set here will be added to
the subsequent timer recording times.
Note that when “VPS/PDC” is set to
“On,” you cannot make the “Extend”
setting.
• If you want to make the detailed
settings, select “Set Details” and press
ENTER. Select an item using M/m and
set using </,.
If there is not enough available disc space for
the recording, the recorder automatically
adjusts the recording mode to enable the
entire programme to be recorded. Set “Rec.
Mode Adjust” to “On” in the “Recording”
setup (page 143).
If the timer settings overlap
Recording TV programmes
using the EPG
The EPG function is a feature that simplifies
setting the timer. Just select the programme
you want to record in the EPG display. The
date, time, and channel of that programme are
set automatically.
The confirmation screen appears.
To store the setting, select “Yes.”
To cancel the overlapped setting, select “No.”
To confirm, change, or cancel a timer
recording
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer
Settings (Timer List)” on page 60.
Red button
GUIDE
z Hints
• You can also display the Timer display by
selecting “Timer Recording” from the System
Menu.
• You can play the title as it is being recorded by
selecting the programme title on the Title List
(page 88).
Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The “Timer List” display (page 60)
appears.
The timer recording indicator lights up
on the front panel display and the
recorder is ready to start recording.
Unlike a VCR, there is no need to turn off
the recorder before the timer recording
starts.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
PAGE –
b Notes
• If a message indicating that the HDD is full
appears on the screen, change the recording
destination to “DVD,” or make available space
for the recording (page 92).
• Check that the clock is correctly set before setting
the timer recording. If not, the timer recording
cannot be made.
• To record a satellite programme, turn on the
satellite tuner and select the satellite programme
you want to record. Leave the satellite tuner
turned on until the recorder finishes recording.
• Even if the timer is set for the same daily or
weekly programme, the timer recording cannot be
made if it overlaps with a programme that has
priority. “Overlap” will appear next to the
overlapped setting in the Timer List. Check the
priority order of the settings (page 60).
• Even if the timer is set, timer recordings cannot be
made while recording a programme that has
priority.
• The beginning of some recordings may not be
made when using the VPS/PDC function.
• You cannot extend the recording duration time
when “VPS/PDC” is set to “On.”
• The “Rec. Mode Adjust” function only works
with a timer recording and the VPS/PDC function
set to off. It does not function with Quick Timer.
• The recording mode cannot be set to “AUTO”
when “VPS/PDC” is set to “On.”
To stop recording during timer recording
Press x REC STOP.
Note that it may take a few seconds for the
recorder to stop recording.
On-screen instructions may appear after
pressing x REC STOP. In this case, follow
the on-screen instructions.
About the VPS/PDC function (For analogue
broadcasting only)
VPS/PDC signals are transmitted with TV
programmes in some broadcast systems.
These signals ensure that timer recordings are
made regardless of any broadcast delays,
early starts, or broadcast interruptions.
To use the VPS/PDC function
Set “VPS/PDC” to “On” in step 3 above.
When you turn on this function, the recorder
starts scanning the channels before the timer
recording starts.
PAGE +
x REC
STOP
1
Press GUIDE.
2
Select a programme using </M/m/
,.
To know more about the navigation
options in the EPG application, see
page 48.
,continued
54
3
To stop recording during timer recording
The date, start and stop times,
programme position, recording mode,
etc., settings appear.
Press x REC STOP.
Note that it may take a few seconds for the
recorder to stop recording.
On-screen instructions may appear after
pressing x REC STOP. In this case, follow
the on-screen instructions.
Series Recording is a feature which uses
information from the Electronic Programme
Guide.
If the timer settings overlap
b Notes
See page 55.
• This function cannot be used when the
broadcaster does not include series information
with the programme data.
• Whether or not a programme is in a series is
determined by the broadcaster.
• If you want to change the setting, press
</, to select the item and press M/m
to change the setting (page 54).
“EPG Link” (page 58)
“Series Recording” (page 57)
4
Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
• In case of a current TV/radio/data
broadcast timer setting, your recorder
will immediately start recording.
Recording programmes using
Series Recording
To extend the recording duration time
while recording (only when “EPG Link” is
set to “Off”)
See page 54.
To confirm, change, or cancel timer
recording (only when “EPG Link” is set to
“Off”)
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer
Settings (Timer List)” (page 60).
Series Recording
Automatically record programmes in a series.
1
Press GUIDE.
2
3
Select a programme using </M/m/,.
4
5
Select “Set Details,” and press ENTER.
6
Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The selected programme is set for
recording and appears in the Timer List
(page 60). The other programmes in the
series will be set for recording (appear in
the Timer List) as each previous
recording is completed.
For example, if there are three
programmes in a series, the second
programme will be set for recording only
after the first recording is finished. The
third programme will be set for recording
only after the second recording is
finished.
You can search for link programmes
using “Series Search” (page 58).
Press the red button.
The date, start and stop times,
programme position, recording mode,
etc., settings appear.
Red button
GUIDE
z Hint
The “Rec. Mode Adjust” function also works with
this timer method (page 55).
TIMER
</M/m/,,
ENTER
EXIT/
O RETURN
b Note
The EPG programme start and end time are
determined by the broadcaster.
z REC
x REC
STOP
Your recorder will automatically begin
recording when the programme starts.
To modify the timer setting, see page 60.
Some examples of timer event icon
types are:
(red): Indicates that the whole
programme is set to be recorded.
(grey): Indicates that the programme
is set to be recorded using Series
Recording (page 57).
To scroll the EPG display by page (Page
mode)
Press PAGE +/– while the EPG display is
turned on to display the previous/next eight
channels.
Set “Series Recording” to “On,” and
press O RETURN.
,continued
56
1-13
55
Timer Recording (For Freeview users only)
Press the red button.
Timer Recording (For Freeview users only)
2
Rec. Mode Adjust
“Record to”: Sets the recording
destination. If there is not enough
available DVD disc space for the
recording, the recorder automatically
records the programme to the HDD
even if you select “DVD” (Recovery
Recording).
“Recording Mode”: Sets the recording
mode (page 52).
“VPS/PDC”: Sets the VPS/PDC
function. See “About the VPS/PDC
function (For analogue broadcasting
only)” below.
“Update”: Sets the recorder
automatically replacing the previous
timer recording with the new one.
“EPG Link” (page 58)
“Series Recording” (page 57)
• To enter a title name, select “Set Title
Name” and press ENTER (page 42).
• If you make a mistake, select the item
and change the setting.
The “Timer List” display appears.
57
EPG Link
Automatically update the date, start and stop
times settings when changing the Electronic
Programme Guide.
Set “EPG Link” to “On” in step 5 of “Series
Recording” on page 57.
To search for link programmes
1
2
3
Press TIMER.
Select the timer setting, and press ,.
When the following options appear in the
sub-menu, select an option, and press
ENTER.
“Alternate Search”: Searches for repeat
programmes. The repeat programmes are
displayed in the EPG.
“Series Search”: Searches for
programmes in a series. The programmes
in the series are displayed in the EPG.
“Recommendation Search”: Searches for
programmes recommended by
broadcaster as a link for current series.
The recommended programmes are
displayed in the EPG.
Adjusting the recording picture
quality
You can set the recorder to record in 30minute increments.
You can adjust the picture quality of digitally
broadcasts programmes by selecting a preset
setting. You can also adjust the picture
quality by changing detailed settings, and
store up to three settings in the memory.
Press z REC repeatedly to set the
duration.
Each press advances the time in 30-minute
increments. The maximum duration is six
hours.
To create your own setting
1
Select “Memory1,” “Memory2,” or
“Memory3” in step 3.
2
Select “Detailed Settings,” and press
ENTER.
The display for adjusting detailed
settings appears.
3
Select an item using M/m, and adjust
settings using </,.
For details about each setting, see the
explanation of the display.
“Prog. Motion”: Adjusts the progressive
video signal when “Component Video
Out” is set to “Progressive” (page 136).
Select “Motion” for a picture, including
subjects that move dynamically.
Select “Still” for a picture with little
movement.
“Cinema”: Converts the progressive
video signal to match the type of DVD
software that you are watching when
“Component Video Out” is set to
“Progressive” (page 136).
Select “Auto” to detect the software type
(Film-based or Video-based)
automatically and select the appropriate
conversion mode. Normally select this
position.
Select “Off” to fix the conversion mode
to the mode for Video-based software.
4
Press SYSTEM MENU to exit.
The setting is automatically stored as the
setting you selected in step 1.
b Note
Only progressive video signals for recording can be
adjusted.
(normal recording)
The time counter decreases minute by minute
to 0:00, then the recorder stops recording (the
power turns off).
To cancel the Quick Timer
Press z REC repeatedly until the counter
appears in the front panel display. The
recorder returns to normal recording mode.
To stop recording, press x REC STOP.
SYSTEM
MENU
</M/m/,,
ENTER
DISPLAY
b Note
If you turn off the recorder during recording,
recording is stopped.
1
Press SYSTEM MENU in stop mode.
The System Menu appears.
To set the programme for recording,
follow the instructions for “Recording
TV programmes using the EPG”
(page 55) from step 2.
2
Select “Picture Adjustment,” and
press ENTER.
3
Select a preset setting, and press
ENTER.
“Tuner”: TV broadcasts
“VCR”: Video cassettes
“DTV”: Digital broadcasts
“Memory1”/“Memory2”/“Memory3”:
Your own settings. To create your own
settings, see “To create your own setting”
on page 59.
To check the detailed settings for the
selected preset, press DISPLAY.
b Notes
• Only the earliest part of the Split Programme is
displayed on the Timer List.
• Any next Split Programme part that starts 3 or
more hours later cannot be recorded
automatically.
• This recorder is featured with an EPG timer auto
extend functionality that allows EPG timer
recordings to be made in case of an early start
(before the scheduled start time) or late finish
(after the scheduled end time).
• When “EPG Link” is set to “On,” you cannot
change the date, start and stop time settings.
4
Press SYSTEM MENU to exit.
Timer Recording (For Freeview users only)
Recording Split Programmes
Movies and other programmes that are split
into 2 or more parts are called Split
Programmes. If you set the timer for one part
of a Split Programme, the other parts are
automatically recorded. For example, if the
first half is set to be recorded, the last half
will be recorded automatically.
Using the Quick Timer function
Creating chapters in a title
The recorder can automatically divide a
recording (a title) into chapters by inserting
chapter marks. To select chapter mark
intervals or disable this function, see “Auto
Chapter (HDD/VR),” “Auto Chapter
(Video),” or “Auto Chapter (DVD+R/+RW)”
in the “Recording” setup (page 143).
When recording to the HDD, a DVD-R (VR
mode) or a DVD-RW (VR mode), you can
edit chapter marks (page 95).
58
59
2
b Note
b Notes
You cannot change the timer settings with “EPG
Link” set to “On.”
• When “VPS/PDC” is set to “On” for one or more
timer recordings, the start times may change in
the event of a broadcast delay or early start.
• Even if the timer is set, timer recordings cannot be
made while recording a programme that has
priority.
• Even if the timer is set for the same daily or
weekly programme, the timer recording cannot be
made if it overlaps with a programme that has
priority. “Overlap” will appear next to the
overlapped setting in the Timer List. Check the
priority order of the settings.
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
+R
TIMER
</M/m/,,
ENTER
.
1
>
Select the timer setting you want to
check/change/cancel, and press ,.
The sub-menu appears.
3
Select an option, and press ENTER.
“Modify”:
Changes the timer setting.
Select an item using </, and adjust
using M/m. Select “OK” and press
ENTER.
“Erase”:
Erases the timer setting.
Select “Yes” and press ENTER.
“Skip Once”:
Cancels the daily or weekly recordings
only once. After cancelling the timer
setting, “Skip Once” appears next to the
timer setting in the Timer List.
“Alternate Search” (page 58)
“Series Search” (page 58)
“Recommendation Search” (page 58)
To change or cancel the setting, repeat
steps 2 and 3 above.
Recording from
Connected Equipment
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
+R
You can record from a connected VCR or
similar device. To connect a VCR or similar
device, see “Connecting a VCR or Similar
Device” on page 31. Use the DV IN jack on
the front panel if the equipment has a DV
output jack (i.LINK jack).
HDD
DVD
INPUT
z REC
x REC
STOP
Timer Recording (For Freeview users only)
You can check, change, or cancel the timer
settings using the Timer List.
z Hints
• For manual timer settings, you cannot modify the
timer setting for the current recording, but you
can extend the duration of the recording time
while recording (page 56).
For timer settings using the EPG, you can modify
the timer setting for the current recording while
recording, and extend the duration of the
recording (only when “EPG Link” is set to
“Off”).
• You can move to the first row/bottom row of the
Timer List using ./> while the list is
displayed.
Checking/Changing/
Cancelling Timer
Settings (Timer List)
REC MODE
Press TIMER.
The “Timer List” display appears.
Timer information displays the recording
date, time, recording mode, etc.
When the timer settings overlap
1
• The programme that starts first has priority
and the entire programme is recorded.
• After finishing the previous recording, the
other recording starts with several tens-ofsecond’s delay (when the end-time of one
recording and the start-time of another are
the same).
• When the recordings start at the same time,
only one of them will be recorded. Cancel
the timer setting for the programme that you
are not going to record.
Press HDD or DVD.
If you select DVD, insert a recordable
DVD (see “1. Inserting a Disc” on
page 36).
2
Press INPUT to select an input source
according to the connection you
made.
The front panel display changes as
follows:
programme position
When all of the timer settings do not fit
on the list, the scroll bar appears.
To view the hidden timer settings, press
M/m.
,continued
60
1-14
61
3
Select the desired audio signal when
recording a bilingual programme to
the HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (Video
mode).
broadcasting only)
Set “External Audio” to “Bilingual” and
“Bilingual Recording” to “A/L” or “B/R”
in the “Audio In” setup (page 138).
4
6
Press z REC.
This recorder starts recording.
7
Press the pause (or play) button on the
connected equipment to cancel the
playback pause status.
These are just a few of the ways to use the
GUIDE Plus+ system.
– Search for programmes by listing them
according to category (such as Movies or
Sport) or by using the Keyword Search
function (page 66).
– Once you have found the programme you
are looking for, use the GUIDE Plus+
system to set the timer for recording
(page 73).
– You can set the system to display your
favourite programmes according to
conditions that you set, such as category
and keyword (page 67).
For more information, see “Watching TV
Using the GUIDE Plus+ System” (page 65).
The connected equipment starts playback
and the playback image is recorded by
this recorder.
To stop recording, press x REC STOP
on this recorder.
If you connect a digital video camera with
a DV IN jack
See “DV Camcorder Dubbing” on page 104
for an explanation of how to record from the
DV IN jack.
z Hint
You can adjust the settings for the recording picture
before recording. See “Adjusting the recording
picture quality” on page 59.
b Notes
• When recording a video game image, the screen
may not be clear.
• Any programme that contains a Copy-Never copy
guard signal cannot be recorded.
• When “Bilingual Recording” is set to “A/L” or
“B/R” in step 3, you cannot select the sound when
playing in the following cases.
– When recording in PCM mode.
– When recording to the HDD (“HDD Recording
Format” is set to “Video Mode On” in the
“Recording” setup (page 144))/DVD+RW/
DVD+R/DVD-RW/DVD-R (Video mode).
• You cannot select “L1” in step 2 if “LINE 1 In” is
set to “Decoder” in the “Video In/Out” setup
(page 137).
The GUIDE Plus+ system “Home Screen”
appears.
A Video Window: This shows the
programme you were watching when
you pressed GUIDE.
B Action Bar: When the same colour
button on the remote is pressed, the
Action Bar functions. The Action Bar
function differs according to the
screen.
C Information Box: Shows information
about the selected programme when
the “Home Screen” is displayed.
Contents will differ according to the
displayed screen.
D Menu Bar: Press the blue button
(“Home”), and press M to move the
cursor to the Menu Bar. Then select
one of the following features using </
,, and press ENTER.
“Grid”: Shows the programmes for the
current time slot and next 7 days.
“Search”: Allows you to search for
titles by category or by keyword
(page 66). The displayed category
depends upon the programme data
received by this recorder. Movies,
Sport, and Children are examples of
possible categories.
“My TV”: Sets the profile for your
favourite programmes (page 67).
“Schedule”: Displays the list of timer
settings (page 77).
,continued
62
“Info”: Shows information when
available.
“Editor”: Allows you to edit the
channel lineup and channel display
(page 69).
“Setup”: Allows you to change the
language, country/region, postal code,
input source, or host channel.
E “Home” position: When you press the
blue button (“Home”), the cursor
returns to the last programme position
on the “Grid.”
G Broadcast station Logo: Shows the
broadcast station logo.
H Time Slot: Indicates the currently
selected time slot. Use </, to select
a different time slot.
z Hint
You can also move the cursor to the Menu Bar by
pressing MENU.
Troubleshooting guide
If you are having trouble displaying the
television programme list, please check the
following:
• The clock must be set correctly. If the clock
is not set, set it manually (page 129).
• This recorder downloads the GUIDE Plus+
data several times a day when the recorder
is turned off (standby mode). Turn off the
recorder when you are not using it (for
example, at night). After initial setup
(page 26), it may take up to 24 hours for
your recorder to start receiving programme
listings. It may take up to one day to receive
all seven days of TV programme listings.
Watching TV Using the
GUIDE Plus+ System
63
To select a programme position quickly
using the TV broadcast station logo
1
Press GUIDE.
The GUIDE Plus+ system “Home
Screen” appears.
2
Press the yellow button (“Channels”).
3
Select the TV broadcast station logo
using </M/m/,, and press ENTER.
The display returns to “Grid” and the
programme currently being broadcast by
the selected TV station is selected.
4
Select a programme using </,, and
press ENTER.
Colour
buttons
GUIDE
</M/m/,,
ENTER
PAGE –
DAY –
1
PAGE +
DAY +
Press GUIDE.
The GUIDE Plus+ system “Home
Screen” appears.
To return to the “Home” position
Press the blue button (“Home”).
The cursor returns to the home position on the
“Grid.”
b Notes
GUIDE Plus+ (For analogue broadcasting only)
F Tiles: Shows the programme titles and
category; green (sports), purple
(movies), blue (children’s), teal
(others).
• Check the following if the programme
guide data has not been received after
waiting for a day:
– “Easy Setup” (page 26) is completed.
– The host channel is not disabled (see
“Disabling programme positions” on
page 70).
– The timer is not set.
If the programme guide data still cannot be
received after checking the above, search
for the host channel at the following
website and set the host channel manually
(page 69):
www.europe.guideplus.com
• If the host channel has changed or moved,
the programme guide data cannot be
received. In this case, follow the steps in
“Searching for the GUIDE Plus+ host
channel” (page 68) to update the host
channel setting.
• If the set top box receiver is connected to
the recorder using a SCART cord only, do
the following:
– Turn on your set top box receiver.
– Connect the set top box controller.
– Follow the steps in “Changing the GUIDE
Plus+ host channel manually” (page 69)
to set the host channel manually. Be sure
to set your set top box receiver (tuner) as
the source.
GUIDE Plus+ (For analogue broadcasting only)
The GUIDE Plus+® system is a free
interactive programme guide. It displays up
to seven days of programme listings,
including programme titles, promotions, and
broadcast information. GUIDE Plus+ data for
the television programme listings are carried
by your local broadcast host channel and are
received through your aerial, set top box
receiver, or direct cable connection from the
wall.
Visit www.europe.guideplus.com for a list of
all European host channels.
For details about the recording mode, see
page 52.
Insert the source tape into the
connected equipment and set to
playback pause.
Press GUIDE.
Introduction to the
GUIDE Plus+ System
Press REC MODE repeatedly to select
the recording mode.
5
Learning the common elements
GUIDE Plus+ (For analogue
To set a programme for timer recording
• Your set top box receiver’s programme position
may suddenly change even if the recorder is
turned off. This is because the set top box
controller has changed the programme position to
receive the GUIDE Plus+ data.
• When you reset the recorder (page 158) the
following GUIDE Plus+ system settings are reset:
– Country/region setting in “Easy Setup”
– “Country” of “Setup” - “Basic Setup” in the
Menu Bar
– “Postal Code” of “Setup” - “Basic Setup” in the
Menu Bar
Note that the GUIDE Plus+ system is also reset
when you make changes to the host channel
settings.
• The GUIDE Plus+ system cannot be used when
“Input Line System” is set to “NTSC” in the
“Basic” setup (page 130).
See “One Button Recording (GUIDE Plus+
(in the UK only))” (page 73).
To close the GUIDE Plus+ system
2
Select a programme using </M/m/
,, and press ENTER.
The GUIDE Plus+ system disappears and
the programme position changes to the
selected programme.
Press GUIDE.
z Hints
• Press the PAGE +/– buttons to change the
programme list by page.
• Press the DAY +/– buttons to change the
programme list by day.
,continued
64
1-15
65
4
To unlock the Video Window
The Video Window is locked so that it does
not change programme positions when you
move the cursor across other titles.
From “Grid,” select the logo of the
programme position that is locked, and press
the red button (“Unlock”). “ ” changes to
“ ” and the Video Window is unlocked. To
lock the Video Window, select the logo of the
programme position you want to lock and
press the red button (“Lock”).
Searching for a
Programme Using the
GUIDE Plus+ System
To enter a new keyword
1
Select “Search” in the Menu Bar, and
press ENTER.
2
3
Select “My Choice” using </,.
b Notes
Listing Up Your Favourite
Programme Information
(My TV)
You can set a profile and list up only your
favourite programme information.
Press the yellow button (“Add”).
The display for entering characters
appears.
Colour
buttons
Colour
buttons
</M/m/,,
ENTER
1
</M/m/,,
ENTER
4
Select “Search” in the Menu Bar, and
press ENTER.
5
6
2
Select a category using </,.
To search for a programme by keyword,
select “My Choice.” You can search for
all programmes that contain the keyword
in the programme’s title and in the
programme’s Information Box. If no
keywords are displayed, enter the
keyword. See “To enter a new keyword”
below.
3
Select a character on the keyboard using
</M/m/,, and press ENTER.
To switch between upper-case, lowercase, or characters with accents, press the
yellow button (“Keyboard”) repeatedly.
To cancel entering a new keyword, press
the red button (“Back”).
Setting a profile
1
Repeat step 4 to enter the keyword.
Select “My TV” in the Menu Bar, and
press the yellow button (“Profile”).
GUIDE Plus+ (For analogue broadcasting only)
• The Video Window is locked during recording
and the lock indicator appears in the Video
Window. You cannot unlock the Video Window
while recording.
• If you are watching programmes through a set top
box receiver, the Video Window may not change
as fast as you move the cursor. In this case, lock
the Video Window (page 66).
Select a programme using M/m, and
press ENTER.
Press the green button (“Save”).
The entered keyword is registered.
To delete the keyword, select the
keyword you want to delete, and press
the red button (“Delete”).
To change the keyword, select the
keyword you want to change, and press
the green button (“Edit”).
To set a programme for timer recording
See “One Button Recording (GUIDE Plus+
(in the UK only))” (page 73).
z Hint
When two or more keywords are set for “My
Choice,” you can select “All” for sub-category.
Select a sub-category using M/m, and
press ENTER.
Programmes that meet the conditions are
listed.
The sub-categories differ according to
country/region.
,continued
66
2
Select “Channels,” “Categories,” or
“Keywords,” and press the yellow
button (“Add”).
3
Press ENTER.
To change the profile settings
Repeat from step 1 above.
Number
buttons
</M/m/,,
ENTER
2
The programmes that match the profile
conditions are displayed.
3
4
The display returns to the GUIDE Plus+
setup menu.
10 Wait one day until the programme
guide data can be received.
To cancel the settings
To return to the “Home” position
If the set top box receiver is connected to the
recorder using a SCART cord only and you
want to receive the programme guide data
from your set top box receiver, search for the
host channel on the following website and set
it for your area, following the steps below:
www.europe.guideplus.com
To check the GUIDE Plus+ system
information
Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar.
Press the blue button (“Home”).
The cursor returns to the home position on the
“Grid.”
1
Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar, and
press ENTER.
2
Select “GUIDE Plus+ system
Information” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears.
2
The default host channel setting is set to
“Automatic,” so you should not have to
change the host channel setting. However, if
the host channel has changed or moved,
update the host channel setting.
If the set top box receiver is connected to the
recorder using a SCART cord only (page 17),
see “Changing the GUIDE Plus+ host
channel manually” on page 69.
Select “My TV” in the Menu Bar, and
press ENTER.
Select “Confirm” using </,, and
press ENTER.
Changing the GUIDE Plus+ host
channel manually
1
Searching for the GUIDE Plus+
host channel
1
9
Press the red button (“Back”).
Colour
buttons
1
Select a programme using </M/m/
,, and press ENTER.
If the programme guide data has not been
received after waiting for a day, search
for the host channel at the following
website and set the host channel
manually (“Changing the GUIDE Plus+
host channel manually” (page 69)).
www.europe.guideplus.com
[/1
Selecting and watching a
programme from My TV
2
Wait for one day until the programme
guide data can be received.
3
Select “Host Channel Setup” using M/
m, and press ENTER.
Press the yellow button (“Change”)
twice.
“Manual” appears.
Checking programme positions
Check whether programme position numbers
are the same as the programme position
numbers set in the “Analog Tuner” setup.
If you want to make adjustments to the
channel settings or change the channel name,
see “Aerial Reception Settings (Analog
Tuner)” (page 133).
1
Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar.
GUIDE Plus+ (For analogue broadcasting only)
“Channels”: Select the programme
position using </M/m/,, and press
ENTER. To add more programme
positions, press the yellow button
(“Add”). You can register up to 16
programme positions.
To cancel the registration, select a
programme position, and press the red
button (“Delete”).
“Categories”: Select the category using
</M/m/,, and press ENTER. To add
more categories, press the yellow button
(“Add”). You can register up to 4
categories.
To cancel the registration, select a
category, and press the red button
(“Delete”).
“Keywords”: Enter a keyword. See “To
enter a new keyword” on page 67. To add
more keywords, press the yellow button
(“Add”). You can register up to 16
keywords.
To cancel the registration, select a
keyword, and press the red button
(“Delete”).
5
Making Changes to the
GUIDE Plus+ System
67
Select “Editor” in the Menu Bar.
The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears.
Select “Host Channel Setup” using M/
m, and press ENTER.
Press the yellow button (“Reset”).
Press [/1 to turn off the recorder.
To set a programme for timer recording
See “One Button Recording (GUIDE Plus+
(in the UK only))” (page 73).
4
5
Select “Source” using ,.
6
7
Select “Prog. No.” using ,.
8
Press the yellow button (“Source”)
repeatedly to select the input source.
Enter the programme position number
using the number buttons.
Press the green button (“Save”).
The display asks for confirmation.
2
3
Press ENTER.
Press , to move the cursor to the
right column.
,continued
68
1-16
69
4
Select the programme position you
want to check using M/m.
broadcasting only)
Before you start recording…
• Check that the disc has enough available
space for the recording (page 40). For the
HDD, DVD+RWs, and DVD-RWs, you
can free up disc space by erasing titles
(page 92).
• Adjust the recording picture quality if
necessary (page 76).
To receive from the recorder a programme position
that can be received by either the set top box
receiver or the recorder, change the input source in
step 4.
In the left column, select the
programme position you want to hide
or display using M/m.
3
Recording mode
Like the standard ×3 recording modes of
video tapes, you can select the desired
recording mode using the REC MODE
button.
Recording modes with higher quality provide
a more beautiful recording, but the large data
volume also results in a shorter recording
time.
Conversely, a longer duration provides a
longer recording time, but the lower data
volume results in a coarser picture quality.
Press the red button (“On/Off”).
The disabled positions will turn grey.
To show the disabled positions, press the
red button (“On/Off”) again.
b Notes
Press REC MODE repeatedly to switch the
recording modes.
• You cannot record a programme position if it is
not set in “Aerial Reception Settings (Analog
Tuner)” (page 133) even if it is set to “On” in the
“Editor” in the Menu Bar.
• If you are using your set top box receiver to
receive programmes (when the set top box
receiver is connected to the recorder using a
SCART cord only, page 17) and are able to
receive the same programme with both the set top
box receiver and the recorder, change the
“Source” to receive the programme with the
recorder’s tuner.
To select further options for recording mode
(manual recording mode), set “Manual Rec.
Mode” to “On (go to setup)” in the
“Recording” setup (page 141). To record
pictures in higher quality than HQ mode on
the HDD, set “Manual Rec. Mode” to “On
(go to setup),” and then select “HQ+.” For
details about manual recording mode, see
page 141.
For timer recording, you can also select
“AUTO” as recording mode, which
maximizes the recording quality for the space
available on the disc (if recording to DVD),
or to fit onto a blank disc (if recording to
HDD).
DVD*1
HDD
RDR- RDR- RDR- RDRHXD HXD HXD HXD
770 870 970 1070
25
34
53
105
1 hr.
1 min.
R 37
50
79
155
1 hr.
30 min.
51
68
105
210
2
LSP
r 63
84
130
265
2 hr.
30 min.
ESP
r 75
100
155
315
3
LP
r 100
135
210
420
4
EP
r 150
200
315
635
6
SLP
r 200
270
425
850
8
255
340
530
1060 10
HSP
SP
(Standard
mode)
SEP*2
(Long
duration)
*1
The approximate recording time is for 12 cm
DVD discs.
The approximate recording times for DVD+R
DL (Double Layer)/DVD-R DL (Dual Layer)
discs are as follows:
HQ: 1 hour 51 minutes
HSP: 2 hours 41 minutes
SP: 3 hours 35 minutes
LSP: 4 hours 29 minutes
ESP: 5 hours 23 minutes
LP: 7 hours 11 minutes
EP: 10 hours 46 minutes
SLP: 14 hours 21 minutes
SEP: 17 hours 57 minutes
*2
When recording to DVD+RW or DVD+R, SLP
is the longest recording time available. If you
select SEP, the recording mode will
automatically revert to SLP.
z Hint
To easily select a manual recording mode, press
REC MODE repeatedly to display “MN,” and
select a manual recording mode using </,.
,continued
70
ZWEITON (German stereo) system
• The maximum continuous recording time to the
HDD is 12 hours for a single title. A title longer
than 12 hours is divided.
• Situations below may cause slight inaccuracies
with the recording time.
– Recording a programme with poor reception, or
a programme or video source of low picture
quality.
– Recording on a disc that has already been
edited.
– Recording only a still picture or just sound.
• Programmes are recorded in the following aspect
ratio.
– In the original aspect ratio, when recording to
the HDD (when “HDD Recording Format” is
set to “Video Mode Off” in the “Recording”
setup (page 144))/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR
mode).
– In 4:3 when recording to DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs.
• When recording to DVD-R DLs (Video mode),
the title is divided when the layer switches.
When a stereo-based programme is received,
“Stereo” appears.
When a bilingual ZWEITON-based
programme is received, “L,” “R,” or “L+R”
appears.
Timer Recording (GUIDE
Plus+/Manual)
NICAM system
The recorder automatically receives and
records stereo and bilingual programmes
based on the ZWEITON system or the
NICAM system.
The HDD (when “HDD Recording Format”
is set to “Video Mode Off” in the
“Recording” setup (page 144)) and a DVDRW (VR mode) or DVD-R (VR mode) can
record both main and sub sounds. You can
switch between main and sub when playing
the disc.
The HDD (when “HDD Recording Format”
is set to “Video Mode On” in the “Recording”
setup (page 144)) and a DVD+RW, DVD+R,
DVD-RW (Video mode), or DVD-R (Video
mode) can record only one sound track (main
or sub) at a time. Select the sound track in the
“Audio In” setup before recording starts. Set
“Bilingual Recording” to “A/L” (default) or
“B/R” in the “Audio In” setup (page 138).
About HDD Recording format, see page 144.
z Hint
You can select the audio (main or sub) while
recording bilingual programmes using the AUDIO
button. This does not affect the recorded sound.
+RW
-RWVR
-RWVideo
+R
-RVR
You can use the GUIDE Plus+ system to set
the timer to record a programme up to seven
days in advance.
HDD
-RWVR (CPRM*)
-RVR
Copy-Never
2
Select a programme using </M/m/
,.
+R
One Button Recording (GUIDE
Plus+ (in the UK only))
-RVideo
Copy-Once
-RWVR -RWVideo
To search for a programme by category
or by keyword, select “Search” in the
Menu Bar. See “Searching for a
Programme Using the GUIDE Plus+
System” on page 66 for more
information about searching for a
programme.
You can select a programme from “My
TV” (page 67).
• When the recorder is connected to a set top box
receiver and you want to record using the GUIDE
Plus+ system, turn on the set top box receiver and
connect the set top box controller.
• Do not operate your set top box receiver just
before or during a timer recording. This may
prevent the accurate recording of a programme.
Copy control Recordable discs
signals
HDD
-RVideo
Press GUIDE.
b Notes
Pictures with copy protection cannot be
recorded on this recorder.
Copy-Free
+RW
-RVR
There are two methods to set the timer within
the GUIDE Plus+ system: One Button
Recording and setting the timer manually.
You can set the timer for a total of 32
programmes (8 programmes when using the
VPS/PDC function), up to 30 days in
advance.
To record a NICAM programme, be sure to
set “NICAM Select” to “NICAM” (default)
in the “Audio In” setup. If the sound is not
clear when listening to NICAM broadcasts,
set “NICAM Select” to “Standard”
(page 137).
Unrecordable pictures
Recording stereo and bilingual
programmes
HDD
1
(CPRM*)
None
Colour
buttons
GUIDE
* The recorded disc can be played only on CPRM
compatible equipment (page 10).
71
</M/m/,
3
Press the red button (“Record”) or
z REC.
The set programme and Time Slot
change colour and the recorder is ready
to start recording. When recording from a
set top box receiver, be sure to turn it on.
Unlike a VCR, there is no need to turn off
the recorder before the timer recording
starts.
• To record on a DVD
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling
Timer Settings” on page 77.
• To make more detailed timer settings
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling
Timer Settings” on page 77.
Timer Recording (For analogue broadcasting only)
b Notes
Timer Recording (For analogue broadcasting only)
To play a recorded disc on other DVD equipment,
finalise the disc (page 45).
If any programme positions are unused or
contain unwanted channels, you can hide
them.
2
HQ (High
quality)
b Note
Disabling programme positions
Select “Editor” in the Menu Bar, and
press ENTER.
Recording
mode
Before Recording
b Note
1
Approx. recording time
(hours)
Timer Recording (For analogue
To change the input source, press the red
button (“Source”).
To change the programme position, press
the green button (“Prog. No.”), then enter
a programme position number using the
number buttons, and press ENTER.
To confirm, change, or cancel a timer
recording
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer
Settings” on page 77.
z REC
x REC
STOP
To stop recording during timer recording
Press x REC STOP.
Note that it may take a few seconds for the
recorder to stop recording.
On-screen instructions may appear after
pressing x REC STOP. In this case, follow
the on-screen instructions.
,continued
72
1-17
73
Rec. Mode Adjust
If there is not enough available disc space for
the recording, the recorder automatically
adjusts the recording mode to enable the
entire programme to be recorded. Set “Rec.
Mode Adjust” to “On” in the “Recording”
setup (page 143).
Select the input source using M/m,
and select the programme position
using the number buttons or M/m.
You can also select the programme
position using the yellow button
(“Channels”).
8
Number
buttons
If the timer settings overlap
If one or more timer settings overlap, a
message appears. To change the timer
settings, see “Checking/Changing/
Cancelling Timer Settings” on page 77.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
9
The date, start and stop times,
programme position, etc. settings appear.
The recorder is ready to start recording.
z REC
x REC
STOP
1
2
Press GUIDE.
Select “Schedule” in the Menu bar.
The SCHEDULE list appears.
3
Press the green button (“Save”).
Using the Quick Timer function
You can set the recorder to record in 30minute increments.
Press z REC repeatedly to set the
duration.
Each press advances the time in 30-minute
increments. The maximum duration is six
hours.
(normal recording)
The time counter decreases minute by minute
to 0:00, then the recorder stops recording (the
power turns off).
To cancel the Quick Timer
To confirm, change, or cancel a timer
recording
Press z REC repeatedly until the counter
appears in the front panel display. The
recorder returns to normal recording mode.
To stop recording, press x REC STOP.
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer
Settings” on page 77.
b Note
To stop recording during timer recording
If you turn off the recorder during recording,
recording is stopped.
Press x REC STOP.
Note that it may take a few seconds for the
recorder to stop recording.
On-screen instructions may appear after
pressing x REC STOP. In this case, follow
the on-screen instructions.
Press the green button (“Manual”).
Rec. Mode Adjust
4
Set the date using the number buttons
and </M/m/,. Then press the
green button (“Next”).
5
Set the start time using the number
buttons and </M/m/,. Then press
the green button (“Next”).
6
Set the stop time using the number
buttons and </M/m/,. Then press
the green button (“Next”).
If there is not enough available disc space for
the recording, the recorder automatically
adjusts the recording mode to enable the
entire programme to be recorded. Set “Rec.
Mode Adjust” to “On” in the “Recording”
setup (page 143).
,continued
74
Adjusting the recording picture
quality
You can adjust the picture quality by
selecting a preset setting. You can also adjust
the picture quality by changing detailed
settings, and store up to three settings in the
memory.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
DISPLAY
1
Press SYSTEM MENU in stop mode.
The System Menu appears.
2
3
Select “Picture Adjustment,” and
press ENTER.
Select a preset setting, and press
ENTER.
“Tuner”: TV broadcasts
“VCR”: Video cassettes
“DTV”: Digital broadcasts
“Memory1”/“Memory2”/“Memory3”:
Your own settings. To create your own
settings, see “To create your own setting”
on page 76.
To check the detailed settings for the
selected preset, press DISPLAY.
4
Press SYSTEM MENU to exit.
To create your own setting
1
Select “Memory1,” “Memory2,” or
“Memory3” in step 3.
2
Select “Detailed Settings,” and press
ENTER.
The display for adjusting detailed
settings appears.
3
Select an item using M/m, and adjust
settings using </,.
For details about each setting, see the
explanation of the display.
“Prog. Motion”: Adjusts the progressive
video signal when “Component Video
Out” is set to “Progressive” (page 136).
Select “Motion” for a picture, including
subjects that move dynamically.
Select “Still” for a picture with little
movement.
“Cinema”: Converts the progressive
video signal to match the type of DVD
software that you are watching when
“Component Video Out” is set to
“Progressive” (page 136).
Select “Auto” to detect the software type
(Film-based or Video-based)
automatically and select the appropriate
conversion mode. Normally select this
position.
Select “Off” to fix the conversion mode
to the mode for Video-based software.
“3-D Y/C”: Adjusts the brightness/
colour separation for the video signals.
Select “Motion” for a picture, including
subjects that move dynamically.
Select “Still” for a picture with little
movement.
“YNR” (luminance noise reduction):
Reduces noise contained in the
luminance element of the video signal.
“CNR” (chroma noise reduction):
Reduces noise contained in the chroma
element of the video signal.
“Detail”: Adjusts the sharpness of
images outlines.
“White AGC”: Turn on for automatic
white level adjustment.
“White Enhancer”: Adjusts the intensity
of white.
“Black Enhancer”: Adjusts the intensity
of black.
“Black Level”: Selects the black level
(setup level) for the NTSC video signals.
Select “ON” to raise the standard black
level. Select this when the picture
appears too dark.
Select “OFF” to set the black level of the
input signals to the standard level.
Normally, select this position.
“Hue”: Adjusts the colour balance.
“Chroma Level”: Makes the colours
deeper or lighter.
4
Press SYSTEM MENU to exit.
The setting is automatically stored as the
setting you selected in step 1.
75
Checking/Changing/
Cancelling Timer
Settings
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
+R
-RWVR -RWVideo
You can change or cancel timer settings using
the SCHEDULE list.
Number
buttons
Creating chapters in a title
Colour
buttons
GUIDE
The recorder can automatically divide a
recording (a title) into chapters by inserting
chapter marks. To select chapter mark
intervals or disable this function, see “Auto
Chapter (HDD/VR),” “Auto Chapter
(Video),” or “Auto Chapter (DVD+R/+RW)”
in the “Recording” setup (page 143).
When recording to the HDD, a DVD-R (VR
mode) or a DVD-RW (VR mode), you can
edit chapter marks (page 95).
</M/m/,
Changing timer settings
1
2
Press GUIDE.
Select “Schedule” in the Menu bar.
Timer Recording (For analogue broadcasting only)
SYSTEM
MENU
Timer Recording (For analogue broadcasting only)
b Notes
Press the green button (“Next”).
The display for entering characters
appears.
To change the title name, select a
character on the keyboard using </M/
m/,, and press ENTER.
To switch between upper-case, lowercase, or characters with accents, press the
yellow button (“Keyboard”).
Colour
buttons
GUIDE
z Hint
If you are recording to the HDD, you can play the
title as it is being recorded by selecting the
programme title on the Title List (page 88).
• If a message indicating that the HDD is full
appears on the screen, change the recording
destination to “DVD,” or make available space
for the recording (page 92).
• If there is not enough available DVD disc space
for the recording, the recorder automatically
records the programme to the HDD even if you
select “DVD” (Recovery Recording).
• The last recording mode you selected manually
becomes the default recording mode for timer
recordings made from the GUIDE Plus+ system.
• You cannot adjust the recording quality (HDD or
DVD) once the recording starts.
• The beginning of some recordings may not be
made when using the VPS/PDC function.
• You cannot extend the recording duration time
when “VPS/PDC” is selected (page 78).
• The “Rec. Mode Adjust” function only works
with a timer recording to DVD, and the VPS/PDC
function set to off.
• The recording mode cannot be set to “AUTO”
when “VPS/PDC” is set to “On.”
7
Setting the timer manually
The SCHEDULE list appears.
,continued
76
1-18
77
3
Select the timer setting you want to
change using M/m, and press the
green button (“Edit”).
b Notes
Recording from
Connected Equipment
• The new settings become effective when you exit
the GUIDE Plus+ system.
• When you set the recording destination to
“HDDr,” the previous timer recording will be
replaced with the new one even if you have not
watched it.
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
You can record from a connected VCR or
similar device. To connect a VCR or similar
device, see “Connecting a VCR or Similar
Device” on page 31. Use the DV IN jack on
the front panel if the equipment has a DV
output jack (i.LINK jack).
4
You can change the date, start time, stop
time, programme position, or input
source.
The cursor moves to the right column.
5
Press the corresponding colour button
repeatedly to change settings.
• Yellow button (“Destination”): Sets the
recording destination. If there is not
enough available DVD disc space for
the recording, the recorder
automatically records the programme
to the HDD even if you select “DVD”
(Recovery Recording). When you set a
daily or weekly timer, “HDDr” allows
you to replace the previous timer
recording with the new one
automatically (HDD only).
• Green button (“Frequency”): Selects
the recording pattern.
• Red button (“Quality”): Selects the
recording mode (page 71).
6
7
Press , to display “Timing.”
Press the green button (“Timing”)
repeatedly to select the duration time
or to set the VPS/PDC function.
See “About the VPS/PDC function”
below.
• If you want to record to a particular
HDD genre, press the yellow button
(“Genre”) repeatedly.
To use the VPS/PDC function
Select “VPS / PDC” in step 7 above.
When you turn on this function, the recorder
starts scanning the channels before the timer
recording starts.
HDD
For details about the recording mode, see
page 71.
Insert the source tape into the
connected equipment and set to
playback pause.
DVD
6
Press z REC.
INPUT
7
This recorder starts recording.
Press the pause (or play) button on the
connected equipment to cancel the
playback pause status.
The connected equipment starts playback
and the playback image is recorded by
this recorder.
To stop recording, press x REC STOP
on this recorder.
Press GUIDE.
Select “Schedule” in the Menu bar.
The SCHEDULE list appears.
3
Press REC MODE repeatedly to select
the recording mode.
5
Cancelling timer settings
1
2
4
Select the timer setting you want to
cancel using M/m, and press the red
button (“Delete”).
z REC
x REC
STOP
To close the SCHEDULE list
REC MODE
Press GUIDE.
1
When the timer settings overlap
• The programme that starts first has priority
and the entire programme is recorded.
• After finishing the previous recording, the
other recording starts with several tens-ofsecond’s delay (when the end-time of one
recording and the start-time of another are
the same).
• When the recordings start at the same time,
only one of them will be recorded. Cancel
the timer setting for the programme that you
are not going to record.
Press HDD or DVD.
If you select DVD, insert a recordable
DVD (see “1. Inserting a Disc” on
page 36).
2
Press INPUT to select an input source
according to the connection you
made.
The front panel display changes as
follows:
programme position
b Note
When “VPS / PDC” is set for one or more timer
recordings, the start times may change in the event
of a broadcast delay or early start.
If you connect a digital video camera with
a DV IN jack
See “DV Camcorder Dubbing” on page 104
for an explanation of how to record from the
DV IN jack.
Timer Recording (For analogue broadcasting only)
In the left column, select an item
using the red button (“Back”) or the
green button (“Next”), and adjust
using the number buttons or </M/m/
,.
Select the desired audio signal when
recording a bilingual programme to
the HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (Video
mode).
Set “External Audio” to “Bilingual” and
“Bilingual Recording” to “A/L” or “B/R”
in the “Audio In” setup (page 138).
+R
About the VPS/PDC function
VPS/PDC signals are transmitted with TV
programmes in some broadcast systems.
These signals ensure that timer recordings are
made regardless of any broadcast delays,
early starts, or broadcast interruptions.
3
z Hint
You can adjust the settings for the recording picture
before recording. See “Adjusting the recording
picture quality” on page 76.
b Notes
• When recording a video game image, the screen
may not be clear.
• Any programme that contains a Copy-Never copy
guard signal cannot be recorded.
• When “Bilingual Recording” is set to “A/L” or
“B/R” in step 3, you cannot select the sound when
playing in the following cases.
– When recording in PCM mode.
– When recording to the HDD (“HDD Recording
Format” is set to “Video Mode On” in the
“Recording” setup (page 144))/DVD+RW/
DVD+R/DVD-RW/DVD-R (Video mode).
• You cannot select “L1” in step 2 if “LINE 1 In” is
set to “Decoder” in the “Video In/Out” setup
(page 137).
78
79
3
Playback
Playing the Recorded
Programme/DVD
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
DVD
+R
VCD DATA DVD *
DATA CD *
* DivX video file only
HDD
CLEAR
MENU
TITLE LIST/
TOP MENU
</M/m/,,
ENTER
DISPLAY
>
H/X/x
PLAY
MODE
1
Select “Registration Code” of “DivX” in the
“Options” setup (page 150).
To resume playback from the point where
you stopped (Resume Play)
To use the DVD’s Menu
When you play a DVD VIDEO, or a finalised
DVD+RW, DVD-RW (Video mode),
DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video mode), you can
display the disc’s menu by pressing TOP
MENU or MENU.
When you press H again after you stop
playback, the recorder resumes playback
from the point where you pressed x.
b Note
To start from the beginning, press x again,
and press H. Playback starts from the
beginning of the title/track/scene.
To play VIDEO CDs/Super VIDEO CDs with
PBC functions
The point where you stopped playing is
cleared when:
– you open the disc tray (except HDD).
– you play another title (except HDD).
– you switch the Title List to Original or
Playlist (DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode
only).
– you edit the title after stopping playback.
– you change the settings on the recorder.
– you make a recording (except HDD/DVDRWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode).
– you disconnect the mains lead.
PBC (Playback Control) allows you to play
VIDEO CDs/Super VIDEO CDs
interactively using the menu on your TV
screen.
When you start playing a VIDEO CD/Super
VIDEO CD with PBC functions, the menu
appears.
Select an item using the number buttons, and
press ENTER. Then, follow the instructions
in the menu (press H when “Press
SELECT” appears).
b Notes
b Note
Press TITLE LIST.
For details about the Title List, see “3.
Playing the Recorded Programme (Title
List)” on page 38.
Example: HDD
You can lock all of the buttons on the
recorder so that the settings are not cancelled
by mistake.
When the recorder is turned off, hold down x
on the recorder until “LOCKED” appears in
the front panel display. The recorder does not
work except for timer recordings while the
Child Lock is set.
To unlock the recorder, hold down x on the
recorder until “UNLOCKED” appears in the
front panel display.
One-Touch Play (for SCART/HDMI
connections only)
Press H. With one touch of the H button,
the recorder and your TV automatically turn
on and the TV’s input is switched to the
recorder. Playback starts automatically.
z Hint
You can also use the H button in step 3 (page 80)
to start playback.
b Note
When using the HDMI connection, there may be a
delay, before the playback picture appears on the
TV screen, and the beginning portion of the
playback picture may not be displayed.
• You cannot resume playback during TV Pause.
• Resume Play is not available for Super VIDEO
CDs.
Some playback options such as search, repeat play
or programme play cannot be played with PBC
function. To play with playback options, start
playback without PBC functions using the Title
List.
To play restricted DVDs (Parental Lock)
If you play a restricted DVD, the display for
entering your password appears on your TV
screen.
Enter your four-digit password using the
number buttons, and press ENTER.
The recorder starts playback.
Press HDD or DVD.
• If you select DVD, insert a disc (see “1.
Inserting a Disc” on page 36).
• If you insert a DVD VIDEO, VIDEO
CD, DATA DVD or DATA CD, press
H. Playback starts.
2
Playback starts from the selected title.
To lock the recorder (Child Lock)
Playback
/
.
To display the registration code for this
recorder
The H button is not available in the disc’s menu.
DVD
Number
buttons
AUDIO
SUBTITLE
ANGLE
SYSTEM
MENU
Select a title using M/m, and press
ENTER.
To change the angles
If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene
are recorded on the disc, “
” appears on
the screen. Press ANGLE during playback.
To switch the angle mark indicator to off, set
“Angle Indicator” to “Off” in the “Playback”
setup (page 145).
To register or change the password, see
“Limitation Settings (Parental Lock)” on
page 145.
To stop playback
Press x.
To playback quickly with sound (Scan
Audio)
When you press M during playback, you
can play quickly with dialogue or sound
(except for VIDEO CDs/Super VIDEO
CDs).
No sound is output when you press M two
or more times to change search speed.
,continued
80
1-19
81
Buttons
Playback options
Operations
AUDIO
Selects one of the audio tracks recorded on the disc when pressed
repeatedly in normal playback mode.
DVD DATA DVD * DATA CD * : Selects the language.
HDD -RWVR
-RVR
VCD DATA DVD *
DVD
HDD -RWVR
VCD : Selects stereo or monaural audio tracks.
SUBTITLE
DVD
-RVR
DVD
VCD
*1
*1*2
X (pause)
Selects a subtitle language when pressed repeatedly.
Pauses playback.
To resume normal playback, press H.
b Notes
Playback
• Angles and subtitles cannot be changed with titles
recorded on this recorder.
• JPEG image files made with a DVD camcorder
can only be played as a slideshow. For video files
containing JPEG image files and movies, the
recorder can play movie parts only.
Each time you press
, replays the scene for the following
duration.
5 seconds t 15 seconds t 30 seconds t 1 minute t
2 minutes t 3 minutes t 5 minutes t 10 minutes t
20 minutes t advances the time in 10-minute increments t
2 hours
Notes on playing DVDs with a DTS sound
track
Each time you press
, briefly fast forwards the current scene
for the following duration.
30 seconds t 1 minute t 1 minute 30 seconds t 2 minutes t
3 minutes t 5 minutes t 10 minutes t 20 minutes t
advances the time in 10-minute increments t 2 hours
(fast reverse/fast forward)
+R
DATA DVD
DATA CD
*1
Playback direction only
*2
DivX video file only
* DivX video file only
. (previous)/
> (next)
+RW
*1*2
DATA DVD * DATA CD *
/
(instant replay/
instant advance)
-RWVR
HDD
-RWVideo
-RVideo
-RVR : Selects the main or sub sound.
DATA CD *
* DivX video file only
Plays in slow motion when pressed for more than one second in
pause mode.
Plays one frame at a time when pressed briefly in pause mode.
To resume normal playback, press H.
(slow, freeze frame)
To check the position of the buttons below, see the illustration on page 80.
Buttons
Operations
DTS audio signals are output only through the
DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack.
When you play a DVD with DTS sound tracks, set
“DTS Output” to “On” in the “Audio Out” setup
(page 139).
Goes to the beginning of the previous/next title/chapter/scene/track
when pressed during playback.
Goes to the beginning of the first title/track when pressed in stop
mode.
Fast reverses/fast forwards the disc when pressed during playback.
Search speed changes as follows:
fast reverse fast forward
mFR1*1 T t MFF1*2
mFR2 T T t t MFF2
*3
mFR3 T T T t t t MFF3*3
mFR4*3 T T T T t t t t MFF4*3
When you press and hold the button, fast forward/fast reverse
continues at the selected speed until you release the button.
When you press m once during playback, you can play Reverse
play (not available for VIDEO CDs/Super VIDEO CDs/DivX video
files).
When you press M once during playback, you can play quickly
with sound (not available for VIDEO CDs/Super VIDEO CDs).
*3 Not available for VIDEO CDs/Super VIDEO CDs.
*1
*2
To resume normal playback, press H.
,continued
82
Playing a specific portion
repeatedly (A-B Repeat)
1
Press PLAY MODE during playback.
The “Play Mode” menu appears.
2
Select “A-B Repeat,” and press
ENTER.
“Set point A” is selected.
3
Playing repeatedly (Repeat)
You can play repeatedly all the titles/tracks/
files or a single title/chapter/track on the
HDD or a disc.
1
2
3
Press PLAY MODE during playback.
You can play the contents of the HDD or a
disc in the order you want by arranging the
order of the titles/chapters/albums/tracks on
the HDD or disc to create your own
programme. You can make a programme of
up to 24 steps.
Select “Repeat,” and press ENTER.
Select an item to be repeated using M/
m.
Continue playing to locate the ending
point (point B), and press ENTER.
1
Press PLAY MODE during playback.
The “Play Mode” menu appears.
2
3
Select “Programme,” and press
ENTER.
b Note
When playing an HDD/DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW
(Video mode)/DVD-R (Video mode), set the start
and stop points within the same title.
Press CLEAR in stop mode. Or, set
“Programme” to “Erase Programme List” in
the “Play Mode” menu.
z Hints
• The program you made remains after Programme
play finishes. To play the same program again, set
“Programme” to “Start Programme Play” in the
“Play Mode” menu. However, the programme is
cleared after you remove the disc or press [/1.
• You can repeat Programme play. Set “Repeat” to
“Repeat Programme” in the “Play Mode” menu
(page 84).
• You can select “Programme” from “Play Mode”
in the System Menu.
Adjusting the picture quality
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
+R
VCD DATA DVD *
-RWVR -RWVideo
DVD
DATA CD *
* DivX video file only
Press ENTER.
You can adjust the picture quality from
connected equipment, such as a TV or
projector by selecting a preset setting. You
can also adjust the picture quality by
changing detailed settings, and store up to
three settings in the memory.
Repeat play starts.
Press CLEAR. Or, set “A-B Repeat” to “Off”
in the “Play Mode” menu.
z Hint
You can select “A-B Repeat” from “Play Mode” in
the System Menu.
To erase the programme
The “Input/Edit Programme” display
differs depending upon the disc type.
Example: DVD
DivX video file only
*2 Available only when playing without PBC
functions
4
Press CLEAR during playback. Or, set
“Programme” to “Cancel Programme Play”
in the “Play Mode” menu.
Select “Input/Edit Programme,” and
press ENTER.
*1
A-B Repeat starts.
To cancel Programme play
Playback
“Repeat Title” (for HDD/DVDs/DATA
DVDs*1/DATA CDs*1): repeats the
current title.
“Repeat Chapter” (for HDD/DVDs):
repeats the current chapter.
“Repeat Track” (for VIDEO CDs*2):
repeats the current track.
“Repeat Programme”: repeats the current
programme (page 85).
“Repeat Disc” (for VIDEO CDs*2/DVDRWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode)): repeats all of
the tracks on a disc.
While monitoring the sound, press
ENTER at the starting point (point A) of
the portion to be played repeatedly.
To cancel A-B Repeat
HDD -RWVideo * -RVideo * VCD
* finalised disc only
The “Play Mode” menu appears.
“Set point B” is selected.
4
Creating your own programme
(Programme)
83
To cancel Repeat play
Press CLEAR. Or, set “Repeat” to “Repeat
Off” in the “Play Mode” menu.
4
z Hint
You can select “Repeat” from “Play Mode” in the
System Menu.
5
b Note
Select a title or album (example: Title
001) using M/m, and press ENTER.
1
Select a chapter or track (example:
Chapter 01) using M/m, and press
ENTER.
2
The chapter or track is programmed.
If you make a mistake, select the step
number (example: 01.) using </M/m,
and press CLEAR.
You cannot select “Repeat Programme” when no
programme remains.
6
7
To programme other chapters or
tracks, press </M/m/, to select a
step number, and repeat steps 4 and
5.
Press H.
Programme play starts.
Press SYSTEM MENU during playback
or in pause mode.
The System Menu appears.
3
Select “Picture Adjustment,” and
press ENTER.
Select a preset setting using </,,
and press ENTER.
Dynamic: produces a bold dynamic
picture by increasing the picture contrast
and the colour intensity.
Standard: displays a standard picture.
Professional: displays an original picture.
Memory1/Memory2/Memory3: Your
own settings. To create your own
settings, see “To create your own setting”
below.
,continued
84
1-20
85
To check the detailed settings for the
selected preset, press DISPLAY.
4
Press SYSTEM MENU to exit.
To create your own setting
1
Select “Memory1,” “Memory2,” or
“Memory3” in step 3.
2
Select “Detailed Settings,” and press
ENTER.
The display for adjusting detailed
settings appears.
3
Select an item using M/m, and adjust
settings using </,.
For details about each setting, see the
explanation of the display.
“Prog. Motion”: Adjusts the progressive
video signal when “Component Video
Out” is set to “Progressive” (page 136).
Select “Motion” for a picture, including
subjects that move dynamically.
Select “Still” for a picture with little
movement.
“Cinema”: Converts the progressive
video signal to match the type of DVD
software that you are watching when
“Component Video Out” is set to
“Progressive” (page 136).
Select “Auto1” to automatically detect
the software type (Film-based or Videobased) and select the appropriate
conversion mode. Normally select this
position.
If the picture appears unnatural, select
“Auto2,” “On,” or “Off.”
“YNR” (luminance noise reduction):
Reduces noise contained in the
luminance element of the video signal.
“BNR” (block noise reduction): Reduces
“block noise” or mosaic-like patterns in
the picture.
4
Pausing a TV Broadcast
(TV Pause/Pause Live TV)
1
The picture pauses, and the recorder
starts recording the current TV channel
to the HDD.
It may take up to 10 seconds to start
recording.
HDD
You can pause a current TV broadcast, and
record it on the HDD, then continue watching
the programme at a later time. This is useful
when you receive an unexpected phone call
or visitor while watching TV.
When connecting the recorder to your TV
using the SCART jack, do the followings.
– set “SMARTLINK” to “This Recorder
Only” in the “Options” setup (page 150).
– set “TV Pause” to “TV’s Tuner” in the
“Options 2” setup (page 150).
– preset programme positions by
downloading from your TV using
“Download from TV” of “Auto Channel
Setting” in the “Analog Tuner” setup
(page 133).
If you do not make the SCART connection,
set “TV Pause” to “Recorder’s Tuner” in the
“Options 2” setup (page 150).
Press SYSTEM MENU to exit.
The setting is automatically stored as the
setting you selected in step 1.
b Notes
• If the outlines of the images on your screen
become blurred, set “BNR” and/or “MNR” to
“Off.”
• Depending on the disc or the scene being played,
the above BNR or MNR effects may be hard to
discern. Also, these functions may not work with
some screen sizes.
• The following settings are not available for the
signals output from the HDMI jack.
– “Sharpness”
– “White Enhancer”
– “Black Enhancer”
– “Black Level”
– “Gamma Correction”
– “Hue”
– “Chroma Level”
m
TV PAUSE
M
H/X/x
While viewing a TV broadcast, press
TV PAUSE.
2
Press H to resume watching the
programme.
You can fast forward/fast reverse, pause,
or stop the programme using m/M,
X and x without affecting the recording.
3
Press x REC STOP to stop recording.
b Notes
• The picture does not pause and the recorder starts
only recording in the following cases.
– when the programme positions are preset
differently between the recorder and the
connected TV.
– when watching the programme from the
external equipment connected to your TV.
• The picture tuned by the recorder pauses when
“TV Pause” is set to “Recorder’s Tuner” in the
“Options 2” setup (page 150).
• You may not be able to use the “TV Pause”
function depending on some TVs. For details,
refer to the operating instructions supplied with
your TV.
• The “TV Pause” function will not work correctly
when watching TV via the connected component
such as a VCR or digital tuner. The “TV Pause”
function works only with the channel selected on
the TV.
• You cannot use the “TV Pause” function as a
recording feature from the component (VCR,
etc.) connected to the LINE 1/DECODER jack.
• The “TV Pause” function will not work if the
connected TV does not comply with
SMARTLINK. To check whether your TV
complies with SMARTLINK, refer to the
operating instructions supplied with your TV.
Playback
“MNR” (mosquito noise reduction):
Reduces the faint noise appearing around
the outlines of the images. The noise
reduction effects are automatically
adjusted within each setting range
according to the video bit rate and other
factors.
“Sharpness”: Sharpens the outlines of the
images.
“Detail”: Adjusts the sharpness of
images outlines.
“White Enhancer”: Adjusts the intensity
of white.
“Black Enhancer”: Adjusts the intensity
of black.
“Black Level”: Selects the black level
(setup level) for the video signals.
Select “ON” to raise the standard black
level. Select this when the picture
appears too dark.
Select “OFF” to set the black level of the
input signals to the standard level.
Normally, select this position.
“Gamma Correction”: Adjusts how dark
areas look.
“Hue”: Adjusts the colour balance.
“Chroma Level”: Makes the colours
deeper or lighter.
x REC
STOP
86
87
Playing from the
Beginning of the
Programme You Are
Recording (Chase Play)
HDD
“Chase Play” allows you to view the recorded
part of a programme on the HDD while the
recording is being made. You do not need to
wait until the recording finishes.
Example: Play a DVD while recording to
the HDD.
Playing a Previous
Recording While Making
Another (Simultaneous
Rec and Play)
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
DVD
+R
VCD DATA DVD
1
While recording, press DVD and insert
the DVD into the recorder.
2
Press TITLE LIST to display the DVD
Title List.
3
Select the title you want to play, and
press ENTER.
Playback starts from the selected title.
b Note
DATA CD
You cannot play a DVD, DivX video or VIDEO
CD recorded in the NTSC colour system while
recording on the HDD in the PAL/SECAM colour
system.
“Simultaneous Rec and Play” allows you to
view a previously recorded programme while
recording programmes. Playback continues
even if a timer recording starts. Use this
function as follows:
• While recording to the HDD:
Play another title on the HDD.
Play a previously recorded programme on a
DVD by pressing the DVD button.
• While recording to a DVD:
Play a previously recorded programme on
the HDD by pressing the HDD button.
Searching for a Time/
Title/Chapter/Track, etc.
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
DVD
VCD
+R
DATA DVD *
DATA CD *
* DivX video file only
You can search a disc by title, chapter, scene
or track. As titles and tracks are assigned
individual numbers, select the title or track by
entering its number. You can also search for
a scene using the time code.
Number
buttons
Playback
</M/m/,,
ENTER
You can also play a DVD VIDEO, VIDEO
CD, Super VIDEO CD, DATA DVD, or
DATA CD while recording on the HDD.
H
HDD
Press H while recording.
DVD
Playback starts from the beginning of the
programme you are recording.
When you fast forward to the point that you
are recording, “Chase Play” returns to normal
playback.
PLAY
MODE
1
Press PLAY MODE during playback.
The “Play Mode” menu appears.
2
TITLE LIST
M/m,
ENTER
3
While recording, press TITLE LIST to
display the HDD Title List.
2
Select the title you want to play, and
press ENTER.
Playback starts from the selected title.
Select a search method, and press
ENTER.
“Time Search” (for HDD/DVDs/DATA
DVDs*1/DATA CDs*1/VIDEO CDs*2):
Searches for a starting point by entering
the time code.
“Title Search” (for HDD/DVDs/DATA
DVDs*1/DATA CDs*1)
“Chapter Search” (for HDD/DVDs)
“Track Search” (for VIDEO CDs*3)
Example: Play another title on the HDD
while recording to the HDD.
1
Select “Search Mode,” and press
ENTER.
*1
*2
*3
DivX video file only
Except Super VIDEO CDs
Available only when playing without PBC
functions
,continued
88
1-21
89
The display for entering the number
appears.
Example: Chapter Search
Erasing and Editing
Before Editing
This recorder offers various edit options for
various disc types.
b Notes
4
• You may lose the edited contents if you remove
the disc or a timer recording starts while editing.
• DVD discs created by DVD camcorders cannot
be edited on this recorder.
• If a message appears and indicates that the disc’s
control information is full, erase or edit
unnecessary titles.
• The remaining disc space displayed on the screen
may differ from the actual remaining disc space.
• When editing a DVD+R or DVD-R, finish all
editing before finalising the disc. You cannot edit
a finalised disc.
Press the number buttons to select the
number of the title, chapter, time
code, etc., you want.
For example: Time Search
To find a scene at 2 hours, 10 minutes,
and 20 seconds, enter “21020.”
If you make a mistake, select another
number.
5
Press ENTER.
HDD
+RW
-RWVideo
Edit features
+R
-RVideo
Title edit
Chapter
edit
-RWVR
-RVR
Original
title
Playlist
title
Yes
Erase (page 92)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Title Name (page 92)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Set Thumbnail (page 92)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
A-B Erase (page 93)
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Divide (page 94)
Yes
No
No
Yes
Set Genre (page 92)
Yes
No
No
No
Protect (page 92)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Move (page 97)
No
No
No
Yes
Combine (page 97)
No
No
No
Yes
Genre Name (page 92)
Yes
No
No
No
Editing multiple titles (Multi-Mode)
(page 93)
Yes
No
No
No
Creating a Playlist (page 96)
No
No
No
Yes
Undo (page 92)
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Divide (page 95)
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Erase (page 96)
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Move (page 97)
No
No
No
Yes
Combine (page 96)
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
,continued
90
To open up disc space
To open up disc space on a DVD+RW or
DVD-RW (Video mode), erase the title with
the largest number in the title list.
• “A-B Erase”: Erases a section of the
title (page 93).
• “Divide”: Divides a title into two titles
(page 94).
• “Chapter Edit”: Edits chapters in a title
(page 95).
• “Set Genre”: Assigns a genre to a title.
• “Protect”: Protects the title. “ ”
appears next to the protected title.
• “Move”: Changes the title’s playing
order (page 97).
• “Combine”: Combines two titles into
one (page 97).
“Genre Name”: Allows you to enter a
genre name (up to 12 characters)
(page 42).
“Multi-Mode”: Allows you to select and
edit multiple titles at one time (page 93).
“Create”: Creates a Playlist (page 96).
“Undo”: Undoes the last edit you made.
Erasing and Editing a
Title
Largest title number
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
+R
-RWVR -RWVideo
This section explains the basic edit functions.
Note that editing is irreversible. To edit
DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) without
changing the original recordings, create a
Playlist title (page 96).
To open up disc space on the HDD or a DVDRW (VR mode), you can erase any title.
See “Erasing and Editing a Title” on page 92.
For DVD-Rs and DVD+Rs, the available disc
space does not increase even if you erase
titles.
You can display the Playlist titles in the Title
List (Playlist), or the Original titles in the
Title List (Original).
1
EXIT/
O RETURN
.
m
Press < while the Title List is
displayed.
2
Select “Original” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
3
Select “Original” or “Play List” using M/
m, and press ENTER.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
Editing multiple titles (MultiMode)
M
X
HDD
You can select and edit up to 24 titles at one
time.
1
1
2
Press TITLE LIST.
For DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode,
switch the Title List (Original or
Playlist), if necessary.
About editing accuracy
When editing the titles recorded on the HDD,
you can select the type of editing.
“Video Mode Compatible Editing”:
Recommended if you are going to dub the
titles to DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (Video mode)
or DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs afterward by Highspeed dubbing. The editing points and
chapter marks may be slightly different from
those you selected.
“Frame Accurate Editing”:
Recommended when you want to edit titles
precisely. However, the editing points may
be slightly different from the point you
selected when you dub the titles by Highspeed dubbing.
z Hint
You can label or re-label DVDs (page 43).
TITLE LIST
2
Select a title, and press ,.
Select “Multi-Mode,” and press
ENTER.
The display for selecting titles to be
edited appears.
Select an option, and press ENTER.
Select a title, and press ENTER.
A check mark appears in the check box.
To clear the check mark, press ENTER
again.
5
Repeat step 4 to select all of the titles
you want to edit.
6
When you finish selecting titles, press
,.
The sub-menu appears.
7
Select an option, and press ENTER.
“Erase”: Erases the selected titles.
“Protect”: Protects the titles. “ ”
appears next to the protected title.
“Unprotected”: Unprotects the titles.
“Change Genre”: Changes the genre of
the titles.
z Hint
You can exit “Multi-Mode” by pressing , and
selecting “Single-Mode” while selecting titles.
Erasing a section of a title
(A-B Erase)
HDD -RWVR
-RVR
You can select a section (scene) in a title and
erase it. Note that erasing scenes in a title
cannot be undone.
1
Press ,.
The sub-menu appears.
3
The sub-menu appears.
3
Press TITLE LIST.
91
2
Erasing and Editing
To switch between the Playlist and
Original Title List (DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR
mode only)
4
Erasing and Editing
The recorder starts playback from the
selected number.
After step 2 of “Erasing and Editing a
Title,” select “Edit,” and press
ENTER.
Select “A-B Erase,” and press ENTER.
For the HDD, select a type of editing, and
press ENTER. For details, see page 92.
The display for setting point A appears.
The title starts to play.
You can make the following edits to the
title.
“Erase”: Erases the selected title. Select
“Yes” when asked for confirmation.
“Edit”: Allows you to make the
following edits.
• “Title Name”: Allows you to enter or
re-enter a title name (page 42).
• “Set Thumbnail”: Changes the title’s
thumbnail picture that appears in the
Title List (page 39).
,continued
92
1-22
93
3
4
Select point A using m/M, and
press X.
Dividing a title (Divide)
• To return to the beginning of the title,
press X and then press ..
HDD -RWVR *
Select “From,” and press ENTER.
The position of point A is displayed, and
the title re-starts playing.
5
Select point B using m/M, and
press X.
6
Select “To,” and press ENTER.
The position of point B is displayed.
7
*
If you want to dub a long title to a disc but do
not want to reduce the picture quality, divide
the title into two shorter titles. Note that
dividing a title cannot be undone.
HDD -RWVR
1
After step 2 of “Erasing and Editing a
Title,” select “Edit,” and press
ENTER.
2
Select “Divide,” and press ENTER.
Press O RETURN. The Title List appears.
z Hint
A chapter mark is inserted after the scene is erased.
The chapter mark divides the title into separate
chapters on either side of the mark.
Select an option, and press ENTER.
You can make the following edits to the
chapter.
“Divide”: Divides a chapter into two
(page 95).
“Erase/Move”
• “Erase”: Erases the selected chapter
(page 96).
• “Move” (for Playlist titles on DVDRWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode): Changes
the chapter’s playing order (page 97).
“Combine”: Combines two chapters into
one (page 96).
-RVR
Dividing a chapter (Divide)
For the HDD, select a type of editing, and
press ENTER. For details, see page 92.
The display for setting the dividing point
appears.
The title starts to play.
To cancel “A-B Erase”
5
You can edit individual chapters within a
title. To edit DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode)
without changing the original recordings,
create a Playlist (page 96).
* Only playlist titles can be divided for DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs in VR mode.
Select “Yes,” and press ENTER.
The scene is erased.
-RVR
Erasing and Editing a
Chapter
1
After step 4 of “Erasing and Editing a
Chapter,” select “Divide.”
2
Select a chapter using </,, and
press ENTER.
TITLE LIST
</M/m/,,
ENTER
• Images or sound may be momentarily interrupted
at the point where you erase a section of a title.
• Sections shorter than five seconds may not be
erased.
M
X
3
Select the dividing point using m/
M, and press X.
1
4
Press ENTER.
2
The display asks for confirmation.
5
Press TITLE LIST.
For DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode,
switch the Title List (Original or
Playlist), if necessary.
• To return to the beginning of the title,
press X and then press ..
Select “Yes,” and press ENTER.
Select a title containing the chapter
you want to edit, and press ,.
The chapter starts to play.
3
3
4
Select the dividing point using m/
M, and press X.
• To return to the beginning of the
chapter, press X and then press ..
4
Press ENTER.
The chapter is divided into two.
The sub-menu appears.
The title is divided into two.
Erasing and Editing
.
m
b Notes
Select “Edit,” and press ENTER.
Select “Chapter Edit,” and press
ENTER.
For the HDD, select a type of editing, and
press ENTER. For details, see page 92.
,continued
94
Erasing a chapter (Erase)
1
After step 4 of “Erasing and Editing a
Chapter,” select “Erase/Move.”
Moving a Playlist title (Move)
Creating and Editing a
Playlist
1
Press TITLE LIST.
Switch to the Playlist (page 92).
-RWVR
2
-RVR
Select a Playlist title, and press ,.
The sub-menu appears.
Playlist edit allows you to edit or re-edit
without changing the actual recordings. You
can create up to 99 Playlist titles.
3
4
b Note
Select “Edit,” and press ENTER.
Select “Move,” and press ENTER.
2
3
Select “Erase,” and press ENTER.
5
Select “Yes,” and press ENTER.
2
Select a Playlist title, and press ,.
The sub-menu appears.
Press ,.
3
4
The sub-menu appears.
3
Select “Create,” and press ENTER.
Select “Edit,” and press ENTER.
Select “Combine,” and press ENTER.
The original titles in the Title List appear.
The two adjacent chapters of the
combining bar are combined.
4
Select “Erase/Move.”
Press TITLE LIST.
Switch to the Playlist (page 92).
Press TITLE LIST.
Switch to the Playlist (page 92).
2
5
Select “Chapter Edit,” and press
ENTER.
Combining multiple Playlist
titles (Combine)
1
1
Select a new location for the title
using M/m, and press ENTER.
Select “Edit,” and press ENTER.
Erasing and Editing
</M/m/,,
ENTER
After step 4 of “Erasing and Editing a
Chapter,” select “Combine.”
Move the combining bar using </
,, and press ENTER.
Select a Playlist title containing the
chapter you want to edit, and press
,.
The title moves to the new location.
• To move more titles, repeat from step 2.
TITLE LIST
Combining multiple chapters
(Combine)
2
Press TITLE LIST.
Switch to the Playlist (page 92).
3
4
The chapter is erased.
1
Moving a chapter (Move)
1
The sub-menu appears.
Select a chapter using </,, and
press ENTER.
The display asks for confirmation.
4
Dividing a Playlist title (Divide)
You can divide a Playlist title. For
instructions, see page 94.
2
Playlist titles containing titles recorded with the
“Copy-Once” copy protection signal cannot be
dubbed or moved (page 99).
95
6
7
8
Select a chapter using </,, and
press ENTER.
Select “Move,” and press ENTER.
Select a new location for the chapter
using </,, and press ENTER.
The chapter moves to the new location.
Select an original title to add to the
Playlist, and press ENTER.
The selected title is added to the Playlist.
5
Repeat steps 3 and 4 to select all of
the titles you want to add to the
Playlist.
5
6
Select a title you want to combine.
Select “Yes,” and press ENTER.
The titles are combined.
96
97
1-23
Before Dubbing
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
+R
In this section, “dubbing” refers to “copying
a recorded title on the internal hard disk drive
(HDD) to another disc, or vice versa.” You
can dub a playing title using the HDD/DVD
DUB button (see “HDD/DVD Dubbing” on
page 99) or you can select to dub multiple
titles all at once (see “Dubbing Using
Dubbing List” on page 100). You can also
dub an entire DVD disc to make a backup
copy (see “Making a Backup Disc (DVD
Backup)” on page 103).
Before you start, read the following
precautions, which are common to all
dubbing methods.
Dubbing restriction
• The chapter marks in the dubbing source
are dubbed. The position of chapter marks
may be slightly changed from the original.
However, the chapter marks in the dubbing
source are not retained in the dubbed title
when dubbing to a DVD-RW/DVD-R
(Video mode), DVD+RW, or DVD+R at
normal speed. The chapter marks are
automatically inserted according to the
“Auto Chapter (Video)” and “Auto Chapter
(DVD+R/+RW)” settings in the
“Recording” setup (page 143).
• The “Set Thumbnail” setting in the dubbing
source is dubbed as a thumbnail picture
marker (except when dubbing from a
DVD+RW/DVD-RW (Video mode)/
DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode)). The
position of thumbnail picture markers may
be slightly changed from the original.
You cannot dub movies and other DVD
VIDEOs to the HDD. Also, when dubbing
from a DVD to the HDD, scenes that contain
a copy protection signal cannot be recorded.
Titles containing “Copy-Once” copy
protection signals can be moved only from
the HDD to a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR
mode)* (after the title is moved, the original
title in the HDD is erased). The “Move”
function is performed using Dubbing List.
Titles containing “Copy-Once” copy
protection signals are indicated with
.
Dubbing
Copy
protection
signals
Copy-Free
(No copy
protection
signal)
z Hint
When you dub a Playlist title, it is recorded as an
Original title.
Copy-Once
HDD
HDD
• You cannot record both the main and sub
sound on the HDD (when “HDD Recording
Format” is set to “Video Mode On” in the
“Recording” setup), DVD+RWs, DVDRWs (Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs
(Video mode). For bilingual programmes,
set “Bilingual Recording” to either “A/L”
(default) or “B/R” in the “Audio In” setup
(page 138). About HDD Recording format,
see page 144.
• A title name in the dubbing source is
dubbed. However, only up to 40 characters
of a title name are dubbed when dubbing
from the HDD to a DVD+RW/DVD-RW
(Video mode)/DVD+R/DVD-R (Video
mode).
-RVR
-RVideo
, -RW
VR
• You cannot make a recording while dubbing.
• Before playing a dubbed disc on other DVD
equipment, finalise the disc (page 45, 100).
• You cannot dub from DVD VIDEOs or finalised
DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (Video mode) to the HDD.
• Titles containing mixed aspect ratios cannot be
dubbed to a DVD+RW/DVD+R/DVD-RW/
DVD-R (Video mode) using the HDD/DVD
DUB button.
• Titles over 8 hours cannot be dubbed to singlelayer DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs.
• Low resolution (SEP through LP modes) 16:9
size titles cannot be dubbed to a DVD+RW/
DVD+R/DVD-RW/DVD-R (Video mode).
• When dubbing to a DVD+R DL, DVD-R DL
(Video mode) in Real-Time Dubbing mode, the
dubbing contents are divided into titles.
HDD/DVD Dubbing
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
* CPRM-compatible DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR
mode) only.
CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable
Media) is a coding technology that protects
copyrights for images.
b Notes
• Protected titles in the HDD cannot be moved.
• The “Move” function is not available for HDD/
DVD DUB dubbing.
• Even if you erase a scene that contains a copy
protection signal, the recording restrictions on
that title are retained.
+R
You can dub a single title by pressing the
HDD/DVD DUB button during playback.
1
Start playback of a title.
For playing a title, see “Playing the
Recorded Programme/DVD” on page 80.
2
Press HDD/DVD DUB.
The recorder starts dubbing the current
playing title from the beginning.
The recorder turns off automatically
when you do not use the recorder for
more than 20 minutes after the dubbing
has finished.
+R
*
*
-RWVR -RWVideo
To cancel the dubbing
Press and hold HDD/DVD DUB for more
than one second.
When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway,
no part of the title will be moved to the
dubbing target. However, note that this will
decrease the free space for DVD+Rs/DVDRs.
About dubbing mode
Titles on the HDD are dubbed to a disc at
high speed (High-speed dubbing).
Titles on a disc are dubbed to the HDD at
normal speed (Real-Time dubbing).
Dubbing (HDD y DVD)
Before you start…
-RWVR
Video
-RVR
b Notes
If you want to record from a digital video
camera connected to the DV IN jack, see
“DV Camcorder Dubbing” on page 104.
To record from equipment connected to the
LINE IN jacks, see “Recording from
Connected Equipment” on page 79.
+RW
, -RW
,
Dubbing (HDD y DVD)
To convert the recording mode (only when
dubbing from a disc to the HDD)
After step 1, press REC MODE to select the
recording mode.
b Note
You cannot use the HDD/DVD DUB button in the
following cases. Dub the title using Dubbing List
(page 100).
– When dubbing the title recorded in MN6 mode or
longer duration mode to a DVD+RW/DVD+R.
– When dubbing the title recorded in HQ+ mode to
a DVD.
98
99
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
+R
Press SYSTEM MENU.
5
Select “Dubbing,” and press ENTER.
6
4
7
Select a dubbing direction, and press
ENTER.
To dub titles from the HDD to a disc,
select “HDD -> DVD.”
To dub titles from a disc to the HDD,
select “DVD/CD -> HDD.”
When you set “Finalise” to “Yes” in step
9, select the title menu style, and press
ENTER.
The recorder turns off automatically
when you do not use the recorder for
more than 20 minutes after the dubbing
has finished.
Select a title, and press ENTER.
The selected title changes colour.
When you select “HDD -> DVD” in step
3, you can change the title order or search
for a title by genre (see “3. Playing the
Recorded Programme (Title List)” on
page 38).
The System Menu appears.
2
3
ENTER.
E Selected title’s thumbnail picture
You can select the titles you want to dub
using Dubbing List. You can also edit titles
before dubbing without changing the original
titles.
1
10 Select “Start Dubbing,” and press
D Total size of the selected titles and
available space on the disc to be
dubbed (approximate)
Dubbing Using Dubbing
List
To cancel dubbing
Press and hold HDD/DVD DUB for more
than one second.
When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway,
no part of the title will be moved to the
dubbing target. However, note that this will
decrease the free space for DVD+Rs/DVDRs.
Repeat step 5 to select all of the titles
in the order you want to dub.
Select “Next” using ,, and press
ENTER.
The “Title Edit” display appears.
For details about editing, see “To edit
titles on the Dubbing List” on page 102.
8
About dubbing mode
Select “Next” using ,, and press
ENTER.
The “Start Dubbing” display appears.
Select “Create New Dubbing List,”
and press ENTER.
The Dubbing List appears.
• If you have previously saved a Dubbing
List and want to resume editing it,
select “Use Previous Dubbing List,”
and go to step 7.
9
A Direction of dubbing
B Total number of titles to be dubbed
C Dubbing step number
Display 1: Select a title you want to
dub (the “Select Titles” display).
Display 2: Edit a title (the “Title
Edit” display).
Display 3: Confirm the settings and
start dubbing (the “Start Dubbing”
display).
Select an option using M/m, and press
ENTER.
The options differ depending on the
dubbing direction or disc type.
“Recording Mode”: Changes the
dubbing mode of all selected titles at a
time using M/m (page 71).
“Input Disc Name”: Changes the disc
name (page 42).
“Finalise”: Select “Yes” to finalise a disc
automatically after dubbing (DVD-RW/
DVD-R (Video mode), or DVD+R).
The minimum required time is as follows
(approximate).
Speed*2 6x
2.4x
2x
High-speed
DVD+RW/ DVD+R
DVD-RW/ (Double
Layer)
DVD+R/
DVD-R
DVD-R
(Dual
Layer)
HQ
Approx.
10 min.
Approx.
25 min.
Approx.
30 min.
HSP
Approx.
6 min.
40 sec.
Approx.
16 min.
40 sec.
Approx.
20 min.
SP
Approx.
5 min.
Approx.
12 min.
30 sec.
Approx.
15 min.
LSP
Approx.
4 min.
Approx.
10 min.
Approx.
12 min.
ESP
Approx.
3 min.
20 sec.
Approx.
8 min.
20 sec.
Approx.
10 min.
LP
Approx.
2 min.
30 sec.
Approx.
6 min.
15 sec.
Approx.
7 min.
30 sec.
EP
Approx.
1 min.
40 sec.*3
Approx.
60 min.*3
Approx.
5 min.
SLP
Approx.
1 min.
15 sec.*3
Approx.
60 min.*3
Approx.
3 min.
45 sec.
SEP
Approx.
1 min.*3
Approx.
60 min.*3
Approx.
3 min.*3
Rec.
mode
*1
The values in the above table are for reference
only. Actual times for dubbing also require time
for creating disc’s control information and other
data.
*2 This is the maximum recording speed of this
recorder. The recording speed cannot exceed the
value indicated in the above table even when
using discs that support higher recording speeds.
In addition, depending on the disc condition, the
recorder may be unable to record at the
maximum recording speed indicated in the table.
*3 High-speed dubbing is not available when
dubbing titles recorded in SEP, SLP, or EP mode
to DVD+RWs and DVD+Rs.
,continued
100
1-24
Dubbing (HDD y DVD)
“
” appears next to the title that can be
dubbed at high speed (High-speed dubbing)
in the “Title Edit” display. The following
titles are dubbed at normal speed (Real-Time
dubbing).
– Titles containing both main and sub sounds
(except DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode)).
– Titles recorded in mixed picture size (4:3
and 16:9, etc.) (except for DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs (VR mode)).
– Titles recorded on DVD+RWs/DVD-RWs
(Video mode)/DVD+R/DVD-R (Video
mode).
– 16:9 size titles recorded on DVD+RW/
DVD+R.
Required times for High-speed Dubbing from
HDD to DVD (for 60-minute programme)*1
101
To edit titles on the Dubbing List
b Notes
1
• The Dubbing List you created remains after
dubbing. To edit the existing Dubbing List, select
“Use Previous Dubbing List” in step 4. The
Dubbing List is cleared when:
– you change “Input Line System” setting in the
“Basic” setup (page 130).
– you reset the recorder (page 158).
– you open the disc tray (except when dubbing
from the HDD).
– you edit the titles on a disc (except when
dubbing from the HDD).
– you switch the Title List to Original or Playlist
(when dubbing from DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in
VR mode only).
– you finalise the disc.
• The “seams” that are left over from editing may
remain on the disc after dubbing to DVD+RWs/
DVD-RWs (Video mode)/DVD+Rs/DVD-Rs
(Video mode).
• Finalisation is cancelled if a timer recording
starts, even if you set “Finalise” to “Yes” in step
9.
2
3
Follow steps 1 to 7 of “Dubbing Using
Dubbing List” on page 100.
The “Title Edit” display appears.
Select a title you want to edit, and press
ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
4
Repeat steps 2 and 3 to edit all of the
titles.
5
Go to step 8 of “Dubbing Using Dubbing
List” on page 100 to dub edited titles.
+RW
-RWVideo
+R
10 Select “Yes” or “No,” and press
ENTER.
To erase the backup data on the HDD,
select “Yes.”
To make another backup disc later, select
“No.”
The recorder turns off automatically
when you do not use the recorder for
more than 20 minutes after the dubbing
has finished.
-RVideo
You can dub all of the contents on a finalised
DVD+RW/DVD+R or finalised DVD-RW/
DVD-R (Video mode) to another recordable
DVD+RW/DVD-RW or unused DVD+R/
DVD-R via the HDD as a backup copy.
b Note
Backup discs of unfinalised discs cannot be made.
1
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
2
3
Select “Dubbing,” and press ENTER.
4
Select “Start new DVD Backup,” and
press ENTER.
Select “DVD Backup,” and press
ENTER.
• If you have previously dubbed backup
data to the HDD, select “Resume
writing data,” and go to step 7.
5
Insert the DVD you are going to make
a backup of.
6
Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
The recorder starts dubbing all of the
contents on a DVD to the HDD.
7
Press Z (open/close), and replace the
DVD with a recordable DVD+RW/DVDRW or an unused DVD+R/DVD-R.
To display the dubbing information
Press DISPLAY while dubbing.
To cancel DVD backup during dubbing
Press and hold HDD/DVD DUB for more
than one second.
To erase backup data on the HDD
1
Select “Erase back-up data” in step 4, and
press ENTER.
The display asks for confirmation.
2
Select “Yes,” and press ENTER.
b Notes
• When dubbing to a DVD+R/DVD-R is stopped
partway in step 8, you cannot play or record on
the disc.
• You cannot make a backup disc of DVD+R DLs/
DVD-R DLs.
• You may not use the “DVD Backup” function
depending on the recording quality or physical
condition of the disc, or characteristics of the
recording device and authoring software.
Dubbing (HDD y DVD)
Select an option, and press ENTER.
The options differ depending on the
dubbing direction or disc type.
“Erase”: Erases the selected title.
“Title Name”: Names or renames a title
(page 42).
“A-B Erase”: Erases the section of the
title (page 93).
“Move”: Changes the order of titles
(page 97).
“Preview”: Allows you to check the
content of a title.
“Divide”: Divides a title into two titles
(page 94).
“Combine”: Combines two titles
(page 97).
“Chapter Edit”: Edits chapters (page 95).
“Set Thumbnail”: Changes the title’s
thumbnail frame that appears in the Title
List (page 39).
“Recording Mode”: Sets the picture
quality of the dubbing.
“Bilingual”: Sets how a bilingual audio
programme is dubbed.
“Cancel”: Exits the sub-menu.
Making a Backup Disc
(DVD Backup)
To make a backup disc of DVD+RWs/
DVD+Rs, insert a recordable DVD+RW
or unused DVD+R.
To make a backup disc of DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs, insert a recordable DVD-RW
or unused DVD-R.
8
Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
The recorder starts High-speed dubbing
the contents that were dubbed to the
HDD in step 6.
9
Select “Cancel,” and press ENTER.
The disc is automatically finalised.
• To make another backup disc, replace
discs, select “Start,” and press ENTER.
102
103
DV Camcorder Dubbing
Before DV Camcorder
Dubbing
This section explains dubbing with a DV
camcorder and playing the contents of a DV
camcorder via the DV IN jack on the front
panel. If you want to dub by way of the LINE
IN jacks, see “Recording from Connected
Equipment” on page 79.
The DV IN jack on this recorder conforms to
the i.LINK standard.
Follow the instructions in “Preparing for DV
camcorder dubbing,” and then move on to the
section on dubbing. For more information
about i.LINK, see “About i.LINK” on
page 163.
How chapters are created
1
b Notes
2
If you select DVD, insert a disc (see “1.
Inserting a Disc” on page 36).
• You cannot make a recording while DV
camcorder dubbing.
• The DV IN jack is for input only. It will not
output signals.
• You cannot use the DV IN jack when:
– signal input to the DV IN jack on the front panel
or recorder operation cannot be performed
correctly when using a digital video camera
(see “About i.LINK” on page 163). Connect the
camera to the LINE IN jack and follow the
instructions of “Recording from Connected
Equipment” on page 79.
– the input signal is not in DVC-SD format. Do
not connect a MICRO MV format digital video
camera even if it has an i.LINK jack.
– the images on the tape contain copy protection
signals, which limit recording.
• If you want to play DVDs dubbed from a DV
camcorder on other DVD equipment, finalise the
disc (page 45).
• Set the recorder and DV camcorder to the same
colour system (page 130).
Insert the source DV/Digital8 format
tape into your digital video camera.
For the recorder to record or edit, your
digital video camera must be set to video
playback mode.
3
Press REC MODE on the remote
repeatedly to select the recording
mode.
The recording mode changes as follows:
For details about the recording mode, see
page 71. Note that you cannot select
manual recording mode.
4
5
Set the “External Audio” setting in the
“Audio In” setup (page 138).
Set the “DV Input” setting in the
“Audio In” setup (page 138).
You are ready to start dubbing. Select
one of the dubbing methods on the
following pages.
Hookups
DVD recorder
To playback DV/Digital8 format tape
to DV IN
You can check the contents of DV/Digital8
format tape before dubbing. For details, see
“Playing from a DV Camcorder” on
page 107.
b Notes
• You cannot connect more than one piece of
digital video equipment to the recorder.
• You cannot control the recorder using another
device or another recorder of the same model.
• You cannot record date, time, or the contents of
the cassette memory onto the disc.
• If you record from a DV/Digital8 format tape that
is recorded in multiple sound tracks, such as a
tape with multiple sampling frequencies (48 kHz,
44.1 kHz, or 32 kHz), no sound or an unnatural
sound will be output when playing back the
sampling frequency switch point on the disc.
• In order to use this recorder’s “Auto Chapter”
setting (page 104), be sure to correctly set the
clock on your digital video camera before
shooting.
• The recorded picture may be momentarily
affected or the start and end points of a title may
be different from what you have set if the source
DV/Digital8 format tape is in any of the following
conditions. In this case, see “Recording from
Connected Equipment” (page 79).
– There is a blank space in the recorded portion of
the tape.
– The tape’s time code is not sequential.
– If the picture size or the recording mode on the
tape being dubbed changes.
• A blank or black coloured screen will be dubbed
when the recorder is set to a different colour
system from the DV tape contents’ system. Set
“Input Line System” in the “Basic” setup to the
same colour system as the DV tape contents’
system (page 130).
z Hint
The recorder completes dubbing even after being
turned off.
Preparing for DV camcorder
dubbing
You can connect a digital video camera to the
DV IN jack on the recorder to record or edit
from a DV/Digital8 format tape. Operation is
straightforward because the recorder will fast
forward and rewind the tape for you – you do
not need to operate your digital video camera.
Do the following to start using the “Manual
Dubbing” functions of this recorder.
See the instruction manual supplied with the
digital video camera as well before
connecting.
Press HDD or DVD to select the
recording destination.
DV Camcorder Dubbing
The contents dubbed to the HDD or DVD
become a single title. This title is divided into
chapters. When dubbing to the HDD or a
DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) and when
“Auto Chapter (HDD/VR)” is set to “On” in
the “Recording” setup (page 143), each
shooting session on the tape becomes a
chapter on the disc. For other discs, the
recorder divides the title into chapters
according to the “Auto Chapter (Video)” or
“Auto Chapter (DVD+R/+RW)” setting in
the “Recording” setup (page 143).
z Hint
If you plan to do additional editing on a disc after
the initial dub, use the DV IN jack and record on a
DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) or HDD.
i.LINK cable
(not supplied)
DV output
DV camcorder
: Signal flow
104
105
1-25
Dubbing an Entire DV
Format Tape (DV One
Touch Dubbing)
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
+R
You can record the entire contents of a DV/
Digital8 format tape onto a disc with a single
press of the ONE-TOUCH DUB button on
the recorder. The recorder controls the digital
video camera for the whole process, and
completes the recording.
Follow steps 1 to 5 of “Preparing for DV
camcorder dubbing” on page 104, and
press ONE-TOUCH DUB on the recorder.
The recorder rewinds the tape and then starts
recording the tape contents.
After the recording is finished, the recorder
rewinds the tape in the digital video camera,
and finalises the recorded disc (except DVDRW/DVD-R (VR mode)) automatically.
Dubbing Selected
Scenes (Manual
Dubbing)
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
z Hint
You can turn off the dubbing menu by pressing the
DISPLAY button during dubbing. Press the
DISPLAY button again to display the dubbing
menu.
Playing from a DV
Camcorder
b Note
1
You cannot set a scene to be shorter than one
second.
+R
Follow steps 1 to 5 of “Preparing for
DV camcorder dubbing” on page 104.
2
Press SYSTEM MENU.
3
4
5
Select “DV,” and press ENTER.
5
Select the recording destination,
“Record to Hard Disk Drive” or
“Record to DVD,” and press ENTER.
6
Press H.
Select “DV,” and press ENTER.
Select “Playback,” and press ENTER.
Start playback on the DV camcorder.
Images from the DV camcorder appear
on your TV screen.
The System Menu appears.
3
4
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
You can select and dub scenes while playing
a DV/Digital8 format tape.
1
2
Connect your DV camcorder to the DV
IN jack on the front panel.
To cancel playback
Select “Manual Dubbing,” and press
ENTER.
Press SYSTEM MENU.
z Hint
You can dub the playing tape contents. During
playback, press HDD or DVD to select the dubbing
destination, and press z REC. To stop dubbing,
press x REC STOP.
The scene starts to play.
To stop during recording
z Hint
You can also start DV One Touch Dubbing by
selecting “One-Touch Dubbing” of “DV” in the
System Menu.
b Notes
• When a blank space between the recordings on
the tape continues for more than two minutes, DV
One Touch Dubbing ends automatically.
• The recorder will pause recording when there is a
blank space or an image containing copy
protection signals on the tape. The recorder will
resume recording automatically when receiving a
recordable signal.
• Finalisation is cancelled if a timer recording starts
(except for DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode)).
• DV One Touch Dubbing ends automatically
when there are images containing copy protection
signals at the beginning of the tape.
7
Find the point on the DV/Digital8
format tape that you want to start
dubbing from using m/M or c/
C, and press X.
8
Select “Start Rec.,” and press ENTER.
DV Camcorder Dubbing
Press x REC STOP more than 3 seconds.
Note that it may take a few seconds for the
recorder to stop recording.
The recorder starts dubbing.
9
Select “Pause Rec,” and press
ENTER.
The recorder pauses dubbing.
10 Repeat steps 6 to 9 to dub more
scenes.
11 Select “Stop Rec,” and press ENTER.
The selected scenes are dubbed as a
single title.
To cancel during “Manual Dubbing”
Press SYSTEM MENU.
106
107
To lock the recorder (Child Lock)
Audio Tracks
Playing Audio Tracks
from CD/DVD
CD
DATA DVD DATA CD
You can play audio tracks on CDs, DATA
DVDs (DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/
DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs/DVD-RAMs), or
DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs).
Notes on playing DTS sound tracks on a
CD
You can lock all of the buttons on the
recorder so that the settings are not cancelled
by mistake.
When the recorder is turned off, hold down x
on the recorder until “LOCKED” appears in
the front panel display. The recorder does not
work except for timer recordings while the
Child Lock is set.
• When playing DTS-encoded CDs, excessive
noise will be heard from the LINE 3-TV/LINE 1/
DECODER/LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) jacks.
To avoid possible damage to the audio system,
the user should take proper precautions when the
LINE 3-TV/LINE 1/DECODER/LINE 2 OUT
(R-AUDIO-L) jacks of the recorder are connected
to an amplification system. To enjoy DTS Digital
Surround™ playback, an external DTS decoder
must be connected to the DIGITAL OUT jack of
the recorder.
• Set the sound to “Stereo” using the AUDIO
button when you play DTS sound tracks on a CD
(page 108).
To unlock the recorder, hold down x on the
recorder until “UNLOCKED” appears in the
front panel display.
Playback options
CD
AUDIO
CLEAR
Operations
AUDIO
Selects stereo or monaural
audio tracks recorded on the
disc when pressed repeatedly
in normal playback mode.
TITLE LIST
</M/m/,,
ENTER
.
m
H
X
>
M
m/M
(fast
reverse/fast
forward)
Fast reverses/fast forwards the
disc when pressed during
playback.
Search speed changes as
follows:
fast reverse fast forward
mFR1 T t MFF1
mFR2 T T t t MFF2
When you press and hold the
button, fast forward/fast
reverse continues at the
selected speed until you release
the button.
To resume normal playback,
press H.
Insert a disc.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 36.
2
Press H.
Playback starts.
To stop playback
Press x (stop).
z Hint
You can play audio tracks using the Title List. Press
TITLE LIST. Then select a track, and press
ENTER.
X (pause)
Playing repeatedly (Repeat)
CD
1
Press PLAY MODE during playback.
Select “A-B Repeat,” and press
ENTER.
“Set point A” is selected.
Select “Repeat,” and press ENTER.
Select an item to be repeated using M/
m.
“Repeat Disc”: repeats all of the tracks
on a disc.
“Repeat Album” (except for CD): repeats
the current album.
“Repeat Track”: repeats the current
track.
“Repeat Programme”: repeats the current
programme (page 110).
The “Play Mode” menu appears.
2
Press PLAY MODE during playback.
The “Play Mode” menu appears.
2
3
CD
1
DATA DVD DATA CD
You can play repeatedly all the tracks or a
single track on an album or disc.
4
Press ENTER.
Repeat play starts.
To cancel Repeat play
Press CLEAR. Or, set “Repeat” to “Repeat
Off” in the “Play Mode” menu.
z Hint
You can select “Repeat” from “Play Mode” in the
System Menu.
3
While monitoring the sound, press
ENTER at the starting point (point A) of
the portion to be played repeatedly.
Audio Tracks
Goes to the next or previous
track when pressed during
playback.
For MP3 discs, goes to the next
or previous album when
pressed repeatedly.
x
PLAY
MODE
1
./>
(previous/
next)
“A-B Repeat” is not available for MP3 audio tracks.
Playing a specific portion
repeatedly (A-B Repeat)
DATA DVD DATA CD
Buttons
b Note
b Note
You can select “Repeat Programme” only during
Programme play.
“Set point B” is selected.
4
Continue playing to locate the ending
point (point B), and press ENTER.
A-B Repeat starts.
Pauses playback.
To resume normal playback,
press H.
To cancel A-B Repeat
Press CLEAR. Or, set “A-B Repeat” to “Off”
in the “Play Mode” menu.
b Note
When any video titles are recorded on a DATA
DVD, the MP3 audio tracks on that DATA DVD
cannot be played.
z Hint
You can select “A-B Repeat” from “Play Mode” in
the System Menu.
,continued
108
1-26
109
Creating your own programme
(Programme)
CD
DATA DVD DATA CD
You can play the contents of an album or disc
in the order you want by arranging the order
of the albums/tracks on a disc to create your
own programme. You can make a
programme of up to 24 steps.
1
Press PLAY MODE during playback.
The “Play Mode” menu appears.
2
Select “Programme,” and press
ENTER.
3
Select “Input/Edit Programme,” and
press ENTER.
The “Input/Edit Programme” display
differs depending upon the disc type.
Example: DATA DVD
To cancel Programme play
Searching for an Audio
Track
Press CLEAR during playback. Or, set
“Programme” to “Cancel Programme Play”
in the “Play Mode” menu.
To erase the programme
CD
Press CLEAR in stop mode. Or, set
“Programme” to “Erase Programme List” in
the “Play Mode” menu.
DATA DVD DATA CD
Press the number buttons to select the
number of the album or track you
want.
If you make a mistake, select another
number.
5
You can search a disc by album or track. As
albums and tracks are assigned individual
numbers, select the album or track by
entering its number.
z Hints
• The programme you made remains after
Programme play finishes. To play the same
programme again, set “Programme” to “Start
Programme Play” in the “Play Mode” menu.
However, the programme is cleared after you
remove the disc or press [/1.
• You can repeat Programme play. Set “Repeat” to
“Repeat Programme” in the “Play Mode” menu
(page 109).
• You can select “Programme” from “Play Mode”
in the System Menu.
4
Press ENTER.
The recorder starts playback from the
selected number.
z Hint
You can select an album or track using M/m in step
4.
Number
buttons
</M/m/,,
ENTER
PLAY
MODE
Select an album (example:
01.BRAHMS) using M/m, and press
,.
5
Select a track (example:
001.SYMPHONY01) using M/m, and
press ENTER.
1
To programme other tracks, press </
M/m/, to select a step number, and
repeat steps 4 and 5.
7
Press H.
Press PLAY MODE during playback.
The “Play Mode” menu appears.
2
Select “Search Mode,” and press
ENTER.
3
Select a search method, and press
ENTER.
The track is programmed.
If you make a mistake, select the step
number (example: 01-001) using </M/
m, and press CLEAR.
6
Audio Tracks
4
“Album Search” (except for CD)
“Track Search”
The display for entering the number
appears.
Example: Album Search
Programme play starts.
110
111
About Jukebox
There are two methods to use Jukebox:
connecting the USB device or copying audio
tracks to the HDD.
When using Jukebox, you can do followings:
• Store audio tracks on the HDD.
• Play audio tracks using various play modes.
• Label tracks or albums.
• Assign albums a genre.
• Change the track order.
Copying audio tracks
(DISC t HDD)
Preparing for Using
Jukebox
Connect a USB device to the USB jack on the
recorder, or copy audio tracks from CDs/
DATA CDs/DATA DVDs or the connected
USB device to the HDD.
1
Insert a disc that you are going to copy
to the HDD.
2
3
Press H to start playback.
The display asks for confirmation.
8
Select “Yes” using </,, and press
ENTER.
The selected album is copied to the HDD.
• To copy more albums, go to step 5.
To cancel copying
Press ENTER.
To cancel copying
Press ENTER.
SYSTEM
MENU
z Hint
You can copy all the contents on the disc by
selecting “DVD/CD -> HDD” in “Dubbing” in the
System Menu.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
H
Copying an album
(USB t HDD)
HDD/DVD
DUB
You can copy up to 99 albums or 999 tracks
on the USB device to the HDD.
1
Connecting the USB device
2
You can connect a USB device to the USB
jack on the recorder to listen to the MP3
audio tracks or copy to the HDD. Refer to the
operating instructions supplied with the USB
device before connecting.
Connect the USB device to the USB
jack on the recorder (page 112).
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
3
4
DVD recorder
Select “Music Jukebox,” and press
ENTER.
Audio Tracks
• You cannot copy audio tracks on the HDD to
discs or USB devices.
• Some audio tracks may not be copied depending
on the file size.
• You cannot copy audio tracks if the HDD is full
or almost full.
• An album name and MP3 audio track name are
also copied. However, there may be some names
that cannot be copied.
• When copying is stopped partway, tracks finished
copying before you stop will remain copied onto
the HDD as an album. See the Album List to
check which albums have been copied
(page 114).
• When copying audio tracks from a CD, the album
name is labelled as “F_***” and the audio track
names are labelled as “T_***” automatically.
• During copying, other operations cannot be
performed.
• While copying, timer recordings are unavailable.
If the timer is set during copying, the recorder
starts the timer recording after copying is
finished.
• Copy-protected CDs cannot be copied to the
HDD.
Select “Copy Album,” and press
ENTER.
Press HDD/DVD DUB.
For CDs, all the tracks on the disc are
copied to the HDD.
For DATA CDs/ DATA DVDs, the
current album is copied to the HDD.
Notes on copying
7
Select “Listen to Music from USB
Device,” and press ENTER.
The Album List appears.
5
6
to USB jack
USB device
Select an album, and press ,.
Select “Edit” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
112
113
1-27
Playing Audio Tracks
Using Jukebox/USB
Device
4
Select an album or track, and press
ENTER.
To skip a track (Set Skip)
If you want a track not to play, set the track to
be skipped.
Playback starts from the selected album
or track.
1
2
Select a track you want to skip.
Press x (stop).
3
Select “Edit” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
To scroll the list display by page (Page
mode)
4
Select “Set Skip” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
“ ” appears next to the selected track.
To cancel, select “Set Skip,” and press
ENTER again.
Press , while the Album List is
displayed.
To stop playback
SUBTITLE
ANGLE
SYSTEM
MENU
.
m
H
X
1
CLEAR
Press SUBTITLE (previous)/ANGLE (next)
while the Album List is displayed. Each time
you press SUBTITLE (previous)/ANGLE
(next), the entire Album List changes to the
next/previous page of the album.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
To change the album order (Sort Titles)
(HDD only)
>
M
x
1
Select “Sort Titles” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
3
Select the item using M/m, and press
ENTER.
Press SYSTEM MENU.
Sorted
By number
In order of album
number.
By favourite
In order of playback
times. The album that is
most often played is listed
at the top.
By album
In alphabetical order.
The System Menu appears.
2
Select “Music Jukebox,” and press
ENTER.
3
Select “Listen to Music / Edit” or
“Listen to Music from USB Device,”
and press ENTER.
To listen to the audio tracks on the HDD,
select “Listen to Music / Edit.”
To listen to the MP3 audio tracks from
the connected USB device, select “Listen
to Music from USB Device.”
The Album List appears.
To search for the album by genre (Genre)
(HDD only)
1
Press < while the Album List is
displayed.
2
Select “Genre” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
3
Select the genre using M/m, and press
ENTER.
The albums in the selected genre appear.
To display all albums, select “All
Genres.”
Select “Play Mode,” using M/m, and
press ENTER.
The “Play Mode” menu appears.
3
4
Select “Repeat,” and press ENTER.
Select an item to be repeated using M/
m.
“Repeat Album”: repeats the current
album.
“Repeat Track”: repeats the current
track.
“Repeat Programme”: repeats the current
programme (page 116).
Buttons
Operations
./>
(previous/
next)
Goes to the next or previous
track when pressed during
playback.
m/M
(fast
reverse/fast
forward)
Fast reverses/fast forwards the
disc when pressed during
playback.
Search speed changes as
follows:
fast reverse fast forward
mT tM
mTT ttM
When you press and hold the
button, fast forward/fast
reverse continues at the
selected speed until you release
the button.
To resume normal playback,
press H.
X (pause)
Press , during playback.
5
Press ENTER.
Repeat play starts.
To cancel Repeat play
Set “Repeat” to “Repeat Off” in the “Play
Mode” menu.
b Notes
• You can select “Repeat Programme” only during
Programme play.
• “A-B Repeat” is not available when using “Music
Jukebox.”
Pauses playback.
To resume normal playback,
press H.
,continued
114
Creating your own programme
(Programme)
You can play the contents of the HDD or
connected USB device in the order you want
by arranging the order of the tracks on the
HDD or connected USB device to create your
own programme. You can make a
programme of up to 24 steps.
1
Press , while the Album List is
displayed.
2
Select “Play Mode,” using M/m, and
press ENTER.
The “Play Mode” menu appears.
3
4
Select “Programme,” and press
ENTER.
To cancel Programme play
Managing Audio Tracks
on the Music Jukebox
Set “Programme” to “Cancel Programme
Play” in the “Play Mode” menu during
playback.
To erase the programme
You can erase or label albums/tracks on the
HDD. You can also assign an album a genre.
Set “Programme” to “Erase Programme List”
in the “Play Mode” menu.
z Hints
• You can select and play a track that is set to “Set
Skip.”
• The programme you made remains after
Programme play finishes. To play the same
programme again, set “Programme” to “Start
Programme Play” in the “Play Mode” menu.
However, the programme is cleared after you
press [/1.
• You can repeat Programme play. Set “Repeat” to
“Repeat Programme” in the “Play Mode” menu
(page 115).
Audio Tracks
Order
1
2
Playback options
Press < while the Album List is
displayed.
2
Playing repeatedly (Repeat)
You can play repeatedly all the tracks or a
single track in the album.
SYSTEM
MENU
</M/m/,,
ENTER
5
115
Select an option, and press ENTER.
“Erase”: Erases the selected album/track.
Select “Yes” when asked for
confirmation.
“Edit”: Allows you to make the
following edits.
• “Album Name”: Allows you to enter or
re-enter an album name (page 42).
• “Track Name”: Allows you to enter or
re-enter a track name (page 42).
• “Set Genre”: Assigns an album a genre.
• “Set Skip”: Sets a track to be skipped
(page 115).
“Play Mode”: Selects play modes
(page 115).
“Genre Name”: Allows you to enter a
genre name (up to 12 characters)
(page 42).
b Note
Select “Input/Edit Programme,” and
press ENTER.
You cannot edit audio tracks on the connected USB
device.
1
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
2
3
6
Select an album (example: Album
001) using M/m, and press ,.
Select “Listen to Music / Edit,” and
press ENTER.
The Album List appears.
Select a track (example: Track 001)
using M/m, and press ENTER.
Audio Tracks
5
Select “Music Jukebox,” and press
ENTER.
The track is programmed.
If you make a mistake, select the step
number (example: 01.) using </M/m,
and press CLEAR.
7
To programme other tracks, press </
M/m/, to select a step number, and
repeat steps 5 and 6.
8
Press H.
4
Select an album or track, and press
,.
Programme play starts.
116
117
1-28
4
Connecting the USB device
About the “Photo
Album” Function
The “Photo Album” function enables you to
do following.
• Store JPEG image files on the HDD.
• View JPEG image files on the HDD, DATA
DVDs (DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs)/DATA CDs,
or connected USB device.
• Edit JPEG image files.
• Print JPEG image files.
• Copy JPEG image files and slideshow to
DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs.
You can connect a USB device (digital still
camera, Memory card reader, and USB
memory) to the USB jack on the recorder to
view JPEG image files or copy to the HDD.
Refer to the operating instructions supplied
with the USB device before connecting.
DVD recorder
1
Connect the USB device to the USB
jack on the recorder.
2
Insert a blank DVD-RW/DVD-R (Video
mode).
3
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
Select “Photo Album,” and press
ENTER.
The “Photo Album” menu appears.
5
Preparing for Using the
“Photo Album” Function
6
USB output
Connect a USB device to the USB jack on the
recorder, or copy JPEG image files from
DATA CDs/DATA DVDs or the connected
USB device to the HDD.
Copying JPEG image files to the
HDD (DISC/USB t HDD)
2
Press SYSTEM MENU.
7
Select an album or JPEG image file,
and press ENTER.
A check mark appears in the check box
by the selected item.
• To clear the check mark, press ENTER
again.
• To clear all check marks, press , to
select “Single-Mode” from the submenu.
The System Menu appears.
3
5
Select “Photo Album,” and press
ENTER.
8
The “Photo Album” menu appears.
9
The display asks for confirmation.
6
z Hint
See “8. Reformatting a Disc” (page 47) to format
DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in Video mode.
b Notes
• During copying, other operations cannot be
performed.
• While copying JPEG image files, timer
recordings are unavailable. If the timer is set
during copying, the recorder starts the timer
recording after copying is finished.
Copying JPEG image files or
albums on the HDD
(HDD y HDD)
1
Press ,.
2
• To cancel, select “No.”
Select “Photo Album,” and press
ENTER.
The “Photo Album” menu appears.
3
The display asks for confirmation.
11 Select “Yes,” and press ENTER.
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
The sub-menu appears.
ENTER.
Select “Yes,” and press ENTER.
• To cancel, select “No.”
Repeat step 7 to select all of the
albums or JPEG image files you want
to copy.
10 Select “Copy to HDD,” and press
Select “Copy Photos from a Digital
Camera,” and press ENTER.
JPEG Image Files
Insert a disc that you are going to copy
to the HDD or connect the USB device
to the USB jack on the recorder.
Select an item, and press ENTER.
To copy two or more albums or JPEG
image files, select “Multi-Mode.”
To copy all the albums and JPEG image
files, select “Copy all to HDD,” and go to
step 11.
To copy the album or file selected in step
5 only, select “Copy to HDD,” and go to
step 11.
: Signal flow
1
Select an album or JPEG image file
using M/m, and press ,.
The sub-menu appears.
Digital still camera
</M/m/,,
ENTER
Copying all JPEG image files
from the connected USB device
(USB t DVD-RW/DVD-R)
4
to USB jack
USB cable (not supplied)
SYSTEM
MENU
Select the item, and press ENTER.
To copy from DATA CDs/DATA DVDs
(DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs), select “View
Photos on a CD/DVD.”
To copy from the connected USB device,
select “View Photos on a USB Device.”
The “Photo Album” list appears.
Example: CD/DVD
JPEG Image Files
Select “View/Edit Photos on the
HDD,” and press ENTER.
The “Photo Album” list appears.
4
Select an album using M/m.
To copy the selected album, go to step 6.
To copy a JPEG image file, go to step 5.
,continued
118
5
6
Press ENTER, and select a JPEG
image file using M/m.
Press ,.
The sub-menu appears.
7
Select an item, and press ENTER.
To copy two or more albums or files,
select “Multi-Mode.”
To copy the selected album, select “Copy
Album Contents” in “Album Options,”
and go to step 12.
To copy the selected files, select “Copy”
in “File Options,” and go to step 12.
8
Select an album or JPEG image file,
and press ENTER.
A check mark appears in the check box
by the selected item.
• To clear the check mark, press ENTER
again.
• To clear all check marks, select
“Single-Mode.”
9
Repeat step 8 to select all of the
albums or JPEG image files you want
to copy.
1
2
z Hints
• See “8. Reformatting a Disc” (page 47) to format
DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in Video mode.
• See the “Photo Album” list to check which
albums have been copied (page 122).
Insert a DVD-RW/DVD-R (in Video
mode).
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
3
4
• You may not be able to play the slideshow
depending on DVD equipment.
• You cannot copy JPEG image files to a
recordable DVD which has been recorded using
other recorders/devices.
• DATA DVDs finalised on this recorder may not
be able to play on other equipment (page 45).
• No more than 99 slideshows can be recorded to a
disc.
• When copying an album containing more than 99
JPEG image files to a disc, slideshows will be
created with every 99 JPEG image files and
recorded to a disc.
• For DVD-Rs, the available disc space does not
increase even if you erase slideshows.
Select “View/Edit Photos on the
HDD,” and press ENTER.
The “Photo Album” list appears.
5
Select an album using M/m, and press
,.
The sub-menu appears.
The sub-menu appears.
m, and press ENTER.
7
Select “Multi-Mode,” and press
ENTER.
To copy the album selected in step 5
only, go to step 10.
9
The “Photo Album” list appears.
5
Select an album using M/m, and press
ENTER.
The photo list appears.
6
Select a JPEG image file using M/m,
and press ,.
The sub-menu appears.
7
Select “Multi-Mode,” and press
ENTER.
To copy the JPEG image file selected in
step 6 only, go to step 11.
8
Select a JPEG image file, and press
ENTER.
A check mark appears in the check box
by the selected item.
• To clear the check mark, press ENTER
again.
• To clear all check marks, select
“Single-Mode.”
9
Repeat step 8 to select all of the JPEG
image files you want to copy.
10 Press ,.
The sub-menu appears.
11 Select “Copy to DVD,” and press
ENTER.
Copying JPEG image files to a
disc (HDD t DVD-RW/DVD-R)
12 Select “Yes,” and press ENTER.
The selected JPEG image files are copied
in the “PICTURE” folder on the disc.
The JPEG image file names are
automatically labelled as “PHOT****.”
If you want to play the disc on other
DVD equipment, finalise the disc
(page 45).
• To cancel, select “No.”
You can copy the edited JPEG image files to
a DVD-RW/DVD-R (Video mode).
A slideshow is also recorded to the disc as a
video file. You can play the slideshow on
other DVD equipment that may not be
compatible with the playback of JPEG image
files.
Repeat step 7 to select all of the
albums you want to copy.
Press ,.
The sub-menu appears.
1
10 Select “Copy to DVD,” and press
ENTER.
2
The display asks for confirmation.
Insert a DVD-RW/DVD-R (in Video
mode).
Press SYSTEM MENU.
To select a JPEG image file from a
different album
1
Switch to the album list in step 8.
For instructions, see “To switch between
the album list and JPEG image file list”
on page 123.
2
Select an album using M/m, and press
<.
The System Menu appears.
3
Select “Photo Album,” and press
ENTER.
The “Photo Album” menu appears.
,continued
120
1-29
JPEG Image Files
8
Select “View/Edit Photos on the
HDD,” and press ENTER.
The display asks for confirmation.
Select an album, and press ENTER.
A check mark appears in the check box
by the selected item.
• To clear the check mark, press ENTER
again.
• To clear all check marks, select
“Single-Mode.”
b Note
4
b Notes
Select “Photo Album,” and press
ENTER.
The “Photo Album” menu appears.
6
11 Select “Copy,” and press ENTER.
12 Select the destination album using M/
Albums or JPEG image files are not copied to the
HDD in the following cases.
– when the HDD disc space is insufficient for
copying.
– when there are already the maximum number of
files and/or albums on the HDD.
The selected JPEG image albums are
copied in the “PICTURE” folder on the
disc.
The JPEG image album names are
automatically labelled as “***ALBUM.”
If you want to play the disc on other
DVD equipment, finalise the disc
(page 45).
• To cancel, select “No.”
You can copy the edited JPEG image albums
to a DVD-RW/DVD-R (Video mode).
A slideshow is also recorded to the disc as a
video file. You can play the slideshow on
other DVD equipment that may not be
compatible with the playback of JPEG image
files.
10 Press ,.
• To cancel, select “No.”
11 Select “Yes,” and press ENTER.
Copying JPEG image albums to
a disc (HDD t DVD-RW/DVD-R)
119
121
3
4
Switch to the JPEG image file list.
For instructions, see “To switch between
the album list and JPEG image file list”
on page 123.
Select a JPEG image file using M/m, and
press ENTER.
z Hints
• See “8. Reformatting a Disc” (page 47) to format
DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in Video mode.
• See the “Photo Album” list to check which
albums have been copied (page 122).
12-Photo List (Example: HDD)
Using the “Photo Album”
List
Press , to display the sub-menu.
The sub-menu displays options
applicable only to the selected item. The
displayed options differ depending upon
the model, situation, and disc type.
You can play JPEG image files on the HDD,
DATA DVDs/DATA CDs, or connected
USB device using the “Photo Album” list.
b Notes
• You may not be able to play the slideshow
depending on DVD equipment.
• You cannot copy JPEG image files to a
recordable DVD which has been recorded using
other recorders/devices.
• DATA DVDs finalised on this recorder may not
be able to play on other equipment (page 45).
• No more than 99 slideshows can be recorded to a
disc.
• For DVD-Rs, the available disc space does not
increase even if you erase slideshows.
C Sub-menu:
4-Photo List
ANGLE
m
Sub-menu
D Scroll bar:
SYSTEM
MENU
EXIT/
O RETURN
.
H
X
Appears when all of the JPEG image files
do not fit on the list. To view the hidden
JPEG image files, press M/m.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
E Album and JPEG image file
information:
>
x
Displays the image, JPEG image file
number, recording date and time, JPEG
image file name, and JPEG image file
size.
ZOOM
1
Press SYSTEM MENU.
1-Photo List
m
F Disc type and remaining space of
current disc
The System Menu appears.
2
To scroll the list display by page (Page
mode)
Select “Photo Album,” and press
ENTER.
Select the item, and press ENTER.
To play JPEG image files on the HDD,
select “View/Edit Photos on the HDD.”
To play JPEG image files on DATA
CDs/DATA DVDs, select “View Photos
on a CD/DVD.”
To play JPEG image files from the
connected USB device, select “View
Photos on a USB Device.”
The “Photo Album” list appears.
4
To switch between the album list and
JPEG image file list
A Album name
B Album size
Select an album using M/m, and press
ENTER.
To show the 4-Photo List or 1-Photo List,
press < to select “Title View,” and
press ENTER, then select “4 Photos” or
“1 Photo” using M/m, and press ENTER.
1
Press < while the “Photo Album” list is
displayed.
2
Select “Display Mode” using M/m, and
press ENTER.
3
Select “File” or “Album” using M/m, and
press ENTER.
To turn off the “Photo Album” list
Press SYSTEM MENU.
,continued
122
To reload the files or folders
When a disc or the connected USB device
contains 1,000 or more files and/or 100 or
more folders, select “Read next” in the
“Photo Album” list, and press ENTER to
view unloaded files or folders.
It may take a few minutes to load files or
folders.
To play a slideshow with the sound (HDD
only)
Select “View/Edit Photos on the HDD”
in step 3 of “Using the “Photo Album”
List” on page 122.
The “Photo Album” list appears.
Switch between the album list and JPEG
image file list, if necessary.
2
Select an album or JPEG image file using
M/m, and press ,.
Viewing a JPEG image file
3
Select “Start Audio Slideshow,” and
press ENTER.
1
4
Select a genre using </,.
For details about assigning a genre, see
“Managing Audio Tracks on the Music
Jukebox” on page 117.
5
Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
The slideshow and the playback from the
first track of the selected genre start.
b Note
The thumbnail for a file that cannot be playable on
the recorder is displayed as “ .”
Follow steps 1 to 4 of “Using the
“Photo Album” List.”
The “Photo Album” list appears.
Switch to the album list, if necessary.
2
Select a JPEG image file using M/m,
and press ENTER.
The selected JPEG image file is
displayed on the entire screen.
To display the detailed information
1
2
Select a JPEG image file, and press ,.
Select “Detailed Information,” and press
ENTER.
The detailed information for the selected
JPEG image file appears.
Press ANGLE repeatedly during a slideshow.
Each time you press ANGLE, the image turns
clockwise by 90°.
Managing JPEG Image
Files on the HDD
z Hint
You can start a slideshow by selecting “Start
Slideshow” from the sub-menu.
SYSTEM
MENU
</M/m/,,
ENTER
1
b Notes
Follow steps 1 to 4 of “Using the
“Photo Album” List.”
The “Photo Album” list appears.
Switch between the album list and JPEG
image file list, if necessary.
2
Select an album or JPEG image file
using M/m, and press H.
The slideshow starts.
If you press H while selecting a JPEG
image file, the slideshow starts from the
selected JPEG image file.
Select “Photo Album,” and press
ENTER.
The “Photo Album” menu appears.
3
Select “View/Edit Photos on the
HDD,” and press ENTER.
The “Photo Album” list appears.
4
To stop a slideshow
Select an album or JPEG image file,
and press ,.
The sub-menu appears.
5
To pause a slideshow
Press X (pause).
Note that only slideshow pauses and the
sound continues to play.
Select an option, and press ENTER.
You can make the following edits to the
album/JPEG image file.
JPEG Image Files
1
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
2
• Depending on the aspect ratio, some pictures may
be displayed with black bands at top and bottom,
or left and right.
• Large picture files may take a few seconds to
display. This is not a malfunction.
• All albums or tracks in the selected genre will be
played during Slideshow even if some albums or
tracks are set to skip.
Press x (stop) or O RETURN.
Playing a slideshow
123
To rotate an image
You can enjoy a slideshow while listening to
the sound stored in the HDD.
1
JPEG Image Files
Press ./> while the “Photo Album”
list is displayed. Each time you press ./
>, the entire “Photo Album” list changes
to the next/previous page of albums/JPEG
image files.
The “Photo Album” menu appears.
3
“Start Slideshow”: Starts a slideshow
(page 124).
“Start Audio Slideshow” (HDD only):
Starts a slideshow with the sound
(page 124).
“New Album”: Creates a new album.
To view the next/previous image during a
slideshow
Press ./>.
To zoom an image
Press ZOOM repeatedly during a slideshow.
Each time you press ZOOM, the
magnification changes as shown below.
2× t 4× t normal magnification
You can move the area you want to zoom
using </M/m/,.
“Album Options”
• “Erase Album”: Erases the selected
album.
• “Copy Album Contents”: Copies all
JPEG image files in the selected album
to the HDD (page 119).
,continued
124
1-30
125
• “Rename Album”: Changes the
selected album name (page 42).
• “Protect Album Contents”: Protects all
JPEG image files in the selected album.
• “Cancel Protection”: Cancels
protection of all JPEG image files in the
selected album.
“Copy to DVD”: Copies the selected
album or JPEG image file to a DVD
(page 120).
“Multi-Mode”: Selects multiple albums
or JPEG image files to edit.
“Copy all to HDD”: Copies all the
albums and JPEG image files to the HDD
(page 118).
“Copy to HDD”: Copies the selected
album or JPEG image file to the HDD
(page 118).
Connect the USB device to the USB
jack on the recorder.
13 Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
You can set the paper size and layout.
Refer to the operating instructions
supplied with the printer.
When printing JPEG image files on the
HDD, skip this step.
3
You can print JPEG image files on the HDD
or connected USB device by connecting a
PictBridge-compatible printer to the USB
jack on the recorder.
Refer to the instructions supplied with the
printer.
4
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
To cancel printing
Select “Photo Album,” and press
ENTER.
Press ENTER.
The “Photo Album” menu appears.
5
SYSTEM
MENU
To display the connected printer
Select the item, and press ENTER.
Select “Confirm Printer” of “USB” in the
“Options 2” setup (page 150).
To print JPEG image files on the HDD,
select “View/Edit Photos on the HDD.”
To print JPEG image files from the
connected USB device, select “View
Photos on a USB Device.”
The “Photo Album” list appears.
Select “Restart USB Device” of “USB” in the
“Options 2” setup (page 150).
6
Select an album, and press ENTER.
7
Select a file using M/m, and press
,.
To restart the connected USB device
z Hint
Printing options, such as paper size or layout, differ
depending on the printer. For details, refer to the
instructions supplied with the printer.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
1
Connect a PictBridge-compatible
printer to the USB jack on the
recorder.
The sub-menu appears.
8
To print two or more files, select “MultiMode.”
To print the file selected in step 7 only,
go to step 12.
DVD recorder
“Single-Mode”: Cancels “Multi-Mode.”
Select the item, and press ENTER.
9
to USB jack
JPEG Image Files
“File Options”
• “Erase”: Erases the selected JPEG
image file.
• “Copy”: Copies the selected JPEG
image file (page 119).
• “Rename File”: Changes the selected
JPEG image file name (page 42).
• “Protect”: Protects the selected JPEG
image file. Select again to cancel the
protection.
“Print”: Prints the selected JPEG image
file (page 126).
“Detailed Information”: Displays the
detailed information for the selected
JPEG image file (page 124).
2
Printing JPEG Image
Files
Select a file, and press ENTER.
A check mark appears in the check box
by the selected item.
• To clear the check mark, press ENTER
again.
• To clear all check marks, select
“Single-Mode.”
PictBridge-compatible
printer
10 Repeat step 9 to select all files you
want to print.
11 Press ,.
The sub-menu appears.
12 Select “Print,” and press ENTER.
The display asks for confirmation.
126
127
Finalise
Settings and Adjustments
Disc Settings (Disc
Setup)
The “Disc Setup” setup allows you to adjust
DVD related settings.
1
2
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
Select “Disc Setup,” and press
ENTER.
The “Disc Setup” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
Recorder Settings
(Basic)
Finalises a disc to play it on other DVD
equipment.
For details, see page 45.
Optimise HDD
Select “Optimise HDD” in “Disc Setup,”
and press ENTER.
2
Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
A progress bar appears and the
optimisation starts.
To cancel optimisation, press ENTER.
The HDD will be partly optimised.
Press </, repeatedly until the
programme position of the station that
carries a time signal appears.
4
Press m to select “Start,” and press
ENTER.
• If the recorder does not receive a time
signal from any station, press
O RETURN and set the clock
manually.
• If the Auto Clock Set function did not
set the clock correctly for your local
area, try another station for the Auto
Clock Set function or set the clock
manually.
The “Basic” setup helps you to make clock
and other recorder related settings.
As you record, erase and edit recordings
repeatedly, the HDD file system gradually
becomes fragmented. To ‘clean up’ all the
fragmented files, optimise the HDD
periodically. When the HDD needs
optimising, a message recommending
optimisation will appear automatically.
1
3
1
2
3
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
Select “Initial Setup,” and press
ENTER.
Select “Basic,” and press ENTER.
The “Basic” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
To turn off the display, press SYSTEM
MENU.
Manual (Manual Clock Set)
Set the clock manually.
1
Select “Clock Setting” in “Basic,” and
press ENTER.
2
Select “Manual,” and press ENTER.
Clock Setting
3
The recorder will automatically set the clock
when any digital channels have been scanned
and stored.
Press </, to select the time zone for
your area, and press m.
4
Select “On” if you are now on summer
time, and press ENTER.
b Notes
• It will take about eight hours to optimise the
HDD. During optimisation, other operations,
such as recording or playback, cannot be
performed.
• You cannot optimise the HDD when the HDD
disc space is insufficient for optimising. Erase
titles to open up disc space (page 92).
Basic
Format HDD.
Input Disc Name
You can label a disc.
For details, see page 43.
You can format the HDD and resolve the
problem when the hard disk error occurred.
“Format HDD.” can be selected only when
the hard disk needs formatting. Note that all
of the recorded content on the HDD will be
erased.
Protect Disc
You can protect a disc against erasure.
For details, see page 44.
VR Mode
Automatically formats the disc
in VR mode.
Video
Mode
Automatically formats the disc
in Video mode.
1
Select “Format HDD.” in “Disc Setup,”
and press ENTER.
2
Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
1
Select “Clock Setting” in “Basic,” and
press ENTER.
2
Select “Auto,” and press ENTER.
Settings and Adjustments
Format DVD-RW (DVD-RW only)
The recorder automatically starts formatting
in VR mode or Video mode, whichever is
selected below, when a new, unformatted
DVD-RW is inserted.
Auto (Auto Clock Set)
Turns on the Auto Clock Set function when a
programme position in your local area
broadcasts a time signal.
Format
You can manually re-format a DVD+RW,
DVD-RW, or DVD-R disc to make a blank
disc.
For details, see page 47.
,continued
128
1-31
129
5
Press M/m to set the day, and press ,.
Set the month, year, hour, and minutes in
sequence. Press </, to select the item
to be set, then press M/m to set the
numbers. The day of the week is set
automatically.
To change the numbers, press < to
return to the item to be changed, and
press M/m.
6
Press ENTER to start the clock.
Input Line System
Selects the colour system when recording
from the connected equipment.
NTSC
Records in NTSC or PAL-60
colour system.
PAL/
SECAM
Records in PAL or SECAM
colour system.
b Notes
• When picture noise appears after you change the
“Input Line System” setting, change the “Input
Colour System” setting (page 136). If picture
noise still appears, hold down x (stop) on the
recorder, and press INPUT on the recorder.
• When you change the “Input Line System”
setting, the Dubbing List is erased.
HELP Setting
On
Off
Aerial Reception
Settings (Digital Tuner)
Displays Help information for
GUI displays.
Does not set to HELP setting
mode.
EPG Type Select
The “Digital Tuner” setup helps you to make
digital tuner and programme position settings
for the recorder.
Selects the EPG (Electronic Programme
Guide) type to use.
1
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
2
Select “Initial Setup,” and press
ENTER.
3
Select “Digital Tuner,” and press
ENTER.
GUIDE
Plus+
Select this to use the Gemstar
GUIDE Plus+ electronic
programme guide (page 63).
Guide
(Digital)
Select this to use the digital
electronic programme guide
(page 48).
The “Digital Tuner” setup display
appears with the following options. The
default settings are underlined.
To turn off the display, press SYSTEM
MENU.
Easy Setup (Resetting the Recorder)
Select this to run the “Easy Setup”
programme.
1
Select “Easy Setup” in “Basic,” and press
ENTER.
2
3
Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
Add New Channels
Scans digital channels and adds found
channels to the channel list.
1
Select “Add New Channels” in “Digital
Tuner,” and press ENTER.
2
Select “Next Screen,” and press ENTER.
The recorder scans channels and stores
them.
To cancel the scan, press SYSTEM
MENU or EXIT.
Channel Sort
After the programme positions have been set,
you can change the order of each programme
position in the displayed list.
1
Select “Channel Sort” in “Digital
Tuner,” and press ENTER.
2
Select “Next Screen,” and press ENTER.
3
Press M/m to select a programme
position you want to move, and press
ENTER.
• To display other pages, press M/m
repeatedly.
4
Press M/m to select the programme
position number to swap for the one
selected in step 3, and press ENTER.
The programme position numbers are
swapped.
• To move other programme positions,
repeat from step 3.
Follow the instructions for “Easy Setup”
(page 26) from step 2.
Power Save
Selects whether this recorder is in power save
mode when the power is turned off (standby).
Replace Channels
Only antenna input signals are
output to the connected TV
when the recorder is in standby.
Mode 2
No input signals are output
when the recorder is in standby.
1
Select “Replace Channels” in “Digital
Tuner,” and press ENTER.
Off
Does not set to power save
mode. Normally, select this
setting.
2
3
Select “Next Screen,” and press ENTER.
Scans available digital channels, and replaces
all the channels already stored in the channel
list with the scanned results.
b Note
Power Save mode does not function in the
following cases, even when “Power Save” is set to
“Mode 1” or “Mode 2.”
– There is a timer setting with “VPS / PDC” in the
SCHEDULE list.
– The SMARTLINK features are not available
when “Power Save” is set to “Mode 1” or “Mode
2.”
Select your country/region using </,,
and press ENTER.
The recorder scans available digital
channels and stores them.
To cancel the scan, press SYSTEM
MENU or EXIT.
If any programme positions are unused
or contain unwanted channels, you can
disable them (page 132).
Settings and Adjustments
Mode 1
b Note
The timer settings for the replaced channels are
deleted.
,continued
130
Channel Options
You can skip or lock certain channels.
1
Select “Channel Options” in “Digital
Tuner,” and press ENTER.
2
3
Select “Next Screen,” and press ENTER.
Enter your four-digit password using the
number buttons, and press ENTER.
To set a password, see page 145.
Download from TV
Signal Check
Aerial Reception
Settings (Analog Tuner)
You can check the signal strength and quality
of the channel.
1
Select “Signal Check” in “Digital
Tuner,” and press ENTER.
2
Select “Next Screen,” and press ENTER.
The “Analog Tuner” setup helps you to make
analogue tuner and programme position
settings for the recorder.
1
2
3
4
Select the programme position you want
to skip or lock using M/m, and press
ENTER.
5
Select an option, and press ENTER.
• To skip the programme position, select
.
• To lock the programme position, select
.
A check mark appears in the check box
next to the selected programme position.
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
D.TV Language
Select “D.TV Language” in “Digital
Tuner,” and press ENTER.
Select “Next Screen,” and press ENTER.
Auto Skip
Auto Channel Setting
Selects whether to skip radio or data
channels.
No channels are skipped.
Radio
Radio channels are skipped.
Data
Data channels are skipped.
Radio &
Data
Radio and data channels are
skipped when selecting
channels.
Select “Download from TV,” and press
ENTER.
2
Select your country/region using </,,
and press ENTER.
The tuner preset data will be downloaded
from your TV to this recorder.
If any programme positions are unused
or contain unwanted channels, you can
disable them (page 134).
Manual CH Setting
Presets programme positions manually.
If some programme positions could not be set
using the “Easy Setup” function, you can set
them manually.
If there is no sound or if the picture is
distorted, the wrong tuner system may have
been preset during “Easy Setup.” Set the
correct tuner system manually in the steps
below.
1
Select “Manual CH Setting” in “Analog
Tuner,” and press ENTER.
2
3
Select “Next Screen,” and press ENTER.
Auto Scan
Programme position
If you connect a TV to this recorder not using
SMARTLINK, you can preset programme
positions automatically using “Auto Scan.”
3
4
Select an item using M/m.
Select a language using </,.
1
Select “Auto Channel Setting” in
“Analog Tuner,” and press ENTER.
2
3
Select “Auto Scan,” and press ENTER.
Select your country/region using </,,
and press ENTER.
The programme position order will be set
according to the country/region you set.
If any programme positions are unused
or contain unwanted channels, you can
disable them (page 134).
Select your country/region using </,,
and press ENTER.
Settings and Adjustments
Off
1
Select “Analog Tuner,” and press
ENTER.
Selects main and sub audio/subtitle
languages or teletext language for bilingual
programmes.
2
If you connect a TV to this recorder with
SMARTLINK, you can preset programme
positions by downloading from your TV.
For details, refer to the operating instructions
supplied with your TV.
Select “Initial Setup,” and press
ENTER.
The “Analog Tuner” setup appears with
the following options. The default
settings are underlined.
To turn off the display, press SYSTEM
MENU.
To check the signal strength and quality
of other channels, select a channel using
</,.
1
131
4
Press ./> to select the programme
position.
5
Select the item you want to change using
M/m, and change the settings using </
,, then press ENTER.
• To preset another programme position,
repeat from step 4.
,continued
132
1-32
133
Skip
On
Off
Sound System
Select this when the
programme position is unused
or contains unwanted channels.
The selected position will be
skipped when you press PROG
+/–.
TV system
Channel coverage
B/G
Select this when in West
European countries, except
those listed in “Receivable
channels” on page 135.
D/K
Select this when in East
European countries.
S1 – S20 CATV
I
Select this when in Great
Britain/Ireland.
S01 – S05 CATV
L
Select this when in France.
Does not skip the selected
programme position.
CH System
Select the region to get the best broadcast
reception.
Receivable channels
Select an available TV system (page 135).
BG (West European E2 – E12 VHF
Countries, except
Italia A – H VHF
those listed below)
E21 – E69 UHF
S21 – S41 HYPER
DK (East European
Countries)
Channel Swapping
After the programme positions have been set,
you can change the order of each programme
position in the display list.
1
Select “Channel Swapping” in “Analog
Tuner,” and press ENTER.
2
Select “Next Screen,” and press ENTER.
3
Press M/m to select the programme
position number you want to swap, and
press ,.
• To display other pages, press ./
> repeatedly.
4
Press M/m to select the programme
position number to swap for the one
selected in step 3, and press ENTER.
The programme position numbers are
swapped.
• To swap the programme position
number of another station, repeat from
step 3.
R1 – R12 VHF
R21 – R69 UHF
S1 – S20 CATV
FR
Select this when in France.
Western
Euro
Select this when in West
European countries.
UK & IE
Select this when in Great
Britain/Ireland.
Eastern
Euro
Select this when in East
European countries.
AFT
Name
S21 – S41 HYPER
Changes or enters a new station name (up to
5 characters). The recorder must receive
programme position information (e.g.,
SMARTLINK information) for station
names to appear automatically.
Press ,, then press </, repeatedly to
select a character.
To change the characters, press M/m to move
the cursor, and press </,.
S01 – S05 CATV
I (Great Britain/
Ireland)
Off
S1 – S20 CATV
S21 – S41 HYPER
S01 – S05 CATV
Turns on the Auto Fine Tuning
function.
Normally select this position.
Sets the external decoder (PAY-TV/Canal
Plus analogue decoder) channels.
For details, see page 34.
Allows you to adjust the
picture manually.
Channel
• If the Auto Fine Tuning function does not
work effectively, select “Off” and press m.
Press </, to obtain a clearer picture, and
press ENTER.
South Africa 4 – 11, 13
VHF
B21 – B69 UHF
Decoder
On
Ireland A – J VHF
L* (France)
F2 – F10 VHF
F21 – F69 UHF
B – Q CATV
Press </, repeatedly until the programme
position you want is displayed.
• To select a cable or satellite programme
position, press </, until the programme
position you want is displayed.
S21 – S41 HYPER
* To receive broadcasts in France, select “L.”
Settings and Adjustments
134
135
Video Settings (Video In/
Out)
The “Video In/Out” settings will adjust items
related to the image, such as size and colour.
Select the settings according to the type of
TV, tuner, or decoder connected to the DVD
recorder.
1
2
3
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
Select “Initial Setup,” and press
ENTER.
z Hint
When “Input Line System” is set to “NTSC,” you
can select “Auto,” “3.58NTSC,” or “PAL-60.”
Input Colour System
Selects the colour system when picture noise
appears after you change the “Input Line
System” setting (page 130).
“Input Colour System” cannot be set when viewing
digital broadcasts.
Component Video Out
Selects the signal format in which the
recorder outputs video signals: interlace or
progressive, from the COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT jacks.
Normal(Interlace)
Outputs signals in the
interlace format.
Progressive
Outputs signals in the
progressive format. Select
this when you want to view
progressive signals.
PAL
SECAM
Recorder automatically
detects signals of colour
systems and selects the
appropriate colour system.
Selects the PAL colour
system when “Input Line
System” is set to “PAL/
SECAM.”
Selects the SECAM colour
system when “Input Line
System” is set to “PAL/
SECAM.”
Audio Input Settings
(Audio In)
Video
Inputs video signals.
S-Video
Inputs S-video signals.
The “Audio In” setup allows you to adjust the
sound according to the playback and
connection conditions.
RGB
Inputs RGB signals.
1
Decoder
Select this when connecting
to an external decoder
(PAY-TV/Canal Plus
analogue decoder). If you
connect to a cable box/
satellite receiver such as
CanalSat, do not select this
option.
2
3
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
Select “Initial Setup,” and press
ENTER.
Select “Audio In,” and press ENTER.
The “Audio In” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
NTSC on PAL TV
b Notes
Sets the recorder to convert signals of the
NTSC colour system to the PAL colour
system to play NTSC discs on PAL-only
TVs. Refer to the operating instructions
supplied with your TV.
• When you set “LINE 3 Out” to “RGB,” you
cannot set “Component Video Out.”
• When you connect the recorder to a monitor or
projector via only the COMPONENT VIDEO
OUT jacks, do not set “LINE 3 Out” to “RGB.” If
you set “LINE 3 Out” to “RGB,” in this case, the
picture may not appear.
• When picture noise appears after you set the
recorder to progressive format, hold down x
(stop) on the recorder, and press Z (open/close)
on the recorder.
• No video signals are output when using the
HDMI connection.
LINE 3 Out
On
Plays NTSC discs on PALonly TVs.
Off
Select this if the connected
TV is a multi-system
(NTSC-compatible) TV.
NICAM Select (page 72)
NICAM
Normally select this
position.
Standard
Select this if the sound from
NICAM broadcasts is not
clear.
Selects a method of outputting video signals
for the LINE 3 – TV jack.
Video
Outputs video signals.
S-Video
Outputs S-video signals.
RGB
Outputs RGB signals.
Analog Tuner Level
If the playback sound is distorted, set this
item to “Compression.” The recorder reduces
the audio output level.
This function affects the output of the
following jacks:
– LINE 2 OUT R-AUDIO-L jacks
– LINE 3 – TV jack
– LINE 1/DECODER jack
b Notes
• If your TV does not accept S-video or RGB
signals, the image will not be displayed in the
selected method on the TV screen even if you
select “S-Video” or “RGB.” See the instructions
supplied with your TV.
• SMARTLINK is available only when “Video” is
selected.
• RGB signals are not output when using the HDMI
connection.
Normal
Normally select this
position.
Compression
Select this when the
playback sound from the
speakers is distorted.
,continued
136
1-33
Settings and Adjustments
Auto
Selects a method of inputting video signals
for the LINE 1/DECODER jack. The picture
will not be clear if this setting does not match
the type of video input signal.
b Note
Select “Video In/Out,” and press
ENTER.
The “Video In/Out” setup appears with
the following options. The default
settings are underlined.
LINE 1 In
137
External Audio
Stereo
Bilingual
Select this when receiving
stereo programmes from
connected equipment.
Select this when receiving
bilingual programmes
from connected
equipment.
b Note
When receiving audio input signals from the DV
input jack, the recorder automatically selects
“Stereo” or “Bilingual” regardless of the “External
Audio” setting.
Bilingual Recording
Selects the sound to be recorded.
A/L
Records the main sound
for the bilingual
programme.
B/R
Records the sub sound for
the bilingual programme.
Audio Output Settings
(Audio Out)
The “Audio Out” setup allows you to switch
the method of outputting audio signals when
you connect a component such as an
amplifier (receiver) with a digital input jack.
If you connect a component that does not
accept the selected audio signal, a loud noise
(or no sound) will come from the speakers,
and may affect your ears or cause speaker
damage.
DTS Output (DVD VIDEOs only)
MPEG Output (DVD VIDEOs only)
Selects whether or not to output DTS signals.
Selects the type of MPEG audio signal.
On
Select this when the
recorder is connected to an
audio component with a
built-in DTS decoder.
MPEG
Select this when the
recorder is connected to an
audio component with a
built-in MPEG decoder.
Off
Select this when the
recorder is connected to an
audio component without a
built-in DTS decoder.
MPEG ->
PCM
Select this when the
recorder is connected to an
audio component without a
built-in MPEG decoder. If
you play MPEG audio
sound tracks, the recorder
outputs stereo signals via
the DIGITAL OUT
(COAXIAL) jack.
b Note
When HDMI output is performed to equipment not
compatible with DTS signals, the signals will not be
output regardless of the “DTS Output” setting.
1
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
96 kHz PCM Output (DVD VIDEOs only)
2
b Note
Select “Initial Setup,” and press
ENTER.
Selects the sampling frequency of the audio
signal.
3
Select “Audio Out,” and press ENTER.
If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment
not compatible with MPEG audio signals, the PCM
signals will be automatically output even when you
select “MPEG.”
The “Audio Out” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
96 kHz ->
48 kHz
The audio signals of DVD
VIDEOs are converted to
48 kHz and output.
96 kHz
All signals containing
96 kHz are output without
conversion. However, the
signals are output at 48 kHz
if copyright-protected
signals are contained.
b Note
When recording a bilingual audio signal to the
HDD (when “HDD Recording Format” is set to
“Video Mode Off” (page 144) (except in PCM
mode)) or a DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR mode (except
in PCM mode), both audio channels are recorded
and you can select the sound when playing.
b Notes
Select the setting for the audio input when
DV camcorder dubbing.
Select “Mix (Stereo 1: 75 %)”/“Mix (Stereo
1: 50 %)”/“Mix (Stereo 1: 25 %)” or “Stereo
2” only if you have added a second audio
when recording with your digital video
camera.
Stereo 1
Stereo 2
Records original
sound only.
Normally select this
when dubbing a DV
format tape.
Selects the type of Dolby Digital signal.
Dolby Digital
Dolby Digital
-> PCM
Records additional
audio only.
Select this when the
recorder is connected to an
audio component with a
built-in Dolby Digital
decoder.
On
Makes low sounds clear
even if you turn the volume
down.
Off
Normally select this
position.
Select this when the
recorder is connected to an
audio component lacking a
built-in Dolby Digital
decoder.
b Note
Mix (Stereo 1: 75 %)
Mix (Stereo 1: 50 %)
Dolby Digital Output (HDD/DVDs only)
Selects the dynamic range (difference
between soft and loud sounds) setting when
playing a DVD that conforms to “Audio
DRC.” This affects the output from the
following jacks:
– LINE 2 OUT R-AUDIO-L jacks
– LINE 3 – TV jack
– LINE 1/DECODER jack
– DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL)/HDMI OUT
jack only when “Dolby Digital Output” is
set to “Dolby Digital -> PCM” (page 138).
Settings and Adjustments
• “96 kHz PCM Output” setting has no effect when
audio signals are output from the LINE 2 OUT
(R-AUDIO-L) jacks or LINE 3 – TV/LINE 1/
DECODER jack. If the sampling frequency is
96 kHz, signals are simply converted to analogue
signals and output.
• If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment
not compatible with 96 kHz signals, 48 kHz PCM
will be automatically output even when you select
“96 kHz.”
DV Input
Audio DRC (Dynamic Range Control)
(DVDs only)
Records both stereo
1 and 2.
Mix (Stereo 1: 25 %)
If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment
not compatible with Dolby Digital signals, the
PCM signals will be automatically output even
when you select “Dolby Digital.”
138
139
Auto Language
Language Settings
(Language)
The “Language” setup allows you to adjust
language settings.
1
2
3
On
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
Select “Initial Setup,” and press
ENTER.
The “Recording” setup allows you to adjust
recording settings.
For DVD VIDEOs whose
main audio track is the
language you set in “Audio
Language” and “Subtitle
Language,” the recorder
plays the main audio track
without subtitles.
For DVD VIDEOs whose
main audio track is not the
language you set in “Audio
Language” and “Subtitle
Language,” the recorder
plays the main audio track
with subtitles in the
language you set.
1
2
Approx. recording time (hours)
Recording
RDRRDRRDRRDRmode
HXD770 HXD870 HXD970 HXD1070
36
73
34
53
105
MN32
(HQ)
25
34
53
105
MN31
27
36
57
115
MN30
29
39
61
120
MN29
31
42
66
130
MN28
33
45
70
140
DVD Menu Language (DVD VIDEO only)
MN27
36
48
75
150
Switches the language for the DVD menu.
Select “w/Subtitle Language” to set the same
language as the language you set in “Subtitle
Language.”
MN26
(HSP)
37
50
79
155
MN25
39
53
84
165
MN24
42
56
88
175
Subtitle Display
MN23
44
59
92
185
MN22
46
62
97
195
Allows you to select all
recording modes.
Select this, and press
ENTER.
Then, select a recording
mode using </,, and
press ENTER.
MN21
(SP)
51
68
105
210
MN20
54
73
115
230
MN19
59
79
120
245
MN18
(LSP)
63
84
130
265
Allows you to select
standard recording modes
only.
MN17
67
90
140
280
MN16
72
96
150
300
MN15
(ESP)
75
100
155
315
MN14
78
105
165
335
MN13
82
110
175
350
MN12
86
115
185
370
MN11
90
120
190
390
MN10
93
125
200
405
MN9
(LP)
100
135
210
420
MN8
110
150
235
3
Select “Recording,” and press
ENTER.
The “Recording” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
Turns off the function.
Switches the display language on the screen.
On
Displays subtitles.
Switches the language of the sound track.
Off
Does not display subtitles.
Subtitle Language (DVD VIDEO only)
Assist Subtitle Displays special assistive
subtitles, where available.
Manual Rec. Mode
On (go to
setup)
z Hint
If you select “Others” in “Audio Language,”
“Subtitle Language,” or “DVD Menu Language,”
press m, and enter a language code from “Language
Code List” on page 167.
Off
b Note
If you select a language in “DVD Menu Language,”
“Subtitle Language,” or “Audio Language” that is
not recorded on the DVD VIDEO, one of the
recorded languages will be automatically selected.
475
,continued
140
1-34
Settings and Adjustments
23
Off
Switches the language of the subtitles
recorded on the disc.
Select “Initial Setup,” and press
ENTER.
The recording time for the HDD
HQ+*1 17
The “Language” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
Audio Language (DVD VIDEO only)
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
Manual recording mode
The table below shows the approximate
recording times for the HDD and the different
DVD types in each manual recording mode,
as well as the standard recording mode
equivalents.
PCM*2 25
Select “Language,” and press ENTER.
OSD Language
Recording Settings
(Recording)
The “Auto Language” function is available
when “Audio Language” and “Subtitle
Language” are set to the same language, and
“Subtitle Display” is set to “On.”
141
Approx. recording time (hours)
Recording
RDRRDRRDRRDRmode
HXD770 HXD870 HXD970 HXD1070
MN7
120
165
265
530
MN6
(EP)
150
200
315
635
MN5
175
235
370
745
MN4
(SLP)
200
270
425
850
MN3
(SEP)
255
340
530
1060
MN2
300
405
635
1275
MN1
340
455
710
1420
The recording time for DVDs
Approx. recording time
(hours)
Recording
mode
DVD+RW/
DVD-RW/
DVD+R/
DVD-R
DVD+R DL/
DVD-R DL
PCM*2
1 hr. 1 min.
1 hr. 51 min.
MN32 (HQ)
1 hr. 1 min.
1 hr. 51 min.
MN31
1 hr. 5 min.
1 hr. 57 min.
Resolution
The first figure refers to when “Input Line
System” is set to “NTSC”; the second when
set to “PAL/SECAM” in the “Basic” setup
(page 130).
Approx. recording time
(hours)
Recording
mode
DVD+RW/
DVD-RW/
DVD+R/
DVD-R
DVD+R DL/
DVD-R DL
MN12
3 hr. 30 min. 6 hr. 17 min.
MN11
3 hr. 40 min. 6 hr. 35 min.
MN10
3 hr. 50 min. 6 hr. 53 min.
MN9 (LP)
4
MN8
4 hr. 30 min. 8 hr. 4 min.
MN7
5
7 hr. 11 min.
8 hr. 58 min.
MN6*3 (EP)
6
10 hr. 46 min.
MN5*3
7
12 hr. 34 min.
MN4*3 (SLP)
8
14 hr. 21 min.
MN3*3*4 (SEP*4) 10
For the HDD (“HDD Recording Format” is set
to “Video Mode Off”)/DVD-RW (VR mode)/
DVD-R (VR mode)
HQ+, PCM, MN32 to MN16: 720 × 480 / 720
× 576
MN15 to MN12: 544 × 480 / 544 × 576
MN11 to MN9: 480 × 480 / 544 × 576
MN8 and MN7: 352 × 480 / 352 × 576
MN6 to MN1: 352 × 240 / 352 × 288
For the HDD (“HDD Recording Format” is set
to “Video Mode On”)/DVD+RW/DVD-RW
(Video mode)/DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode)
HQ+, PCM, MN32 to MN9: 720 × 480 / 720
× 576
MN8 and MN7: 352 × 480 / 352 × 576
MN6 to MN1: 352 × 240 / 352 × 288
17 hr. 57 min.
MN2*3*4
12
21 hr. 32 min.
MN1*3*4
13 hr.
22 min.
24
1 hr. 10 min. 2 hr. 6 min.
MN29
1 hr. 15 min. 2 hr. 15 min.
MN28
1 hr. 20 min. 2 hr. 24 min.
MN27
1 hr. 25 min. 2 hr. 33 min.
MN26 (HSP)
1 hr. 30 min. 2 hr. 41 min.
1 hr. 35 min. 2 hr. 50 min.
MN24
1 hr. 40 min. 2 hr. 59 min.
MN23
1 hr. 45 min. 3 hr. 8 min.
MN22
1 hr. 50 min. 3 hr. 17 min.
MN21 (SP)
2
MN20
2 hr. 10 min. 3 hr. 53 min.
MN19
2 hr. 20 min. 4 hr. 11 min.
MN18 (LSP)
2 hr. 30 min. 4 hr. 29 min.
MN17
2 hr. 40 min. 4 hr. 47 min.
MN16
2 hr. 50 min. 5 hr. 5 min.
MN15 (ESP)
3
MN14
3 hr. 10 min. 5 hr. 41 min.
MN13
3 hr. 20 min. 5 hr. 59 min.
3 hr. 35 min.
The recorder detects
changes in the picture and
sound and automatically
inserts chapter marks (up to
99 chapters for one title
recorded on the HDD).
Off
No chapter mark is inserted.
b Notes
• The actual chapter mark interval may vary
depending on the amount of information
contained in the video to be recorded.
• Chapter marks are automatically inserted, where
the date or time information changes on the tape,
when “Auto Chapter (HDD/VR)” is set to “On”
during DV dubbing to the HDD or a DVD-RW/
DVD-R (VR mode).
Auto Chapter (Video) (DVD-RW/DVD-R in
Video mode only)
On
Records in higher quality (15 Mbps).
HQ+ mode is not available for DVDs. When
recording to DVDs, the recording mode
automatically switches to HQ mode even if you
set to HQ+ mode.
*2 Audio signals are recorded in 48kHz PCM
format, and video signals are recorded in HQ
mode. When recording a bilingual programme,
select the sound to be recorded (page 138).
*3 Titles recorded in MN6 or lower mode cannot be
dubbed to DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs at high speed.
*4
SEP, MN1, MN2, or MN3 mode is not available
for DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD+R DLs. When
recording to DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, the
recording mode automatically switches to SLP
mode even if you set to SEP, MN1, MN2, or
MN3 mode.
Off
Automatically adjusts the
recording mode to enable
the entire programme to be
recorded (page 74).
No
Separation
No chapter mark is inserted.
10 minutes
Inserts chapter marks at
approximately 10-minute
intervals.
15 minutes
Inserts chapter marks at
approximately 15-minute
intervals.
Turns off the function.
Subtitle Recording
On
Records digital broadcast
subtitles.
Off
No digital broadcast
subtitles are recorded.
Set Thumbnail
Selects a scene for the thumbnail picture
shown in the Title List.
z Hint
Audio signals are recorded in Dolby Digital 2 ch
format (except for PCM mode).
5 hr. 23 min.
0 seconds
The first frame of the title is
set for the thumbnail
picture.
30 seconds
The frame at 30 seconds
from the first frame is set for
the thumbnail picture.
3 minutes
The frame at 3 minutes from
the first frame is set for the
thumbnail picture.
Auto Chapter (DVD+R/+RW) (DVD+RW/
DVD+R only)
No
Separation
No chapter mark is inserted.
10 minutes
Inserts chapter marks at
approximately 10-minute
intervals.
15 minutes
Inserts chapter marks at
approximately 15-minute
intervals.
,continued
142
HDD Recording Format
Selects the HDD recording format.
Video Mode
Off
Video Mode
On
Records to the HDD in VR
mode.
When recording stereo and
bilingual programmes, both
main and sub sounds can be
recorded.
Records to the HDD in
Video mode.
When recording stereo and
bilingual programmes, only
one sound track (main or
sub) can be recorded.
Set “Bilingual Recording”
to “A/L” (default) or “B/R”
in the “Audio In” setup
(page 138).
4:3 Letter Box
Playback Settings
(Playback)
1
2
3
The “Parental Lock” setup allows you to set
the password and limit the operations.
1
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
16:9
2
Select “Initial Setup,” and press
ENTER.
Select “Playback,” and press ENTER.
3
b Note
The “Playback” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
Depending on the disc, “4:3 Letter Box” may be
selected automatically instead of “4:3 Pan Scan” or
vice-versa.
z Hint
The HDD contents recorded in Video mode can be
dubbed to a disc at high speed (page 98).
Selects the picture quality in pause mode.
Select the playback picture size according to
the type of connected TV (wide-screen/wide
mode TV or conventional 4:3 screen TV).
Frame
Outputs a sharp image, but
may be prone to shake.
Auto
Outputs a generally less
sharp but more stable still
image.
Select this when connecting
to a 4:3 screen TV.
Automatically displays a
wide picture on the entire
screen and cuts off the
portions that do not fit.
On
Playback is smooth, but
with a trade-off against the
accuracy of the edit points.
Off
You may notice momentary
interruption at edited points
during playback of a VR
mode Playlist.
Angle Indicator (DVD VIDEOs only)
Select this when connecting
to a wide-screen TV or TV
with a wide mode function.
On
Displays “
” on the TV
screen if various angles
(multi-angles) for a scene
are recorded on the disc.
Off
Does not display “
the TV screen.
Select “Initial Setup,” and press
ENTER.
Select “Parental Lock,” and press
ENTER.
Set Password/Change Password
You can set or change the password that gives
access to the “Channel Options” settings in
the “Digital Tuner” setup and the “Parental
Lock” settings.
1
Select “Set Password” or “Change
Password” in “Parental Lock,” and press
ENTER.
2
Select “Next Screen,” and press ENTER.
The display for registering a password
appears.
Example: when you select “Set
Password” in step 1
” on
,continued
144
1-35
Settings and Adjustments
16:9
Outputs a stable, generally
shake-free image.
Seamless Playback (HDD/DVD-RW/DVDR in VR mode only)
4:3 Letter Box Select this when connecting
to a 4:3 screen TV. Displays
a wide picture with bands
on the upper and lower
portions of the screen.
4:3 Pan Scan
Field
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
The “Parental Lock” setup display
appears with the following options. The
default settings are underlined.
To turn off the display, press SYSTEM
MENU.
Pause Mode
TV Type
143
Limitation Settings
(Parental Lock)
4:3 Pan Scan
The “Playback” setup allows you to adjust
the playback settings.
Settings and Adjustments
MN25
On
Rec. Mode Adjust
*1
MN30
Auto Chapter (HDD/VR) (HDD/DVD-RW/
DVD-R in VR mode only)
145
3
Enter your four-digit password using the
number buttons, and press ENTER.
• To change the password, enter your
four-digit password in the “Current
Password” row using the number
buttons, and press ENTER. Then enter
a new password in the “New Password”
row using the number buttons.
The password setting/password changing
setting is completed.
4
5
Select “Code” (geographic area) as the
playback limitation level, and press
ENTER.
The area is selected.
• When you select “Number,” press the
number buttons to select and enter a
country/area code in the table
(page 168), and press ENTER.
HDMI Settings (HDMI
Output)
The “HDMI Output” setup allows you to
adjust items related to the HDMI connection.
You can select “HDMI Output” only when
connecting equipment to the HDMI OUT
jack.
Select “Change Level,” and press
ENTER.
b Note
If you forgot your password, reset the recorder
(page 158).
DVD Playback (DVD VIDEO only)
Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be
limited according to a predetermined level,
such as the age of the users. Scenes may be
blocked or replaced with different scenes.
1
Select “DVD Playback” in “Parental
Lock,” and press ENTER.
To register a new password, see “Set
Password/Change Password” on
page 145.
6
Enter your four-digit password using the
number buttons, and press ENTER.
7
Select the level.
The lower the value, the stricter the
limitation.
Discs rated higher than the selected level
will be restricted.
8
Press ENTER.
The DVD Playback setting is completed.
To cancel the DVD Playback setting for
the disc, select “Off” in step 7.
1
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
2
Select “Initial Setup,” and press
ENTER.
3
Select “HDMI Output,” and press
ENTER.
The “HDMI Output” setup appears with
the following options. The default
settings are underlined.
After connecting equipment to the HDMI
OUT jack, “Screen Resolution,” “4:3
Video Output,” and “Colour” are
automatically set to the appropriate
settings.
D.TV Age Limit
2
Enter your four-digit password using the
number buttons, and press ENTER.
Viewing of some digital TV programmes can
be limited according to the age limit you set.
To watch programmes that exceed the age
limit you set, your password is required.
(for customers in France/Denmark/Finland,
or Sweden only)
1
Select “D.TV Age Limit” in “Parental
Lock,” and press ENTER.
2
Select “Next Screen,” and press ENTER.
The “D.TV Age Limit” display appears.
3
Enter your four-digit password using the
number buttons, and press ENTER.
4
Select an age as limitation level, and
press ENTER.
The setting is completed.
To cancel the setting, select “Off.”
Screen Resolution
Selects the type of video signals output from
the HDMI OUT jack. If the picture is not
clear, natural or to your satisfaction, try
another option that suits the disc and your
TV/projector, etc. For details, refer also to the
instruction manual supplied with the TV/
projector, etc.
1920 x 1080p
Sends 1920×1080p video
signals.
1920 x 1080i
Sends 1920×1080i video
signals.
1280 x 720p
Sends 1280×720p video
signals.
Sends 720×576p video
signals.
720 x 480p*2
Sends 720×480p video
signals.
720 x 576i*1
Sends 720×576i video
signals.
720 x 480i*2
Sends 720×480i video
signals.
*1
Can be selected only when “Input Line System”
is set to “PAL/SECAM” in the “Basic” setup
(page 130).
*2
Can be selected only when “Input Line System”
is set to “NTSC” in the “Basic” setup (page 130).
b Notes
• When picture noise appears after you change the
“Screen Resolution” setting, hold down x (stop)
on the recorder, and press Z (open/close) on the
recorder.
• When “Colour” is set to “YCbCr 4:2:2” in the
“HDMI Output” setup, you cannot select “720 x
576i” (or “720 x 480i”).
4:3 Video Output
This setting is effective only when you set
“TV Type” to “16:9” in the “Playback” setup.
Adjust this setting to watch 4:3 aspect ratio
signals. If you can change the aspect ratio on
your TV, change the setting on your TV, not
this recorder.
Note that this setting is effective only for
HDMI connection.
Full
Select this when you can
change the aspect ratio on
your TV.
Normal
Select this when you cannot
change the aspect ratio on
your TV. Shows a 4:3 size
video with the aspect ratio
as it is.
16:9 aspect ratio TV
,continued
146
Colour
HDMI Control
Selects the method of outputting video
signals for the HDMI jack.
RGB (0-255)
RGB (16-235)
Outputs RGB (0-255)
signals. Select this when
connecting to an RGB (0255) device.
Outputs 10-bit YCbCr
4:2:2 component signals.
YCbCr 4:4:4
Outputs 8-bit YCbCr
4:4:4 component signals.
Allows you to use the
HDMI control features
(page 21).
Off
Turns off the function.
Other Settings (Options)
The “Options” and “Options 2” setups allow
you to set up other operational settings.
1
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
2
Select “Initial Setup,” and press
ENTER.
3
Changes the Command Mode of the recorder
to avoid interference with your other Sony
DVD recorder or player.
1
Select “Command Mode” in “Options,”
and press ENTER.
2
Select a Command Mode (DVD1,
DVD2, or DVD3), and press ENTER.
b Note
The default command mode setting for this
recorder and the supplied remote is DVD3.
The remote does not function if different
command modes are set for the recorder and
remote. Set the same command mode.
Select “Options” or “Options 2,” and
press ENTER.
The “Options” or “Options 2” setup
appears with the following options. The
default settings are underlined.
Example: “Options” setup
b Notes
• Some settings may not be available depending on
the connected device.
• When a DVI device is connected, you cannot
select “YCbCr 4:2:2” or “YCbCr 4:4:4.”
• When “Screen Resolution” is set to “720 x 576i”
(or “720 x 480i”) in the “HDMI Output” setup,
you cannot select “YCbCr 4:2:2.”
3
Set the Command Mode for the remote
so it matches the Command Mode for the
recorder you set above.
Follow the steps below to set the
Command Mode on the remote.
1 Hold down ENTER.
2 While holding down ENTER, enter
the Command Mode code number
using the number buttons.
Command Mode Code number
Audio Output
Options
Selects the type of audio signal output from
the HDMI OUT jack.
Auto
On Screen Display
Outputs Dolby Digital,
MPEG and DTS audio
signals as a bitstream
signal. Normally select
this position.
Converts all audio signals
except for DTS signals to
PCM.
Bitstream
Priority
Select this if the
connected device is
compatible with bitstream
audio.
On
Automatically displays
information on the screen
when the recorder is turned
on, etc.
Off
Displays information only
when DISPLAY is pressed.
Front Panel Display
Adjusts the lighting of the front panel display.
b Notes
• The PCM signals may not be output even when
you select “Auto” depending on the “Audio Out”
settings, number of audio channels, and the
HDMI-connected device.
• The “Audio Output” function is not available
when a DVI device is connected.
On
Bright lighting.
Off
Turns off the lighting when
the power is off.
DVD1
number button 1
DVD2
number button 2
DVD3
number button 3
3 Hold down both the number and
ENTER buttons at the same time for
more than three seconds.
z Hint
You can check the Command Mode for the recorder
in the front panel display.
Command
Mode
In the front panel
display
DVD1
“1” appears.
DVD2
“2” appears.
DVD3
Either “1” or “2” does not
appear.
,continued
148
1-36
Settings and Adjustments
PCM
147
Command Mode
On
Outputs RGB (16-235)
signals. Select this if
colours appear overly rich
and the black appears too
deep.
YCbCr 4:2:2
Settings and Adjustments
3
Select “Standard,” and press ENTER.
720 x 576p*1
149
SMARTLINK
This Recorder
Only
Auto Update
Allows you to use the
SMARTLINK function
with the recorder when the
recorder is in standby mode.
Pass Through Allows you to use the
SMARTLINK function
with the connected
equipment when the
recorder is in standby mode.
b Note
Set “Power Save” to “Off” in the “Basic” setup
(page 130) to set “SMARTLINK” to “Pass
Through.”
DivX
Registration Code
Displays the registration code of DivX video
files for this recorder.
For more information, go to http://
www.divx.com/vod on the Internet.
Set Preview (HDD only)
Selects the thumbnail type shown in the Title
List.
Quick
Preview
Plays short excerpts from
throughout the selected
title.
Normal
Plays the selected title from
the beginning.
Software Update
Updates the software
automatically. Normally,
select this position.
Off
Does not update the
software automatically.
Select “Software Update” in “Options,”
and press ENTER.
2
3
4
Press “Next Screen” and press ENTER.
Troubleshooting
If you experience any of the following
difficulties while using the recorder, use this
troubleshooting guide to help remedy the
problem before requesting repairs. Should
any problem persist, consult your nearest
Sony dealer.
Options 2
Power
USB
Restart USB Device
Restarts the connected USB device if it does
not respond to the recorder. If the connected
USB device still does not work properly, try
following:
– Turn the connected USB device off and on
again.
– Disconnect and then connect the USB
cable.
The power does not turn on.
Confirm Printer
Displays the manufacturer and model name
of the printer connected to the recorder. Note
that this function may not work depending on
the printer.
, Make sure that your aerial is properly
connected to the recorder.
, Confirm with your dealer that you are in an
area that can receive a digital signal.
, Check your aerial installation.
, Check that the mains lead is connected
securely.
Tuner
The channel is not found or stored or
missed.
TV Pause
Picture
Selects the tuner for the TV Pause (page 87).
TV’s Tuner
Recorder’s
Tuner
Selects this when
connecting the recorder to
your TV using the SCART
jack.
There is no picture.
,
,
,
,
Selects this when
connecting the recorder to
your TV not using the
SCART jack.
,
,
Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
Select “Yes,” and press ENTER.
The update starts.
To cancel, press SYSTEM MENU.
The new software will be available next time
the recorder is turned on.
,
,
Re-connect all connecting cords securely.
The connecting cords are damaged.
Check the connection to your TV (page 15).
Switch the input selector on your TV (such
as to “VCR” and “AV 1”) so that the signal
from the recorder appears on the TV screen.
Check that the “Video In/Out” setup is set
to the appropriate item that conforms to
your system (page 136).
If you connect the recorder to your TV via
only the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
jacks, set “Component Video Out” in the
“Video In/Out” setup to “Progressive”
(page 136).
A scrambled channel is selected.
When playing a double-layer DVD, the
video and audio may be momentarily
interrupted at the point where the layers
switch.
, If the picture output signal from your
recorder passes through your VCR to get to
your TV, or if you are connected to a
combination TV/VIDEO player, the copyprotection signal applied to some DVD
programmes could affect picture quality. If
you still experience this problem even when
you connect your recorder directly to your
TV, try connecting your recorder to your
TV’s S VIDEO input.
, You have set the recorder to progressive
format even though your TV cannot accept
the progressive signal. In this case, hold
down x (stop) on the recorder, and press
Z (open/close) on the recorder.
, Even if your TV is compatible with
progressive format (525p/625p) signals, the
image may be affected when you set the
recorder to progressive format. In this case,
hold down x (stop) on the recorder, and
press Z (open/close) on the unit and the
recorder is set to normal (interlace) format.
, You are playing a title recorded in a colour
system that is different from your TV.
, Noise may appear in the pictures recorded
on the HDD, which is due to the
characteristics of HDD, and is not a
malfunction.
, When playing a double-layer DVD, the
video and audio may be momentarily
interrupted at the point where the layers
switch.
There is no picture or picture noise
appears when connected to the DV IN
jack.
, Try the following: 1Turn the recorder off
and on again. 2Turn the connected
equipment off and on again. 3Disconnect
and then connect the i.LINK cable again.
There is no picture or picture noise appears
when connected to the HDMI OUT jack.
, Try the following: 1Turn the recorder off
and on again. 2Turn the connected
equipment off and on again. 3Disconnect
and then connect the HDMI cord again.
,continued
150
, If the HDMI OUT jack is used for video
output, changing the “Screen Resolution”
setting in the “HDMI Output” setup may
solve the problem (page 147). Connect the
TV and the recorder using a video jack
other than HDMI OUT, and switch the
TV’s input to the connected video input so
that you can see the on-screen displays.
Change the “Screen Resolution” setting in
the “HDMI Output” setup, and switch the
TV’s input back to HDMI. If the picture still
does not appear, repeat the steps and try
other options.
, The recorder is connected to an input device
that is not HDCP compliant (page 19).
, When picture noise appears after you
change the “Screen Resolution” setting,
hold down x (stop) on the recorder, and
press Z (open/close) on the recorder.
TV programme reception does not fill the
screen.
, Set the channel manually in “Manual CH
Setting” in the “Analog Tuner” setup
(page 133).
, Select the correct source using the INPUT
button, or select a channel of any TV
programme using the PROG +/– buttons.
The picture is breaking up.
, The signal strength is low.
, Check aerial installation.
TV programme pictures are distorted.
GUIDE Plus+ system (in the UK
only)
, The channel is skipped (page 134).
, A timer recording started, which changed
the channels.
, The Parental Lock is activated (page 145).
GUIDE Plus+ system does not appear.
, 1Even if you complete “Easy Setup,” TV
programme listings do not appear until the
recorder receives the GUIDE Plus+ data.
2Turn off the recorder, but do not unplug
it. 3Wait for 24 hours. It may take several
days for the recorder to receive the GUIDE
Plus+ data for all programme positions. If
the recorder does not receive the GUIDE
Plus+ data after 24 hours, set the host
channel manually (page 69).
, The country/region or postal code is
incorrect. Correctly set your country/region
and postal code (page 26).
, When the recorder is connected to a set top
box receiver, the set top box receiver must
be turned on to download the GUIDE Plus+
data.
, Area numbers that cannot be received using
GUIDE Plus+ are set. Select “Easy Setup”
in the “Basic” setup from “Initial Setup” in
the System Menu, and follow the on-screen
instructions to make the settings again
(page 26).
, The “Time Lock” function on your cable
box is activated. Set this function to off.
, If the host channel has changed or moved,
the programme guide data cannot be
received. In this case, follow the steps in
“Searching for the GUIDE Plus+ host
channel” (page 68) to update the host
channel setting. If the problem persists after
waiting for one day, search for the host
channel at the following website and set the
host channel manually (page 69).
www.europe.guideplus.com
The picture from equipment connected to
the recorder’s input jack does not appear
on the screen.
, If the equipment is connected to the LINE
1/DECODER jack, select “L1” in the front
panel display by pressing INPUT.
If the equipment is connected to the LINE 2
IN jacks, select “L2” in the front panel
display by pressing INPUT.
The playback picture or TV programme
from the equipment connected through the
recorder is distorted.
, If the playback picture output from a DVD
player, VCR, or tuner goes through your
recorder before reaching your TV, the copyprotection signal applied to some
programmes could affect picture quality.
Disconnect the playback equipment in
question and connect it directly to your TV.
The picture does not fill the screen.
, Set “TV Type” in the “Playback” setup in
accordance with the screen size of your TV
(page 144).
The picture does not fill the screen, even
though the picture size is set in “TV Type”
in the “Playback” setup.
, The picture size of the title is fixed.
The picture is black and white.
, Check that “LINE 3 Out” in the “Video In/
Out” setup is set to the appropriate item that
conforms to your system (page 136).
, If you are using a SCART cord, be sure to
use one that is fully wired (21 pins).
The programme position number in the
programme listing does not match the
broadcast station.
, There may be more than one channel lineup
for your area. To change the channel lineup,
select “Editor” in the Menu Bar of the
GUIDE Plus+ system (page 69).
Programme listings for some programme
positions are missing.
, The programme guide data may not be
updated. Turn off the recorder and let the
recorder receive the programme guide data.
, Some broadcast stations support only two
days of data. For details, see the following
website:
www.europe.guideplus.com
, All of the GUIDE Plus+ data could not be
received because the reception is poor.
The programme listing is not up to date.
, The recorder was in use during the time that
the GUIDE Plus+ data was scheduled to be
downloaded.
, All of the GUIDE Plus+ data could not be
received because the reception is poor.
Sound
There is no sound.
, Re-connect all connections securely.
, The connecting cord is damaged.
, The input source setting on the audio
component or the connection to the audio
component is incorrect.
, The recorder is in reverse play, fastforward, slow motion, or pause mode.
, If the audio signal does not come through
the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL)/HDMI
OUT jacks, check the “Audio Out” setup
(page 138).
, The recorder supports only MP3 audio,
Dolby Digital and MPEG audio for DivX
video files. Press AUDIO and select MP3
audio or MPEG audio.
No sound is output from the HDMI OUT
jack.
, Try the following: 1Turn the recorder off
and on again. 2Turn the connected
equipment off and on again. 3Disconnect
and then connect the HDMI cord again.
, The HDMI OUT jack is connected to a DVI
device (DVI jacks do not accept audio
signals).
, The equipment connected to the HDMI
OUT jack does not conform to the audio
signal format. In this case, set “Audio
Output” to “PCM” in the “HDMI Output”
setup (page 148).
,continued
152
1-37
151
Additional Information
, Reorient the TV aerial.
, Adjust the picture (see the TV’s instruction
manual).
, Place the recorder and TV farther apart.
, Place the TV and any bunched aerial cables
farther apart.
, The aerial cable is connected to the
AERIAL OUT jack on the recorder.
Connect the cable to the AERIAL IN jack.
, The recorder’s colour system is different
from your TV. Hold down x (stop) on the
recorder, and press INPUT on the recorder
to change the recorder’s colour system.
TV channels cannot be changed.
Additional Information
1
Additional Information
Technical Info.
You can check the current hardware and
software versions of the digital tuner.
You can check the current software version
of the built-in digital tuner and keep it up to
date with the latest software.
Manual Update
Updates the software manually.
Picture noise appears.
On
153
Sound distortion occurs.
, Set “Analog Tuner Level” in the “Audio In”
setup to “Compression” (page 137).
Sound is noisy.
, When playing a CD with DTS sound tracks,
noise will come from the LINE 2 OUT RAUDIO-L jacks, LINE 3 – TV jack, or
LINE 1/DECODER jack (page 109).
The sound volume is low.
, The sound volume is low on some DVDs.
The sound volume may improve if you set
“Audio DRC” in the “Audio Out” setup to
“On” (page 139).
, Set “Analog Tuner Level” in the “Audio In”
setup to “Normal” (page 137).
An alternate audio track cannot be
recorded or played.
The sound is breaking up.
, The signal strength is low.
, Check aerial installation.
, Multilingual subtitles are not recorded on
the DVD VIDEO.
, The DVD VIDEO prohibits changing of the
subtitles.
, Try changing the subtitle using the DVD
VIDEO’s menu.
, The subtitles cannot be changed for the
titles recorded on this recorder.
The recorder does not play any type of disc
(except HDD).
, The disc is upside down. Insert the disc with
the labelled side facing up.
, The disc is not correctly inserted.
, Moisture has condensed inside the recorder.
In this case, if the recorder is on, leave it on
(if it is off, leave it off) for about an hour
until the moisture evaporates.
, If the disc was recorded on another recorder
and was not finalised (page 45), the
recorder cannot play the disc.
The angles cannot be changed.
, Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD
VIDEO being played.
, You are trying to change the angles when
“
” does not appear on the TV screen
(page 80). To display “
” if various
angles (multi-angles) for a scene are
recorded on the disc, set “Angle Indicator”
to “On” in the “Playback” setup (page 145).
, The DVD VIDEO prohibits changing
angles.
, Try changing the angle using the DVD
VIDEO’s menu.
, The angles cannot be changed for the titles
recorded on this recorder.
, The angles cannot be changed during slow
motion playback or when playback is
paused.
The recorder does not start playback from
the beginning.
, Resume play was activated (page 81).
, You have inserted a DVD whose Title menu
or DVD menu automatically appears on the
TV screen when it is first inserted. Use the
menu to start playback.
The recorder starts playing automatically.
, The DVD VIDEO features an auto
playback function.
Playback stops automatically.
, If the DVD has an auto pause signal, the
recorder stops playback at the auto pause
signal.
The DivX video files do not play.
, The file is not created in DivX format.
, The file has an extension other than “.avi”
or “.divx.”
, The DATA CD (DivX video)/DATA DVD
(DivX video) is not created in a DivX
format that conforms to ISO9660 Level 1/
Level 2, Romeo, Joliet, or UDF (Universal
Disk Format) 1.02, 1.50, 2.00, or 2.01.
, The DivX video file format is larger than
720 (width) × 576 (height).
Some functions such as Stop, Search, or
Slow-motion Play cannot be performed.
, Depending on the DVD, you may not be
able to do some of the operations above. See
the instruction manual supplied with the
disc.
The language for the sound track cannot
be changed.
The MP3 audio tracks do not play.
, Multilingual tracks are not recorded on the
DVD being played.
, The DVD VIDEO prohibits the changing of
the language for the sound track.
, Try changing the language using the DVD
VIDEO’s menu.
, The MP3 audio tracks are not recorded in a
format that the recorder can play
(page 161).
The JPEG image files do not play.
, The JPEG image files are not recorded in a
format that the recorder can play
(page 161).
, Progressive JPEG images cannot be played.
TV Pause does not work.
, You are recording to the HDD or the HDD
is full.
Recording/Timer recording/
Editing
The programme position cannot be
changed from the programme position you
are recording.
, Set the TV’s input source to “TV.”
Recording does not start immediately
after you press z REC.
, Operate the recorder only after “LOAD,”
“FORMAT,” or “INFO WRITE”
disappears from the front panel display.
Nothing was recorded even though you set
the timer setting correctly.
, There was a power failure during recording.
, The recorder’s internal clock stopped due to
a power failure that lasted for more than 1
hour. Reset the clock (page 129).
, The channel was disabled after the timer
recording was set. See “Manual CH
Setting” on page 133.
, The programme position was hidden after
the timer recording was set. (See “Disabling
programme positions” on page 70.)
, Disconnect the mains lead from the mains,
and connect it again.
, The programme contains copy protection
signals that restrict copying.
, Another timer setting overlapped the timer
setting (page 60, 78).
, There is no DVD inside the recorder.
, There is not enough disc space for the
recording.
, The set top box receiver was turned off.
, The set top box controller was incorrectly
connected (page 15).
, The settings in “Setup” in the Menu bar
have been changed (page 68).
, The recorder was in the process of dubbing.
, A scrambled channel is selected.
, The channel activated Parental Lock is
selected (page 146).
,continued
154
Recording does not stop immediately
after you press x REC STOP.
, It will take a few seconds for the recorder to
input disc data before recording can stop.
On-screen instructions may appear after
pressing x REC STOP. In this case, follow
the on-screen instructions.
Recording does not stop after you press
x.
, Press x REC STOP.
Timer recording is not complete or did not
start from the beginning.
, There was a power failure during recording.
If the power recovers when there is a timer
recording, the recorder resumes recording.
Should the power failure continue for more
than 1 hour, reset the clock (page 129).
, Another timer setting overlapped the timer
setting (page 60, 78).
, Disc space was not sufficient.
, The VPS/PDC function is working.
, The remote’s manufacturer code returned to
the default setting when you replaced the
batteries. Reset the code (page 24).
, The remote is not pointed at the remote
sensor on the recorder.
Dubbing
You dubbed a title, but the title did not
appear in the HDD Title List.
, The title contained a copy protection signal,
so it was moved (page 99).
Others
High-speed dubbing is not possible.
The recorder does not detect a USB device
connected to the recorder.
, The title cannot be dubbed at high speed
(page 100). Even if A-B erasure is
performed so that a title does not contain
mixed picture sizes, it is still treated as a
title with mixed picture sizes.
, Make sure that the USB device is securely
connected to the recorder (page 126).
, Check if the USB device or a cable is
damaged.
, Check if the USB device is on.
HDD/DVD Dubbing is not possible.
, The title cannot be dubbed (page 99).
Display language on the screen switches
automatically.
, Set the clock again (page 129).
, The clock stopped due to a power failure
that lasted for more than 1 hour. Reset the
clock (page 129).
, When “HDMI Control” is set to “On” in the
“HDMI Output” setup (page 148), the
display language on the screen
automatically switches, according to the
language setting of the connected TV, if
you change the language settings on your
TV, etc.
, Data that is not playable on this recorder but
was recorded on a DVD with a PC will be
erased from the disc when the disc is
inserted.
The timer indicator is flashing.
The recorder does not operate properly.
The VPS/PDC function does not operate.
The clock does not appear in the front
panel display when the recorder is turned
off.
Contents previously recorded were
erased.
The clock has stopped.
, Press down [/1 on the recorder for more
than five seconds until the recorder turns
off. Then, press [/1 again to turn on the
recorder.
, When static electricity, etc., causes the
recorder to operate abnormally, turn off the
recorder and wait until the clock appears in
the front panel display. Then, unplug the
recorder and after leaving it off for a while,
plug it in again.
, The disc does not have enough space.
, Insert a recordable disc into the recorder.
, The inserted DVD is protected (page 44).
, “Front Panel Display” is set to “Off” in the
“Options” setup (page 149).
The disc tray does not open after you press
Z (open/close).
Remote control
, It may take a few seconds for the disc tray
to open after you have recorded or edited a
DVD. This is because the recorder is adding
disc data to the disc.
The remote does not function.
, Different command modes are set for the
recorder and remote. Set the same
command mode (page 149). The default
command mode setting for this recorder and
the supplied remote is DVD3. You can
check the current command mode in the
front panel display (page 149).
, The batteries are weak.
, The remote is too far from the recorder.
The disc tray does not open and
“TRAYLOCKED” appears in the front panel
display.
, Contact your Sony dealer or local
authorized Sony service facility.
“REPAIR” appears in the front panel
display.
, The recorder’s repair function is activated
to repair the hard disk drive or disc when the
recorder is turned on after a power failure
has occurred during recorder operation,
such as while recording, or when some
errors have occurred. Leave the recorder on
until “REPAIR” disappears from the front
panel display.
“E01” appears in the front panel display.
, There is a problem in the HDD. Contact
your nearest Sony dealer. Note that contents
on the HDD may be erased when servicing
this unit.
“E02” appears in the front panel display.
, A hard disk error has occurred and you
cannot make a new recording to the HDD.
Press and hold [/1 on the recorder for more
than five seconds to turn the recorder off,
then turn it on again. If “E02” still appears,
format the HDD following the instructions
of “Format HDD.” (page 128). Note that all
of the recorded contents on the HDD will be
erased. If this does not fix the problem,
contact your nearest Sony dealer.
“HDCP_ERR” appears in the front panel
display.
, The recorder is connected to an input device
that is not HDCP compliant. Connect the
equipment that is HDCP compliant
(page 19).
Disregard this error message if the output
picture is displayed correctly.
The Parental Lock does not work.
Any buttons do not function and “LOCKED”
appears in the front panel display.
155
, Check the “D.TV Age Limit” setting in the
“Parental Lock” setup (page 146).
Additional Information
, Check that the clock and date are set
correctly.
, Check that the VPS/PDC time you set is
correct (there might be a mistake in the TV
programme guide). If the broadcast you
wanted to record did not send the correct
VPS/PDC information, the recorder will not
start recording.
, If the reception is poor, the VPS/PDC signal
might be altered and the recorder might not
start recording.
, The VPS/PDC function may not work if the
GUIDE Plus+ host channel setup is not
complete.
, The VPS/PDC function does not work
when the GUIDE Plus+ data is being
downloaded.
Display
Additional Information
, When recording from connected
equipment, set “External Audio” to
“Bilingual” in the “Audio In” setup
(page 138).
, Multilingual tracks (main and sub) cannot
be recorded on the HDD (when Video
Mode On) DVD+RWs, DVD-RWs (Video
mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs (Video
mode). To record the language, set
“Bilingual Recording” in the “Audio In”
setup to “A/L” or “B/R” before recording
(page 138). To record both the main and sub
sounds on a disc, record on DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs (VR mode). To record on the
HDD, set “HDD Recording Format” to
“Video Mode Off” in the “Recording” setup
(page 144).
, If you have connected an audio component
to the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack
and want to change the audio track for the
HDD (when “HDD Recording Format” is
set to “Video Mode Off” in the “Recording”
setup (page 144))/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs
(VR mode) during playback, set “Dolby
Digital Output” in the “Audio Out” setup to
“Dolby Digital -> PCM” (page 138).
The subtitle language cannot be changed
or turned off.
Playback
, The recorder is locked. Cancel the Child
Lock (page 81, 108).
,continued
156
1-38
157
Mechanical sounds are heard when the
recorder is off.
, While the recorder is updating the EPG
information, operational noises (such as the
internal fan) may be heard, even when the
power is off. This is not a malfunction.
, While the recorder is adjusting the clock for
the Auto Clock Set function or updating the
EPG information, operational noises may
be heard, even when the power is off. This
is not a malfunction.
Notes about the discs
Resetting the Recorder
Notes About This
Recorder
You can reset the recorder to all its factory
settings.
1
2
• To keep the disc clean, handle the disc by its
edge. Do not touch the surface. Dust,
fingerprints, or scratches on the disc may
cause it to malfunction.
On operation
• If the recorder is brought directly from a
cold to a warm location, or is placed in a
very damp room, moisture may condense
on the lenses inside the recorder. Should
this occur, the recorder may not operate
properly. In this case, if the recorder is on,
leave it on (if it is off, leave it off) for about
an hour until the moisture evaporates.
• When you move the recorder, take out any
discs and do not apply shock or vibration to
the hard disk drive to avoid damaging the
disc or hard disk drive (page 3).
Make sure that the recorder is turned
on and remove the disc.
Hold down x (stop) on the recorder
and press [/1 on the recorder.
All settings are reset and the recorder
turns off.
• Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or
heat sources such as hot air ducts, or leave
it in a car parked in direct sunlight as the
temperature may rise considerably inside
the car.
• After playing, store the disc in its case.
• Clean the disc with a cleaning cloth. Wipe
the disc from the centre out.
On adjusting volume
Do not turn up the volume while listening to
a section with very low level inputs or no
audio signals. If you do, the speakers may be
damaged when a peak level section is played.
On cleaning
Clean the cabinet, panel, and controls with a
soft cloth slightly moistened with a mild
detergent solution. Do not use any type of
abrasive pad, scouring powder or solvent
such as alcohol or benzine.
On cleaning discs, disc/lens cleaners
Do not use cleaning discs or disc/lens
cleaners (including wet or spray types).
These may cause the recorder to
malfunction.
• Do not use solvents such as benzine,
thinner, commercially available cleaners, or
anti-static spray intended for vinyl LPs.
• Do not use the following discs.
– A disc that has a non-standard shape (e.g.,
card, heart).
– A disc with a label or sticker on it.
– A disc that has cellophane tape or sticker
adhesive on it.
On replacement of parts
In the event that this unit is repaired, repaired
parts may be collected for reuse or recycling
purposes.
Additional Information
158
159
Specifications
System
Laser: Semiconductor laser
Transmission standards (Digital
broadcasting): DVB-T
Channel coverage (Digital
broadcasting):
VHF: E5 to E12, F5 to F10, Italian D to
H2
UHF: E21 to E69, B21 to B68, F21 to
F69
Channel coverage (Analogue
broadcasting):
PAL (B/G, D/K, I)/SECAM (L)
VHF: E2 to E12, R1 to R12, F2 to F10,
Italian A to H, Ireland A to J, South
Africa 4 to 11, 13
UHF: E21 to E69, R21 to R69, B21 to
B69, F21 to F69
CATV: S01 to S05, S1 to S20, France
B to Q
HYPER: S21 to S41
The above channel coverage merely ensures
the channel reception within these ranges. It
does not guarantee the ability to receive
signals in all circumstances. For details, see
“Receivable channels” (page 135).
Operating temperature: 5ºC to 35ºC
Operating humidity: 25% to 80%
Supplied accessories:
Mains lead (1)
Aerial cable (1)
Remote commander (remote) (1)
Set top box controller (1)
R6 (size AA) batteries (2)
Specifications and design are subject to
change without notice.
Notes on MP3 Audio
Tracks, JPEG Image
Files, and DivX Video
Files
About MP3 audio tracks, JPEG
image files, and DivX video
files
MP3 is an audio compression technology that
satisfies certain ISO/MPEG regulations.
JPEG is an image compression technology.
You can play MP3 (MPEG1 Audio Layer 3)
format audio tracks and JPEG image files on
the HDD or DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/
CD-RWs) or JPEG image files on the HDD
or DATA DVDs (DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/
DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs).
DivX® is a video file compression
technology, developed by DivX, Inc. This
product is an official DivX® Certified
product. You can play DATA CDs (CDROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs) and DATA DVDs
(DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVDRWs/DVD-Rs) that contain DivX video files.
DATA DVDs must be recorded according to
ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2, Romeo, Joliet, or
UDF (Universal Disk Format) 1.02, 1.50,
2.00*, or 2.01 format for the recorder to
recognise the MP3 tracks, JPEG image files,
and DivX video files.
DATA CDs must be recorded according to
ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2, Romeo, or Joliet
format for the recorder to recognise the MP3
tracks, JPEG image files, and DivX video
files.
You can also play discs recorded in
MultiSession/Border.
See the instructions supplied with the disc
drives and the recording software (not
supplied) for details on the recording format.
General
Power requirements: 220-240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Power consumption: 49 W
Dimensions (approx.):
430 × 76.5 × 286 mm (width/height/
depth) incl. projecting parts
Hard disk drive capacity:
RDR-HXD770: 120 GB
RDR-HXD870: 160 GB
RDR-HXD970: 250 GB
RDR-HXD1070: 500 GB
Mass (approx.): 4.7 kg
* Not available for MP3 audio tracks.
Additional Information
Video reception: Frequency synthesizer
system
Audio reception: Split carrier system
Aerial out: 75-ohm asymmetrical aerial
socket
Timer: Clock: Quartz locked/Timer
indication: 24-hour cycle (digital)/
Power back-up duration: 1 hour
Video recording format: MPEG-2,
MPEG-1
Audio recording format/applicable
bit rate: Dolby Digital 2 ch
256 kbps/128 kbps (in EP, SLP, and
SEP mode), PCM
Inputs and outputs
LINE 2 OUT
(AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms
(VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p
(S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,
C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL)
LINE 2 IN
(AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/more than
22 kilohms
(VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p
(S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,
C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL)
LINE 3 – TV: 21-pin
CVBS OUT
S-Video/RGB OUT (upstream)
LINE 1/DECODER: 21-pin
CVBS IN/OUT
S-Video/RGB IN
Decoder
DV IN: 4-pin/i.LINK S100
DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/
0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
(Y, PB/CB, PR/CR):
Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,
PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p
G-LINK: mini jack
HDMI OUT: HDMI 19-pin-Standard
Connector
USB:
USB jack Type A (For connecting
digital still camera, Memory card
reader and USB memory)
USB jack Type B (For connecting
PictBridge-compatible printers)
Note on MultiSession/Border discs
If audio tracks and images in Music CD
format or Video CD format are recorded in
the first session/border, only the first session/
border will be played back.
,continued
160
1-39
161
MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image
files, or DivX video files that
the recorder can play
The recorder can play the following tracks
and files:
– MP3 audio tracks with the extension
“.mp3.”
– JPEG image files with the extension “.jpeg”
or “.jpg.”
– Baseline JPEG image files that conform to
the Exif 2.2* image files format, and
Y:CB:CR is 4:4:4, 4:2:2, or 4:2:0.
– DivX video files with the extension “.avi”
or “.divx.”
* “Exchangeable Image File Format”: The file
format used by digital still cameras.
z Hint
Since a disc with many trees takes longer to start
playback, it is recommended that you create albums
with no more than two trees.
b Notes
• The recorder does not conform to audio tracks in
mp3PRO format.
• The recorder cannot play a DivX video file of a
size larger than 720 (width) × 576 (height)/4 GB.
• The recorder may not play a DivX video file
when the file has been combined from two or
more DivX video files.
About i.LINK
The DV IN jack on this recorder is i.LINKcompliant for digital video cameras. This
section describes the i.LINK standard and its
features.
Notes on copying JPEG image files/MP3
audio tracks
What is i.LINK?
• You cannot copy JPEG image files/MP3 audio
tracks to the HDD if:
– The total number of JPEG image albums on the
HDD exceeds 999.
– The total number of JPEG image files/MP3
audio tracks under an album exceeds 999.
– The MP3 audio tracks are 1 GB or larger.
• Note that the size of JPEG image files copied to
the HDD may be automatically increased to fit the
TV screen.
• You cannot copy JPEG image files onto a DATA
DVD finalised on other recorders or devices.
• If a warning message indicating that the HDD is
full appears, erase several albums or files to make
space. For details on erasing tracks or files, see
page 117 or 125.
i.LINK is a digital serial interface for
handling digital video, digital audio and other
data in two directions between equipment
having the i.LINK jack, and for controlling
other equipment.
i.LINK-compatible equipment can be
connected by a single i.LINK cable. Possible
applications are operations and data
transactions with various digital AV
equipment. When two or more i.LINKcompatible equipment are connected to this
recorder in a daisy chain, operations and data
transactions are possible with not only the
equipment that this recorder is connected to
but also with other devices via the directly
connected equipment.
Note, however, that the method of operation
sometimes varies according to the
characteristics and specifications of the
equipment to be connected, and that
operations and data transactions are
sometimes not possible on some connected
equipment.
b Note
Normally, only one piece of equipment can be
connected to this recorder by the i.LINK cable (DV
connecting cable). When connecting this recorder
to i.LINK-compatible equipment having two or
more i.LINK jacks (DV jacks), see the instruction
manual of the equipment to be connected.
About the name “i.LINK”
i.LINK is a more familiar term for IEEE 1394
data transport bus proposed by SONY, and is
a trademark approved by many corporations.
IEEE 1394 is an international standard
standardized by the Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers.
The baud rate is listed under “Specifications”
in the instruction manual of each equipment.
It is also indicated near the i.LINK jack on
some equipment.
The maximum baud rate of equipment on
which it is not indicated such as this unit is
“S100.”
When units are connected to equipment
having a different maximum baud rate, the
baud rate sometimes differs from the
indicated baud rate.
* What is Mbps?
Mbps stands for megabits per second, or the
amount of data that can be sent or received in one
second. For example, a baud rate of 100 Mbps
means that 100 megabits of data can be sent in
one second.
i.LINK functions on this
recorder
For details on how to dub when this recorder
is connected to other video equipment having
DV jacks, see page 104.
The DV jack on this recorder can only input
DVC-SD signals. It cannot output signals.
The DV jack will not accept MICRO MV
signals from equipment such as a MICRO
MV digital video camera with an i.LINK
jack.
For further precautions, see the notes on
page 104.
For details on precautions when connecting
this recorder, also see the instruction manuals
for the equipment to be connected.
Required i.LINK cable
Additional Information
• The recorder will play any data with the extension
“.mp3,” “.jpeg,” “.jpg,” “.avi,” or “.divx” even if
they are not in MP3, JPEG, or DivX format.
Playing these data may generate a loud noise
which could damage your speaker system.
• Depending on the disc, normal playback may not
be possible. For example, the picture may be
unclear, playback may not appear smooth, the
sound may skip, and so on.
• Depending on the disc, playback may take some
time to start.
• Some files cannot be played.
• For MP3 audio tracks and DivX video files, the
recorder can play up to 99 albums each on a
DATA CD or DATA DVD. Up to 99 tracks and
files under an album can be played.
• For JPEG image files, the recorder can load up to
99 albums and/or up to 999 files under an album
on a DATA CD/DATA DVD or the connected
USB device at a time. To view unloaded albums,
reload them.
• Proceeding to the next or another album may take
some time.
• The image size that can be displayed is limited.
The following image sizes can be displayed:
width 160–5,120 pixels by height 120–3,840
pixels.
• This recorder supports MP3 audio tracks
recorded with a sampling frequency of 32 kHz,
44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.
• No more than a 1 GB MP3 audio track can be
played.
i.LINK baud rate
i.LINK’s maximum baud rate varies
according to the equipment. Three maximum
baud rates are defined:
S100 (approx. 100 Mbps*)
S200 (approx. 200 Mbps)
S400 (approx. 400 Mbps)
Use the Sony i.LINK 4-pin-to-4-pin cable.
i.LINK and
are trademarks.
162
163
wl PLAY MODE button (84, 89, 109,
111)
Guide to Parts and Controls
e; TV t (input select) button (24)
ea TV 2 (volume) +/– buttons (24)
For more information, see the pages in parentheses.
Remote
J TV/DVD button (24)
es TV PROG (programme) +/– buttons
(24)
The + button has a tactile dot*.
* Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating
the recorder.
Front panel
K SUBTITLE button (82)
L
(text) button (51)
M MENU button (80)
N Colour buttons (48, 65)
O SYSTEM MENU button (76, 85, 100,
106, 112, 118, 128)
TITLE LIST button (38, 80, 92)
TOP MENU button (80)
GUIDE button (48, 63)
A [/1 (on/standby) button (26)
P TIMER button (53, 60)
B
Q INFO (information) button (48, 63)
C Disc tray (36)
R </M/m/,/ENTER button (26)
D Front panel display (166)
S O RETURN button (26)
EXIT button (131)
E Z (open/close) button (36)
F N (play) button (80, 108, 124)
The N button has a tactile dot*.
T DISPLAY button (40)
U
/
(instant replay/instant
advance) buttons (82)
G x (stop) button (80, 108, 114, 124)
H z REC button (36)
V ./> (previous/next) buttons (82,
108, 115)
PAGE +/– buttons (48, 65)
A HDD button (36)
DVD button (36)
C Z (open/close) button (36)
D PROG (programme) +/– buttons (36)
The + button has a tactile dot*.
E Number buttons (42, 89)
The number 5 button has a tactile dot*.
F INPUT (input select) button (61, 79)
G AUDIO button (82, 108)
The AUDIO button has a tactile dot*.
H CLEAR button (42, 84, 109, 110)
I ANGLE button (80, 125)
I x REC STOP button (36)
J HDD button/indicator (36)
DVD button/indicator (36)
W mc / CM (search/slow/
freeze frame) buttons (82, 108, 115)
DAY +/– buttons (65)
K PROGRAM +/– buttons (36)
The + button has a tactile dot*.
L INPUT (input select) button (61, 79)
M LINE 2 IN (S VIDEO/VIDEO/
L(MONO) AUDIO R) jacks (32)
N ONE-TOUCH DUB button (106)
O
DV IN jack (104)
P
USB jack (type A) (112, 118)
Q PictBridge USB jack (type B) (126)
* Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating
the recorder.
X H (play) button (80, 108, 124)
X (pause) button (82, 108, 115, 124)
x (stop) button (80, 108, 114, 124)
Additional Information
B [/1 (on/standby) button (26)
(remote sensor) (24)
The H button has a tactile dot*.
Y TV PAUSE button (87)
Z z REC button (36)
x REC STOP button (36)
HDD/DVD DUB button (99)
REC MODE button (36)
wj ZOOM button (124)
wk TV [/1 (on/standby) button (24)
,continued
164
1-40
165
Front panel display
Language Code List
For details, see page 140.
The language spellings conform to the ISO 639: 1988 (E/F) standard.
Number Language
(code)
A Displays the following:
• Playing time
• Current title/chapter/track/index
number
• Recording time/recording mode
• Clock
• Programme position
• EPG indication (63)
“EPG” appears when receiving the
GUIDE Plus+ data.
• TV Direct Rec. indication (36):
“TV” appears in the right most two
digits.
B NTSC indicator (130, 137)
CVPS/PDC indicator (78)
Number Language
(code)
Number Language
(code)
D Timer indicator (73)
E Disc type
Lights when a recordable DVD-R or
DVD-RW disc is loaded.
F Command Mode indicator (149)
Displays the Command Mode of the
remote.
When the Command Mode for the
recorder is set to DVD3 (default), either
“1” or “2” does not appear.
G Recording status
H Dubbing direction indicator
I Playing status
Rear panel
F HDMI OUT (high-definition
multimedia interface out) jack (19, 22)
B LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L/VIDEO)
jacks (19, 22)
G DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack (22)
C LINE 1/DECODER jack (31)
I LINE 3 – TV jack (19)
D G-LINK jack (17)
E DIGITAL AERIAL IN/OUT jacks
(15)
Additional Information
A ANALOG AERIAL IN/OUT jacks
(15)
H AC IN terminal (23)
J LINE 2 OUT (S VIDEO) jack (19)
K COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
(Y, PB/CB, PR/CR) jacks (19)
166
167
Country/Area Code
For details, see page 145.
Number
Area (Code)
Number
Area (Code)
0118
0121
0120
0205
0218
0301
0312
0314
0411
0609
0618
0405
0811
0914
0904
0920
1016
1118
Argentina (ar)
Australia (au)
Austria (at)
Belgium (be)
Brazil (br)
Canada (ca)
Chile (cl)
China (cn)
Denmark (dk)
Finland (fi)
France (fr)
Germany (de)
Hong Kong (hk)
India (in)
Indonesia (id)
Italy (it)
Japan (jp)
Korea (kr)
1325
1324
1412
1426
1415
1611
1608
1620
1821
1907
0519
1905
0308
2023
2008
0702
2119
Malaysia (my)
Mexico (mx)
Netherlands (nl)
New Zealand (nz)
Norway (no)
Pakistan (pk)
Philippines (ph)
Portugal (pt)
Russia (ru)
Singapore (sg)
Spain (es)
Sweden (se)
Switzerland (ch)
Taiwan (tw)
Thailand (th)
United Kingdom (gb)
USA (us)
168
1-41
MEMO
1-42E
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
SECTION 2
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE: The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure.
Set
Upper case
(Page 2-2)
Tray cover assembly
(Page 2-2)
Hard disk
(Page 2-5)
Front panel section
(Page 2-3)
FR-274 board,
FL-178 board
(Page 2-3)
Power supply block
(Page 2-6)
DVD drive
(Page 2-4)
DC fan
(Page 2-4)
AV-114 board
(Page 2-5)
2-1
DT-120 board
(Page 2-6)
NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.
2-1. UPPER CASE
4 Upper case
2 Tapping screw
3 Three screws
(special front point screw)
1 Tapping screw
2-2. TRAY COVER ASSEMBLY
Hole
3 Two claws
1 The stiff wire
4 Tray cover assembly
2 Open the tray
2-2
2-3. FRONT PANEL SECTION
1 Three claws
2 Four claws
3 Front panel section
2-4 FR-274 BOARD, FL-178 BOARD
2 The wire pin that holds
the harness is set up.
3 Connector (10p) 4 Connector (6p)
(CN102)
(CN101)
(except GX350)
6 FL-178 board
5 Two screws
(+BV3)
1 Flexible flat cable
(FLR-012) (5core)
7 Three screws
(+BV3)
9 Flexible flat cable
(17core)(CN203)
8 Flexible flat cable
(11core)(CN202)
q; FR-274 board
2-3
2-5. DVD DRIVE
qh Four screws
(+BV3)
5 Connector (13p)
(CN201)
4 Connector (4p)
(CN203)
6 Harness (7p)
(CN5604)
qg Two screws
(+BV3)
ql
ws Two screws
(+PSW3 × 6)
wd Clamp (L35)
wf Connector (13p)
(CN4501)
qf Remove the harness.
wa Connector (6p)
(CN5101)
wg DVD drive
8 Screw (+P3)
9 Screw (+BV3)
w; Connector (10p)
(CN5201)
q; Screw (+P3 × 4)
3 Connector (6p)
(CN101)
qa Six screws (+BV3)
2 Connector (10p)
(CN102)
(except GX350)
qs Screw (+P3 × 4)
1 The wire pin that holds
the harness is set up.
qk Rear panel
7 Flexible flat cable (28core)
(CN4701)
qj Connector (2p)
(CN103)
2-6. DC FAN
1 Two screws
(+BV3)
2 DC fan
Air flow
2-4
qd Flexible flat cable (40core)
(CN2301)
2-7. HARD DISK
3 Screw (+BV3)
and wire clamp
2 Screw (+BV3)
1 Two screws (+BV3)
8 Hard disk
7 Two screws
6-32UNCX4(SG)
6 Two screws
6-32UNCX4(SG)
5 Harness (7pin)
(power)
4 Harness (4pin)
(data)
2-8. AV-114 BOARD
4 Flexible flat cable (FRA-006)
(40core)(CN101)
7 Two screws
(+BV3)
6 Two screws
(+BV3)
5 Earth plate
8 AV-114 board
3 Flexible flat cable (FAD-008)
(24core) (CN302)
1 Flexible flat cable
(11core) (CN106)
2-5
2 Flexible flat cable
(17core) (CN105)
2-9. DT-120 BOARD
3 Three screws (+BV3)
4 Three screws (+BV3)
5 Flexible flat cable (FVR-001)
(28core)(CN104)
6 DT-120 (AG) board (EXCEPT AEP2)
DT-120 (BG) board (AEP2)
2 Connector (12p)
(CN202)
1 Flexible flat cable (24core)
(CN106)
2-10.POWER SUPPLY BLOCK
2 Three screws (+BV3)
1 Connector (12p)
(CN202)
5 Power supply block
3 Two board holders
4 Spacer
2-6
2-11.CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
RD-65 board
Power supply block
DT-120 board
FL-178 board
AV-114 board
FR-274 board
2-7
MEMO
2-8E
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
SECTION 3
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM
CN201
AEP2 model
IC313
IN
OUT
IC311
IF
IC201
XCOFDM_RESET
CI
CONTROLLER
ED0-15
256Mbit
DDR SDRAM
27MHz
D0-15
X100
27MHz
27MHz
VCXO
3
EV+12V
RD-065 BOARD
TDXA
RDXA
SW+12V
SW+1.5V
SPDIFO_LL
SPDIF SEL
BUFFER
SWITCHING REGULATOR (SRV-2057EK)
STREAM_0-7
TXD0_LL
RXD0_LL
3
SDA
SCL
ADATA
ABCK
ALRCK
XCOFDM_RESET
AEP1,AEP3,
UK,AUS model
XRESET
IC110
27MHz
IC4703
IC322
BUFFER
SI, SCLK
W2EN+,W2EN-,
W3EN+,W3EN-,
W1EN+,W1EN-,
OSCEN+,OSCEN-
X1001
24.576MHz
B, G
R,G,B
AV-114 BOARD
IC1002
SDRAM
A0-10
R
R,G,B
C
R,G,B
V/Y,C
L,R
L,R
JA501(2/2)
LINE 3/DECODER
7
Y
IC403
N-LINK
IC401
22
IC406
TU_L
TU_R
AVLTH SW
SDA
SCL
20
IC1001
SDA_VDEC
SCL_VDEC
FAN-
XRESET
PY,PB,PR
YP,CR,,CB
Y,C
TDRV
T+,T-
TRACKING
COIL
FDRV
F+,F-
FOCUS
COIL
U,V,W
M
R,G,B
IC402
BUFFER
Y,C
V
L,R
4
FAN
Y,C
1
4
IC3101
L,R
L,R
L,R
L,R
L,R
L,R
MDRV
XDMUTE1
XDMUTE2
AIBD0
AUDIO ADC
IC501
AOD0
IC3201
FG
5
AUDIO DAC
IC104
XRST1
IC3203
DDC SW
FUNCTION
SW
PHOTO
DETECTOR
A, B, C, D, S1, S2, S3, S4
BUFFER
V
V/Y,C
L,R
L,R
FUNCTION
N-LINK
RF+,RF-
AV ENC/DEC
IC4702
YP,CR,,CB
R,G,B
V/Y,C
JA501(1/2)
LINE 1-TV
LASER
FRONT
MONITOR
FMO+, FMO-
VIOD0-VIOD7
VCLK
SDA_VDEC
SCL_VDEC
FAN
DRIVE
SELECTOR
VIDEO AUDIO
SELECTER
VCLK
VIDEO
DECODER
XRESET
Y,C
TU_V
STREAM_0-7
XRESET
FUNCTION
5
BUFFER
STREAM_0-7
IC1001
B,G
R/C
Y
Y
LD
DRIVER
IC4701
R/C
41
DVD
OPTICAL
PICK-UP
BLOCK
EEPROM
AIOBD
AIOBCK
AIOLRCK
SPDIF
D0-15
IC200
SO, SI, SCLK
VCLK
10
AUDIO LPF
SL1,SL2
SDA
SCL
SDA
SCL
HU+,HUHV+,HVHW+,HW-
TRACKING COIL DRIVE
FOCUS COIL DRIVE
SPINDLE MOTOR DRIVE
SLED MOTOR DRIVE
LOADING MOTOR DRIVE
SPINDLE
MOTOR
H
ST1+,ST1-,
ST2+,ST2-
X101
16.9344MHz
LDO+,LDO-
LD
2
M
SLED
MOTOR
M
LOADING
MOTOR
P-CONT
FANCTL
N-LINK
AEP,UK only
X1001
24.576MHz
IC3702
MRST
JA751
X101
15MHz
AERIAL
IN
UHF/VHF
TUNER
IC101 VDD
IC601
SIF
OUT
6
C
S VIDEO
V
VIDEO
IC3707
IC101 VDD DET
2
V+1R5_IN
IC3701
RESET
L
IC102
V+5V
13
AUDIO R
X102
32.768KHz
AGC, MSPSTAT
PY
KEY1-3
PB
COMPONENT
VIDEO
OUT
EV+5.8V
DADRS0-12
IC5204
5V REG
IC201
PR
CR
5V SW
FL-178 BOARD
S VIDEO
C
LINE2 IN
V
S201,203,204,
S207-213
FUNCTION
SWITCH
KEY1,2
AUDIO R
IR
S101
POWER
S102
ONE TOUCH DUB
R
CN104
D212,214
HDD,DVD
IC201
SEG1-16
GRD1-12
FL DRIVE
FLDATA
FLCLK
FLSTB
USB
ATYPE
CN105
ND201
FLUORESCENT
DISPLAY
F1,F2
FR-274 BOARD
USB
BTYPE
VEE
Q201,202
T201
DC/AC
CONVERTER
Abbreviation
AUS:Australian model.
V+12V
CN103
DV
IN
USBDM2
USBDP2
13
XRESET
IC1201
IC1221
X5602
25MHz
512Mbit x2
DDR SDRAM
IC5602
HDATA0-15
IC1102
HADRS1-22
64Mbit
FLASH ROM
XRESET
13
CN3802
PHY D0-7
AT1DAT10-15
IC101
AT1DAT10-15
IDE HDD
7
13
TXD,RXD
13
X5201
48MHz
XTAL OSC
XRESET
IC5801
IC5802
15
USBDM1
USBDP1
SDA
SCL
IC5203
CEC, HPD
TPAP,TPAN
TPBP,TPBN
Note1: The HDMI block is highly confidential, and prohibited from releasing to public.
Note2: The components identified by mark 9 contain confidential information.
Strictly follow the instructions whenever the components are repaired and/or replaced.
3-1
HDD
UNIT
2
3
V+5USB
USBVFB
TXP,TXN
RXP,RXN
SATA
BRIDGE
AT1DAT10-15
MA0-11
DV PHY
REMOTE
COMMANDER
RECEIVER
L
17
MD0-15
8
X5101
24.576MHz
IC5103
KEY1-3
VIDEO
AUDIO L
(MONO)
64Mbit
SDRAM
IC5202
JA402
J201
DDATA0-31
X1002
27MHz
Y
CB
CN3801
AT0DAT10-15
IDE I/F
AUDIO L
R
POWER FAIL
DET
AGC
Y
AT0DAT10-15
LINE2 OUT
EURO MSP
MSPSTAT
4
JA401
Y
TU_L
TU_R
X601
18.432MHz
CLOSE
IC101
IT
CONTROLLER
IC103
SDA
SCL
OPEN
XRESET
CEC, HPD
TU_V
U601
OPEN
CLOSE
XRST1
G LINK
AC IN
FU101
SW+3.3V
SPDIF
IC5701
IC321
STREAM_0-7
SWITCHING
REGULATOR
SW+5V
DIGITAL
OUT
EMMA
D101-104
RECT
EV+5.8V
JA5701
13
IC106
EA1-22
CI_TPS_0-7
3
IC104
ED0-15
EA16-22
TS1_0-7
AGC
32Mbit
FLASH ROM
A0-12
BUFFER
ED0-15
MA0-14
IC202
LATCH
SDA
SCL
OFDM
DEMODULATOR
IF
IC203,204
IC101
IC205
EA2-22
SDA
SCL
P-CONT
12
ED8-15
SDA
SCL
DTT
TUNER
AERIAL
X300
20MHz
3
EA1-15
U301
MDO0-7
MDI0-7
DT-120 BOARD
3
MD0-7
CI SLOT
3-2
JA5801
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
3-2. AV-114 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Q509
AV-114 BOARD
BUFFER
BTOMAIN
B_IN
6
B_IN
Q510
BUFFER
U601
UHF/VHF
TUNER
AERIAL
IN
BUFFER
4
G_IN
Q408
RTOMAIN
TU_VIN
BUFFER
D420
2
C/R_IN
RCSEL1
Y_IN
8
VIDEO/AUDIO SELECTOR
IC601 (5/5)
(SEE PAGE 3-5)
C/R_IN
BUFFER
Q411
IC401 (3/5)
Q601
VIDEO OUT
TO
DT-120 BOARD
(CN103(1/2))
G_IN
GTOMAIN
Q511
CN302
Q410
EURO MSP
SIF OUT
AMP
AERIAL
OUT
X601
18.432MHz
DVD C OUT
Q604
Q606
2 AIN1+
DACML
27
BUFFER
6 XOUT
BUFFER
Q413
TU_LIN
RCSEL2
18 BS IN
Q605
5 XIN
22 RESETQ
59
DACMR
26
SDA
13
SCL
12
DC01
BUFFER
JA401
87 A TUNER IN(L)
TU_RIN
86 A TUNER IN(R)
Y2 OUT
36
C2 OUT
34
V2 OUT
32
S VIDEO
MSPSTAT
8
VIDEO
IC101 (1/5)
XRST1
Q602
AGC OUT
LINE2 OUT
AGC
BUFFER
IT CONTROLLER
AUDIO L
Q406
AEP,UK
SDA
Q751,752
SCL
Y2 IN
4
2C
C2 IN
1
Q404
AMUTE1
7 SEP Y2 IN
XAMUTE2
9 SEP C2 IN
TO/FROM
FR-274 BOARD
(CN202)
2V
2
6
SDET2
PY(Y) OUT
2VIN
14 VIDEO L2 IN
Q407
40
Pb(Cb) OUT 38
CB
Pr(Cr) OUT 39
L2_LIN
2R
IC102 (1/5)
2 IN
41
JA501 (2/2)
LINE3-DECODER
22
V/Y IN
AV2_V/Y_IN
36
R/C IN
R/CIN
32
G IN
GIN
28
B IN/C OUT
BIN
40
V/Y OUT
AV2_V/YOUT
37
BLANKING_IN
31
N-LINK
BLANK
29
FUNCTION SW IN
FUNC_IN
27
L IN
AV2_L_IN
23
R IN
AV2_R_IN
12 VIDEO L3 IN
49 RorC IN
48 G IN
50 B IN
L OUT
AV2_L_OUT
22
R OUT
AV2_R_OUT
8
Y_OUT
F DVD C
57
10
C_OUT
DVD VorY OUT
61
12
Y_IN
4
2
71 A AV2/OUT(R)
F A DVD (R)
76
TO DVD (L)
80
16
14
SELECTOR
3
2
+
_
TO DVD (R)
AV1_V/Y_OUT
15 R/C_OUT
R/COUT
11 G_OUT
GOUT
7
BOUT
B_OUT
RGBOUT
10 N-LINK
B_IN
SDET2
G_IN
XAMUTE2
C/R_IN
RCSEL1
20
L_OUT
22
R_OUT
26
L_IN
RCSEL2
TO/FROM
RD-065 BOARD
(CN2301(1/2))
P_SAVE
CSYNCIN
(SEE PAGE 3-7)
FUNCTION_SW_OUT
6
L_IN
AV1_L_IN
2
R_IN
AV1_R_IN
3
L_OUT
AV1_L_OUT
1
R_OUT
AV1_R_OUT
6
+
_
BLANK
SQU
7
P_SAVE
V C&S C3 IN
1
SW
SYNC
BUFFER
AVLIN
MSPSTAT
IC402 (3/5)
Q403
TEXTVIN
1
SAMUTE
IC104 (1/5)
93 A L1 IN(R)
73 A AV1/OUT(R)
SCL
43
9
10
SW
AVLOUT
87
12
51
RCSEL2
FLSTB
50
35
46
P_SAVE
LED_HDD2
97
67
CSYNCIN
LED_A_TV
96
72
BLANK
LED_D_TV
95
41
FUNC_ON
LED_DIVX
94
42
SQUEEZE
LED_PLTV
93
22
FUNC
KEY1
17
26
AVLOUT
KEY2
18
48
AVLTH
KEY3
19
70
AVLIN
IR
7
71
MSPSTAT
20
AGC
SDA
28
SCL
69
CEC0
38
DDC_SW2
FUNCTION
SW
ANT5V_SW
DET_ANT
FLCLK
TO
DT-120 BOARD
(CN103(2/2))
(SEE PAGE 3-5)
1
6
7
FLSTB
LED_HDD2
LED_A_TV
LED_D_TV
LED_DIVX
LED_PLTV
KEY1
8
10
11
13
TO/FROM
FR-274 BOARD
(CN203)
14
(SEE PAGE 3-9)
12
15
KEY2
16
KEY3
17
IR
2
57
28
MRST
65
29
XRST
29
30
99
31
HSM_TO_T
6
32
DAT_TO_M
98
33
ASCK 100
34
HST_TO_M
79
35
DDC_SW1
37
39
HOTPLUG
73
40
36
38
37
23
P_CONT2
MRST
XRST1
DAM_TO_T
HSM_TO_T
DAT_TO_M
ASCK
HST_TO_M
DDC_SW1
HPD
DSDA
DSCL
CEC
AMUTE1
X525P
47 XSCMUTE
SAMUTE
1
AVLIN
SAMUTE
CONTROL
AMUTE1
58 MUTECTL
Q101
FUNC_ON
RESET
SQU
AMUTE1
XRST1
Abbreviation
AUS:Australian model.
3-3
FLDATA
P_CONT2
TXD1
TXD1
75
RXD1
76
V+5R8E
Q501,502
DT_TUON
CN101 (2/2)
DAM_TO_T
27
FLPON
1
7
6
SW
DET_ANT
Q103-105
5
Q503,504
11
FLCLK
14
11
Q505
10
RCSEL1
34
DDC SW
13
SAMUTE
TU_DCCON
86
49
59 EPGEQ
12
Q508
SWVION5V
ANT5V_SW
63
XAMUTE2
81 CVBSIN
EQ
94 A L1 IN(L)
74 A AV1/OUT(L)
P_CONT
85
FLON
SDET2
33
Q110-112
BUFFER
42
SWVION9V
DTBON
FLDATA
24
41
SDA
TUON
CN302(2/2)
CSYNCIN
54 RGB M OUT
FANCTL
(SEE
"POWER BLOCK
DIAGRAM")
ACDET
BUFFER
44 Pb(Cb)/B OUT
Q402
AVLTH
R_IN
Q102
AGC
Q401
45 Pr(Cr)/RorC OUT
46 PY(Y)G OUT
24
CN101 (1/2)
30 Y1 OUT
Q108
FUNC_ON
1
16 VIDEO L1 IN
BUFFER
8
5
79
5
9 TX1
AVLOUT
AV1_V/Y_IN
1
10 TX2
IC403 (3/5)
77
TU_DCCON 74
RFTHRU
CN105
18
1
F A DVD (L)
G LINK
AUS only
6
72 A AV2/OUT(L)
SW
13 CF2
OUT
X102
32.768kHz
FUNC_IN
19 V/Y_OUT
Q506
55
AVLTH
16 BLANKING_OUT
LINE1-TV
CB_OUT
F DVD Y
89 A L3 IN(R)
1
JA501 (1/2)
CR_OUT
6
90 A L3 IN(L)
AVLTH SW
20 V/Y_IN
20
YP_OUT
4
53
60 PAL SCART IN
IC406 (4/5)
4
2
52
RCSEL2
24
2
51
F DVD PB (B)
22 AV2 OUT
BLANK
Q507
F DVD PY (G)
F DVD PR (R)
SWVION5V 64
12 CF1
POWER FAIL DET
V+5V
JA402
41
FANCTL 54
P_CONT 62
X101
15MHz
91 A L2 IN(R)
CN106
RFTHRU 52
SWVION9V 61
COMPONENT
VIDEO
OUT
CR
L2_RIN
10
43 CAPACITOR
1
TUON 60
92 A L2 IN(L)
8
OUT
Y
(SEE PAGE 3-9)
2L
45
IC101 VDD DET
IC101 VDD
MUTE
2 IN
SDET2
BLAIR
IC103 (1/5)
AUDIO R
2Y
JA751
3-4
8 RESET
RXD1
RESET
DBGP0
DBGP0
92
DBGP1
91
DBGP2
90
DBGP1
DBGP2
3
4
6
7
8
9
CN103
FOR CHECK
TO/FROM
RD-065 BOARD
(CN2301(2/2))
(SEE PAGE 3-7)
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
3-3. DT-120 BLOCK DIAGRAM
DT-120 BOARD
AEP1,AEP3,UK,AUS model
SDA
30
SCL
31
I2C_SDA_DTBR
I2C_SCL_DTBR
117
SDA0
118
SCL0
105
PPORT20
XCOFDM_RESET
IC201
T300
BALUN
6
4
SAW
FILTER
1
2
IC311
7
39
IC313
38
OFDM
DEMODULATOR
AGC
3
IF OUT
2
5
3
2
(3/5)
6
(3/5)
4
BT(+32V)
V+32V
25
|
32
17
21
18
63
Q305
40
|
47
TS1_0-7
TS1_8
TS1_10
TS1_9
1 XTB
IC104
CO
5
8 XT
27MHz
VCXO
VC
3
MICLK
MISTRT
MIVAL
3
MDO0
|
MDO7
53
|
60
B1(+5V)
MOCLK
MOSTRT
MOVAL
63
62
61
CLK
SDA
SCL
SCL
33
16
34
15
CI_TPS_8
CI_TPS_10
CI_TPS_9
3
3
35
AEP2 model
MCLKI
MISTRT
MIVAL
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
12
11
4
MCLKO
MOSTRT
MOVAL
57
63
62
AN5V_SW
Q308
CE1#
OE#
WE#
CE2#
IORD#
IOWR#
RESET
REG#
CD2#
Q306,307,309,310
PROTECT
DET
CN201
CI SLOT
7
9
15
42
44
45
58
61
67
IREQ#
CD1#
WAIT#
16
36
59
MDC1
MDC3
MDC6
MDC2
MDC4
MDC5
MDC8
MDC10
MDC11
82
88
97
87
89
90
120
123
7
9
CS
MAIT/ACK
A22
RESET
MDO8
MDO9
MDO10
118
127
125
3
DET_ANT
CN103 (2/2)
1,3, MDOA0
5,74,
|
76,78, MDOA7
80,84
MDO0-7
FLAG 3
(1/5)
INT
14
17
16
8
2
|
9
8
VCLK
1
2
DADD0
|
DADD12
193,192
171,170
199
198
197
196
170
200,169
201,167
DBA0,DBA1
DCLK,DCLKB
DWEB
DCASB
DRASB
DCSB
DCKE
DQM0,DQM1
DQS0,DQS1
12
VCLK
21
|
14
12
Q312
32Mbit
FLASH ROM
CE#
OE#
WE#
(2/5)
19-25
29,31,33,35,
38,40,42,44,
30,32,34,36,
39,41,43,45
A0-20
25-19,
8-1,48,
17,16,
9,10
A15-21
18
|
11
72
70
ALRCK
73
RXD1B
145
TXD1B
146
ADATA
ABCK
ALRCK
TDXA
TDXA
RDXA
RDXA
SDA_VDEC
SCL_VDEC
13
ATX
71
RSTSWB
143
SPDIF
SPDIF
XRESET
XRESET
65
74
61
108
GCCB0
GRDYB
RADD22
PPORT23
100
PPORT15
ROCK
26
28
11
EC7
EC8
EC6
EC7
EC8
EC6
3
3
64
62
63
MA0-14
72
SCL
71
RSTB
74
2,5,6, Q0
9,12,15, |
16,19 Q7
LATCH
SDRDQ0
|
SDRDQ15
ED0-15
16-26,
29-33
RDATA00
|
RDATA015
D0 3,4,7,
| 8,13,14,
D7 17,18
EA1-22
34-41,
45-52,
55-61
RADD0
|
RADD21
IC208 (2/5)
6
7
1
2
Q203
17
SDRA0-10
4
29
28
22
20
25
21
2,3,5,6,8,9,
11,12,39,40, DQ0
|
42,43,45,46,
DQ15
48,49
21-24,
27-32,
19
Q201
LPF
XO
54
XI
55
G_IN
LPF
CI_VS1
113
PPORT26
104
PPORT19
158
ASCI
164
ABI
160
AGI
172
ARI
148
AVI
Q1002,1006
LPF
7
X1001
24.576MHz
Q1001,1005
LPF
20
15
16
17
18
35
34
Q202
XCI_VCC_5V
VS1#
Y_IN
SDRDQ0-15
CI+5V
VCC
C/R_IN
19,18,
15-12,
10-6,4
SDRABP
SDRWE
SDRCAS
SDRRAS
SDRCS
SDRCLK
SDRCKE
Q1003,1007
23
XRESET
A0
|
A9
BA
IC1002
SDRAM
EA1-15
Q1004,1008
21
51,49,46,42,
40,36,34,30,
31,35,37,41,
43,47,50,52
SDRA0
|
SDRA10
3
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
SCL_VDEC
VIDEO
DECODER
5V SW
19
SDA_VDEC
SDA
(5/5)
ED8-15
LE 11
B_IN
101
IC1001
FCSB0
FOEB
FWEB
1
IC203,204 (2/5)
43
STREAM0-7
VCLK
OE 1
A0-14
17,51
97-94,
91,90,
87,86
ROY2
|
ROY9
RESET
DQ0-15
8
ADO
ABCK
2
69
DIR
29-22,
12,11,
8,10,
21,13,
14
190-187,
183-178,
191,174,
173
EC8
EC6
IC205
OE 19
MD0-7
DADRS0-12
4
67
BUFFER
CN103 (1/2)
3-5
VDO0-7
(1/5)
IC322
VCLK
129
STREAM0-7
INT_CI
66
IC202 (2/5)
D0-7
DQ0
|
DQ15
4
XRESET
MDC7
MDC0
MDC9
101
72
122
DQ0-15
212-208,
204-202,
166,165,
159-154
26, 27
45, 46
21
22
23
24
44
20, 47
16, 51
INT_CI
68
3
30-32,
2-6
18
15
26
34
RD/DIR
WR/STR
Abbreviation
AUS:Australian model.
FROM
AV-114 BOARD
(CN302 (1/2))
CN102
11
|
8 18
4
EC9
EC10
LLA22
CI_RESET
EA2-22
64-66,
37-41
1
9
|
2
STREAM0-7
AT/XDT
BA0, BA1
CK, /CK
/WE
/CAS
/RAS
/CS
CKE
LDM, UDM
LDQS, UDQS
MDI8
MDI10
MDI9
110
92
105
3
(3/5)
5
13
29-32,
35-40,
28,41,42
ED0-15
20
46
19
IC309
119-124,
127,128
PPORT0
PPORT3
PPORT1
PPORT40
256Mbit
DDR SDRAM
94,96,
MDIA0
99,103,
|
107,112,
MDIA7
114,116
MDI0-7
5
5V SW
TO/FROM
AV-114 BOARD
(CN302 (2/2))
A0
|
A12
EA16-22
47-50,
53-56
3
DT_TUON
DQ0
|
DQ15
2,4,5,7,8,10,
11,13,54,56,
57,59,60,62,
63,65
IC101
5V REG
VIN VOUT
CONT
PPORT30
|
PPORT35,
PPORT38,
PPORT39
I2C_SCL_DTBR
IC312
1
1
4
2
PPORT4
|
PPORT11
OE 19
2
4
I2C_SDA_DTBR
(1/5)
IC321
CI_27MHZ
ADRS
V+5.8E
PWMOUT
5-10,
14,15
B2(+5V)
(3/5)
CLK27IN
141
IC110 (1/5)
VA+5V
SDA
137
BUFFER
CI_TPS_0-7
54
AERIAL
OUT
27MHZ
(1/5)
MDI0
|
MDI7
50
49
48
EMMA
(1/5)
57
F319
4
IF OUT
(2/5)
XCOFDM_RESET
56
DTT
TUNER
AERIAL
IN
CI
CONTROLLER
X300
20MHz
U301
X100
27MHz
IC106
3-6
A10/AP
XWE
XCAS
XRAS
XCS
CLK
CKE
(5/5)
24
TO/FROM
RD-065 BOARD
(CN4701)
25
(SEE PAGE 3-7)
23
6
7
3
4
1
27
9
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
3-4. RD-065 BLOCK DIAGRAM
RD-065 BOARD
DVD
OPTICAL
PICK-UP
BLOCK
IC1001 (2/7,4/7 to 7/7 )
AV ENC/DEC
IC4701 (2/7)
CN4701
8
|
15
9
|
2
STREAM0-7
8
AH2, AH1
HFONP,HFONM
AH5, AJ5
AB20
VIOCLK
IC4703 (2/7)
AE11
P2LD
AF11
WLD
AE9
4
6
(SEE PAGE 3-6)
ADATA
ABCKI
ALRCKI
6
AB22
AIOBD
PA3
AG6
9
8
AA20
AIOBCK
PB3
AG1
2
3
AE20
AIOLRCK
PB5
AF6
22
26
25
28
2
20
TXI
RXI
SDA_VDEC
23
39
XRESET
35
LPF
C/R_IN
Q3303,3304
LPF
Q3305,3306
G_IN
LPF
B_IN
31
15
TO/FROM
AV-114 BOARD
(CN101(1/2))
17
YP_OUT
CR_OUT
BUFFER
Q2504
CB_OUT
Y_OUT
BUFFER
BUFFER
BUFFER
LCHIN
RCHIN
2
AINL
1
AINR
IC3101
AUDIO ADC
(3/7)
APCV
+
_
1
2
VOUTL
7
+
_
7
6
VOUTR
8
5
AMUTE1
9
LRCK
10
MCLK
11
SCLK
12
PON
13
9
8
7
6
40
TO/FROM
AV-114 BOARD
(CN101(2/2))
5
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
3
2
1
4
13
GPIO6
SDA1
D17
SCL1
E24
AYI
G24
ACI
D23
ABI
F23
ARI
B23
VAG
2
BCKIN
1
LRCKIN
3
MCLK
16
MD
13
11 ZEROR
MC
14
ML
15
A22
VAR
A24
VAB
AIBD0
AILRCK0
ADCCLKO
AIBCK0
ADPOW
SMDOUT
HSM_TO_T
HSMTOT
DAT_TO_M
1
7
3
5
DDC_SW1
HDP
TU_HPD
CEC
TU_CEC
PB1
AE7
RFP3
AJ23
PA2
AH7
SW2
TEMP
LCDS
AOLRCK
DACCLKO
SMDOUT
IC3701
(3/7)
AF10
XRESET
D101
PA1
AJ6
V+5L
V+3A
TDRV
FDRV
4 ACTIN1
AH20
5 ACTIN2
AH21
TRACKING
COIL DRIVE
FOCUS
COIL DRIVE
11
X1002
27MHz
Q5701
JA5701
DIGITAL
OUT
BUFFER
1
IC5701
5
SPDIF SELECT
(3/7)
13
F+
F-
REF16
42 VC
AF9
AJ22
RFP1
AG21
RFP2
AH22
FG
AG20
V+5M
34 CTL1
XDMUTE2
SPINDLE
MOTOR
DRIVE
35 CTL2
43 FG
AOD0
C19
AOBCK
AOLRCK
E21
AIOMCK1
L4
SMDOUT
11
HU- 21
10
HV+ 22
9
K5
SMCKOUT
L3
GPIO62
SDRV2
AJ21
AJ20
SL1
SLED
MOTOR
DRIVE
29 SL1IN
GPIO54
GPIO04
L5
SMDIN
N19
GPIO03
AB19
GPIO41
SL2
30 SL2IN
XA2
CLK24IN
L24
CLK24OUT
L21
RSTSWB
L1
CLK27AIN
K2
CLK27AOUT
SPDIFO
D19
ATX
V19
GPIO36
LDQM
UDQM
MBA
WEZ
CASZ
RASZ
MCLK
MCKE
SPINDLE
MOTOR
U
V
M
W
VCC
HUHV+
H
HV-
CN201
FOR CHECK
1
3
4
5
HV- 23
7
6
HW-
9
HB 19
5
HB
7
SLO2+ 38
V+3D
10
HU+
HW- 25
HW+
8
2
AJ19
PA7
AH6
PA6
AJ7
LD
LOADING
MOTOR
DRIVE
46 LDIN
LDO+
2
LDO-
1
15
39
20
16
17
18
38
37
LDQM
UDQM
BA0
/WE
/CAS
/RAS
CLK
CKE
PW
D5(AG)
D1(SL)
D0(MA)
ST2+
ST2-
CLOSE
OPEN
AD8
SFSI
AD10
SFSCK
AD9
SFCS0B
SI
SCLK
CSOZ
AD11
TXD1B
AG23
RXD1B
AG22
5
SI
2
SO
6
SCK
1
CE
TX_FE
M
4
4
5
8
(4/7)
DQ0
|
DQ15
2,4,5,7,8,10,
11,13,42,44,
45,47,48,50,
51,53
MD0-15
A0
|
A11
23-26,
29-34,
22,35
HCS0
HDOE
HWS0
RED
BLACK
M
LPS1
CLOSE
LPS2
OPEN
XRESET
FSCO
K23
FSCI
J24
HLCO
K20
HLCI
H21
3
9
13
FSC BPF
IC3701
(3/7)
D3712
1
2
5
7
MD0
|
MD15
35,
33,
36
CS0#
CS1#
DMRQ
DIOW#
DIOR#
RESET#
6
M4,R1,R4,R2,
N5,R3,P4,T1,
T2,P5,T3,R5,
U1,N4,U2,W1
AT1DA0
|
AT1DA2
U3
W2
T5
AT1CS0B
AT1CS1B
AT1DMARQ
AT1DIOWB
AT1DIORB
AT1RESETB
T4
V3
V5
U5
V1
V4
U4
V2
M5
TXD2B
AJ24
RXD2B
AH23
USB_DN0
M1
USB_DP0
M2
USB_D_CONEECT
P3
USB_D_DN0
P1
USB_D_DP0
P2
USB_D_VBUS
N3
USB_CLKI
N1
USB_H_PPON0
N2
USB_H_OCI0
M3
26
28
11
CE
OE
WE
DQ0
|
DQ15
29,31,33,35,
38,40,42,44,
30,32,34,36,
39,41,43,45
12
RESET
A0
|
A21
25-18,
8-1,48,17,
16,9,10,13
IDE HDD
IORDY
DMACK#
INTRQ
12
CN1402
FOR CHECK
6
CN1401
FOR CHECK
10
8
14
2
Q1801
4
HCL BPF
1
AT1DATA0-15
AT1ADR0-2
3 AT1CS0
AT1CS1
AT1DMARQ
AT1DIOW
AT1DIOR
AT1RESET
6
AT1IORDY
AT1DMACK
AT1INTRQ
3
27
29
31
6
3
3
TXD2_BRIDGE
RXD2_BRIDGE
JTDI
TCK
JTCL
TDO
JTDO
TMS
JTMS
TRST
DINT
RST
HADRS1-22
V+3D
DA0
|
DA2
39
TXP 32
2
TXN 31
3
RXN 28
5
RXP 27
6
IC5602
48
47
60
59
58
16
CS0n
CS1n
DMARQ
DIOWn
DIORn
RESETn
CN5604
55
54
53
IORDY
DMACKn
INTRQ
43
UAI
45
UAO
X5502
25MHz
(5/7)
XTALI 22
XTALO 23
PORn 17
XRESET
L5201
USB_DP0
USB_D_CONEECT
IC5203 (6/7)
USB_D_DN0
USB_D_DP0
USB_D_VBUS
1
4
2
X5201
USB_CLKI
48MHz
XTAL OSC
USBDM2
10
USBDP2
8
USBDM1
3
USBDP1
TO/FROM
FL-178 BOARD
(CN102)
1
(SEE PAGE 3-9)
USBVFB
5
V+5USB
6
L5202
IC5202 (6/7)
CN5201
5V SW
USB_H_PPON0
EV+5.8V
USB_H_OCI0
4
5V
REG
5
5
4
1
AF7
PB7
AG5
PB6
FCSB0
FOEB
FWEB
PHY_D0
|
PHY_D7
E13,D13,E12,
D12,E11,D11,
E10,D10
W21,Y21,AA21,U23,
RDATA00
V22,T24,U24,N23,R23,
|
M22,T22,T21,P21,N22, RDATA015
N20,R21
Y20,Y24,AA22,W23,
RADD01
V23,Y23,V21,AA23,
|
Y22,P22,U22,P23,U21,
U20,AB24,R24,M21, RADD22
N21,T23,R22,W20,P24
8,9,11, D0
12,14,15, |
17,18 D7
PHY_D0-7
E14
CTL1
D14
SCLK
D15
LREQ
E15
LPS
D16
LINKON
E16
GPIO52
F20
5
PHYCTL1
PHYSCLK
PHYLREQ
PHYLPS
PHYLINKON
PHY_XRST
TPAP
TPA0p 39
TPAN
TPA0n 38
PHYCTL0
CTL0
6
CTL1
IC5103
2
SCLK
DV PHY
63
LREQ
59
LPS
58
LKON
55
RESETB
TPBP
TPB0p 37
TPBN
TPB0n 36
X0
22
X1
23
(6/7)
L5002
IC5801
EDINT
F21
JTDI
J19
JTCL
G19
JTDO
G20
JTMS
H20
JTRST
H19
EDINT
AJ2
OFPULSE
JA5801
L5004
Q5809
Q102
SW
L5003
(6/7)
SW
Q5802,5804
V+5VHD
Q5810
AJ14 FCEFM1
LEVEL
SHIFT
+5V
IC5802 (6/7)
Q5801,5805
DET
V+3HD
DDC_SW1
V+1R5_IN
TU_HPD
(3/7)
Q5808
TU_CEC
Note1: The HDMI block is highly confidential, and prohibited from releasing to public.
Note2: The components identified by mark 9 contain confidential information.
Strictly follow the instructions whenever the components are repaired and/or replaced.
Abbreviation
AUS:Australian model.
3-7
(SEE PAGE 3-9)
6
L5001
TU_DSCL
2
5
XRESET
TU_DSDA
RESET
TO/FROM
FL-178 BOARD
(CN101)
2
X5101
24.576MHz
SPDIFSEL
1
1
CN5101
5
IC3707
HDD
UNIT
4
JTMRST
D3711
50
51
49
34
DASP#
USB_DN0
3
TDI
PDIAG#
SATA BRIDGE
HADRS5
HADRS6
HADRS7
JTSEL
DINTEN
EJSNGEN
DD0
|
DD5
IC5204 (6/7)
V24
W22
AA24
HDATA0-15
HADRS5-7,13
62,64,2,5
7,11,13,15
14,12,10,6
3,1,63,61
CN3802
37
38
21
23
25
1
FLG 3
3
(4/7)
MA0
|
MA11
LOADING
MOTOR
TXD
XRESET
LDQM
UDQM
MBA
WEB
CASB
RASB
MCLKOUT
MCKE
AE3,AD3,AF3,AE5,
AE4,AD2,AD1,AC5,
AD4,AC1,AC3
MA0-11
MD2
MD5
MD1
MD0
REMO
IC1102
SLED
MOTOR
(4/7)
RXD
AT1D00
|
AT1D015
CTL0
EEPROM
V+5D
17,15,13,11,
9,7,5,3,
4,6,8,10,
12,14,16,18
DA0-2
3
DASPn 34
PDIAGn 46
4
A9(ATA)
HADRS13
6
DADD00
|
DADD12
Y3,AA4,AB1,AA5,
AB3,AA3,W4,Y4,
W5,W3,Y5,Y2,
AC2,AB5,AA1,Y1
REMI
3
2
DBA0, DBA1,
DCLKO, DCLKNO,
DWEB, DCASB,
DRASB, DCS0B,
DCKE,
DDQM0, DDQM2,
DDQS0, DDQS2,
DDQM1, DDQM3,
DDQS1, DDQS3
AA2
AB2
AD5
AF2
AE2
AF4
AB4
AC4
RX_FE
IC200
2
AT1IORDY
AT1DMACK
AT1INTRQ
B4,A4,C5,B5,
E1,E2,D1,D2,
D3,E4,C4,D4,E5
DADRS0-12
CN601
SFSO
AT0IORDY
AT0DMACKB
AT0INTRQ
64Mbit FLASH ROM
2
1
29-32,
35-40,
28,41,42
XRESET
1
LDO+
LDO-
T13
V15
V12
F5,F4,G5,G4,J4,J5,H4,H5, DQ00
A8,B8,C8,A7,B6,A6,C7,B7,
|
G1,G2,G3,F1,H3,H2,H1,J3, DQ31
D9,E9,D8,E8,D7,E7,D6,E6
DDATA0-7,16-23
DDATA8-15,24-31
(IC1221)
4
ST1+
ST1-
2,4,5,7,8,10,
11,13,54,56,
57,59,60,62,
63,65
(IC1201)
64Mbit SDRAM
CN502
DAOUT
SO
XA1
FD
HW+ 24
SLO2- 37
F17
FOCUS
COIL
8
SLO1- 39
BA0, BA1
DQ0
CK, /CK
|
/WE
DQ15
/CAS
/RAS
CS
CKE
A0
LDM, HDM
LDQS, UDQS |
A12
IC201
CN501
SDRV1
P19
12
26, 27
45, 46
21
22
23
24
44
20, 47
16, 51
FR
49
HU+ 20
SLO1+ 40
AT1CS0
AT1CS1
AT1DMARQ
AT1DIOW
AT1DIOR
AT1RESET
DD0-15
AT1ADR0-2
AT1IORDY
AT1DMACKB
AT1INTRQ
CN101
26 SPIN
XDMUTE1
512Mbit X 2 DDR SDRAM
TRACKING
COIL
TD
50
GPIO37
IC1201,1221 (4/7)
TR
47
E19
17
VD3V
48
U19
MDRV
AT0CS0B
AT0CS1B
AT0DMARQ
AT0DIOWB
AT0DIORB
AT0RESETB
B3, A3,
C1, B1,
C2, B2,
A2, C3,
D5,
F3, J1,
F2, J2,
A5, B9,
C6, C9
VA5V
41
2
XRESET
4
2
T-
W12
W11
T15
P14
R12
V13
RESET
42
3
AF1
1
XRST1
ACO2- 51
10
4
X101
16.9344MHz
(3/7)
ACO2+ 52
T+
AT0DA0
|
AT0DA2
VREFPD
6, 16
V 13
X1001
24.576MHz
IC3702
ACO1- 53
SCLK
46
IC501
(7/7)
Q1811
12
ACO1+ 54
DBA0, DBA1
DCLKO, DCLKNO
DWE
DCAS
DRAS
DCS0B
DCKE
DDM0, DDM2
DDQS0, DDQS2
DDM1, DDM3
DDQS1, DDQS3
SDIO
45
U 11
D20
SEN
44
W 16
M24
MRST
40
AIBCK0
AE1
P_CONT2
15
AIOMCK0
SMCKOUT
NSCS
1
(IC1221)
VPPD
3
PHOTO
DETECTOR
(IC1201)
SI
AT0IORDY
AT0DMACK
AT0INTRQ
M3,M4,M1,M2
3, 4,
5, 2
AILRCK0
E18
AOBCK
X525P
DDC_SW1
4
SW1
F19
HSTTOM
X525P
TU_DSCL
4
S1, S2, S3, S4
6
AT1DATA0-15
W14
U10
U14
3
14, 11,
12, 13
C20
SMCKOUT
HST_TO_M
TU_DSDA
2
A, B, C, D
3
AT0D00
|
AT0D015
9, 7
VAC
AIBD0
AOD0
SMDIN
ASCK
DSCL
VAY
E20
AMUTE
DAM_TO_T
DSDA
24
RF+, RF-
AT0CS0
AT0CS1
AT0DMARQ
AT0DIOW
AT0DIOR
AT0RESET
14
12
10
21
AG4
PB0
LASER
FRONT
MONITOR
17, 18
V14,U11,U12,W15,
V11,T12,P13,R15,
R13,V10,P15,U13,
R14,U15,W13,T14
AT0DATA0-15
AT0ADR0-2
4
3
20
18
16
40
RSET
20
OSCNT
AH9,AH8,
AH10,AH11
VREFIO
(3/7)
DATA
3
R_OUT
SDTO
D3201
10
T19
C18
2
HFGAIN
G1,H1,F1,E1
6,
8,
5
39
FMO+, FMODVD/CD
A1,B1,C1,D1
33, 34
38
AUDIO DAC
AUDIO LPF
18
SCL0
B21
IC3201
IC3203 (3/7)
19
M19
A20
Q2502
C_OUT
L_OUT
Q2503
BUFFER
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
21
SDA0
24,26,28,30,
32,34,36,38,
37,35,33,31,
29,27,25,23
37
W1SET
SCLK
Q3307,3308
LPF
Q2501
33
L19
Q3301-3302
AUS only
Q2505
37
RXD0B
SPDIF_LL
CN2301
Y_IN
25
TXD0B
AF22
AT/XDT
29
27
AF21
SCL_VDEC
IDE I/F
36
W2SET
AJ11,AJ10,
AJ9,AJ8
CN3801
LD
DRIVER
35
W3SET
RFP, RFN AH12, AJ12
23
31, 32
2
LDDEN
AGP, AG8
5
29, 30
2
OSCEN+, OSCEN-
AF8
RLD
27, 28
2
W1EN+, W1EN-
AE6
PLED
2
W3EN+, W3EN-
AH4, AH3
FPDVI, PDIN
5
TO/FROM
DT-120 BOARD
(CN102)
W2EN+. W2EN-
AJ4, AJ3
PB4
4
2
PKPULSEP1P,
PKPULSEP1M
PKPULSEP2P,
PKPULSEP2M
WRPULSEP,
WRPULSEM
AF24,AE24,
AE21,AD24, VIOD0
|
AF23,AD23,
AC24,AC22 VIOD7
VIOD0-7
(2/7)
IC4702
1
VCLKI
17
8
12
|
18
3-8
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
3-5. FL-178, FR-274 BLOCK DIAGRAM
FR-274 BOARD
Q206
LED2
LED DRIVE
2
D214
DVD
D212
HDD
Q205
LED DRIVE
LED3
3
SG1
|
SG16
14
|
29
16
GR1
|
GR12
42
|
31
12
VEE
30
IC201
SEG1
|
SEG16
FL DRIVER
12
11
10
FLDATA
FLCLK
7
DIN
FLSTB
8
CLK
9
STB
GRD1
|
GRD12
ND201
V+12RIE
17
FLUORESCENT
DISPLAY
T201
DC/AC CONVERTER
TRASFORMER
Q203,204
D208-211
2
10
3
1
FLPON
F2
7
Q201,202
DC/AC
CONVERTER
4
8
5
F1
TO/FROM
AV-114 BOARD
(CN105)
9
6
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
FL-178 BOARD
3
2
1
16
KEY1
KEY2
4
2
5
1
3
3
KEY1
S101
POWER
KEY2
S102
ONE TOCH DUB
KEY3
IR
CN203
IC101
IR
CN106
CN201
REMOTE CONTROL
RECEIVER
S201,213,212
OPEN/CLOSE,
HDD,
DVD
1
USBDM2
2
CN104
9
USBDP2
3
TO/FROM
RD-065 BOARD
(CN5201)
3
USBDM1
4
USB
ATYPE
1
USBDP1
(SEE PAGE 3-8)
6
USBVFB
7
S203,204,207
REC STOP,
INPUT SELECT,
REC
V+5USB
5
S208-211
CN105
CN102
CH+, CH-,
PLAY,
STOP
FL102
TPAP
2
TO/FROM
RD-065 BOARD
(CN5101)
(SEE PAGE 3-8)
1
TPAN
5
TPBP
6
TPBN
FL101
2
1
3
4
USB
BTYPE
TPA+
4
TPA-
3
CN103
TPB+
2
TPB-
1
DV
IN
CN101
J201
S VIDEO
3
2Y
4
2C
5
SDET2
7
2V
9
2L
4
1
2
LINE2 IN
VIDEO
6
TO/FROM
AV-114 BOARD
(CN106)
(SEE PAGE 3-3)
AUDIO L
(MONO)
AUDIO R
11
8
2R
10
CN202
3-9
3-10
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
3-6. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM
SW+12V(H)
SWITCHING REGULATOR
(SRV-2057EK)
L
AC IN
FU101
T3.15A/250V
4
CN203
SW+1.5V(T)
D401
P401
D101-104
11,12
EV+12V(T)
EV+12V
P201
Q401,402
9
EV+5.8V(T)
SPINDLE
MOTOR
DVD
OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK
VA5V
6,7
SW+3.3V(T)
SW+12V
12
2,4
P_ON/OFF
D402
N
CN101
HDD
UNIT
1
SW+5V(H)
T101
SWITCHING
TRANSFORMER
6,16
CN501
1
VD3V
41
CN101
IC1301 (2/7)
CN202
L101,102
LPF
D201
D109
L201
EV+5.8V
RD-065 BOARD
Q201
SW+5V
5V REG
8
5
IC101
P204
D501
6
P501
L501
EV+5.8V(M)
SW+1.5V(M)
Q501
SW+3.3V
3.3V REG
D105
SW+3.3V(M)
SW+12V
P402
6,7
9
SW+5V(W)
D502
1
3,4
SW+12V(W)
11
13
IC501
EV+5.8V
SW+1.53V
IC302 (5/5)
SW+3.33V
V+12V
11
V12M
(5/5)
VR201
V+3.3D
7 VIN
VO 1
V+1.5VDEC
IC4511 (1/7)
EV5.8V
4 VIN
9
6,7
2.5V REG
Q1002-1008
LPF
2,4
SW+3.3V
D+2.5V
5V REG
5 VOUT
F300
VIN 4
1
ON/OFF
1
V+1R5_IN
EV+12.1V
V+5.8E
SW+3.3V
CN103
P-CONT
CN302
EV+12.1V
P-CONT2
V+3.3A
V+3.3D
V+1.5V
D+2.5V
IC106
113
D+3.3V
(1/5)
F314
IC110
7
16
3,5
20,18
EV+5.8V
2
21
10
13
V+5V
EV5.8V
C118
BACK-UP
P-CONT
P_CONT
P-CONT2
P_CONT2
FANCTL
(1/5)
IC321
VO1 5
D+2.5V
Q305,306
SWVION5V
1
+ 3
_ 2
(3/5)
IC201
(1/5)
DT+3.3V
VOUT 5
IC317
CI
CONTROLLER
DT+3.3V
D+5V
32Mbit
FLASH ROM
B2(+5V)
1 VIN
VOUT 5
DT_TUON
VIN 4
IC208 (2/5)
IC203,204
LATCH
ANT5V_SW
V+32V
EV5.8V
63
Q202,203
1
2
AND GATE
(2/7)
(3/7)
(3/7)
IC3201
IC3202
IC3101
AUDIO DAC
AUDIO LPF
AUDIO ADC
(3/7)
(3/7)
(3/7)
1 VIN
VOUT 5
(1/5)
EV5.8V
1 VIN
VOUT 5
V+3HD
(1/5)
L5601
EMI
1.8V REG
V+3D
5 VIN
EURO MSP
VOUT 1
V+12V
(7/7)
IC5602
V+1R8
SATA BRIDGE
(5/7)
L5101
Q4581
V+3V_A
L5122
EMI
IC5203
AND GATE
IC5103
V+12VA
RIPPLE
FILTER
(6/7)
DV PHY
V+3V_D
(6/7)
IC5204 (6/7)
IC406
(4/5)
SPDIF SELECT
V+3DS
ON/OFF
4
IC104
BUFFER
IC5202 (6/7)
5V REG
EV5.8V
(4/5)
11
JA5801
IC5701
IC4571 (1/7)
(1/5)
10
18
IC5801
IC5802
(6/7)
IC103
IC402
12
CN1402
FOR CHECK
CONT
3
DDC SW
13
5
V+12VA
V+5HD
3V REG
IC601
V+32V
V+5D
IC4562 (1/7)
IC101 VDD DET
14
V+5AO
V+3D
IC102
(5/5)
AN5V_SW
IC3702
BUFFER
CONT
3
(5/5)
U301
DT_TUON
IC3701
BUFFER
V+5A IN
5V REG
1
4
IC4701-4703
V+3D
L4551
IC4561 (1/7)
85
AVLTH SW
5V SW
CI_5V
(4/7)
V+5L
P_CONT2
4 VIN
5V SW
VOUT 5
V+5USB
5V
DTBON
6
5
4
NC
3
IC150
(2/5)
(2/5)
64
UHF/VHF
TUNER
Q309-311
DC/DC CONV.
VOUT 5
74
DTBON
ADRS
5
(4/7)
V+3A
ON/OFF
1
5V SW
P-CONT2
BUFFER
(4/7)
V+3D
VO 1
4 VIN
61
U601
V+9V
(3/5)
IC309
ON/OFF
1
EV5.8V
POWER FAIL DET
V+5.8E
5 VOUT
64Mbit FLASH ROM
5V REG
VIDEO/AUDIO
SELECTOR
(3/5)
5V REG
IC202
TU_DCCON
IC401
DTT
TUNER
CONT
3
IC306 (4/5)
(2/5)
V+5VI
5V REG
V+5.8E
(2/5)
IC205
BT(+32V)
9
IC1102
EEPROM
IC4552 (1/7)
60
TU_DDCON
IC312 (3/5)
IC200
P_CONT2
(1/5)
(3/5)
Q307,308
9V REG
P-CONT2
SW
R308
SWVION9V
CONT
3
IT CONTROLLER
FLPON
TUON
VA+5V B1(+5V)
1 VIN
V+5VD
IC311
5V REG
IC322
R307
VOUT 1
7 VIN
86
V+5TU
IC304 (4/5)
V+5.8E
SWVION5V
(3/5)
Q303,304
VA+5V
(1/5)
8
SWVION9V
IC403
IC101
57
52
TUON
RFTHRU
(3/5)
DT+3.3V
VREF
VREF
F301
AGC
IC318
BUFFER
FANCTL
Q201
FAN DRIVE
OFDM
DEMODULATOR
D+3.3V
(1/5)
FAN23
IC313
VO2 6
3 VIN2
PS1 PS2
3
3
D+2.5V
256Mbit
DDR SDRAM
F302
62
54
RFTHRU
15
IC201
64Mbit SDRAM
CONT
5
RCSEL
V+3.3SW
4 VIN1
VREF
(1/5)
R223
V+1R0
IC4541 (1/7)
CN2301
D104
V+5R8E
V+5BB
REG
IC101
INVERTER
CN201
FOR CHECK
(4/7)
V+3D
3V REG
D103
Q301,302
(3/5)
IC307
A+3.3V
EMMA
VREF
V+2R5
USB_H_OCI0
P_CONT2
13
V+12R1
V+12R1E
P-CONT
P_CONT2
28
CN101
DT+3.3V
XCI_VCC_5V
M3
CONT
5
1
AV-114 BOARD
V+3.3SW
V+3.3SW
27MHz
VCXO
10
512Mbit X 2
DDR SDRAM
USB_H_PPON0
N2
VOUT 5
8 VIN
V+5.8E
CN103
EV+12.1V
V+5.8E
(1/5)
V+3A
1V REG
SW+1.5V
CN202
P_CONT2
IC104
4 VIN
IC1201
IC1221
AV ENC/DEC
(2/7,4/7 to 7/7)
IC4531 (1/7)
IC300 (4/5)
+5V
V+1R0
P_CONT2
(5/5) IC319
VOUT 5
V+2R5
ON/OFF
1
(5/5)
ON/OFF
3
CN1401
FOR CHECK
VREF_D
2.5V REG
V+3D
1
IC1001
V+3D
IC4521 (1/7)
IC601
P_CONT2
1 VIN
VOUT 5
V+3V
ON/OFF
1
SHUNT REG
11,12
CN103
FOR CHECK
VREF_V
V+1R5_IN
V+3V
P_CONT2
VIDEO
DECODER
V+3.3A
CONT
5
VREF_D
V+2R5
IC4501
CN4501
IC201
IC1001
1.5V REG
1
V12M
13
1.5V ADJ
D604
+
_
14
VR601
5.8V ADJ
(2/7)
VREF_D
IC4502
V+5M
SW+1.5V
D603
PC101
PHOTO
COUPLER
SDRAM
IC320
IC1302
8
V+12V
SHUNT REG
(5/5)
RESET
2
1.5V REG
IC1002
P_CONT2
(3/7)
VREF_V
V+3D
6,7
9
V+5M
CN201
Q601
L601
3.3V REG
CONT
5
(7/7)
1
V+1R5_IN
3V REG
D601
V+3.3D
IC3703
EV+5.8V
1
3,4
SHUNT REG
VO 1
TRACKING COIL DRIVE
FOCUS COIL DRIVE
SPINDLE MOTOR DRIVE
SLED MOTOR DRIVE
LOADING MOTOR DRIVE
3
SHUNT REG
DT-120 BOARD
7 VIN
+
2 _
IC202
3
4
VREF_V
8
3
Q101
SWITCHING
SWITCHING
REGULATOR
2
IC501
FLG 3
USB_H_OCI0
CN5201
1
V+3D
USB_H_PPON0
ANT5V_SW
CN105
6
7
3
4
1
V+5USB
3
2
EV+12.1V
FAN
V+5F
14
1
1
VCC
CN203
17,51
Q203,204
CN201
15
V+12RIE
CI SLOT
17
AEP2 model
FLPON
Q201,202
T201
DC/AC
CONVERTER
ND201
F1,F2
FLUORESCENT
DISPLAY
IC101
CN201
D208-211
RECT
VEE
IC201
FL DRIVE
CN203
FR-274
BOARD
CN106
5
V+5F
REMOTE
COMMANDER
RECEIVER
FL-178
BOARD
Note1: The HDMI block is highly confidential, and prohibited from releasing to public.
Note2: The components identified by mark 9 contain confidential information.
Strictly follow the instructions whenever the components are repaired and/or replaced.
3-11
3-12E
5
CN102
CN104
1
USB
ATYPE
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
SECTION 4
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
A
CN201 13P
4P
EV+5.8V(M )
GND
1
4
2
3
SW+1.5V(M )
3
SW+1.5V(M )
4
GND D
HARNESS
1
6
SW+3.3V(M )
7
GND
GND
12V
8
DVD-UNIT
HDD UNIT
7P
9
1
GND
GND(J)
10
2
HT+
SW+5V(W )
11
3
HT-
SW+12V
GND(W)
12
4
SW+12V(W)
13
5
HA-
6
HA+
7
B
5V
5
SW+3.3V(M )
GND
PH-080
2
CN101 50P
GND
AEP,UK only
6
7
TD
46
SCLK
SDIO
45
45
SDI O
SEN
44
44
SEN
VPP
43
43
VPP
RESET
42
42
RESET
RH-059
VD3V
TEM P
HARNESS
RSET
39
39
RSET
W1SET
38
38
W1SET
W2SET
37
37
W2SET
W3SET
36
36
W3SET
LDDEN
35
35
LDDEN
OSCEN-
34
34
OSCEN-
OSCEN+
33
33
OSCEN+
W1EN-
32
32
W1EN-
W1EN+
31
31
W1EN+
12
7
SW+1.5V(T )
6
11
5
10
SW+1.5V(T )
TUNER
4
9
CN2301 40P
X 525P
YP_OUT
GND
CN5604 7P
CR_OUT
GND
CB_OUT
C
GND
Y_OUT
GND
CN4501 13P
1
2
3
CN203 4P
4
4
5
SW+1.53V
SW+1.53V
2
7
SW+3.33V
40
HPD
39
39
DDC_SW 1
38
DSCL
38
37
36
35
FRA-006
FLEXIBLE
FLAT CABLE
34
37
CEC
36
DSD A
35
HST_TO_M
34
ASCK
33
33
DAT_TO_M
32
32
HSM_TO_T
31
31
DAM_TO_T
30
30
XRST1
Y_I N
29
29
MRST
GND
28
28
P_CONT2
27
27
GN D
26
26
L_IN
V +12V
G_I N
25
25
GN D
GND
24
24
R_IN
B_IN
23
23
AMUTE1
GND
22
22
R_OUT
10
GND
L_OUT
21
21
GNDA
11
V+5M
GNDA
20
20
L_OUT
12 GND M
13
PR-076
40
GND
RD-065 BOARD
GND D
C N101 40P
C/R_IN
GND D
SW+3.33V
8
GND
GND D
6
1
C_OUT
EV+5.8 V
3
9
D
TR
47
46
40
3
EV+12V
SW+12.1V(H)
48
47
41
2
8
GND
48
40
1
GND
GND
TR
TD
SCLK
41
5
EV+5.8V(T )
SW+5V(H)
FD
VD3V
RXP
4
EV+5.8V(T )
GND
FR
49
TEM P
RX N
)
G-LINK
GN D
GND
3
TXP
SW+3.3V(T )
50
49
2
TX N
GND
GN D
(
SWITCHING
REGULATOR
SW+3.3V(T )
COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT
LINE 2 OUT
1
GN D
POWER
BLOCK
50
GND
CN202 12P
P_ON/OF F
50P
FR
FD
V12M
R_OUT
19
19
GN D
AMUTE
18
18
B_IN
R_IN
17
17
GN D
GND
16
16
G_I N
L_IN
15
15
GN D
AV-114 BOARD
W3EN-
30
30
W3EN-
W3EN+
29
29
W3EN+
W2EN-
28
28
W2EN-
W2EN+
27
27
W2EN+
VO5V
26
26
VO5V
VO5V
25
25
VO5V
OSCNT
24
24
OSCNT
GNDO
23
23
GNDO
GNDO
22
22
GNDO
HFGAIN
21
21
HFGAIN
DVD/CD
20
20
DVD/CD
GNDA
19
19
GNDA
FMO-
18
18
FMO-
FMO+
17
17
FMO+
VA5V
16
16
VA5V
SW2
15
15
SW2
M3
14
14
M3
M2
13
13
M2
M1
12
12
M1
M4
11
11
M4
10
10
VREFPD
9
9
RF+
8
8
GNDA
7
7
RF-
6
6
VA5V
S3
5
5
S3
S2
4
4
S2
S1
3
3
S1
S4
2
2
S4
SW1
1
1
SW1
ST2+
4
4
ST2+
ST2-
3
3
ST2-
ST1-
2
2
ST1-
ST1+
1
1
ST1+
5
5
LPS2
4
4
GNDD
3
3
LPS1
2
2
BLACK
1
1
RED
VCC
12
12
VCC
HU+
11
11
HU+
VREFPD
RF+
GNDA
HARNESS
RFVA5V
CN5201 10P
10
USBDM2
9
GND
8
USBDP2
14
14
C/R_I N
13
13
GN D
MRST
12
12
Y_I N
XRST1
11
11
GN D
GND
P_CONT2
7
GND
DAM_TO_T
10
10
C_OUT
6
V+5USB
HSM_TO_T
9
9
GN D
5
USBVFB
DAT_TO_M
8
8
Y_OUT
4
GND
7
7
GN D
3
USBDM1
2
GND
1
USBDP1
ASCK
6
6
CB_OUT
DSDA
5
5
GN D
CEC
4
4
CR_OUT
DSCL
3
3
GN D
DDC_SW 1
2
2
YP_OUT
1
1
X525P
HST_TO_M
CN5101 6P
CN4701 28P
STREAM_4
STREAM_3
STREAM_2
STREAM_1
STREAM_0
GND
ALRCKI
ADATA
ABCKI
GN D
SPDIF
GN D
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
VCLKI
17
10
GND
18
STREAM_5
GND(RFE/XLL)
19
STREAM_6
XRESET
20
11
GN D
21
12
RX 1
22
STREAM_7
TX 1
23
13
GN D
24
GND
SCL_VDEC
25
14
SDA_VDEC
26
15
GND
27
16
AT/XD T
28
TPAP
A_GN D
A_GN D
TPB P
TPAN
1
2
3
4
6
E
5
TPB N
HD P
CN502 4P
4P
CN601 5P
FVR-001
5P
LPS2
FLEXIBLE
FLAT CABLE
GNDD
LPS1
1
GN D
23
2
C/R_I N
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
VD06
VD05
VD04
VD03
VD02
VD01
VD00
GN D
ALRCK
ADATA
ABCK
GN D
SPDIF
GN D
22
21
GND
20
GN D
SW+3.3V
GN D
V+5.8E
V+5.8E
6
B_IN
18
7
GN D
Y_I N
17
8
Y_I N
GND
16
9
GN D
15
10
DT_TUO N
14
11
ANT5V_SW
DT_TUON
13
12
DET_ANT
ANT5V_SW
12
13
P_CONT2
HU -
10
10
HU -
HV+
9
9
HV+
HV -
8
8
HV -
HW +
7
7
HW +
HW -
6
6
HW -
HB
5
5
HB
U
4
4
U
V
3
3
V
W
2
2
W
1
1
GNDD
FLPO N
IR
V+12R1E
1
V +5F
2
IR
FLPO N
GND
3
V+12RIE
FLDATA
FLDATA
V +5F
FLCLK
FLCLK
4
GND
FLST B
5
FLSTB
GND
LED_HDD2
LED_A_TV
LED_D_TV
LED_DIVX
LED_PLTV
KEY1
HDD2
GND
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
A_TV
TPAP
2C
TPAN
GN D
GND
SDET 2
GND
DITV
2C
FAN1
1
FAN+
2
CN203 2P
TPBP
TPBN
USBDM 2
GND
USBDP2
GND
V+5USB
USBVF B
GND
USBDP1
GND
USBDM1
8
12
7
9
6
11
5
10
4
V +5F
3
1
2
GND
1
2
9
IR
11
5
KEY1
3
8
V +5F
FLEXIBLE
FLAT CABLE
KEY2
4
10
4
5
7
GND
FLR-010
6
1
3
5
2
2
4
3
1
IR
3
4
FL-178 BOARD
CN201 5P
KEY2
KEY1
2
5
CN101 6P
1
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CN102 10P
CN106 5P
17
FLEXIBLE
FLAT CABLE
16
FAR-007
FLEXIBLE
FLAT CABLE
15
FAR-006
FAN
USB A TYPE
14
HARNESS
13
DIGITAL
TUNER
RV-003
D_TV
GN D
KEY2
24
14
1
12P
CN105 17P
PLT V
GND
G
CN106 11P
KEY3
FAN-
15
23
16
2
17
GN D
P_CONT
PICT BRIGE
USB B TYPE
KEY1
22
KEY2
3
KEY3
P_CONT
V+5.8E
GND
EV+5.8V
21
2R
20
4
GND
5
GND
11
GN D
V+5.8E
GND
19
2L
6
10
EV+5.8V
GND
2R
GN D
18
GND
EV+12.1V
17
7
GN D
16
8
2V
9
GND
9
V+32V
8
GN D
2L
15
GND
10
7
P_CONT2
GN D
SW+1.5V
2V
12
6
V +32V
2V
14
GND
11
SDET2
DET_ANT
5
SW+1.5V
4
11
CN105
HARNESS
GN D
19
EV+12.1V
RU-001
G_I N
5
GNDD
GN D
DV IN
CN04
GN D
4
2Y
10
3
GND
GND
DT-120 BOARD
EV+12.1V
9
FLEXIBLE
FLAT CABLE
B_IN
FAN-
GN D
FVA-002
GND
7
8
CN104 28P
CN501 12P
3
12
VCLK
GN D
11
GN D
VD07
9
10
XRESET
GND
G_I N
SW+3.3V
6
CN103
24
P_CONT
5
HARNESS
C N302 24P
GND
C/R_I N
2
4
PV-145
CN103 24P
1
3
F
RED
2
CN202 12P
GND(REF/LL)
8
GN D
5
GN D
7
4
SCL_VDE C
6
3
TDXA
2
GN D
RDXA
1
AT/XDT
SDA_VDEC
BLACK
J201
LINE 2 IN
CN202 11P
CN203 17P
FR-274 BOARD
H
4-1
4-2
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
WAVEFORMS
THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
(In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)
AV-114 BOARD
(For schematic diagrams)
• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF : µµF.
50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and
tantalums.
• All resistors are in ohms, 1/4 W (Chip resistors : 1 /10 W) un-less
otherwise specified.
kΩ=1000Ω, MΩ=1000kΩ.
• Caution when replacing chip parts.
New parts must be attached after removal of chip.
Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, because it is damaged by the heat.
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B,
unless otherwise noted.
• 2 : non flammable resistor
• 5 : fusible resistor
• C : panel designation
•
f
: internal component
• C : adjustment for repair
•
G
: IN/OUT direction of (+/–) B line
• U : B+ Line
• V : B– Line
• Circled numbers refer to waveforms.
• Voltages are dc between measurement point and ground.
• Readings are taken with a color-bar signals on DVD reference
disc.
• Readings are taken with a digital multimeter (DC 10MΩ).
• Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production tolerances.
• Abbreviation
AUS : Australian model
1 X101
Note :
DT-120 BOARD
7 JA402
66.6 ns
5.1 Vp-p
2 X102
COMPONENT PR
1.0 Vp-p
H
8 JA402
COMPONENT Y
2.2 Vp-p
2 X300
1.6 Vp-p
3 JA401
5.1 Vp-p
50 ns
9 JA501 ql
S-VIDEO C
2.3 Vp-p
3 X1001
1.4 Vp-p
H
H
When indicating parts by reference number, please include
the board name.
4 JA401
2.0 Vp-p
40.7 µs
0 X601
S-VIDEO Y
1.6 Vp-p
H
54.3ns
5 JA402
4.0Vp-p
VIDEO
2.0 Vp-p
H
6 JA402
COMPONENT PB
1.1 Vp-p
H
AV-114/DT-120
37 ns
H
30.5 µs
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
WAVEFORMS
1 X100
4-3
4-4
4.2 Vp-p
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.
2
3
AV-114 BOARD(1/5)
IT CONTROLLER, IR
5
6
7
Note :
JL213
JL20 8
R147
JL216 1k JL21 7
5.4
R169
10k
4
1
2.4
JL209
Q108
DTC124EUA-T106
BLANK
0
C 127
100
16V
D108
DAP202uT106
6
3
6
4
1
4.9
2.5
0.7
C139
0
ANT5V_SW
R178 100
JL116
0
R233
100k
C140
0.1
C132
R151 0
R125 100
R153 100
R154 100
R155 100
JL181
JL183
4.9
4.9
FLSTB
50
GND
FLDATA
49
83
FILTSLC
AVLTH
48
JL117
0.1
VDDVCO
XSCMUTE
DTBON
86
ANT5V_SW
87
DET_ANT
88
GND
89
VDD3
90
DBGP2
91
DBGP1
4.9
JL118
4.9
R181 100
JL119
4.9
DBGP 0
R182 100
JL120
4.9
LED_PLTV
R183 100
JL121
0
LED_DIVX
R184 100
JL122
0
LED_D_TV
R185 100
JL123
0
LED_A_TV
R186 100
JL124
0
LED_HDD2
R187 100
JL125
0
DAT_TO_ M
R188 330
JL126
0
DAM_TO_ T
R189 470
JL127
0
ASCK
R200 330
JL128
3.3
BLAIR
45
NC
44
43
92
DBGP0
93
LED_PLTV
95
SQUEEZE
42
FUNC_ON
41
VDD4
40
GND
39
DDCSW2
38
DDCSW1
LED_D_TV
LED_A_TV
RCSEL2
35
97
LED_HDD2
RCSEL1
34
98
99
DAM_TO_T
1
NC
WDT
ACDET
HSM_TO_T
IR
RESET
TX1
TX2
GND
CF1
CF2
VDD1
MODEL1
MODEL2
KEY1
KEY2
KEY3
AGC
BATTDET
FUNC
SDET3
SDET2
SDET1
AVLOUT
SDA
SCL
XRST
NC
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
LED_HDD2
JL22 9
FLSTB
JL23 0
FLCLK
JL23 1
FLDATA
JL23 2
JL190
0
KEY1
14
LED_PLTV
13
LED_DIVX
12
LED_D_TV
11
LED_A_TV
10
LED_HDD2
9
GND
8
FLSTB
7
FLCL K
6
FLDATA
5
GND
4
V+5 F
3
V+12R1E
2
IR
1
FLPO N
TO FR-274
BOARD
CN203
THROUGH THE
FAR-007 FFC
(SEE PAGE 4-26)
JL27 5
B+
JL23 3
JL23 5
FLPON
P_SAVE
CN106
JL192
11P
0
JL193
0
JL194
SQU
R145
10k
2.6 JL214
4.9
FUNC_ON
OUT
IN
4.9
B+
4.9 JL195
R205 100
DDC_SW 2
JL196
R204 100
DDC_SW 1
JL197
C126
0.1
0
JL198
R202
0
4.9
JL199
R203
0
4.9
JL200
R144
0
NC
32
AFT
31
CT
NC
GND
C156
0.1
11
GND
10
2R
9
GND
8
2L
7
GND
TO FR-274
BOARD
CN202
6
2V
THROUGH THE
FAR-006 FFC
5
GND
4
2Y
3
GND
2
SDET 2
1
2C
JL23 6
L2.RIN
IC103
BU4220G-TR
JL23 7
L2.LIN
JL21 5
2VIN
JL23 8
C157
0.1
B
Y2IN
JL23 9
(SEE PAGE 4-25)
JL24 0
RCSEL2
RCSEL1
JL24 1
C2IN
IC103
XAMUTE2
IC101 VDD DET
R222
JL202
CN101
0
AFT
HOTPLUG
JL24 2
DDC_SW 1
JL24 3
40P
40
HPD
39
DDC_SW 1
38
DSCL
37
CEC
36
DSDA
35
HST_TO_ M
34
ASCK
33
DAT_TO_ M
32
HSM_TO_ T
31
DAM_TO_ T
30
XRST1
29
MRST
28
P_CONT2
27
GND
26
L_IN
25
GND
24
R_IN
23
AMUTE1
22
R_OUT
21
GNDA
20
L_OUT
19
GND
18
B_IN
17
GND
16
G_IN
15
GND
14
C/R_IN
13
GND
12
Y_IN
11
GND
10
C_OUT
9
GND
8
Y_OUT
7
GND
6
CB_OU T
5
GND
4
CR_OU T
3
GND
2
YP_OUT
1
X525P
JL24 4
JL203
JL204 4.9
JL205 5.0
JL206 5.0
0
JL207
JL184 4.9
JL182 4.9
JL180 4.9
0
JL178
JL176 5.0
JL175 4.5
JL174 4.9
JL172 4.9
JL170 4.9
0
4.9
0
JL168
JL166
JL162 2.4
JL160 2.4
JL155 2.5
JL152 1.7
JL24 5
B+
IC102
B+
C104
22
25V
ACDET
B+
R133
100k
R134
1k
R135
100k
B+
R104 47k
AUS only
RTOMAIN
C125
0.1
B+
10
C111 C112
22p 22p
R143 100
R142 100
R140 100
R137 100
R138 470
JL163
X101
15MHz
0
JL211
AEP,UK only
SCL
SCL0
R223
100
4.9
5.0
4.9
4.4
SDA
SDA0
DDC_SC L
DDC_SDA
SCL0
XRST1
SDA0
CEC0
DDC_SW 2
C142
1000p
50V
C152
1
10V
F
JL129
16
B+
B+
R752
4.7k
JL705
C120
0.1
C122
1
10V
F
C123
470
6.3V
C118
0.22F
5.5V
JL25 0
DAM_TO_ T
JL25 1
XRST 1
JL25 2
JL25 4
10
9
3.2
JL28 0
3.2
Q112
JL27 7
2SC4154TP-1EF
JL276
CV I/F
0
3
4
5
6
7
8
JL25 6
AMUTE1
JL25 7
R_OU T
JL25 8
R197
R217
1k
R215
680
JL26 1
GTOMAIN
JL22 0
R209
3.3k
JL26 4
C_OU T
R216
750
0.5%
R214
3.3k
TEXTVI N
JL26 5
Y_OUT
JL26 6
CB_OUT
R221
100
5.0
C753
100p
R755
4.7k
5.0
JL70 9
5.0
0
JL71 1
L751
0uH
KN101
JL712
JL710
R756
1k
Q752
2SC4081T106R
IR I/F SW
CHROMA
JL26 9
0
R753 JL706
4.7k
VIDEO SIGNAL
JL26 8
YP_OUT
C751
0.1
SIGNAL PATH
JL26 7
CR_OUT
JL707
C752
100p
JL26 2
JL26 3
Y_IN
JL279
C15 0
1
10V
F
0
JL218
Q111
2SC4154TP-1EF
CV I/ F
THROUGH THE
FAR-006 FFC
(SEE PAGE 4-34)
JL26 0
RTOMAIN
L102
47uH
TO RD-065 (3/7)
BOARD
CN2301
JL25 9
R210
820
0.5%
1.8
2
JL25 5
R_IN
C/R IN
JL27 8
1
Q751
2SA1576A-T106-QR
IR I/F SW
R751
1k
JL109
R703
11
3.6
D104
1SR154-400TE-25
JL27 1
R130
0
R701
220k
12
3.6
R201
0
13
C149
10p
50V
R208
0
4.9
2.5
4.9
B+
14
3.6
JL27 0
B+
15
IC104
TC7MB3257FK(EL)
D102
1SS355TE-17
D103
1SS355TE-17
HSM_TO_ T
L_OU T
R207
470
4.9
2.6
R224
100
C141
1
10V
F
R228
0
C109
0.1
JL24 9
B+
0
EPGEQ
4.4
4.9
0
AVLOUT
FUNC_IN
AGC
KEY3
JL273
4.9
5.0
JL130
KEY2
R112 10k
DAT_TO_ M
L_IN
C114 C115
10p 10p
KEY1
HSM_TO_ T
JL137
JL24 8
JL25 3
Q110
DTA143EUA-T106
EPGEQ
RESET
JL134
JL24 7
C/R IN
Q102
2SC4154TP-1EF
RESET
5.0
R113
0
5.0
0
R132
6.8k
HST_TO_ M
P_CONT2
JL21 2
R131
4.7k
JL24 6
GTOMAIN
2
Q101
DTC124EUA-T106
RESET
D101
1SS355TE-17
C124
0.1
TO (2/5)
C105
0.1
C110
1
B
G
JL14 8
1
OUT
NC
GND
NC
4
5
JL131
JL156
X102
32.768kH z
4.9
5.0
3
IN
2
IC102
BD4846G-TR
JL143
1
F
R116
0
R107
10k R106
0
C106
0.1
R118
0
JL272
DDC_SDA
ASCK
B+
H
JL22 8
DDC_SCL
R141
6.8k
2
1
R139
6.8k
GND
V+5V
0
0
R225
15k
R123
330
R124
330
R129
330
R126
100
R127
10k
3
JL189 R152
15
JL23 4
JL201
1
TXD1
LED_A_TV
AVLTH
33
XAMUTE2
DAT_TO_M
C113
JL10 7
4
0
36
NC
R117
1M
RXD1
JL188 R146 100
37
96
DBGP2
R193
100k DBGP1
R194
100k DBGP0
R195
100k RESET
R196
100
JL10 6
4.9
KEY2
JL22 7
B+
IC15 0
0.5A
32V
4.9
LED_DIVX
JL150 4.9
JL10 5
FLST B
FLDATA
JL187 R148 100
4.8
JL147 4.9
5
JL186 R101 100
4.9
IT CONTROLLER
JL145 3.3
GND
JL10 4
JL22 6
KEY3
16
46
CAPACITOR
IC101
LC87F06J2A-F58W3-E
JL142 4.9
6
JL22 5
LED_DIVX
17P
17
JL191
IC101
R105
100
R109
330
R110
100
R111
100
C107
330p
7
RESET
JL185 R102 100
0
0
R180 100
JL22 4
LED_PLT V
47
P_SAVE
0
JL10 3
DBGP0
4.9
0
85
KEY1
51
RFTHRU
52
NC
FANCTL
53
FLCLK
JL179
4.9
54
VDD2
55
2.7
JL177
0.1
JL17 3
C131
56
GND
JL17 1
57
MUTECTL
EPGEQ
58
P_CONT2
59
4.8
0
4.9
JL16 9
JL16 5
JL16 7
4.9
60
SWVION9V
P_CONT
61
TUON
62
4.9
4.8
JL16 4
63
FLON
MRST
4.9
JL16 1
JL15 9
4.9
4.9
JL15 7
64
SWVION5V
0
0.1
R159
JL15 4 R157 100k C133
NC(IN)
CSYNCIN
XCHECKER
CEC
0
4.8
3.6
JL15 1
JL14 9 R158 100k
0
R160 100
R167 100
R165
JL14 6
JL14 1
AVLIN
JL14 0
JL14 4
4.9
0
5.0
0
BLANK
MSPSTAT
HOTPLUG
65
NC
8
AMUTE1
SAMUTE
RFTHRU
FANCTL
P_CONT2
TUON
SWVION9V
EPGEQ
FLPON
P_CONT
SWVION5V
CEC0
AVLIN
MSPSTAT
TXD1
HOTPLUG
R199 100
3.1
TU_DCCON
TXD1
TXD2
JL138
R168 180
R172 100
R171 100
JL135
JL132
4.9
0
JL111
0
RXD2
66
CVBSIN
JL133
JL10 1
9
DBGP1
TXD1
67
JL22 3
4
9P
DBGP2
RXD1
68
100 ASCK
JL10 2
FOR CHECK
69
JL22 2
KEY2
5
CN103
E
70
FLCLK
3
TO (5/5)
71
R103
100
82
94
AFT
AGC
SCL
SDA
XRST1
MSPSTAT
72
KEY3
LED_D_TV
2
4
CSYNCIN
RESE T
JL115
R179 100
73
R161
0
JL15 3
4.9
R177 100
DET_ANT
74
R156
100
81
84
SAMUTE
FUNC_IN
FUNC_ON
BLANK
AVLTH
AVLIN
AVLOUT
SQU
AFT
AGC
SCL
SDA
XRST1
MSPSTAT
+5V
0.1
75
C 134
0.1
2.9
DTBON
DBGP 1
+5V
S AMUTE
FUNC_IN
FUNC_ON
BLANK
AVLTH
AVLIN
AVLOUT
SQU
JL114
76
RXD1
R175
330
R176 1k
77
R149
0
1
3
TO (4/5)
R174 100k
JL11 2
SWVION9V
P_CONT
P_CONT2
DET_ANT
ANT5V_SW
DTBON
FANCTL
RFTHRU
TUON
SWVION5V
TU_DCCON
DBGP 2
D
HST_TO_M
2.0
JL113
C138
2.2
50V
78
R150
0
NC
TO (2/5)
79
VDDDDA
80
B+
SWVION9V
P_CONT
P_CONT2
DET_ANT
ANT5V_SW
DTBON
FANCTL
RFTHRU
TUON
SWVION5V
TU_DCCON
GND
R173 100k
4.9
B+
V+12R1E
2
RXD1
CN105
B+
V+5VI
V+5R8E
Q105
2SD2114KT146
MUTE CONTROL
0
B+
JL139
C
L2_RIN
L2_LIN
2VIN
Y2IN
C2IN
R_IN
L_IN
R_OUT
L_OUT
Y_IN
C_OUT
Y_OUT
CB_OUT
CR_OUT
YP_OUT
TEXTVIN
P_SAVE
CSYNCIN
SCL
SDA
RCSEL1
RCSEL2
BLANK
XAMUTE2
AMUTE1
TU_DCCON
B+
JL136
TO (3/5)
0
HST_TO_M
BLANK
1
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
2
0
0
JL21 0
JL27 4
+5V
11
0
5
2
5.3
C135
0.1
3
0
5
5.0
L2_RIN
L2_LIN
2VIN
Y2IN
C2IN
R_IN
L_IN
R_OUT
L_OUT
Y_IN
C_OUT
Y_OUT
CB_OUT
CR_OUT
YP_OUT
TEXTVIN
P_SAVE
CSYNCIN
SCL
SDA
RCSEL1
RCSEL2
BLANK
XAMUTE2
AMUTE1
10
B+
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES-
B
9
Q104
UMD2N-TR
SA MUTE CONTROL
Q103
UMD2N-TR
SA MUTE CONTROL
D106
1SS355TE-17
B+
8
R754
150
JL708
G-LINK
JL713
C754
100p
JA751
C 121
1
IC104
DDC SW
E
A
4
KN102
REC
E
1
PB
Y/CHROMA
AUDI O
SIGNAL
JL22 1
JL714
AEP,UK only
4-5
Y
4-6
IT CONTROLLER, IR
AV-114 (1/5)
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
AV-114 BOARD(2/5)
POWER/FAN CONT.
Note :
AUS only
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES-
GTOMAIN
10
BTOMAIN
C/R_IN
A
TO (1/5)
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
BTOMAIN
5
TO (4/5)
GTOMAIN
B+
CN302
V +5V I
JL322
GND
B+
R301
0
C303
100
16V
P_CONT
V +5R8E
JL31 9
R303
0
EV+5.8V
EV+5.8V
18
D301
UDZS-TE17-15B
GN D
17
JL317
EV+12.1V
16
C301
0.1
25V
F
V+12R1E
GN D
19
JL306
B
P_CONT
21
20
B+
B+
GN D
22
JL329
R302
0
B+
FAN-
23
C302
0.1
25V
F
JL323
JL330
GN D
15
B+
P_CONT2
13
THROUGH THE
JL331
DET_ANT
DET_ANT
12
JL332
ANT5V_SW
11
C205
22
25V
D201
1SS355TE-17
R251
0
0.3
GN D
5
C208
0.1
16V
B
5.4
B_IN
6
G_IN
4
GN D
3
JL311
JL307
R219
3.3k
GN D
7
FANCTL
C
Y_IN
8
JL326
L201
1mH
C202
0.1
25V
F
C204
100
16V
C206
470p
50V
GN D
9
R218
0
R220
2.2k
C/R_I N
2
Q201
2SD2114KT146
FAN CONT
(SEE PAGE 4-22)
DT_TUON
10
JL325
JL31 4
FVA-002 FFC
ANT5V_SW
JL333
DTBON
TO DT-120
BOARD
CN103
V +32V
14
P_CONT2
24P
GN D
24
JL30 5
V +12R1
GN D
1
GND
C/R_I N
Y_IN
6
GND
B+
B+
2
JL31 2
L303
0uH
TO (1/5)
R304
100
C305
0.1
25V
F
5
JL339
Q301
UMD2N-TR
C306
0.1
25V
F
+5V REG
2
0
R306
33
0
6
C307
100
16V
C308
100
16V
5.6
JL34 5
Q306
2SC2411K-T-146-CQ
+5V REG
JL334
4.9
5.6
0
0
4.8
C314
0.1
25V
F
Q305
UMD2N-TR
2
C315
100
16V
C 316
100
16V
+5V REG
Q304
2SD2153T100V
+5V REG
JL338
B+
5.0
5.6
JL313
V+5BB
3
6
4
1
JL301
B+
V+9V
B+
5.0
5
5.7
RFTHRU
SWVION5 V
JL34 3
TO (3/5)
V+5V O
JL34 1
5.6
3
4
1
R318
0
5.7
JL336
5.6
5.6
JL30 8
B+
JL315
0
D
+5V REG
4.9
5.6
R308 0
B+
Q302
2SC4154TP-1EF
R307 0
B+
JL34 4
V+5V I
V +5V I
JL34 6
V+5TU
R305
33
E
C309
0.1
25V
F
JL309
0
JL316
5
JL337
5.6
5.6
3
1
6
0
4.9
2
0
C310
0.1
Q303 25V
UMD2N-TR F
+5V REG
C311
220
16V
C329
0.1
25V
F
C312
100
16V
R309
1.5k
9.6
5
4
6
4.8
B+
C318
0.1
25V
F
0
Q307
UMD2N-TR
2
JL34 2
B+
JL32 1
0.3
JL303
R315
100k
0.5%
R313
180k
R314
22k
12.0
JL304
JL302
JL32 7
C323
1
50V
F
6.2
TU_DCCO N
R311
820
1
4
0.3
JL318
6
3
C324
0.1
25V
F
POWER/FAN CONT.
AV-114 (2/5)
4-7
Q310
2SC4154TP-1EF
C326
10
50V
B+
C328
0.1
50V
F
V +32V
JL324
5
SIGNAL PATH
2
5.7
0.6
R316
22k
0.5%
VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA
GND
JL310
+32V SWITCHING
REG
L305
0uH
6.2
5.7
C322
100p
50V
G
B+
+9V REG
D303
1SS355TE-17
R310
4.7k
C320
100
16V
C319
100
16V
D302
UDZSTE-179.1B
SWVION9 V
L304
330uH
7
TO (5/5)
+9V REG
3
1
JL320
IC317
0.5A
32V
JL34 7
Q308
2SC2411K-T-146-CQ
D304
1SS355TE-17
9.6
9.7
JL335
TUON
F
B+
9.0
JL34 0
5.6
4
12.0
JL32 8
0.6
Q309
2SC5876T106QR
R312
10k
+32V SWITCHING
REG
REC
Q311
HN1A01FU-TE85R
+32V SWITCHING
REG
PB
4-8
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDI O
SIGNAL
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.
• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
TEXTVI N
AV-114 BOARD(3/5)
A
R458
470
2.2
VIDEO/AUDIO
JL488
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES-
SIGNAL PATH
R455
47
1.6
Q403
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
C461
1
B
Vcc
1.6
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDI O
SIGNAL
Y_I N
REC
4.9
3
OUT
IN 2
2.3
C460
1
B
R459
75
0.5%
VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA
4.9 JL48 7
2
B+
Q411
UMD2N-TR
1
GND
JL486
4.9
4
SW
2.0
2
4.9
IN 1
1
0.5
JL485
4
0
6
5
3
6
4.9
IC403
MM1503XNRE
PB
C462
1
IC402
BUFFER
B
L_IN
R_IN
D420
DAP202uT106
Q410
2SC4154TP-1EF
R465
470
JL49 1
RCSEL1
C475
10
50V
9.0
0
R463
8.2k
0.5%
JL4423
BLANK
RGBOUT
YP_OUT
CR_OUT
CB_OUT
Y_OU T
C_OU T
BLANK
C403
100p
50V
R404
0
JL45 5
JL456
C406
0.1
16V
B
C407
1
10V
B
C409 C410
1
1
10V 10V
B
B
C 408
1
10V
B
4.9
R_OUT
R_OUT
L_OUT
L_OUT
R408
470
R413
TU_LI N 470
CSYNCIN
TU_RIN
CSYNCIN
SDA
SDA
JL462 4.5
V+5V
P_SAVE
P_SAVE
L2_RIN
L2_RIN
L2_LIN
L2_LIN
AV1_RIN
AV1_LIN
AV1_RIN
JL4426
AV1_LIN
JL4427
R414
470
R415
470
R416
470
R417
470
R418
470
R419
470
JL466 4.5
JL467 4.5
JL468 4.5
JL469 4.5
52
51
F DVD PY(G)
SCART B IN 50
SCART G IN 48
84 A L4 IN(R)
VCC 47
IC401
Pr(Cr)/RorC OUT 45
Pb(Cb)/B OUT 44
VIDEO/AUDIO
SELECTOR
SCL 43
SDA 42
89 A L3 IN(R)
IC401
HA118326APFR-E
90 A L3 IN(L)
SYNC 41
91 A L2 IN(R)
PY(Y)OUT 40
92 A L2 IN(L)
Pr(Cr)/OUT 39
93 A L5 IN(R)
Pb(Cb)/OUT 38
GND
37
V2 OUT
36
FBCD
35
94 A L5 IN(L)
95 GND
JL470
AV2_LIN
AV2_LIN
96 A AV1 R OUT(R)
JL471
C455
4.7
50V
98 RF-C A OUT
JL474 1.9
GI N
R435
1M
33
59/61PIN
VIDEO L3 IN
GND
VIDEO L2 IN
FBC
VIDEO L1 IN
BG
BS IN
RS IN D OUT
TUNER IN
FBCD
AV2 OUT
GND
VTR OUT
FBCD
V1 OUT
VCC
C1 OUT
VCC
Y1 OUT
3
S1/S2 B OUT
2
SEP C2 IN
1
SYNC DET
GOUT
GOUT
SEP Y2 IN
R/COUT
SYNC DET OUT
R/COUT
SYNC DET
BOUT
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
R/COUT
0.3
BOUT
4.4 JL432
R436
100
4.4 JL431
4.8 JL430
C487
2.2 470 6.3V
C 489
2.5 470 6.3V
C 488
2.5 470 6.3V
CSYNCI N
R472
68 0.5%
R476 0.5%
68
R474
68 0.5%
JL427
32
GND
31
C456 C500
1
0.1
50V 25V
F
TU_RIN
R445
75
0.5%
TU_LIN
TU_VIN
C2IN
Y2I N
G
4-9
C444
1
10V
B
C447
0.01
25V
B
JL4409
4
2
VIDEO
CR
JL4412
JL4413
8
L
AUDIO L
L801
0uH
5
CB
JL440 3
C478
0
JL441 0
R478
68
0.5%
R480
3.9
R439
1.8M
C491
47
35V
R485
22k
JL4414
R
Q406
2SD2114KT146
R479
470
L802
0uH
R482
100
JL49 5
AUDIO R
JL497
Y
JL4405
0
R484
1k
0.7
JL49 4
2.2
4.9
V
JL4411
C439
0.1
16V
B
L_OUT
COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT
C485
0
C482
470p
50V
JL49 6
R438
0
JL42 5
JL42 4 4.9
JL42 3
JL42 2 2.7
JL42 1
2.2
R421
1.8M
JL42 0 2.7
JL41 9 1.7
JL41 8
JL41 7 2.2
2.9
R473
3.9
R477
3.9
R475
3.9
JL4408
JA402
R801
0
6
C490
470
6.3V
B+
R432
1M
C441
1
10V
F
LINE 2
OUT
JL4401
JL4407
C442
0.1
25V
F
C 458
100
10V
D402
DTZ-TT11-6.8B
JL49 9 0.7
R487
22k
R_OUT
C440
0.1
16V
B
C484
470p
50V
R486
1k
C493
47
35V
Q407
2SD2114KT146
JL4406
R488
470
XAMUTE2
C445 C496 C434
0.1 0.1
1
25V 16V
10V
F
B
B
JL49
8
JL492
0
6
3
4.2
2.7
AMUTE1
0
2
V+5V
0
R490
100
D419
1SS355TE-17
AV1_V/YOUT
C443
1
10V
B
JL41 6 1.8
JL41 5 2.7
JL41 4 1.8
0
JL41 3 1.8
JL41 2
JL41 1
JL41 0 2.3
JL40 9 0.6
JL40 8 1.8
JL40 7
4.8
JL40 6 2.3
C499
0.1
25V
F
AV2_V/YOUT
RTOMAIN
C498
0.1
25V
F
C428 C446
0.1 1
16V 10V
B
B
0.5%
Q401
DTC124EUA-T106
C432
1
10V
B
R447
75
AV1_LOUT
R431
1M
R428
0
AV1_ROUT
C 431
0.1
16V
B
JL4421
3
SDA
2.1
V2 OUT
R471
0
JL441 9
7
R448
0
R420
1.8M
D422
NNCD3.9F-T1B
TU_VIN
C457
10
50V
TU_VIN
TU_LIN
R425
100k
AV2_LOUT
2VI N
TU_RIN
0
AV2_V/YIN
AV1_LOUT
RTOMAIN
JL40 1
D421
NNCD3.9F-T1B
AV1_ROUT
2.3
P_SAVE
R430
1M
AV2_LOUT
AV2_ROUT
R444
75
0.5%
AV2_ROUT
AV1_V/YI N
RGBOUT
JL40 2
BIN
BIN
JL40 5 1.8
2.3
R/CIN
JL40 4
GIN
R/CIN
JA401
S VIDEO
D409
UMZ6.8N-T106
SCL
R437
100
GIN
TO (4/5)
JL4422
GOUT
0.3
2.5 JL428
34
99 A AGC D
100 VTR VorV&S V3 IN
BOUT
C437
1
10V
B
R470
75
0.5%
JL4420
2.7 JL429
C2 OUT
JL473
SEO C1 IN
AV1_V/YOUT
1.8 JL433
4.9
C476
0.01
25V
B
BI N
R/CI N
2.2
S1/S2 B OUT
97 A AV1 R OUT(L)
JL472
C497
0.1
25V
F
SEP Y1 IN
C418
1
10V
F
DL3 DRIVE
AV1_V/YIN
AV2_V/YOUT
V C&S C3 IN
AV2_V/YIN
R469
3.9
JL441 8
4
C 436
1
10V
B
2.3 JL434
PY(Y)G OUT 46
86 A TUNER IN(R)
AV2_RIN
AV2_RIN
1.8 JL435
0.4
85 A L4 IN(L)
C435
1
10V
B
R433
1M
SCART RorC IN 49
83 V DVD M C
R468
68
0.5%
C454
100
10V
1
53
C486
470
6.3V
3
54
F DVD Pb(B)
2.3
2.3 JL436
2.3 JL437
55
F dvd Pr(R)
JL440
JL438
0
2.3 JL439
2.3 JL441
56
F DVD Y
PAL SCART D2
57
RGB M OUT
DVD C OUT
JL442
58
F DVD C
59
PAL SCART D1
JL444
2.3 JL443
JL445
60
PAL SCART IN
0
2.3
4.9 JL446
61
DVD VorY OUT
2.2
62
VCC
MAIN C D
MAIN C IN
82 A HIFI IN(L)
63
SLICER OUT
64
88 VREF(9V/2)
JL465 4.5
JL448
65
87 A TUNER IN(L)
1
B
1
B
1
B
1
B
1
B
1
B
2.3 JL447
66
VIDEO AGC
JL449
67
A AV1/OUT2(L)
JL450
68
A AV1/OUT2(R)
JL451
4.5 JL452
69
A HorHDD/OUT(L)
4.5
A AV2/OUT(R)
4.5
4.5
A AV2/OUT(L)
9.0
4.5
4.5
81 A HIFI IN(R)
70
4.5
SCL
SCL
B+
A AV1/OUT(R)
JL464 4.5
JL461 4.5
71
A AV1/OUT(L)
JL480 C419
10V
JL479 C420
10V
JL478 C421
10V
C422
JL477 10V
C423
JL476 10V
C424
JL475 10V
JL460 4.5
72
VCC
JL463 4.5
0
73
F A DVD(L)
JL484 C412 1
10V B
JL459
74
C438
1
10V
F
D801
UMZ6.8N-T106
D416
UMZ6.8N-T106
AMUTE1
JL458 4.5
75
R407
0
D415
UMZ6.8N-T106
AMUTE1
JL457 4.5
C415
0.1
25V
F
R422
10k
C468
0.1
C469
C411 1 0 . 1
JL483 10V B
76
A HorHDD/OUT(R)
XAMUTE2
77
F A DVD(R)
C2IN
C2IN
XAMUTE2
78
A DVD M C
C414
0.1
25V
F
Y2IN
Y2IN
79
To DVD(L)
2VIN
2VIN
80
To DVD(R)
TEXTVIN
4.6
JL454
4.6 JL453
TEXTVIN
1
D410
UMZ6.8N-T106
0
Q402
2SD2114KT146
YP_OUT
Y_IN
0
G
R454 R462
10k 10k
0.5% 0.5%
Y_IN
TO (5/5)
V+5V O
D414
UMZ6.8N-T106
CB_OUT
YP_OUT
RGBOUT
V+5VI
B+
R461
680
D413
UMZ6.8N-T106
C402
100p
50V
CR_OUT
CR_OUT
8
B+
R401
0
C404
1
10V
F
C453
100
10V
C413
0.1
16V
B
C401
1
10V
F
R403 560
C452
100
10V
Y_OUT
Y_OUT
F
C450 C451
4.7 4.7
50V 50V
R402 560
C_OUT
CB_OUT
9
6
GND
BLANK
AV1_V/YOUT
V+9V
JL4416
B+
D401
UDZSTE-1711B
C474
10
50V
JL4424
RCSEL2
C_OUT
AV2_V/YOUT
AV2_LOUT
5
4
C471
10
50V
R453
8.2k
0.5%
RCSEL1
RCSEL2
AV1_V/YIN
C/R_IN
B+
AV2_ROUT
+
-
6
3
L_IN
AV2_V/YIN
Y_I N
TO (2/5)
L_IN
RCSEL1
E
RCSEL
R_IN
R_IN
V+5V
V
C473
100
16V
AV1_ROUT
7
+
-
2
C464
0.1
25V
F
4.6
4.6
D
Q413
DTC124EUA-T106
B+
IC403
1.6
Q408
2SC4154TP-1EF
4.6
4.6
TO (1/5)
1.6
8
1
4.6
C
RTOMAI N
4.6
AV1_LOUT
C472
10
50V
4.9
0
2.3
RCSEL2
IC402
BA4558F-E2
4.9
2.3
1
D418
1SS355TE-17
C463
0.1
25V
F
5
C481
0.1
25V
F
4
4.3
JL493
Q404
UMD2N-TR
C492
220
10V
4-10
VIDEO/AUDIO
AV-114 (3/5)
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
AV-114 BOARD(4/5)
R515
560
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIESR569
1k
A
R517
1.5k
R566
22k
R516
1.2k
JL533
R518
JL53 1 10
12.0
12.0
JL532
SQU
D501
UDZS-TE17-5.1B
AVLTH
JL527
R506
2.9
R565
680
R564
15k
C547
22
25V
R512
100k
C511
220p
JL52 5
JL52 6
R520
220
R513
100k
C 510
0.1
0
1
2
3
0
2
5
D524
DAN217UT106
Q501
UMH1NTN
SWITCH
6 3
C545
100
16V
R534
3.9k
R542
100
4
1
JL509
R536
470
R537
100
C516
470p
D531
UMZ6.8N-T106
C518
1000p
JA501
42P
L851
L853 L852 0uH
0uH 0uH
JL54 9
JL55 0
JL55 1
3
AV1_ROUT
AV1_RIN
AV1_LOUT
AV1_LIN
C541
4.7
50V
5
1
D528
1SS355TE-17
R535
3.9k
0.7
2
D517
UMZ6.8N-T106
0 6 3 0
JL505 0.7
D516
UMZ6.8N-T106
B+
D530
UDZSTE-1713B
D515
UMZ6.8N-T106
JL512
JL508
JL513
Q506
HN1C03FU-TE85R
MUTE SW
D513
UMZ6.8N-T106
R560
15k
R519
56k
AV LTH SW
2
SAMUTE
RTOMAIN
6.3 4 1 9.5
0
IC406
BLANK
2.3
V+12R1
R553
100
R552
470
R545 100
AV2_LIN
BIN
GIN
R573
5
6
7
11
15
14
13
12
JL53 5
JL53 6
JL53 7
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
D506
D507
UMZ6.8N-T10 6 UMZ6.8N-T106
L859 0uH
JL503
9
4
D505
UMZ6.8N-T106
10
8
R551
100
23
L856
L858 L857 0uH
0uH 0uH
D503
NNCD3.9F-T1B
JL507
R550
470
L501 L855
0uH 0uH
24
1
D504
UMZ6.8N-T106
0uH
JL53 8
JL53 9
JL54 0
JL54 1
JL54 2
JL54 3
R503
75
0.5%
R502
75
0.5%
R501
75
0.5%
C552
100p
50V
E
R504
68 0.5%
0
EURO
AV-114 (4/5)
4-11
R505
3.9
75 0.5%
AEP,UK
AUS
4-12
L502 L860
0uH 0uH
L861
0uH
35
39
40
JL54 6
JL54 7
JL54 8
38
37
R559
0
41
C503
100p
50V
L862
0uH
42
L803
0
D512
NNCD3.9F-T1B
R514
75
0.5%
*
D511
UMZ6.8N-T106
R571
75
0.5%
R505
JL51 8
D510
NNCD3.9F-T1B
R555
100k
*
D509
UMZ6.8N-T106
R554
100k
R504
D508
NNCD3.9F-T1B
C528
470
6.3V
AV2_V/YOUT
AV2_V/YIN
36
JL54 4
JL54 5
R/CIN
34
33
D529 UDZSTE-1713B
25
4
JL56 0
JL56 1
JL56 2
0
26
0.7
2
R529
100k
R563
R532
75
0.5%
9
R556
3.9k
R526 3 . 9
R528 75 0.5%
R531 0
27
0
R530
75
0.5%
JL55 8
JL55 9
28
AV2_ROUT
AV2_RIN
AV2_LOUT
3 6
JL55 5
JL55 6
JL55 7
29
R557
3 . 9 k JL504 0.7
5
C543
4.7
C544
50V R544
4.7
JL502 50V
100
11.2
Q508
DTA124EUA-T106
SA MUTE
0
JL55 2
JL55 3
JL55 4
30
0
0uH
31
JL501
C532
470
6.3V
L854
C519
470p
C505
1000p
C506
470p
C507
1000p
C508
470p
Q507
HN1C03FU-TE85R
MUTE SW
TO (3/5)
JL510
JL506
JL511
JL520
JL521
JL522
JL523
JL524
R524
3.9
D522
UMZ6.8N-T106
C530 R523
68
C 531 470
470 6.3V 0.5%
6.3V
R525 68
0.5%
R527 0
11.3
C520 1000p
C529
470
6.3V
R549
100k
GOUT
R/COUT
RGBOUT
AV1_V/YOUT
AV1_V/YIN
R522
3.9
D521
UMZ6.8N-T106
R541
100k
JL51 9
D520
UMZ6.8N-T106
R548
100k
R540
100k
R547
100k
R521
68
0.5%
D519
UMZ6.8N-T106
R546
100k
R539
100
R538
470
C542
4.7
50V
R543
100
BOUT
D
JL517
C515
0.1
AVLOUT
BTOMAIN
R561
680
9
C517
220p
FUNC_IN
GND
C
0
0
D526
1SS355TE-17
JL53 0
D518
UMZ6.8N-T106
5
2.9
4.5
JL53 4
D502
U DZS-TE17-5.1B
R574
0
D523
DAN217UT106
4
D514
UMZ6.8N-T106
Q509
2SC4154TP-1EF
BUFFER
R511
220k
0
R558
10k
B+
4.9
TO (2/5)
JL515
Q503
2SC4154TP-1EF
AV IN,OUT 0
SWITCH
GTOMAIN
Q505
2SC4154TP-1EF
AV IN,OUT
SWITC H
JL516
4.5
JL529
JL528
CONT
Q504
2SC4154TP-1EF
AV IN,OUT
SWITCH
TO (1/5)
5
VCC
3
C550
22
25V
0
D527
1SS355TE-17
GND
4.9
Q510
2SC4154TP-1EF
BUFFER
2.3
R510
2.2M
R508
47k
4.9
R509
27k
OUT/IN
JL514
AVLIN
R562
10k
R507
4.7k
0
5.0
B+
IN/OUT
+5V
1.1
R568
12k
Q502
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
SWITCH
-1.9
FUNC_ON
4.5
1.7
Q511
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
BUFFER
C551
22
25V
IC406
TC7S66FU(TE85R)
0
V+5VI
10
B+
EURO
B
9
32
1
1.ROUT
2.RIN
3.LOUT
4.GNDA
5.GNDV
6.LIN
7.BOUT
8.FUNCTION
9.GNDV
10.N-LINK
11.GOUT
12.NC
13.GNDV
14.GNDV
15.R/COUT
16.BLANK
17.GNDV
18.GNDV
19.V/YOUT
20.V/YIN
21.GNDV
22.ROUT
23.RIN
24.LOUT
25.GNDA
26.GNDV
27.LIN
28.BIN
29.FUNCTION
30.GNDV
31.N-LINK
32.GIN
33.NC
34.GNDV
35.GNDV
36.R/CIN
37.BLANK
38.GNDV
39.GNDV
40.V/YOUT
41.V/YIN
42.GNDV
LINE 1 / TV
LINE 3 / DECORDER
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.
• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.
3
2
1
AV-114 BOARD(5/5)
4
5
6
7
8
9
AERIAL
TUNER
IN
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES-
OUT
VIDEO OUT
AFT OUT
JL617
GND
SIGNAL PATH
R638
100
JL616
TU
MB
AGC OUT
SDA
JL612
SCL
SIF OUT
R637
0uH
R636
0uH
JL602
VIDEO SIGNAL
B+
V+5TU
CHROMA
B+
L602
0uH
TO (2/5)
C602
2200p
50V
B
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDI O
SIGNAL
REC
R609
0
R603
0
GND
B
JL611
JL610
JL609
R635
0uH
JL60 1
B+
V +32V
7
JL608
NC
BB
V+5B B
JL605
JL603
L601
0uH
B+
AUDIO OUT
A
GND
U601 (TUNER TMFE2-4707A)
C611
47
16V
C609 C603 C604
100 2200p 100p
10V 50V
50V
B
JL604
PB
C608
0.47
10V
B
JL61 8
AGC
C606
10p
50V
R607
1k
1.6
Q602
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
AGC
C605
10p
50V
Q601
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
BUFFER
R605
10k
4.5
3.9
R602
1k
AFT
L604
0uH
B+
2.2
R606
10k
L605
0uH
+5V
JL620
B+
3.5
2.5
AHVSS
AGNDC
JL641
JL639
JL643
NC
NC
NC
JL635
JL637
NC/ASG
SC1R
JL632
MONOIN
AVSS
CAPLM
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
VREF2
25
ADSEL
TP
24
STBYQ
TP
23
DCO0
JL64 6
JL65 6
JL64 7
JL64 8
JL64 9
C 629
3900p
50V
B
R624
3.3k
RESETQ
8
2.2
1.5
R625
3.3k
TO (3/5 )
JL66 1
1.4
C630
560p
50V
JL65 1
1.4
R626
1k
C627
0.1
25V
F
JL65 2
JL657
JL65 3
C 632
3900p
50V
B
R627
3.3k
C631
0.01
25V
B
R628
3.3k
4.8
C626
0.1
25V
F
JL660
TU_RIN
Q605
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
BUFFER
2.2
1.5
JL65 8
C633
560p
50V
R620
0
JL645
TP
DVSS
4.9
JL644
DVSUP
TP
TP
JL64 0
JL64 2
TP
TP
JL636
JL634
4.3
JL633
JL63 8
TP
SDA
SCL
4.3
JL631
JL65 9
TU_LIN
Q604
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
BUFFER
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
C635
22p
50V
13
12
C636
22p
50V
C625
1
10V
F
TU_VIN
C628
0.01
25V
B
5.0
JL654
B+
SCL
33
DACMR
10
R621 100
34
35
36
37
38
DCO1
R619
10k
C619
0.1
25V
F
JL650
11
JL62 8 4.9
39
DACML
0
JL62 7
TP
10
D
R633
100
IC601
MSP3417G-QG-B8V3
VREF1
TP
JL62 6
C624
3p
50V
CJ
SCOR
EURO MSP
9
R634
2.2k
XOUT
IC601
8
JL62 5
MSPSTAT
XI N
SCOL
7
X601
18.432MHz
JL615
R616 JL62 4
0
40
JL62 3 2.1
0.9
41
JL614
TESTEN
2.3
6
R632
22
Q606
2SC4154TP-1EF
SIF AMP
5
1.5
NC
4
C623
3p
50V
CJ
4.9
TO (1/5)
AIN1 +
AIN1 -
B+
R623
1k
AHVSUP
3
R631
4.7k
4
L608
0uH
C 642
100
10V
AVSUP
JL62 1 1.5
JL62 2 1.5
C641
10
50V
2
JL61 9
C639
3.3
50V
C618
0.1
25V
F
1
4.9
42
L609
10uH
43
C615
100p
50V
R630
C616 330
0.01
25V
B
C620 C643
C622 C621 1
100
56p 56p
10V
50V 50V 10V
F
2.6
C640
100
10V
44
C
C614
0.1
25V
F
VREFTOP
C613
0.1
25V
F
C638
10
50V
C617
0.1
25V
F
L606
0uH
L607
100uH
JL655
R622 100
SDA
E
XRST1
Note :
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
4-13
4-14
TUNER
AV-114 (5/5)
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveform.
• Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board.
3
4
5
DT-120 BOARD(1/5)
X100
27MHz
EMMA2LL
11
12
XRESET
XRESET_FLASH
1.3
R183
0
VCLK
B+
XCI_VCC_5V
I2C_SDA_DTBR
I2C_SCL_DTBR
R154
47k
R153
47k
R151
47k
R531
0
R159
100
R155
47k
R534
0
R532
0
R643
0
R160
100
R642
0
R194
56
R641
0
C194
1
R147
10k
R146
10k
R173
0
R569
100
R570
100
R109
0
R172
10k
JL1112
C128
0.1
R644
0
R571
0
R572
0 JL1111
C117
1
R149
47k
C116
0.1
C120
0.1
4
R110
56
R111
56
14
R114
33
3
JL595
JL596
JL597
JL598
JL1110
JL1109
JL1108
JL1107
JL1106
JL1105
JL1104
JL1103
JL599
JL1102
JL1101
JL1121
JL1120
JL1119
JL1118
R170
33
R101
10k
JL1122
3.1
0.8
3.1
3.1
3.1
2.5
1.0
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.2
0.2
JL1124
JL1123
2
2.5
JL579
F102
0uH
11
R662
0
0
12
1
0
R724
150
13
+
-
15
5
16
6
17
7
18
8
19
3.3
3.2
R733
0
5
TO (5/5)
1.9
STREAM_7
0.4
STREAM_6
0.4
STREAM_5
0.8
STREAM_4
0.4
STREAM_3
0.5
STREAM_2
0.5
STREAM_1
0.7
STREAM_0
DADD5
DADD4
34
C121
1
6.3V
X6S
R187
150
DCSB
DRASB
2.4
DCASB
2.3
DWEB
2.4
197
198
DQS0
0.7
DQ7
0.2
DQ6
0
201
202
203
R186
56
0
204
2.4
C111
1
I2C_SCL_DTBR
205
I2C_SDA_DTBR
206
R594
56
1.5
C110
0.1
207
0.2
INT_CI
DQ4
CI_VS1
DQ3
0
DQ2
0
DQ1
0
CI_RESET
XCI VCC_5V
208
209
210
DQ0
CI_27MHz
211
R185
56
XRESET_FLASH
0
212
2.4
C109
0.1
CI_TPS_4
PPORT27
3.3
PPORT26
0
PPORT25
0
PPORT24
PPORT28
PPORT41
1.2
PPORT40
1.5
PPORT39
0
PPORT38
3.3
PPORT37
0.6
PPORT36
0
PPORT35
1.5
PPORT34
0
PPORT33
0
PPORT32
0
PPORT31
0
PPORT30
3.3
SCL0
3.3
SDA0
0
PPORT29
PPORT42
PPORT43
PPORT44
PAGND
1.5
VDD1_4
GND_11
GND_10
1.4
CLK27IN
1.6
PAVDD
RSTOUT
1.6
PWMOUT
3.3
VDD3_4
JTDO
JTDI
3.1
TXD1B
3.2
RXD1B
3.1
NMI
3.2
RSTSWB
JTMS
JTCK
JTRST
GND_12
DQ15
VDD2_1
DQ14
DQ13
DQ12
DQ11
DQ10
VDD2_2
GND_9
3.3
VDD3_3
87
DGND_1
84
REF0
83
RSET0
82
R605
0
R167
910
92
91
B+
F104
0uH
VACVBS
79
AVDD_1
78
AGND_1
77
VAY
76
TEST
75
GRDYB
74
ALRCK
73
ADO
72
ATX
71
ABCK
70
VDD1_3
69
DQ6
DQ5
GND_8
68
GND_7
67
VDD2
AMCK
66
GCCB0
65
VDD1_6
DQ4
DQ3
FCSB0
64
FWEB
63
FOEB
62
RADD22
61
DQ1
DQ0
VDD2_6
RADD21
60
RADD20
59
RADD19
GND_22
RADD18
GND_23
RADD17
RADD16
R123
100
R124
100
R721
100
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
R125
100
R128
100
R127
100
EC10
EC7
EC8
SPDIF
EC9
EC10
C134
0.1
EA1
EA3
R579
10k
EC9
3.2
EC7
3.2
EC6
3.2
EC8
R100
0
LLA22
0
EA22
0
EA21
0
EA20
58
0
EA19
0
EA18
57
56
EA17
55
EA4
EA5
EA6
EA7
EA8
EA9
EA10
EA11
EA12
EA13
EA14
EA15
EA16
54
EA18
EA19
C115
47
16V
C118
0.1
EA21
EA22
ED0
EA16
EA15
EA14
EA13
EA12
EA11
EA10
EA9
EA8
EA7
EA6
EA5
EA4
EA3
EA2
EA1
ED15
R568
22k
R566
22k
R564
22k
R560
22k
R558
22k
R556
22k
R554
22k
R550
22k
R546
22k
V+1.5V
R544
22k
B+
I
ED8
ED9
R542
22k
A+3.3V
ED7
B+
R540
22k
TO (4/5)
ED6
B+
B+
R538
22k
4
ED5
SPDIF
ED15
ED14
R561
22k ED13
ED12
ED11
ED10
ED9
R551
22k ED8
ED7
ED6
ED5
ED14
ED12
ED11
ED13
ED4
ED3
ED9
ED8
ED10
ED2
ED1
ED6
ED5
ED7
R547
22k
B+
ED3
ED4
R535
22k
ED0
ED4
ED3
ED2
ED1
ED0
CI_TPS_7
ED2
D+3.3V
ED10
ED11
ED12
GNDD
ED13
ED14
ED15
EMMA2LL
DT-120 (1/5)
4-15
VDO7
15
VDO6
16
VDO5
17
VDO4
18
VDO3
19
VDO2
20
VDO1
21
VDO0
22
GND
23
ALRCK
24
ADATA
25
ABCK
26
GND
27
SPDIF
28
GND
TO
RD-065
BAORD (2/7)
CN4701
THROUGH THE
FVR-001 FFC
(SEE PAGE
4-32)
JL1125
JL1143
EC6
R580
10k
C126
1
C125
0.1
C124
0.1
C107
1
CI_TPS_6
CI_TPS_5
CI_TPS_4
CI_TPS_3
CI_TPS_2
CI_TPS_1
CI_TPS_0
CI_TPS_10
CI_TPS_9
CI_TPS_8
B+
GND
14
JL1141
JL1142
EA20
R116
10k
D+2.5V
F103
0uH
VCLK
13
JL1140
ED1
F106
0uH
GND
12
JL1114
LLA22
F108
0uH
GND(RFE/LL)
11
JL1115
R104
10k
CI_TPS_8
B+
XRESET
10
JL1116
R616
47
B+
CI_TPS_9
GND
9
JL1129
R126
100
C135
0.1
CI_TPS_8
CI_TPS_10
RDXA
8
JL1117
EA2
B+
CI_TPS_7
7
JL1127
R610
47
R608
47
R609
47
3.3
36
0
35
0
34
0
33
0
32
0
31
0
30
0
29
0
28
1.5
27
0
26
0
25
0
24
0
23
0
22
0
21
0
20
0
19
0
18
0
17
0
16
0
15
3.2
14
3.3
13
0
12
0
11
3.2
10
0
9
0
8
3.2
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
3.2
3.3
CI_TPS_7
2
0
1
TDXA
JL1130
EA17
CI_TPS_6
CI_TPS_10
R122
100
R722
100
0
VDD3_
6
JL1126
0
DQ2
SCL_VDEC
GND
JL1131
R121
100
R166
910
C136
1
JL581
SDA_VDEC
5
JL1132
C137
1
3.2
GND_21
C590
10p
50V
F105
0uH
1.5
DQ7
GND
4
JL1128
86
80
C592
10p
50V
R174
100
R169
150
C138
0.1
88
AGND_2
2
3
C591
R621 10p
22k 50V
JL1133
1.6
DQS0
CI_TPS_5
CI_TPS_6
CI_TPS_9
C142
0.1
R168
220
89
81
AT/XDT
JL1134
R607
0
93
AVDD_2
1
JL1135
B+
85
SCL_VDEC
CN102 28P
JL1136
R606
0
1.6
DQM0
0
CI_TPS_5
CI_TPS_3
216
96
0
DWEB
1.5
CI_TPS_4
C108
0.1
C127
0.1
CI_TPS_2
JL155
AGND_3
0.7
VAPR
1.5
DVDD_1
R622
22k
INT_CI
1.6
DCASB
0
CI_TPS_3
3.3
JL154
97
90
R145
10k
R141
10k
R148
10k
R179
10k
C140
0.1
98
AGND_4
0.5
VAPB
3.3
AVDD_3
B+
3.3
DRASB
0
CI_TPS_2
215
CI_TPS_1
DCSB
0
CI_TPS_1
214
CI_TPS_0
JL153
99
0
PPORT0
CI_TPS_0
213
JL111
100
R589
0
0.4
VDD2_5
0
CI_27MHz
0
200
DQ5
CI_VS1
XRESET_FLASH
199
R595
56
XCD FDM_RESET
INT_CI
XCI VCC_5V
195
2.2
196
DQM0
CI_RESET
2.4
C112
0.1
GND_20
0
35
1.2
JL110
101
GND_6
194
R142
10k
R143
10k
R144
10k
JL109
102
3.3
DBA0
VDD3_2
193
DADD6
1.3
I2C_SCL_DTBR
0.5
DBA1
RADD15
DBA0
JL108
103
CI_VS1
0.4
RADD14
DADD7
192
R188
100
DADD10
RADD13
1.2
DBA1
DADD0
RADD12
1.1
DADD8
191
1.9
R575
10k
JL107
94
R728
0
XCOFDM_RESET
104
DGND_2
1.3
REF1
1.3
RSET1
3.3
AVDD_4
R729
0
SDA_VDEC
JL106
105
3.3
RADD11
2.1
106
95
BUFFER
R138
10k
R139
10k
R576
10k
JL114
DGND_3
IC321
CI_RESET
R577
0
JL105
107
1.3
DADD1
RADD10
DADD10
JL104
108
1.3
RADD9
DADD9
190
IC106
UPD61111GM-100-UEV-A
DADD2
RADD8
DADD0
EMMA2LL
DADD3
VDD1_2
DADD11
1.1
I2C_SDA_DTBR
189
0.1
0
XCD FDM_RESET
0.1
R189
100
DADD1
VDD2_4
GND_5
188
GND_4
187
RADD7
0.4
RADD6
DADD12
0
186
0.5
DADD2
RADD5
0
C155
0.1
DADD3
RADD4
DCKE
IC106
RADD3
SDCLK
GND_19
RADD2
2.5
185
2.4
DADD4
GND_18
RADD1
R197
0
R199
0
1.3
184
RADD0
183
R190
100
SDCLKB
RDATA15
1.9
DADD4
DQM1
R702
33
1.2
DADD5
RDATA14
182
DADD6
RDATA13
181
RDATA12
DADD5
0.3
RDATA11
0
2.1
GND_3
C191
1
6.3V
X6S
DADD6
DADD7
VDD3_1
C192
0.1
16V
F
180
RDATA10
DADD7
DQS1
DADD8
0
1.2
179
0.4
R191
100
RDATA9
0.4
DADD8
R700
33
0.6
DADD9
RDATA8
178
RDATA7
DADD9
VDD1_5
RDATA6
177
0
RDATA5
1.5
C113
1
DQ8
GND_17
RDATA4
176
DADD11
VDD2_3
RDATA3
0
R699
33
175
DADD12
RDATA2
2.5
174
2.4
C114
0.1
RDATA1
173
0
R192
100
DADD11
DCKE
RDATA0
0
DADD12
DQ10
DCLK
PPORT11
172
DQ9
C106
0.1
16V
F
2.4
DCLKBDCLKB
PPORT10
DQ11
R695
33
0
171
DQM1
VDD1_1
DCKE
1.3
R597
68
JL1156
DVREFDVREF
GND_2
DQ12
0.1
0
170
GND_1
0.3
169
PPORT9
168
0
1.2
PPORT8
1.2
R598
68
SDCLKB
SDCLK
PPORT7
DQM1
DQ14
DQ13
C105
1000p
50V
B
2.5
DQS1
PPORT6
0.1
167
PPORT5
1.1
R193
56
DQ8
PPORT4
166
PPORT3
36
VSS1
37
33
A4
38
A5
39
A2
40
A6
41
A1
42
A7
R694
33
0.1
43
A0
44
A8
45
A10/AP
46
A9
1.0
DQ9
0
48
BA1
47
49
A11
DQ8
165
GND_16
0
50
BA0
1.1
0
PPORT23
0
PPORT22
0
PPORT21
3.3
PPORT20
0
PPORT19
0
PPORT18
0
PPORT17
0
PPORT16
3.3
PPORT15
0
PPORT14
0
PPORT13
0
PPORT12
1.5
DVDD_2
GND_15
3.2
51
CK
DQ15
DQ9
GND_13
GND_14
163
PPORT2
C193
1
PPORT1
C616
2.2
10V
B
JL1155
DQS1
2 TO (2/5, 3/5)
H
20
R666
0
C147
47
16V
JL116
10
52
A12
3 TO (2/5)
0
9
53
NC3
G
B+
8
54
NC4
1 TO (3/5)
1.6
0
C129
1
7
55
CKE
/CS
VDD3
JL580
6
56
/RAS
A3
R723
150
5
57
/CAS
32
2.5
/CK
31
DADD3
1.7
/WE
30
2.3
UDM
29
DADD2
VSS2
LDM
28
DADD1
0
NC
27
0
VREF
26
DADD0
NCS
25
DADD10
2.2
UDQS
24
1.3
VSSQ3
23
DBA1
NC6
22
DBA0
1.1
DQ8
VDD2
21
2.3
VDDQ4
20
2.4
DCSB
DQ9
19
DRASB
NC2
DQ10
18
DCASB
2.3
LDQS
17
0
2.5
VDDQ3
16
R701
33
NC1
15
2.5
DQ7
14
C119
1
6.3V
X6S
0.6
VSSQ2
13
2.5
12
C104
0.1
R698 16V
F
33
11
0.8
DQ6
0
4
VSSQ4
58
DQ5
DQ11
59
VDDQ2
10
R707
33
DWEB
F
9
0
R706
33
DQM0
DQ12
2.5
0
DQS0
8
C103
1000p
50V
B
0
3
DQ13
0.3
DQ4
Q312
DTC124EUA-T106
SWITCH
1.6
2
7
DQ3
DQ14
VDDQ5
60
6
VSSQ1
0
61
5
DQ2
0
62
4
DQ1
VSSQ5
63
VDDQ1
0.8
64
DQ15
2.5
DQ6
DQ7
C618
10
10V
C
V REF
65
DQ0
3
R705
33
DQ5
IC318
66
VSS3
0
R704
33
DQ4
E
VDD1
0
DQ3
D
2.5
R696
33
DQ2
B+
164
2
DQ1
256M DDR
1
DQ0
R725
10k
162 161 160 159 158 157 156 155 154 153 152 151 150 149 148 147 146 145 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109
IC101
K4H561638H-UCB3T
C144
100
16V
C101
1
6.3V
X6S
C102
0.1
16V
F
IC321
TC74VCX245FK
C637
1
6.3V
X6S
3.3
3.3
1
C
4
1.2
B+
IC101
5
+
-
1.2
3.3
C620
10
10V
C
B+
1.2
C638
1000p
50V
B
0
SW
B+
0
R1057
0
C640
1
6.3V
X6S
0
IC322
IC318
NJM12904V(TE2)
JL1154
C639
1000p
50V
B
3.3
1.1
3
B+
JL1157 R660
1k
0.5%
C615
0.1
16V
F
IC322
TC7SB66FU(TE85R)
1.2
2
R651
0
R726
10k
1
DQ15
DQ14
DQ13
DQ12
DQ11
DQ10
B
14
CI_27MHz
R105
33
27MHz DSC
C614
0.1
16V F
R661
1k 0.5%
13
JL1139
4
OUTY
5
IC104
GND
3.3
O0
10
INV
C154
0.1
16V
F
1.3
R107
0
3.3
9
IC110
5
VDD
VSS
INA
3
VC
1.6
C131
0.1
16V
F
VCC
6
STB
1.6
7
XT
NC
8
3.3
NC
1.4
8
XTB
4
C130
0.1
16V
F
3
1.6
2
B+
7
IC110
TC7SH04FU(T5RSONYJF)
C149
2p
50V
CK
2
-REF.NO.: 40,000 SERIES-
IC104
KA5SDKAS01TSN
1
1
F101
0uH
1
A
6
C148
2p
50V
CK
R182
0
2
1
4-16
EC6
EC7
EC8
EC9
EC10
EA1
EA2
EA3
EA4
EA5
EA6
EA7
EA8
EA9
EA10
EA11
EA12
EA13
EA14
EA15
EA16
EA17
EA18
EA19
EA20
EA21
EA22
LLA22
ED0
ED1
ED2
ED3
ED4
ED5
ED6
ED7
ED8
ED9
ED10
ED11
ED12
ED13
ED14
ED15
6
TO (2/5)
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveform.
• Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
(AEP2 MODEL ONLY)
DT-120 BOARD(2/5)
CI CONTROL
-REF.NO.: 40,000 SERIES-
A
CN201
MDI 8
MDI 4
MDI 9
MDI 3
MDO9
MDO10
MDC10
MDC9
MDC8
MDO 8
MDI7
MDI6
MDI5
1
MD3
2
MD4
3
MD5
4
MD6
5
MD7
R281
10k
EA4
EA 4
R206
47
R207
47
C205
0.1
0.6
MICLKB
MDIA4
MDIB4
MIVALA
MIVALB
MDIA3
0.6
VCC_DVB1
0.6
MDIB5
MICLKA
5.0
MDIA5
0.6
MDIB6
0.6
MDIA6
0.6
MDIB7
0.6
MOCLKB
MDIA7
0
0
0
0.6
RSTB
MOCLKA
RSTA
0.6
REG#
WAITB#
WAITA#
MOVALB
MOVALA
MOSTRTB
MDOB0
MOSTRTA
VCC_T
MOCLK
MOSTRT
MOVAL
0
32
34
35
MDC0
36
MDO3
R203
47
0.5
MDC2
MDO7
MDC1
MDO6
37
MDO4
38
MDO5
39
MDO6
0
40
MDO7
41
MDC2
0.4
42
43
MDC4
0
R202
47
0
44
45
MDI10
MDO5
MDO4
MDO3
MDC0
0
46
MDI0
47
MDI1
48
MDI2
49
MDI3
0
50
51
52
5.0
MDI4
JL21 2
53
MDI5
54
MDI6
R201
47
5.0
55
MDI7
0
56
MDO8
5.0
57
MDC8
5.0
58
MDC9
5.0
59
60
MDC10
C204
0.1
61
MDO10
62
MDO9
63
MDO0
F204
0uH
64
65
MDO2
Q202
DTA143EUA-T106
SWITCH
66
MDC11
67
B+
68
3.3
0
C202
0.1
CI_VS1
5.0
JL21 1
JL20 9
JL21 0
JL20 5
JL20 6
JL20 7
JL20 8
JL20 1
JL20 2
JL20 3
JL20 4
CI_TPS_0
2.4
R280
100
R279
100
R278
100
F203
0uH
XCI_VCC_5V
R271
22k
0
R624
0
R625
0
R229
10k
3.3
Q201
DTC124EUA-T106
SWITCH
Q203
2SC4081T106R
SWITCH
R629
0
CI_TPS_0
CI_TPS_1
R230
10k
CI_TPS_1
CI_TPS_2
CI_TPS_2
CI_TPS_3
CI_TPS_3
CI_TPS_4
CI_TPS_4
CI_TPS_5
CI_TPS_5
CI_TPS_6
R273
10k
CI_TPS_6
CI_TPS_7
CI_TPS_7
CI_TPS_8
TS1_2
3
TO (1/5)
CI_TPS_8
CI_TPS_9
CI_TPS_10
TS1_3
CI_TPS_9
CI_TPS_10
R628
0
TS1_4
TS1_5
IC208
ST890BDR
TS1_6
R627
0
R272
10k
OUT2
8
FAULT
IN2
OUT1
7
XRESET_FRASH
INT_CI
XRESET_FRASH
CI5V SW
6
3
ON
CI_RESET
INT_CI
4
0
C221
47
B+
0
5.0
C222
1
IC208
0
GND
SET
C I_TPS_8
C I_TPS_9
C I_TPS_10
C I_TPS_0
C I_TPS_1
C I_TPS_2
C I_TPS_3
TS1_7
TS1_9
TS1_10
TS1_8
TS1_0
TS1_1
TS1_2
TS1_3
TS1_4
TS1_5
TS1_6
TS1_10
TS1_10
(AEP1, AEP3,
UK,AUS
MODEL)
C I_TPS_4
C I_TPS_5
C I_TPS_6
C I_TPS_7
TS1_9
CI_27MHZ
CI_RESET
IN1
5.0
TS1_8
TS1_9
CI_27MHZ
5.0
1
TS1_7
TS1_8
2
TS1_6
5
TS1_5
TS1_7
H
31
33
0.5
B+
R626
0
TO (3/5)
30
0.5
B+
TS1_1
TS1_4
29
MDI10
MDC5
MDC4
MDC3
F205
0uH
C203
0.1
TS1_0
TS1_3
7
28
MDO1
G
TS1_2
27
MD2
0
TS1_0
26
MD0
3.3
3.3
0
0
0
0
MDO7
MDO6
MDO5
MDO4
MDO3
0
0
0
MDO2
MDO1
MDO0
GND_TSO
0
0
VCC_TSI
MICLK
3.3
3.3
0
0
0
MISTRT
MIVAL
MDI7
MDI6
MDI5
0
MDI3
MDI2
MDI4
0
0
0
MDI1
0
0
MDI0
GND_TSD
0
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
11
12
13
14
15
65
16
66
17
67
18
68
19
69
20
0
0
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
11
12
13
14
15
16
5
4
3
2
1
17
18
19
20
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
16
14
9
8
7
6
10
11
12
13
15
17
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
R204
47
JL21 7
TS1_1
25
MA0
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
OE
5.0
54
VCC
0.5
F201
0uH
53
A1
EA13A
MDIA1
52
D7
0
VCCPROC
51
D0
MDIB1
50
3.3
D1
Q7
0
MA8
MA13
MA14
MA12
EA15A
MDIA0
49
C208
0.1
D6
0.6
VCC_CORE
GND_CORE
48
3.3
I2C_SCL_DTBR
Q1
MISTRTB
47
I2C_SDA_DTBR
Q2
Q6
R226
47
SA1
46
0
EA11A
Q5
0.6
EA14A
IOWR#
45
0.6
D2
0
IORD#
SA0
44
MA10
D5
C201
0.1
EA9A
SCL
43
0.6
0
OE#
42
MA11
D3
SDA
41
ED6A
ED14A
ED7A
ED15A
Q3
D4
R217
0
DE2A#
40
0
EA12A
Q4
0.6
GND_DVB2
A25
70
0
3.3
A24
71
0.6
GND
CE2B#
72
MA 9
LE
A23
73
5.0
MDOA7
74
R228
47
ED2A
ED10A
ED3A
ED11A
3.3
MDOB7
A22
MDIB0
24
MDC5
A21
M
ISTRTA
MDI2
MD06
MDI1
MDI0
0.5
CE1A#
RESET
23
MA1
R205
47
0.5
CE1B#
A20
CLK
22
MD1
A19
75
R252
0
IC204
TSB
MDOA6
76
1.3
CI_27MHZ
A18
77
F20 2
0uH
0
MDOB6
78
R216
0
CI_RESET
A17
21
MA5
MA2
0.5
79
0
20
MA4
0.5
81 80
R215
100
MDOA5
A16
82
C212
0.1
MDOB5
83
3.3
A15
84
3.3
MDOA4
85
I2C_SDA_DTBR
R214
100
86
EA1A
87
0
R236
0
MDOB4
CS
CI CONTROL
IC201
CIMAX-SP2L
19
R231
820
MA6
R219
10k
0.5
88
0
EA22A
RD/DIR
IC201
C210
47
MA3
89
MA3
MA2
MA1
MA0
EA2A
MDOA3
MDC7
0.5
90
0
91
EA21A
EA3A
R225
47
92
0
93
EA20A
94
0
MDOB3
WR/STR
39
F
EA19A
MAIT/ACK
38
ED 6
ED14
ED 7
ED15
R249
47
0
EA4A
C211
47
16V
EA10A
EC10
5.0
EA18A
I2C_SCL_DTBR
EC9
EC10
0.6
0
CD1A#
37
EC8
EC9
0
EA17A
CD1B#
36
EC8
ED 2
ED10
ED 3
ED11
0
0
VCCEN
EXTCS
35
EC7
EC7
R248
47
OE
VCC
95
Q0
96
Q7
0.6
EA16A
EXTINT
INT
C209
0.1
MA7
0
97
D0
EC6
EC6
98
D7
0.6
3.3
DATOE#
34
ED4A
ED12A
ED5A
ED13A
D1
D6
0
3.3
NC
33
ED 4
ED12
ED 5
ED13
R247
47
ED0A
ED8A
ED1A
ED9A
Q1
0
3.3
DATDIR
32
ED 0
ED 8
ED 1
ED 9
R246
47
3.3
Q6
0.6
3.3
ADOE#
MOCLK_IN
31
ED15
ED15
0.6
C207
0.1
B+
ED14
ED14
MA 7
102 101 100 99
ED13
EA8A
0
Q2
103
EA18A
ED13
0
Q5
104
0.6
EA7A
D2
105
MA 6
D5
106
EA17A
D3
107
A15
EA16A
0
D4
108
A16
0
0.6
Q3
Q4
109
A14
0
EA6A
MA 5
GND
110
BYTE#
EA15A
0
EA5A
LE
111
A13
EA14A
0
EA13A
0.5
112
VSS1
0
R227
47
113
AA12
0
5.0
MA 4
114
DQ15
EA12A
3.3
GND_PROC
30
A11
EA11A
0
IC203
TSB
3.3
R211
10k
R234 47 CHIP
1/16W 5%
R257 47 CHIP
1/16W 5%
R256 47 CHIP
1/16W 5%
R233 47 CHIP
1/16W 5%
EC9
0
ADLE
29
DQ7
INT_CI
EA10A
115
A10
R213
47 CHIP
1/16W 5%
XRESET_FLASH
0
GND_DVB1
28
0
DQ14
0
3.3
EA21A
116
A9
0.6
MD 0
3.2
EA22A
117
DQ6
MD 1
VCC
0
R210
0
MD 3
EC10
0
118
A8
MD 2
0.6
R223
47
R250
10k
0
119
DQ13
DIR
0.6
CD2A#
27
3.2
A19
VCC
0.6
CD2B#
5.0
26
R251
10k
DQ5
A1
120
A20
OE
121
DQ12
3.3
A2
B1
122
WE#
B+
A3
123
DQ4
C206
0.1
3.2
ED12
ED12
I2C_SCL_DTBR
EA14A
EA13A
EA12A
EA11A
RESET
5.0
EA20A
ED11
ED11
TO (1/5,3/5)
0
VCC
0
B2
MD 4
0.6
25
ED10
EA14
EA13
EA12
EA11
R245
47
A21
3.3
A4
MD 5
0.6
WE#
24
ED 9
ED 9
ED10
0
ED7A
ED15A
ED 8
ED 8
0
DQ11
0
ED8A
B3
JL21 3
R277
47
1/16W
CHIP
5%
0
23
ED 7
ED 7
3.2
ACC
ED9A
EA19A
MDIB2
22
ED 6
ED 6
ED13A
ED14A
EA17A
EA16A
EA15A
EA17
EA16
EA15
3.2
DQNP#
EA9A
0
MDIA2
MDOA2
21
ED 5
0
ED6A
R244
47
ED 5
0
ED5A
BY#
0
MDOB2
0
MD 6
20
ED 4
ED 4
ED12A
DQ1RY
ED10A
A5
B4
124
ED 3
EA6A
EA5A
EA4A
EA3A
ED4A
0
A18
EA8A
0
0
A6
B5
125
ED 3
R243
47
3.3
C213
0.1
DQ2
0
MD 7
19
ED 2
EA 6
EA 5
EA 4
EA 3
0
ED11A
A17
0
ED11A
0.6
18
ED 2
0
DQ9
ED12A
EA7A
A7
B6
0.6
17
ED 1
ED 1
0
ED3A
A7
EA6A
0
A8
16
ED 0
EA10A
EA9A
EA8A
EA7A
ED10A
DQ1
0
B7
15
ED 0
R242
47
0
ED2A
A6
3.3
JL21 5
R224
47
14
6
EA10
EA 9
EA 8
EA 7
EA21A
EA20A
EA19A
0
DQ8
0
ED13A
GND
13
LLA22
EC6
EA21
EA20
EA19
0
ED9A
A5
ED14A
EA5A
B8
12
LLA22
ED1A
DQ0
A4
EA4A
0
RDY/IROB#
11
EA22
R241
47
OE#
A3
0
MDOA1
0
10
EA22
ED8A
VSS2
ED15A
MDC11
9
EA21
EA21
LLA22A
EA22A
LLA2 2
EA22
0
A2
0
EA3A
RDY/IROA#
8
EA20
3.2
CE#
0
MDIB3
MDOB1
7
EA20
ED0A
A1
MDOA0
JL21 4
6
3.2
R240
47
EA19
EA19
3.2
3.2
EA18
EA18
I2C_SDA_DTBR
R253
47
EA18A
A0
126
EA17
0
EA2A
127
EA17
R239
47
IC202
TC74LCX245FK(EL)
0
5
EA16
EA16
EA 2
EC7
EC8
EA18
MDO 0
MDO 1
MDO 2
R209
47
3
EA15
EA15
EA2A
IC205
S29GL032A90TFIR30H
16
18
MDI8
4
EA14
2
EA1A
EA14
15
TP216
MA12
2
EA 1
R254
47
B+
MDI9
1
EA13
EA13
E
32M FLASH
EA12
EA12
14
MDC7
F206
0uH
17
IC205
EA11
EA11
D
IC204
,
128
EA10
EA10
TO (1/5)
IC203
,
EA9
EA 9
C
IC202
EA8
EA 8
13
MA14
MDC6
EA7
EA 7
12
MA13
EA6
EA 6
11
MA8
EA5
EA 5
9
10
MA9
R221
47
1/16W
CHIP
5%
EA3
EA 3
8
MDC3
MA11
R208
47
EA2
EA 2
B
7
MA10
EA1
EA 1
6
MDC1
R222
10k
R270
10k
R269
5.6k
B+
D+5V
B+
8
B+
CI+5V
T O ( 4 / 5 ) DT+3.3V
B+
B+
GNDD
I
4-17
4-18
CI CONTROL
DT-120 (2/5)
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveform.
• Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board.
6
IC307
IC307
MM1689FHBE
NC
8
2
PS1
GND
7
3
VIN2
VO2
4
VIN1
VO1
L315
0uH
R354
0
C395
47
16V
5.0
R320
2.2k
F319
2
3
4
5
C400
0.22
16V
B
IF OUT
1
IF OUT
BT(+32V)
NC
B1(+5V)
B2(+5V)
SDA
SCL
ADRS
AGC Mon.
RF MODULATOR
C378
10
16V
C396
0 . 22
16V
B
VAGC
GND2
2.1
R325
10k
R327
6.8k
5
C394
0.1
25V
F
C389
47
B+
JL333
2.3
6
OUTPUT2
C413
0.1
16V
B
2.3
7
INPUT
4
B
OUTPUT1
3
OUT
U301
INPUT
1.2
C379
0 . 1 R317
6.8k
25V
F
GND1
2
IN
F 311
0uH
VCC
8
1
1.2
DIGITAL AWRAL
C392
2.2
10V
B
C409
0.1
16V
B
48
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
49
32
50
31
JL309
1.8
51
0
JL332
0
JL331
0
JL330
TS1_7
TS1_6
30
Q305
2SC2412K-T-146-QR
6
4
C375
0.01
25V
B
R318
2.2k
L304
0.82uH
1
2
52
29
53
28
0
R688
0
T300
R308
6.8k
3
C 368
47
16V
44
R683
0
R668
0
R316
4.7k
0
C397
10p
50V
C
JL327
0
JL326
TS1_3
TS1_2
58
23
59
22
60
21
61
20
0
0
R686
10k
R685
10k
JL324
62
JL311
19
0
2.1
63
18
JL312
64
DT+3.3V
V+3.3SW
R342
3.9 k
B+
B+
TS1_10
JL322
TS1_9
TS1_8
13
14
15
16
3.3
12
3.3
11
3.3
10
JL32 0
9
JL319
8
JL318
7
JL317
6
JL316
5
JL315
4
JL31 4
3
*R678, 679 : 100x4 (AEP1, AEP3, UK,AUS MODEL)
R678, 679 : 33x4 (AEP2 MODEL)
R680, 681, 682 : 100 (AEP1, AEP3, UK,AUS MODEL)
R680, 681, 682 : 33 (AEP2 MODEL)
B+
B+
R341
3.9 k
D
2
JL31 3
I2C_SDA_DTBR
C422
0.1
25V
F
R682
*
1.8
I2C_SCL_DTBR
JL323
JL321
17
3.3
2
R681
*
0
1
TO (1/5,2/5)
7
TO (2/5)
R680
*
3.3
R687
150
TS1_0
C421
0.1
25V
F
0
3.3
R672
820
JL325
24
3.3
R331
1.5k
TS1_1
R679
*
3.3
JL310
F321
0uH
C398
0.1
25V
F
0
0
IC313
DRX3975D
2
57
C402
10p
50V
JL328
25
3.3
TS1_4
0
26
56
0.7
JL329
27
OFDM DEM
1.7
1.7
X300
20MHz
IC313
55
R671
1M
D304
1SS355TE-17
0.7
54
TS1_5
R678
*
0
B+
F 312
C364
JL306
0uH
0.1
25V
JL30 7
F
C384
C369
0.1
R322
1000p
16V
33k
50V
B
B
45
JL308
C399
0.1
25V
F
IC311
B+
C367
10
F310 50V
0uH
46
IC311
UPC3221GV
AGC
F 309
0uH
47
3.3
F316
0uH
R323
0
C415
0.1
25V
F
5
C 340
1
10V
B
C319
100
16V
L314
0uH
11
JL302
1.8
C431
2.2
10V
B
2012
C303
100p
50V
B+
F313
R355
0 JL301 0uH
C412
0.1
25V
F
3.3
3.3
6
B+
R305
0
C 341
1
10V
B
1.8
C408
0.1
25V R674 R673
F
0
0
1.8
3.3
C406
0.1
25V
F
C391
0.01
25V
B
3.3
3.2
10
1.7
R304
10k
-REF.NO.: 40,000 SERIES-
PS2
9
C393
2.2
10V
B
C383 C385
0 . 1 47
25V 16V
F
SWITCH
1
3.2
DIGITAL TUNER
8
1.7
DT-120 BOARD(3/5)
A
7
0
5
0
4
1.8
3
1.8
2
1
B+
C416
0.1
25V
F
R333
100
B+
C418
0.1
25V
F
C417
0.1
25V
F
1
F317
0uH
F318
0uH
XCOFDM_RESET
JL30 5
JL304
R336
0
V+32V
VA+5V
V+3.3A
V+3.3D
B+
R337
0
B+
F397
0uH
F398
0uH
B+
B+
IC312
IC312
MM1685ANRE
E
B+
5.0
JL335
4.9
NOISE
1.3
R321
4.7k
5V SW
C361
22p
50V
C356
22p
50V
F305
0uH
C401
470p
50V
C381
47
16V
C382
47
16V
VIN
VOUT
GND
ON
FLAGB
4.5
C380
0.1
25V
F
R319
47k
B+
JL336
B+
5.0
F306
0uH
DET_ANT
5.0
Q306
2SA1576A-T106-QR
Q308
2SC4081T106R
R313
4.7k
R359
10k
C354
1
10V
B
C353
10
16V
D302
SM15T6V8A
C414
0.1
25V
F
5.0
0
R353
22k
0
R315
10k
C359
0.1
25V
F
R314
4.7k
R351
10k
R358
22k
0
C370
100p
50V
5V SW
R326
4.7k
0
R311
680
C372
0.1
25V
F
IC309
5.0
4.5
C358
0.1
25V
F
IC309
FPF2007
AN5V_SW
F
C366
47
16V
3
IC312
C373
2.2
10V
B
JL303
5.0
2
C388
1
10V
B
4
DT_TUON
5.0
1
JL33 4
9
TO (4/5)
C404
2.2
10V
B
4
3
CONT
VOU T
R309
2.2k
5V SW
5
GND
R310
2.2k
R312
100
5
VIN
2
5.7
1
V+5.8E
D303
1SS355TE-17
Q306-310
FLAG CONT.
Q307
2SC4081T106R
0
C313
4.7
6.3V
B
1.9
R363
10k
R352
10k
GNDD
Q310
DTC143EUA-T106
GNDT
C320
4.7
6.3V
B
R689 R690
0
0
R692
0
R691
0
G
R343
0
R345
0
R347
0
Q309
DTC143EUA-T106
R693
0
R344
0
R346
0
R350
0
R349
0
E
R348
0
KN301
DIGITAL TUNER
DT-120 (3/5)
4-19
4-20
TO (1/5)
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveform.
• Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CN103
R623
0
DT-120 BOARD(4/5)
B+
POWER
IC304
12P
1
B+
JL402
3
SW+3.3V
4
B+
5
V+5.8E
6
V+5.8E
7
GND
8
JL404
THROUGH THE
B+
EV+12.1V
(SEE PAGE 4-44)
C598
0.1
C601
100
16V
C593
0.1
B+
JL405
PV-145 HARNESS
9
SW+1.5V
11
SW+1.5V
12
NOISE
C339
47
16V
GND
5
V+5.8E
6
GND
7
EV+12.1V
8
GND
9
V+32V
10
P_CONT2
11
DET_ANT
12
ANT5V_SW
13
DT_TUON
JL434
JL435
14
GND
15
FAN-
16
GND
17
Y_IN
4.6
JL414
5.0
ON/OFF
3
NC
JL419
JL426
JL427
R361
0
VIN
4
2
VSS
VOUT
R703
0
JL428
5.7
18
GND
19
B_IN
20
GND
21
G_IN
22
GND
23
C/R_IN
24
GND
JL441
JL410
JL429
C314
4.7
CN203
2P
JL348
FAN+
1
FAN-
2
FVA-002 FFC
(SEE PAGE 4-8)
JL440
JL442
C318
100
THROUGH THE
JL439
JL425
C329
47
IC306
C334
4.7
C423
0.1
C335
47
C338
1
5V REG
FAN
TO
AV-114
BOARD
(2/5)
CN302
JL436
JL424
IC306
S-1170B50UC-OUJT
B+
R650
0
V+5.8E
4
JL433
R530
0
R529
0
R528
0
R527
0
1.3
C326
470p
P_CONT
3
JL432
B+
JL418
C332
2.2
B
2
24P
JL437
C597
220
4V
C596
0.1
JL406
CONT
C522
0.1
16V
F
5
10
C309
1
B
GND
1
GND
4.6
VOUT
4
GND
C599
100
16V
5.0
VIN
3
TO
SWITCHING
REGULATOR
CN202
C594
0.1
5.7
R306
0
5
GND
2
2
1
SW+3.3V
C595
220
4V
JL403
B
5V REG
IC304
MM1685ANRE
JL401
P_CONT
B+
C621
0.022
50V
B
JL409
CN202
B+
JL408
A
GND
JL431
C524
0.1
-REF.NO.: 40,000 SERIES-
1
JL430
C/R_I N
(AEP2 MODEL ONLY)
C600
0.1
G_IN
B_IN
Y_IN
C
P_CONT2
B+
V+1.5SW
10
TO (5/5)
B+
B+
V+3.3SW
V+3.3A
B+
GNDD
IC300
JL411
3
VIN
C433
4.7
B
C302
100
16V
2.5
4
2
NC
VOUT
B+
F300
0uH
5
1
D
VSS
3.3
D+5V
DT+3.3V
JL415
8
TO (2/5)
GNDD
JL412
C315
4.7
B
C324
22
6.3V
R303
0
JL416
C602
4.7
B
F31 4
0uH
B+
C603
22
6.3V
B+
B+
R300
0
CI+5V
B+
IC300
S-1170B25UC-OTKTFG
ON/OFF
B+
R356
0
2.5V REG
3.3
V+5.8E
D +3.3V
V +1.5V
D +2.5V
B+
JL413
4
TO (1/5)
A +3.3V
JL407
GNDD
C301
1
B
DT_TUON
AN5V_SW
R357
0
E
JL417
B+
JL421
DT+3.3V
DET_ANT
B+
B+
VA+5V
B+
JL422
B+
JL423
F30 2
0uH
B+
C342
47
16V
JL420
C307
100
16V
V+32V
B+
F30 1
0uH
C304
1
B
V+5.8E
V +3.3D
V +3.3A
9
TO (3/5)
V+3.3SW
GNDT
C343
47
16V
F
GNDD
4-21
4-22
POWER
DT-120 (4/5)
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveform.
• Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
DT-120 BOARD(5/5)
VIDEO DECODER
B+
C1010
7p
50V
C1018
7p
50V
2.5
2.0
JL1017
1.3
R1059
10k
C1025
1
1.6
R1027
1.8k
0.5%
R1035
680
F1003
C1027
1
I
EMI
B+
C
2.3
EMI
0.1
JL1002
JL1003
R1039
47k
R1036
680
C1028
1
C1057 C1060
1
1000p
C1059
10 16V
JL636
B+
3.3V REG
JL621
0.8
4
3
2
0.9
2.4
0.8
3.3
3.3
0
C1048
0.1
16V
JL1004
0
DGND8
75
147 VCOM1
RSTB
74
148 AVI
SLA0
73
SDA
72
SCL
71
0
0
JL1006
0
0
C1052
0.1
C1053 16V
0.1
16V
0
3.3
0
1
69
IOCR
68
AVDDA3
67
155 AVDD3B
AGNDA3
66
156 AVDD3C
IOCB
65
153 VRT1
IC1001
UPD64015AGM-UEU-A
154 ACSI
64
158 ASCI
AGNDA2
63
159 VRB2
OYG
62
160 AGI
AVDDA1
61
161 161
RSET
60
162 ACBI
REF
163 VRT3
AGNDA1
164 ABI
57
56
XO
54
168 AVDD3E
DVDD3E
53
52
SDRDQ0
51
48
36
DVDD3D
SDRDQ5
35
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
2.9
SDRA10
0.2
SDRABP
0.2
SDRA0
0.2
SDRA1
0.2
SDRA2
0.2
SDRA3
0.4
F1007
B+
I
F1005
I
F1004
I
EMI
JL1008
EMI
JL1009
B+
EMI
JL1014
B+
B+
O
G
GNDD
B+
C1080 C1079
1
1000p
C1091
220
4V
C1083 C1081
1
1000p
C1065
1
C1067
1
C1069
1
C1071
1
C1073
1
C1075
1
C1077
1
C1078
1
B+
2 4 6 8
1 3 5 7
SDRWE
SDRCAS
SDRCLK
2 4 6 8
2 4 6 8
1 3 5 7
1 3 5 7
R1052
100
JL1232
JL1233
JL1235
JL1236
1 3 5 7
SDRDQ1
SDRDQ14
SDRDQ0
SDRDQ15
2 4 6 8
JL1223
JL1224
JL1230
JL1231
1 3 5 7
SDRDQ3
SDRDQ12
SDRDQ2
SDRDQ13
2 4 6 8
R1051
100
R1046
100
1 3 5 7
1 3 5 7
1 3 5 7
R1048
100
R1045
100
R1044
100
R1043
100
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
2 4 6 8
2 4 6 8
2 4 6 8
R1042
100
R1050
100
V+3.3A
R1047
100
G
C1082
220
4V
VIDEO DECODER
DT-120 (5/5)
4-23
SDRA0
SDRA1
SDRA2
SDRA3
SDRA4
SDRA5
SDRA6
SDRA7
SDRA8
SDRA9
SDRA10
H
SDRDQ5
SDRDQ10
SDRDQ4
SDRDQ11
SDRCKE
SDRDQ7
SDRDQ8
SDRDQ6
SDRDQ9
SDRRAS
SDRCS
SDRABP
DQ4
DQ11
DQ5
DQ10
VSSQ2
VSSQ3
DQ6
VDDQ4
DQ9
DQ7
VDDQ2
VDDQ3
LDQM
NC/RFU
UDQM
DQ8
XWE
XCAS
CLK
XRAS
CKE
XCS
NC
BA
A9
A10/AP
A8
A0
A7
A1
A6
A2
A5
A3
VDD2
A4
VSS1
SDRDQ15
1.1
SDRDQ14
1.1
1.3
SDRDQ13
C1121
0 . 1 SDRDQ12
16V
F
C1100
SDRDQ11
1
1.1
SDRDQ10
1.2
3.3
1.2
4-24
C1119
220
4V
SDRDQ9
1.2
C1118
1000p
3.3
50V
B
SDRDQ8
C1101
1
1.6
3.3
SDRCLK
SDRCKE
0
SDRA9
0.1
SDRA8
0.3
SDRA7
0.3
SDRA6
0.3
SDRA5
0.3
SDRA4
B+
O
G
B+
O
G
3.3
C1099
1
VDDQ1
0.8
3.3
SDRDQ9
34
SDRDQ12
SDRDQ6
33
1.1
DGND3
32
1.2
DVDD1D
31
1.5
SDRDQ7
SDRDQ8
30
1.2
29
1.0
SDRWE
28
3.2
DVDD1C
SDRCAS
DVDD3C
27
3.1
26
1.5
25
3.3
DGND2
SDRCLK
DVDD1B
24
1.7
SDRCKE
SDRRAS
23
1.5
SDRCS
22
3.1
SDRA0
21
3.3
SDRA1
20
2.9
DGND1
19
0.2
DVDD1A
18
0.2
SDRA2
17
1.5
SDRA3
16
0.2
SDRA4
15
0.3
DVDD3B
SDRA5
14
0.3
13
0.3
12
3.3
SDRA7
SDRA6
0.3
0.3
SDRA8
0.1
TEST2
SDRA10
SDRABP
SDRA9
0
TEST1
0.1
SCKSET
0.2
DVDD3A
3.3
11
3.1
SDRCS
DQ12
26
10
SDRRAS
DQ13
DQ3
27
9
45
3.1
DQ2
28
8
0.8
3.2
C1117
SDRCAS 1000p 50V B
VSSQ4
29
46
SDRWE
VSSQ1
25
7
C1095
7p
50V
1.3
SDRDQ2
3.3
C1098
1
C1093
1
1.5
47
1.1
SDRDQ7
DQ14
24
6
3
0.6
SDRDQ13
1.1
DQ1
23
5
1.1
DQ15
22
4
1.1
SDRDQ5
VSS2
DQ0
30
49
DVDD1F
3
SDRDQ4
VDD1
31
SDRDQ1
2
C1094
7p
50V
1.3
173 VRB4
1
C1097
1
I
C1116
1000p 50V B
0.8
172 ARI
DGND5
C1092
1
0.9
50
176 AGND5
3.3
R1053
1k
3.3
SDRDQ15
175 AGND4
0.7
1.2
F1006
O EMI
G
C1103
0.1
16V
X1001
24.576MHz
1.6
SDRDQ14
174 VRT4
C1120
0.1
16V
F
SDRDQ6
1.6
167 AVDD3D
171 VLPF2
JL1013
C1090
1
6.3V
X6S
1.5
55
170 ACRI
0.5
SDRDQ2
58
XI
169 VCOM4
0.7
SDRDQ1
59
DGND6
166 VCOM3
SDRDQ0
SDRDQ3
3.3
DVDD1G
165 VRB3
3.3
C1096
1
C1115
1000p
50V
C1089
B
1
6.3V
X6S
3.3
AVDDA2
SDRAM
IC1002
HY57V161610FTP-6DR-C
C1114
1
6.3V C1088
X6S
0.1
16V
3.3
157 VRT2
IC1002
32
0
70
SDA_VDEC
SCL_VDEC
C1087
1
21
0
AGNDA4
1.5
20
0
C1055
0.1
C1056 16V
0.1
16V
VIDEO DECODER
3.2
33
0
152 ACYI
XRESET
R1061
4.7k
R1060
4.7k
3.2
35
0
IC1001
C1113
0.01
16V
B
34
3.3
C1062
1
C1063
0.1
16V
C1040 C1041
C1039
1
1000p
0.1
16V
C1054
0.1
16V
151 VRB1
DVDD1H
3.2
R1055 C1104
0.1
47k
36
2
0
150 ASYI
3.3
19
1
0
149 VLPF1
1.5
37
C1034
220
4V
C630 C629
1000p 2 . 2
50V
10V
B
B
B+
JL1005
C1050
0.1
C1038 16V
0.1
16V
C1051
0.1
16V
STREAM_7
STREAM_6
0.4
ROY7
0.8
ROY6
1.5
DGND9
DVDD1K
ROCK
BCLK8
DVDD1L
VD
HD
DGND10
VBLK
FILD
RDEO
DVDD3H
FDIO0
BCKM
FDIO1
DGND11
FDIO2
FDIO3
DVDD1M
FDIO4
FDIO5
FDIO6
FDIO7
DVDD3I
FDIO8
FDIO9
FCKQ
DVDD1N
FOCP
DGND12
ROY5
1.1
1.5
3.3
1.5
3.3
1.5
0
FCSI
DFBI
RGRED
38
4
76
146 VCLY
39
3
77
DVDD1I
40
5
78
FCKM
145 AGND3
41
6
FCLK8
144 AGND2
5
TO (1/5)
R1054
10k
42
JL1167
0
C1049
0.1
16V
3.3
18
7
79
17
C628
1
6.3V
X6S
80
ROFDIE
SDRDQ3
5
6
7
1.9
O
C1029
0.01
25V
B
R720
10k
DGND7
142 ATS3
C1086
1
16
EMI
G
JL702
1.5
F
141 AVDD3A
VCLK
1.5
15
3.3
81
43
F1001
I
0.2
DVDD1J
14
2.3
82
140 ATS2
13
JL703
139 ATS1
STREAM_0
44
C1030
0.01
25V
B
B+
IC320
MM1561FFBE
R709
10k
P_CONT2
83
ROY13
STREAM_1
45
C626
1
JL622
1.5V REG
ROY12
STREAM_2
STREAM_0
12
IC320
B+
138 AVDD1
C1112
1000p
50V
B
11
IC319
C1122
100
16V
5V REG
V+1.5SW
84
10
C623
1
JL706
V+3.3SW
85
ROY11
9
B+
ROY10
137 DCRI
STREAM_3
STREAM_1
8
E
C1032
0.01
25V
B
C636
1
6.3V
X6S
136 DCBI
2.0
46
NC
JL637
C306 C633
1000p 2 . 2
10V
50V
B
B
C634
1
6.3V
86
7
R714
0
ROY9
47
ON/OFF
0.8
3.3
VO
135 DCGI
STREAM_4
STREAM_2
6
4.7
C1031
0.01
25V
B
JL634
4
NC
JL704
VOUT
5.0
VSS
3
VIN
R719
33k
87
5
5.7
GND
VIN
2
SUB
CN
5.7
5
CONT
JL638
1
R715
0
IC319
S-1112B50MC-L7JTFG
1.9
ROY8
C1085
1
48
4.7
134 DYMI
STREAM_5
STREAM_3
0.3
49
1.1
1.5
88
50
IC302
MM1563DFBE
JL639
DVDD3F
133 DVDD10
STREAM_4
3.3
4
C1045
0.1
C1035 16V
0.1
16V
C1046
0.1
C1036 16V
0.1
16V
C1047
0.1
C1037 16V
0.1
16V
C1061
1
STREAM_6
STREAM_5
3
1.4
STREAM_7
STREAM_6
2
TO (4/5)
89
1.2
10
JL623
90
1.2
IC302
91
1
C1043
0.1
C1044 16V
0.1
16V
B+
D
0.1
92
143 AGND1
C1042
220
4V
1.7
R1028
1.8k
0.5%
C1033
0.01
25V
B
V+5.8E
0.1
3.3
O
G
JL1001
JL1018
R1032
10
C1024
15p
50V
C1016
82p
50V
C1008
22p
50V
I
1.5
93
SDRDQ11
L1008
18uH
L1004
10uH
R1024
470
0.5%
2.2
Q1008
2SC4081T106R
BUFFER
B+
JL1011
R1037
47k
R1038
47k
JL1010
94
SDRDQ4
R1004
47
F1002
5.0
Q1004
2SA1576A-T106-QR 2 . 9
B BPF
B_IN
C1020
7p
50V
0
95
1.2
C1012
7p
50V
R1020
330
C1003
1
0
DYSI
DVDD3J
O
G
0
96
1.1
C1023
15p
50V
C1015
82p
50V
97
DVDD1E
C1007
22p
50V
C1106 C1058 C1107
1000p
10
1
10V
6.3V 50V
B
C
X6S
0
STREAM_7
98
1.5
2.2
R1031
10
0
3.3
R1023
470
0.5%
C1105
0.1
JL1015
8 6 4 2
R1003
47
2.3
L1007
18uH
L1003
10uH
1.5
7 5 3 1
G_IN
5.0
Q1003
2SA1576A-T106-QR 2 . 9
G BPF
Q1007
2SC4081T106R
BUFFER
132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99
R1040
10k
R1019
330
C1002
1
C1108
1000p
50V
B
C1019
7p
50V
0.4
JL1216
B+
C1011
7p
50V
R1049
0
B+
ROY4
R1033
680
STREAM_5
C1076
1
1.2
R1025
1.8k
0.5%
C1111
0 . 1 C1084
16V
1
F
6.3V
X6S
STREAM_4
C1074
1
STREAM_3
C1110
0.1
16V
F
C1072
1
STREAM_2
C1070
1
STREAM_1
C1068
1
0.4
C1021
15p
50V
C1066
1
JL1016
R1029
10
C1013
82p
50V
C1064 R1058
10k
1
0.4
C1005
22p
50V
C1109
1000p
50V
B
ROY3
L1005
18uH
L1001
10uH
R1021
470
0.5%
1.6
Q1005
2SC4081T106R
BUFFER
3.3
R1002
47
5.0
1.8
STREAM_0
C1017
7p
50V
Q1001
2SA1576A-T106-QR
2.3
C/R BPF
C/R_IN
C1026
1
R1034
680
0.7
R1026
1.8k
0.5%
SDRDQ10
C1009
7p
50V
R1017
330
C1001
1
C1022
15p
50V
ROY2
Q1002
2SA1576A-T106-QR
Y BPF
R1030
10
C1014
82p
50V
DGND4
L1006
18uH
C1006
22p
50V
1.2
L1002
10uH
R1022
470
0.5%
1.8
DVDD3G
R1001
47
ROY1
Y_IN
B
Q1006
2SC4081T106R
BUFFER
5.0
ROY0
R1018
330
C1004
1
-REF.NO.: 40,000 SERIES-
1.1
A
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-45 for printed wiring board.
3
2
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
ND201
FLUORESCENT TUBE DISPLAY
FR-274 BOARD
FL DRIVER, LINE 2 IN FUNCTION SW
IC
P6
IC
P5
P4
IC
P3
P2
P1
IC
F2
F2
4.9
4.9
0
GRD4
GRD5
GRD6
GRD7
GRD8
GRD9
-22.5
-22.5
-22.5
-22.5
-22.5
-22.5
GR8
GR7
GR6
GR5
GR4
JL285
-22.5
GR9
SG10
0
23
SG11
24
SG12
25
SG13
0
26
SG14
27
0
SG15
28
IC201
PT6315
29
K2
SG16
2.8
30
K1
VEE
FL DRIVE
31
R237 10k
STB
GR12
32
R236 10k
C213
0.1
SWITCH
R252 47
CLK
11
FLSTB
Q204
MUN2213T1
R251 47
10
FLC K
DI N
9
LED DRIVE
R250 47
DOU T
8
FLD T
OSC
7
4.9
Q206
DTC143TUA-T106
0
IC201
LED4
6
0
R235
LED3
5
R233 100k
R3.5/P0
LED DRIVE
R0/P5
GR11
4
R0/P3.9
Q205
DTC124EUA-T106
R4.9/P0
JL257
GR10
LED2
3
R227
27k
JL256
LED1
2
C
R232
0
JL255
1
R215
5.6k
9
R231
2.2K
HDD
R0/P5
GRD10
33
JL254
R10.2/P0
6
SEG1
SEG4
SEG5
JL279
JL276
SEG6
JL277
JL274
JL273
SEG7
JL271
GR3
VSS
34
35
36
R223
2.7k
DSC
37
44
D212
SDPB31H3C0100
38
8
C222
0.01
16V
B
39
5
R217
10k
11.1
JL224
B+
40
7
GRD3
B+
C211
0.1
B
41
4
-22.5
12V SWITCH
11.8
GR2
11.8
42
1
JL270
SEG8
Q203
2SB1197K-T-146-R
C217
0.1
50V
B
43
3
GRD2
C216
22
50V
-22.5
10
C215
0.1
50V
B
D209
1SS355TE-17
Q202
2SD1898T100R
JL268
SEG9
JL267
JL266
SEG1 0
JL264
SEG1 1
JL261
SEG1 2
SEG1 6
GRD1 2
GRD9
GRD6
JL223
GR1
D208
1SS355TE-17
JL286
IC
52
JL284
P7
51
JL283
IC
49
JL282
P8
48
JL281
IC
47
SEG2
IC
46
JL280
P9
45
SEG3
IC
44
JL278
P10
43
JL275
IC
42
JL272
P11
41
JL269
IC
40
JL265
P12
39
JL263
IC
38
JL262
P13
37
JL260
P14
36
JL259
P15
35
SEG1 3
IC
34
JL258
33
SEG1 4
P16
32
JL253
31
SEG1 5
12G
30
JL252
IC
29
JL251
11G
28
JL250
10G
27
JL249
IC
26
JL248
25
GRD1 1
9G
24
JL247
23
GRD1 0
IC
22
JL246
8G
21
JL245
7G
20
JL244
19
JL243
18
GRD8
IC
17
GRD7
6G
16
JL242
IC
15
JL241
5G
14
GRD1
2
13
4.9
C207
2700p
200V
12
VD D
C201
100
25V
11
D211
1SS355TE-17
T201
DC-DC CONVERTER
TRANSFORMER
DSC
R209
10k
10
JL240
4G
GRD1
D210
1SS355TE-17
B+
Q201
2SD1898T100R
D216
MM3Z6V2ST1
L201
100uH
B
JL239
3G
9
JL238
8
GRD5
2G
7
JL237
6
GRD4
1G
5
JL235
4
JL236
2
GRD3
F1
1
GRD2
F1
-REF.NO.: 30,000 SERIES-
JL234
A
-22.5
GRD11
-22.5
GRD12
-22.5
-24.8
SEG16
-22.3
SEG15
-24.2
SEG14
-17.8
SEG13
-24.2
SEG12
-24.2
SEG11
-24.2
SEG10
SG2
SG3
SG4
SG5
SG6
SG7
SG8
SG9
19
20
21
22
SG1
18
VDD
17
14
15
13
16
12
D214
SLI-343YC3F
VSS
-17.8
CN201
-18.3
SEG9 -10.3
-22.3
SEG5
SEG8 -10.2
-22.3
SEG4
SEG7 -22.3
-22.3
SEG3
SEG6 -16.3
-22.2
SEG2
C223
0.1
50V
B
C221
0.01
16V
B
4.9
D
SEG1
DVD
R225
270
5P
JL201
TO
FL-178
BOARD
CN106
KEY2
5
KEY1
4
IR
3
GN D
2
THROUGH THE
CN203
JL202
JL20 6
JL203
JL20 7
JL205
FLR-010 FFC
JL204
(SEE PAGE 4-20)
V +5F
B+
B+
1
R201
0
B+
JL20 8
B+
JL20 9
FLPO N
16
IR
15
V+12RI E
14
V +5F
13
GND
12
FLDATA
11
FLCLK
10
FLSTB
9
GND
8
HDD2
7
A_TV
6
D_TV
5
DITV
4
PLTV
3
KEY1
2
KEY2
1
KEY3
JL21 0
R222
0
E
17P
17
D202
STZ6.8N-T146
FLD T
JL21 1
FLCK
JL21 2
FLSTB
JL21 3
TO
AV-114
BOARD(1/5)
CN105
JL21 4
R206
0
THROUGH THE
JL21 5
FAR-007 FFC
JL21 6
R207
0
(SEE PAGE 4-6)
JL21 7
R228
10k
D203
STZ6.8N-T146
R238
10k
R243
10k
JL21 8
JL21 9
JL22 0
J201
JL22 1
LINE 2 IN
3
4
D204
STZ6.8N-T146
2
1
S VIDEO
3
R205
0
4
1
S201
2
2C
6
5
SDET2
F
JL226
JL227
7
VIDEO
L(MONO)
R
FB201
0uH
11
13
12
JL228
JL229
R213
0
9
10
AUDIO
2Y
D205
STZ6.8N-T146
8
CN202
JL225
2V
JL230
2L
JL231
2C
2
SDET2
CH+
11P
JL232
2R
D206
STZ6.8N-T146
JL233
REC_STOP
S209
S204
3
GN D
4
2Y
5
GN D
6
2V
7
GN D
8
2L
9
GN D
10
2R
11
GN D
CH-
INPUT_SELECT
TO
AV-114
BOARD(1/5)
CN106
R244
2.2k
R239
2.2k
R229
2.2k
THROUGH TH E
FB202
0uH
S208
S203
OPEN/CLOSE
1
JL22 2
PROGRAM
R240
2.2k
R230
2.2k
S210
R245
2.2k
S213
R241
3.3k
HDD
FAR-006 FF C
PLAY
S211
(SEE PAGE 4-6)
R248
3.3k
S207
R242
5.6k
R246
3.3k
SIGNAL PATH
VIDEO SIGNAL
STOP
S212
DVD
CHROMA
REC
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDI O
SIGNAL
REC
D207
STZ6.8N-T146
G
C204
220p
C206
220p
4-25
R218
220k
PB
R220
220k
4-26
FL DRIVER, LINE 2 IN, FUNCTION SW
FR-274
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-59 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
5
6
FL-178 BOARD
DV,USB,REMOCON,RECEIVER,POWER,SW
A
-REF.NO.: 30,000 SERIES-
CN101
6P
JL101
6
TPBP
5
JL102
FL101
0uH
4
TO
RD-065
BOARD(6/7)
CN5101
JL103
THROUGH THE
GND
4
GND
3
TPAP
2
3
TPB N
CN103
4P
TPAN
TPB+
1
DV IN
2
(SEE PAGE
4-40)
TPB1
JL105
2
1
JL104
RV-003 HARNESS
3
TPATPA+
4
2
REMOTO CONTROL
RECEIVER
IC101
GP1UM27XK0SF
VCC
L104
0uH
CN102
10P
USBDP 1
1
GND
2
5
(SEE PAGE
4-40)
VDR102
JL106
6
7
GND
8
9
R108
33
C101
JL111
10
C107
0.01
(POWER)
JL117
S101
B+
1
R113
0
R104
33
D-
S102
ONE_TOUCH_DUB
USB
A type
D
DV, USB, REMOCON, RECEIVER, POWER, SW
FL-178
4-27
KEY1
3
IR
4
GND
5
V +5F
JL120
TO
FR-274
BOARD
CN201
THROUGH THE
FLR-010 FFC
(SEE PAGE 4-25)
CN104
4P
V+5
GND
L103
0uH
KEY2
2
JL121
B+
D+
1
JL119
VDR104
L102
0uH
CN106
5P
JL118
R112
0
JL112
USBDP 2
C111
100
16V
L105
0uH
JL109
USBDM 2
GND
GND
JL110
USBVFB
RV-001 HARNESS
D+
USB
B type
1
THROUGH THE
4
V+5USB
4
Pict Bridge
2
TO
RD-065
BOARD(6/7)
CN5201
3
CN105
4P
JL107
3
GND
1
3
USBDM 1
R105
33
JL108
VFB
2
4
C
D-
4.9
R109
33
GND
C102
1
OUT
4
3
IC101
FL102
0uH
4.9
1
B
4-28
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-55 for printed wiring board.
3
2
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
RD-065 BOARD(1/7)
POWER BLOCK
B
(SEE PAGE 4-36)
5
6
SW+3.33V
7
GND D
8
V +12V
9
B+
GND
10
V+5M
11
GND M
12
V12M
13
TP4501
C 4524
4.7
6.3V
TP4509
C 4539
1000p
50V
B
TP4510
TP4514
TP4512
B+
C 4540
1000p
50V
B
TP4511
C 4505
1
6.3V
X6S
C 4506
0.1
16V
F
R4521
6.8k
C 4515
47
6.3V
TP4513
I C4501
2.5A
32V C 4516
10
16V
NC
VI N
VSS
ON/OFF
C 4526
15k
TP4571
R4505
2.7k
R4507
2.7k
VOUT
C 4522
1
6.3V
X6S
IC4521
VI N
GND
CONT
VOUT
NB
IC4571
B+
C 4570
1
6.3V
X6S
IC4562
B+
V+1R5_IN
B+
V+3A
1
V+3D
V+3V
TO (2/7)
V+5D
V+1R5_IN
B+
TP4609
V+1R5_IN
B+
V +1R0
1
C 4531
1
6.3V
X6S
IC4531
C 4534
10
10V
C
1.0V REG
C 4571
4.7
6.3V
B
C 4533
1
6.3V
X6S
TP4610
IC4541
MM1563DFBE
C 4543
1000p
50V
B
4
GND
3
7
VI N
C 4541
1
6.3V
X6S
R4559
0
NC
2
CN
SUB
B+
VO
1
5
CONT
6
R4541
0
C 4542
2.2
10V
B
IC4541
3V REG
D4552
RB501V-40TE-17
B+
B+
V+5_AI N
B+
V+5_AO
B+
V+5_VI
B+
V+5_VO
B+
V+1R5_IN
V +12A
V+3D
2
V+5_AIN
V+5_AO
TO (3/7)
V+5_VI
V+5_VO
B+
V+3D
B+
V +2R5
B+
V+3D
V+2R 5
3
TP4567
B+
V+5M
B+
V+12M
B+
V+3A
R5445
0
B+
V+5D
L 4551
10uH
B+
V+5_AO
R4552
0
B+
V+5_AIN
C4572
220
4V
3
2
1
V +1R8
B+
V+3D
B+
B+
V+5_VI
R4553
0
B+
V+5_VO
B+
V+5L
V+3D
4
GND D
TP4570
Q4581
2SC4081T106R
C 4585
0.1
16V
F
V+1R 8
TO (5/7)
B+
R4581
100
C4573
4.7
B+
V +12A
V+3D
B+
V+3HD
B+
V+5HD
B+
EV+5.8V
B+
RIPPLE
FILTER
R4554
0
R4556
0
GND D
VI N
VOUT
V+3D
5
VOUT
2
VI N
B+
TO (4/7)
4
ON/OFF
3
NC1
V +12A
V+1R8
R4573
0
VSS
GND
NC3
B+
GNDA
R4575
0
TP4569
NC
4
6
NC2
C 4532
0.01
16V
B
V+1R5_IN
GND D
D4571
RB501V-40TE-17
1.8V REG
R4574
0
IC4571
S-1132B18-U5T1G
5
CN
7
C
CONT
8
R4531
0
V+3D
V+3HD
5
V+5HD
TO (6/7)
EV+5.8V
GND D
C 4586
100
16V
V+3D
B+
V+3A
B+
V+5L
B+
V+5M
B+
V+12M
B+
V+3D
V+3A
V+5L
V+5M
6
TO (7/7)
V+12M
GND D
GND M
IC4552
S-1170B50UC-OUJTFG
C 4558
100
16V
VSS
NC
VIN
5
VOUT
TP4568
4
R4558
22k
ON/OFF
2
C 4555
4.7
6.3V
B
3
1
5V REG
Note :
V+5D
V+2R 5
P_CONT2
V+3HD
IC4531
MM1701WHBE
E
B+
V+1R 0
GND D
3.3V REG
C 4525
4.7
6.3V
B
TP4572
IC4552
B+
V+3V
IC4561
2.5V REG
B+
D
V+3D
5
4
1
2
C456 3
1
6.3V
X6S
TP6096
V +2R5
R4504
2.7k
B+
IC4562
S-1112B33MC-L6STFG
C 4567
1
6.3V
X6S
V+3D
IC4521
S-1170B25UC-OTKTFG
IC4502
2.5A
32V
B+
V+3A
V+3V
TP4608
C 4513
4.7
6.3V
B
B
B+
R4501
0
VOUT
B+
V +2R5
5V REG
C 4504
0.1
16V
F
B+
NB
TP4507
R4511
0
TP4508
CONT
V+5HD
V +1R0
5
GND D
SW+3.33V
B+
GND
4
PR-076 HARNESS
4
VOUT
1
TO
SWITCHING
REGURATOR
CN201
THROUGH THE
SW+1.53V
ON/OFF
VI N
2
C 4503
1
6.3V
X6S
VI N
D4521
RB501V-40TE-17
C 4537
1000p
50V
B
TP4506
C 4509
220
4V
3.3V REG
4
3
VSS
B+
TP4565
5
SW+1.53V
NC
IC4561
S-1112B50MC-L7JTFG
C 4562
1
6.3V
X6 S
IC4511
4
2
C 4536
1000p
50V
B
5
1
GND D
C 4502
1
6.3V
X6S
3
EV+5.8 V
C 4508
220
4V
2
13P
IC4511
S-1170B33UC-OTSTFG
TP4505
1
TP4504
B+
3
CN4501
C 4535
1000p
50V
B
2
C 4507
100
16V
C 4501
1
6.3V
X6S
B+
1
A
C 4511
4.7
6.3V
B
TP4503
3
TP4502
B+
3
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES-
C 4556
4.7
6.3V
B
C 4559
100
16V
C 4553
1000p
50V
B
C 4557
0.01
16V
B
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
4-29
4-30
POWER BLOCK
RD-065 (1/7)
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-55 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
14
B+
C 1814
150p
50V
R1803
330
C 1813
100p
50V
C 1804
330p
50V
VREF_D
R1302
1k
0.5%
Q1811
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
X 1002
27MHz
X 1001
24.576MHz
C 1803
Q1801
220p
16V ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
CH
HCL BPR
A T/XDT
7
6
5
8
IC1301
VREF V OUT
1
2
3
HADRS7
7
6
5
IC1302
SIGNAL PATH
VREF D OUT
4
1
2
VIDEO SIGNAL
3
4
CHROMA
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDI O
SIGNAL
REC
TP1202
C 1303
0.1
16V
F
R1303
1k
0.5%
R114
33k
HADRS7
R1312
1k
0.5%
C1312
0.1
16V
F
C 1315
2.2
10V
B
X101
16.9344MHz
R193
0
AT/XDT
TO (4/7)
R1301
470
0.5%
C 1302
0.1
16V
F
IC1302
NJM12904V(TE2)
R1813
330
FSC BPF
VREF_D
C 1301
2.2
10V
B
-
R1814
33
L 1811 15uH
R1804
33
8
AUS
CK
+
L 1801 39uH
CK
-
C 1801
1
6.3V
X6S
AEP,UK
+
C 1802
2.2
10V
B
1p
*
50V
-
I
B+
*
50V
+
O EM I
G
C1045
2p
1p
C1045 C1044
-
B+
C1044
2p
B+
C 1811
1
6.3V
X6S
+
R1802
220
L 1821
I C 1812
2.2
10V
B
C 1316
10
10V
C
VREF_D
R1812
220
L 1831
O EM I
G
IC1301
NJM12904V(TE2)
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES-
7
13
B+
EMMA BLOCK
B
12
B+
RD-065 BOARD(2/7)
A
11
R1313
1k
0.5%
R1314
0
PB
C 1313
0.1
16V
F
HADRS6
HADRS6
HADRS5
TXD0_LL
C 1815
0.047
10V
B
C 1304
47
6.3V
RXD0_LL
C 1805
0.047
10V
B
SPDIFSEL
10
DINTEN
9
TMS
8
GND
7
(FOR CHECK)
GND
5
AC21
AE22
AE23
JTRS T
AD22
HADRS5
EDIN T
C1421
1
6.3V
X6S
TP1411
TP1413
RXD
R110
1k
AJ17
AJ18
AF16
AF17
AG14
R124
0
AF14
C135
0.01
16V
B
AH18
AG18
AE16
AE18
AF13
AG11
AE15
AE14
AE12
AE13
50V
C157
0.01
16V
B C158
0.01
16V
B
AF12
AG12
IC1001-AJ2
TO (7/7)
C117
1000p
50V
B
GNDS
AG13
AJ16
AH15
AJ15
AH14
AJ14
C120
0.1
10V
B
C116
0.1
10V
B
9
ADCCLKO
AIBCK0
AILRCK0
DACCLKO
AIBD0
AOD0
AOBCK
AOLRCK
SMDIN
SPDIFO
SMDOUT
NSCS
*
*
R1031
R1030
R1029
82
VIOD0
VIOD1
VIOCLK
VIOD2
VIOD3
VIOD4
VIOD5
VIOD6
VIOD7
AIOBD
AIOBCK
AIOLRCK
AIOMCK0 C20
AIBCK0 E19
AILRCK0 F19
AIOMCK1 E21
E20
AIBD0
AOLRCK
D20
AOBCK C19
L5
AOD0 E18
ATX D19
SMDIN/SS0DIN
K5
L4
L3
CLK27BIN/GPIO6
VIOCLK/SP0EN/GPIO21
SMDOUT/SS0DOUT
AB20
AE24
AF24
VIOD0/SP0DAT0/GPIO22
VIOD1/SP0DAT1/GPIO23
AE21
VIOD2/SP0DAT2/GPIO24
AF23
AD24
VIOD3/SP0DAT3/GPIO25
VIOD5/SP0DAT5/GPIO27
VIOD4/SP0DAT4/GPIO26
AC24
AD23
AC22
VIOD7/SP0DAT7/GPIO29
VIOD6/SP0DAT6/GPIO28
AE20
AIOLRCKSP0ERRB/GPIO30
Y19
AB22
SP0REQB/GPIO33
AA20
AF22
TXD0B
RXD0B
AF21
D18
RXD1B/GPIO38
AG22
AG23
AE1
XA1
K2
L1
AF1
XA2
CLK24IN
CLK27AIN
CLK27AOUT
K23
M24
L24
FSCO
FSCI
CLK24OUT
K20
J24
J22
FCBP
HLCO
H21
HLCI
HCBP
J21
F21
SMCKOUT
RXD1
JTDI
JTDO
JTMS
JTC L
JTCL
JTDI
J19
G19
JTDO
JTMS
G2
L21
H19
H20
JTRST
NMI
EDINT
RSTSWB
L20
K3
K4
AB21
AC20
CEQ
CTS1B/TTXRQ/GPIO41
REQ
ABI
C
CAG
ARI
CAGC2
ACI
CMIRR
AYI
CAMIRR
COMP1
AGCIN
COMP0
RFO
CRC
IC1001
CTEC
AV ENC/DEC
VREF
(1/5)
RSET1
RSET0
CBHLPP/CRAPC
VAB
VAG
IC1001
MC10050F1-105-LU1-A
CBHWBL/CID
C100
1000p
50V
B
C101
1000p
50V
B
Q102
RT1N141U-TP-1
SWITCH
AH13
R105
0
AJ13
AH17
AH16
T P117
AG16
T P118
AG17
T P122 AF19
T P123 AE19
E24
YI
A24
C 1001
0.1
10V
B
C1002
0.1
10V C1006
B
1
6.3V
R1003
X6S
680
0.5%
R1004
470
0.5%
PB/BOUT
B23
Y/GOUT
A22
PR/ROUT
B20
B24
B22
A21
A23
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
GD
C 4706
1000p
50V
B
IC4703
BUFFER
R4726
22
AIOBCK
AIOBD
AIOLRCK
VCC
1G
4G
1A
4A
1Y
4Y
2G
3G
2A
3A
2Y
3Y
GND
14
STREAM_6
13
STREAM_5
12
STREAM_4
11
STREAM_3
10
STREAM_2
9
STREAM_1
8
STREAM_0
7
GND
6
ALRCKI
5
ADATA
4
ABCKI
3
GND
2
SPDIF
1
GND
TP6067
TP6068
TP6104
DVDD33R
CBCO
AGND
N15
R4712
10k
R4711
10k
R4710
10k
B+
Y15
WALPF
AGND Y13
EXTR
AGND Y12
SPDIFO_LL
AD16
PCEFM2
AVDD33
YOUT
YOUT
COUT
B+
COUT
PR/ROUT
PR/ROUT
AD15
PCEFM1
AVDD33
FCEFM2
AVDD33
Y/GOUT
B+
AD14
Y/GOU T
PB/BOUT
PB/BOUT
AD13
FCEFM1
AVDD33
ASY
AVDD15
R273
0
AD12
EFM
DLL_GND
RFI_P
DLL_VDD
RFI_M
DA2_GND
RFEQOM
DA1_GND
RFEQOP
DA2_VDD3
TEO/LE/SWRF1/SWRF3/RFP6
AD2_GND
FEO/LE/SWRF2/SWRF4/RFP5
AD1_GND
ADIN/LE/RFP4
AD2_VDD3
AD1_VDD3
PH_GND
PH_VDD1
HC_VDD3
PF_GND
LVSPOWD
L6
C104
1
6.3V
X6S
C106
0.1
16V
F
C105
1000p
50V
B
C152
1000p
50V
B
C159
0.1
16V
F
C154
1
6.3V
X6S
C153
10
16V
B19
C/R I
BI
O EMI
G
R271
0
B+
C1051
10
10V
C
C21
C1052
1
6.3V
X6 S
C 1053
1000p
50V
C164
1000p
50V
B
C167
0.1
16V
F
C162
1
6.3V
X6S
GI
GI
X525P
I
X525P
AMUTE
AMUTE
C163
220
4V
ADPOW
ADPOW
ADCCLKO
ADCCLKO
H24
L 1024
M23
H23
C 1005 C 1004 C 1003
1000p
1
100
50V
6.3V
4V
X6S
B+
L23
K21
J23
K24
O EMI
G
B+
B+
DACCLKO
DACCLKO
AILRCK0
I
AILRCK0
AIBCK0
L1023
O EMI
G
C 1041 C 1040 C 1039
1000p
1
100
50V
6.3V
4V
X6S
L22
J20
YI
BI
A19
C22
YI
C/RI
L 1004
AIBCK0
AIBD0
I
AIBD0
AOLRCK
AOLRCK
AOBCK
L1025
TP1001
O EMI
G
C102 5 C1024
C1026
1
100
1000p 6.3V 4V
50V
X6S
AOBCK
I
AOD0
AOD0
SPDIFO
SPDIFO
SMDIN
SMDIN
K22
SMDOUT
L100 3
B+
PLL_GND
PLL_VDD
C103
220
4V
R274
0
L1005
15uH
O EMI
G
B+
I
SMDOUT
SMCKOUT
SMCKOUT
NSCS
L1022
TP1002
O EM I
G
L2
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
FC_VDD3
K1
N14
M15
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
M14
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
M13
L15
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
L14
L13
L12
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
L11
K15
K14
K13
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
K12
K6
J6
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
H6
G7
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
G6
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
F11
F10
F9
DVDD25(2.5V)
F8
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD15(1.5V)
DVDD15(1.5V)
DVDD15(1.5V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD15(1.5V)
F7
AB6
AA6
Y6
W6
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
T11
T10
R11
R10
P12
DVDD10(1.0V)
P11
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DGND
DGND
DGND
DVDD10(1.0V)
P10
N13
N12
N11
N10
Y11
Y10
W10
DGND
DGND
V6
U6
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
T6
R6
P6
N24
DGND
N6
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
L10
K11
K10
F16
DGND
DGND
F15
F14
DGND
F13
DGND
TEST1
DVDD10(1.0V)
PF_VDD1
M6
B+
NSCS
RXD1
I
RXD1
JTRS T
JTRST
O EM I
G
B+
B+
B+
B+
L 1001
O EM I
G
FVR-001 FFC
(SEE PAGE 4-16)
TP6066
RXD
L 1002
B+
B+
TO DT-120
BOARD
CN104
THROUGH THE
DGNDR K19
CWHP
B+
B+
I
RXD
O EMI
G
B+
I
C1010
1
6.3V
X6 S
C1062
1
6.3V
X6S
C1063 C1064
0.1
1000p
16V
50V
F
C1065
1000p
50V
C1007
220
4V
C1008
1
6.3V
X6 S
C1059
1
6.3V
X6S
C1060
0.1
16V
F
C1061
1000p
50V
C101 4
1000p
50V
C1012
100
4V
C1013
1
6.3V
X6 S
C 1066
1
6.3V
X6S
C 1067
0.1
16V
F
C 1068
1000p
50V
C 1011
1000p
50V
C1049 C104 8 C 1050 C 1038 C 1037 C 1036 C 1023 C 1022 C 1021
100 1000p
1000p
1
1
1
10
100 1000p
4V
4V
50V
6.3V
50V
6.3V
50V
6.3V 10V
X6S
X6S
X6S
C
J
4-31
232RST
L 1021
B+
C1009
220
4V
RD-065 (2/7)
STREAM_7
TP6065
B+
B+
GND
15
R4725
22
CWAGC
CADO
A1
B+
B+
R4702
100
R4714
0
R4724
22
GNDD
EMMA BLOCK
R4704
0
R4705
0
R4706
0
IC4703
TC74VHC125FK
C 4703
1
6.3V
X6S
BUFFER
YOUT
DGND
V+3V
V+1R5_IN
C/RI
COUT
F12
AD17
TO (1/7)
G24
IC4701
CAD
FPIND
M12
V+3D
BI
B21
M11
V+2R5
GI
F23
A3
B3
R4722
100
VAY A20
TEST_MODE
1
X525P
VAC
M10
I
VIOD0
C 1020
10
16V
VCLKI
16
TP6062
VIOD1
VAR
T P128 AD18
MONI1/RFPM1
V+3A
D23
GND
17
TP6069
VIOD2
CBC
TP6119 AD19
MONI2/RFPM2
TP6120 AC19
MONI3/SWRF4/RFPM3
H
V+1R0
AB19
GND(RFE/XLL)
18
TP6061
VIOD3
CREG
DA1_VDD3
T P119 AF20
V+5D
E23
XRESET
19
AGND Y14
C107
680p
50V
R104 B
12k
C113
4700p
50V
C114
4700p
50V
C115
0.01
16V
B
G
VCLY
CDEF
A2
B2
7
AE17
VRTY D22
CDEF2
B1
6
T P131
E22
D21
GND
20
TP6060
VIOD4
5
F
AG19
VCOMY
CEQDC
RX1
21
TP6059
VIOD5
8
7
R119
0
VRTC
VRBY
CBBD
TX1
22
TP6058
VIOD6
9
C136
0.1
10V
C137 B
6800p
16V
C144
0.01
16V
C145 B
0.01
16V
B C146
10
10V
C147 C
0.33
6.3V
B C148
0.33
6.3V
C155 B
0.47
6.3V
B C156
1800p
232RST
AH19
CBPD
G22
10
TP1428
AF18
H22
4
B+
AG15
R116
3.3k
G23
GND
23
TP6057
VIOD7
3
C122
2200p
50V C125
1
6.3V
C127 X6S
0.047
10V
B C128
0.1
10V
C129
1
6.3V
X6S R109
6.2k
C130
4.7
6.3V
2012 C131
0.068
10V
C133 B
0.1
10V
B C134
0.1
10V
B
TP1427
XRESET
VRBC
A1
SCL_VDEC
24
TP6056
2
6
VRTR
SP1DAT7GPIO19
OE
SDA_VDEC
25
TP6063
R4701
100
1
GNDD
SP1DAT6/GPIO18
F22
R4721
100
DIR
10
R1422
10k
B+
AF15
G21
VCC
9
5
VCOMR
C 4704
1000p
50V
B
R4703
100
8
V+5D
SP1DAT5/SS0DAT/GPIO17
F24
GND
26
TP6103
7
TP1426
VRBR
IC4701
TC74VCX245FK
11
4
SP1DAT4/SS0ERRB/GPIO16
C24
C 4701
1
6.3V
X6S
12
CTS
VRTB
VCOMC
C121
2200p
50V
TP1425
(FOR CHECK)
SP1DAT3/SSOSTRT/GPIO15
C23
13
3
VCOMB
AT/XDT
27
TP6048
R4729
0
14
DTR
SP1DAT2/SS0EN/GPIO14
D24
28
TP6045
6
TP1412
VRBB
C101 7
0.1
10V
B C 1016
0.1
10V
C101 5 B
0.1
10V
B C 1035
0.1
10V
C103 3 B
0.1
10V
B C 1032
0.1
10V
C102 9 B
0.1
10V C 1030
B
0.1
10V
C103 1 B
0.1
10V
B C 1047
0.1
10V
C103 4 B
0.1
10V
B C 1018
0.1
10V
C101 9 B
0.1
10V
B
GND
R4731
4.7k
R4727
10k
R4728
10k
5
2
SP1DAT1/SS0CLK/GPIO13
R4723
47
AMUTE
F17
OUTY
11
RXD
CSYNC/GPIO54
VIOCLK
12
R1413
47k
C 1401
0.01
16V
B
7P
1
SP1DAT0/SS1DAT/GPIO12
ADPOW
U19
13
R1421
10k
TXD
VIHSB/CTS0B/GPIO37
IN A
14
E
TP1410
SP1REQB/SS1ERRB/GPIO11
INB
15
R1412
10k
CN1402
VIVSB/RTS0B/GPIO36
B+
R1411
10k
VCC
R4707
10k
R4713
10k
4
AC23
TP1414
SP1STRT/SS1STRT/GPIO10
C 4705
1000p
50V
B
V19
R4732
4.7k
3
AD21
IC4702
TC7SZ08FU(TE85R)
C 4702
1
6.3V
X6S
BUFFER
R4708
10k
2
R1406 TP1407
22
R1416 TP1408
22
R1407 TP1409
22
IC4702
16
1
JTCL
R4709
10k
17
2
V+3
AG24
A T/XDT
18
3
DINT
JTMS
R1405 TP1405
22
4
JTSEL
AH24
SDA_VDEC
19
RST
HADRS6
11
TO (6/7)
RXD0_LL
1
6
W19
XDVI
SCL_VDEC
20
TCK
JTDO
XDVI
TXD0_LL
3
TDO
R1403 TP1429
22
R1415 TP1406
22
R1404 TP1404
22
AUS
2
11
AEP,UK
150
4
GND
AB23
AIOBCK/SP0CLK/GPIO31
JTDI
TP1430
220
47
CN470 1
28P
AIOBD/SP0STRT/GPIO32
12
DCD0B/SS0SB/GPIO47
TDI
R1031
100
1
13
JTMRS T
HADRS7
1080P
R1030
5
EJSNGEN
1080P
TXD1B/GPIO39
14
CLKPWM0/GPIO60
TRST
R1401 TP1401
22
R1414 TP1402
22
R1402 TP1403
22
C1028
0.1
10V
B
R1181
10k
CLKPWM1/VIFLD/GPIO61
14P
C1027
0.1
10V
B
R1068
47k
SP1ERRB/GPIO20 AD20
CN1401
R1001
10k
SP1EN/SS1EN/GPIO09
B+
SP1CLK/SS1CLK/GPIO08
C
R5856
10k
R1013
10k
JTMRS T
C 1058
0.01
16V
B
EDIN T
TO
(3/7,4/7,5/7,7/7)
D
10
TO
(3/7,4/7)
TP1201
XRESET
SMCKOUT/SS0CKIN
8
XDVI
1080P
HADRS5
4-32
232RST
I
12
TO (3/7)
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-55 for printed wiring board.
3
2
1
4
5
6
7
8
C 2501
1
6.3V
X6S
R2501
680
RD-065 BOARD(3/7)
A
VIDEO/AUDIO BLOCK
9
Y_OUT
Q2501
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
YOUT
VIDEO BUFFER
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES-
R2502
150
0.5%
C250 2
1
6.3V
X6S
IC3201
R2504
680
AUDIO DAC
MCLK
DATA
ML
R3233
0
R3206
47
NSCS
R3207
47
MD
13
5
VDD
ZEROL
12
6
VCC
ZEROR
11
4
GND
B+
D3201
DAN202uT106
B+
V+5_AO
C 3220
1
6.3V
X6S
C 3219
220
4V
AGND
VOUTR
R2508
150
0.5%
AMUTE
AMUTE1
V+5_VO
V+5_VI
CB_OUT
TP3202
2
V+5_AIN
R3341
B_IN
R2302
R3221
100
C 3214
560p
50V
R3217
10k
0.5%
IC3202
5
R3216
1.2k
0.5%
C 3302
7p
50V
Y EQ
C 3307
10
10V
C
6
R3222
6.8k
4
D
Q3302
2SC4154TP-1EF
RCHOUT
R3227
100
3
C 3213
560p
50V
IC3202
UPC4558G2-E1
YI
R3308
10
C 3332
1
6.3V
X6S
*
R3309
680
C3301
7p
50V
L 3301
18uH
R3307
AUDIO LPF
C3303
C3304
*
R3306
470
0.5%
R3305
330
C 3342
1
6.3V
SMDOUT
Y_IN
*
DAT_TO_M
R3301
47
C 3305
*
SMCKOUT
Q3304
R3214
6.8k
R3215
22k
*
C3312
C3311
*
*
R3314
*
L3303
L3304
*
*
C3329
C3330
C3331
*
*
*
*
C/RI
R3313
*
R3315
680
C3313
*
TP2322
R3004
0
TP2323
R3006
0
TP2324
0
0
IC3101
A K5358AET-E2
R3008
0
TP6105
TU_CEC
R3009
0
R3344
TU_DSCL
R3010
0
TP6107
*
DDC_SW1
R3011
0
TP6100
TU_HPD
R3012
0
TP6108
C3339
*
R3312
*
DIF
VCOM
PDN
*
14
13
R3103
0
SCLK
R3104
0
11
MCLK
R3111
0
R3005
10k
TP2327
LRCK
8
DGND
SDTO
*
R3317
L3305
L3306
*
*
C3318
Q3305
*
*
*
C3321
C3320
*
*
L3307
L3308
*
*
C3322
C3323
C3324
*
*
*
R3326
*
R3327
680
C3325
*
9
TO
(2/7,4/7)
*
C 3106
1000p
50V
D3711
RB501V-40TE-17
*
*
12
11
2B
3B
10
2Y
3A
9
RXD
5
4
2Y
SPDIFO_LL
R3703
100
4
3
C 3707
1
6.3V
X6S
IC3701
BUFFER
B+
H
4
GND
OUT
1
3
NC
VDD
2
R3715
0
R3716
33
IC3707
MRST
SPDIF O
XX
15p/50V
G_I N
C3319
0.01u/50V
10u/10V
24
GND
C3320
XX
7p/50V
23
B_IN
22
GND
C3321
XX
7p/50V
21
L_OUT
C3322
XX
5p/50V
20
GNDA
C3323
XX
68p/50V
19
R_OUT
C3324
XX
15p/50V
18
AMUTE
C3325
0.01u/50V
10u/10V
17
R_IN
C3329
XX
5p/50V
16
GND
C3330
XX
68p/50V
15
L_IN
14
GND
13
P_CONT2
12
MRST
11
TO AV-114
BOARD (1/5)
CN101
THROUGH THE
F RA-006 FFC
(SEE PAGE 4-6)
C3331
XX
15p/50V
C3333
XX
1u/50V
C3334
XX
1u/50V
XRST1
C3335
XX
1u/50V
10
DAM_TO_T
C3339
XX
1u/50V
9
HSM_TO_T
C3340
XX
1u/50V
8
DAT_TO_M
C3341
XX
1u/50V
7
ASCK
L3303
XX
18uH
6
HST_TO_M
L3304
XX
10uH
5
DSDA
4
CEC
L3305
XX
18uH
3
DSCL
L3306
XX
10uH
2
DDC_SW1
L3307
XX
18uH
1
HDP
L3308
XX
10uH
Q3303
XX
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
TP2329
TP233 1
TP2330
13
TU_DSCL
TO
(6/7)
TU_CEC
GND
3Y
Q3304
XX
2SC4154TP-1EF
Q3305
XX
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
Q3306
XX
2SC4154TP-1EF
Q3307
XX
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
Q3308
XX
2SC4154TP-1EF
R3302
0
47
R3307
1.8k 0.5%
5.6k 0.5%
HSMTOT
14
R3310
10k
XX
R3312
XX
470 0.5%
HSTTOM
TO
(4/7)
R3313
XX
5.6k 0.5%
R3314
XX
10
R3317
XX
330
SPDIFO
BI
GI
C/RI
YI
PR/ROUT
PB/BOUT
Y/GOUT
COUT
YOUT
AMUTE
SMDOUT
SMCKOUT
NSCS
DACCLKO
AOBCK
AOD0
AOLRCK
AIBD0
AILRCK0
ADCCLKO
AIBCK0
ADPOW
SPDIFO_LL
SMDIN
RXD1
RXD
JTRST
232RST
R3318
XX
470 0.5%
R3319
XX
10
R3322
XX
330
R3323
XX
470 0.5%
R3324
XX
5.6k 0.5%
R3325
XX
5.6k 0.5%
R3326
XX
10
12
R3336
0
47
TO
(2/7)
R3337
10k
XX
R3341
0
47
R3342
10k
XX
R3344
XX
330
R5702
470
Q5701
2SC4154TP-1EF
DIGITAL OPUT
L5701
0uH
R5701
470
R5703
680
R5704
150
RXD1
2
C 3706
1000p
50V
B
C 3704
10
10V
C
C3318
25
SPDIFO
BI
GI
C/RI
YI
PR/ROUT
PB/BOUT
Y/GOU T
COUT
YOUT
AMUTE
SMDOUT
SMCKOUT
NSCS
DACCLKO
AOBCK
AOD0
AOLRCK
AIBD0
AILRCK0
ADCCLKO
AIBCK0
ADPOW
SPDIFO_LL
SMDIN
RXD1
RXD
JTRST
232RST
*
C3738
1
6.3V
8
7
5
1
C 3705
1000p
50V
B
68p/50V
X525P
Q3307
R3705
100
GND
XX
B_IN
13
6
4Y
SMDI N
HST_TO_M
IC3702
TC7SH08FU(T5RSOYJF)
C3317
GND
*
14
3A
4A
2A
6
7
3
2A
4B
1Y
5
1Y
1B
4
2
3Y
VCC
3
R3704
100
1A
2
VCC
8
1
1A
C/R_IN
26
C3341
R5705
0
B+
JTRST
C 3703
1
6.3V
X6S
DAT_TO_M
5p/50V
27
TU_CEC
IC5701
TC74VHC00FT(EKJ)
XRESET
G
XX
R3322
SELECT
232RST
IC3701
TC7WH34FU(TE12R)
C3316
TU_DSDA
R3323
IC5701
1
8
GND
TU_DSD A
R
3106
10k
D3712
RB501V-40TE-17
TO
(2/7,4/7,5/7,7/7)
7p/50V
28
DDC_SW1
R2316
10k
IC3707
PST3813UL
SPDIFSEL
7p/50V
XX
TU_DSCL
G_IN
C3317
R3325
AIBD0
B+
10
XX
C3315
DDC_SW 1
*
*
*
*
*
BI
R3105
1M
C 3107
1
6.3V
X6S
C3314
Y_IN
TU_HPD
C3340
R3318
C3335
ADCCLKO
R3109
47
C 3108
220
4V
GND
29
TU_HPD
*
C3316
Q3308
AILRCK0
10
7
VD
*
R3320
680
AIBCK0
12
VA
30
ADPOW
R3108
47
C 3103
100
16V
R3738
10k
F
*
15
6
C 3104
1
6.3V
X6S
R3319
*
R3107
47
AGND
C3315
*
R3324
C3319
10u/10V
C2305
1
6.3V
X6S
*
C3314
*
R3113
10k
5
XRST1
CKS1
16
CKS2
0.01u/50V
C_OUT
C/R_IN
Q3303
C3334
AUDIO ADC
GI
C 3105
0.1
16V
F
C 3701
0.01
16V
B
CKS0
AINL
4
B+
AINR
3
R3102
0
2
LCHI N
Q3306
IC3101
1
E
R3101
0
7p/50V
C3313
31
TP2326
TP2328
RCHIN
XX
GND
TP2325
TP6106
C3333
GNDD
7p/50V
C3312
32
TP2321
0
R3007
TU_DSDA
Y EQ
C 3218 C 3217
0.1
100
16V
16V
F
XX
Y_OUT
TP2319
R3002
R3003
HST_TO_M
R3220
100
R3213
680
3.3k
R3720
0
X RST 1
Q3301
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
C 3212
0.1
16V
F
15p/50V
C3311
33
TP2317
LCHI N
L3302
10uH
B+
C 3211
100
16V
68p/50V
22p/50V
TP2320
7
2
R3219
6.8k
R3211
10k
0.5%
R3223
22k
0.5%
82p/50V
C3305
GND
TP2314
VIDEO BUFFER
C 2506
10
10V
C
R2301
C 3215
82p
50V
C3304
CB_OUT
34
TP2315
B+
8
1
R3210
1.2k
0.5%
V +12A
0
RCHIN
B+
C 3216
82p
50V
GND
35
TP2310
R3224
100
R3218
22k
0.5%
36
TP2313
RCHOUT
Q2505
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
LCHOUT
5p/50V
TP2312
CR_OUT
R2514
150
0.5%
15p/50V
TP2311
LCHOUT
AMUTE1
B+
*
*
R3342
B+
B+
C3303
TP2309
0
R2513
680
B+
B+
R3232
C250 5
1
6.3V
X6S
PR/ROU T
TO
(1/7)
*
G_IN
Q2504
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
P_CONT2
V+1R5_IN
R3336
VIDEO BUFFER
AUS
CR_OUT
TP2308
*
C/R_IN
PB/BOU T
AEP,UK
37
* MARKED:MOUNTED TEBLE
TP2307
R3302
R2511
150
0.5%
TP3201
*
Y_IN
R2510
680
C 3204
330p
50V
C
C250 4
1
6.3V
X6S
SMDOUT
R3209
100k
C 3207
47
6.3V
C 3203
1000p
50V
GNDA
R3337
9
8
C 3202
0.1
16V
F
COM
V
10
7
C 3201
1000
6.3V
VOUTL
R3204
0
GND
TP2306
C_OUT
VIDEO BUFFER
SMDOUT
C 3206
0.1
16V
F
*
R3310
SMDOUT
Y/GOUT
V+3D
38
TP2305
Y_OUT
Q2503
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
YP_OUT
TP2303
CB_OUT
R2507
680
YP_OUT
R3208
47
R3230
0
R2506
0
X525P
39
TP2302
CR_OUT
C250 3
1
6.3V
X6S
SMDOUT
14
3
MC
LRCKIN
R2505
150
0.5%
DACCLKO
15
R3203
47
2
R3202
47
AOLRCK
BCKIN
VIDEO BUFFER
R3228
10k
16
1
AOD0
R3229
10k
R3234
0
40
TP2301
Q2502
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
COUT
IC3201
PCM1742KE
40P
TP2304
YP_OUT
AOBCK
B
CN2301
R2304
0
C_OUT
B+
R3201
47
11
10
R5706
75
0.5%
TP609 4
TP609 5
C 5704
1
50V
JA5701
DIGITAL OUT
COAXIAL
SIGNAL PATH
VIDEO SIGNAL
R5707
100k
CHROMA
R3708
10k
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDI O
SIGNAL
REC
C570 7
1
6.3V
X6S
C5705
1000p
50V
B
C 5708
220
4V
C 5702
1
6.3V
X6S
C5706
1000p
50V
B
PB
IC3702
AND GATE
4-33
4-34
VIDEO/AUDIO BLOCK
RD-065 (3/7)
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-55 for printed wiring board.
3
2
1
4
5
6
RD-065 BOARD(4/7)
R253
10k
R252
10k
R248
10k
R256
10k
IC201
MD0
MD 0
FLASH ROM
MD1
AA4
MD 1
IC201
K4S641632K-UC60T
MD2
AB1
HADRS13
P23
HDATA6
HADRS13
U21
(NOT USE)
HDATA1
HADRS23
HSTTOM
F6
SFSO
RDATA07
SFCS0B
R1017
0
R201
10k
VDD
SO
HOLD
WP
SCK
SCLK
AD9
SI
VSS
C201
0.1
10V
B
C 1227
1
6.3V
X6S
C202
1
6.3V
X6S
DDM 1
R107
47k
AD8
R1264
33
R1260
22
TW E
TCAS
SI
AD10
C 1226
1000p
50V
B
TRAS
B+
SO
TCS
CSOZ
AD11
TBA0
RDATA08
RDATA10
RDATA11
IR_OUT/GPIO53
FB/TTX/RTS1B/GPIO40
GCSB0
RDATA12
GCSB1
RDATA13
GCSB2/GPIO5
RDATA14
GCSB3/GPIO6
RDATA15
GRDYB/GPIO7
FOEB/GOEB
FCSB1
FWEB/GWED
FCSB0
F18
R219
4.7k
LLRST
(NOT USE)
AA19
R1182
10k
V20 JL999
R1111
100k
MD 1
T P202
MD 2
T P203
PW
TADRS0
A9(ATA)
TADRS1
3
D5(AG)
4
D1(SL)
T P204
MD 5
TADRS2
T P205
TADRS3
5
SDA_GP
D0(MA)
T P206
HADRS13
6
W24 JL998
GN D
C 1220
1
6.3V
X6S
(FOR CHECK)
T P210
7
R221
47k
R222
47k
8
TX_FE
9
RX_FE
10
V+3D
T P209
R223
22
LDQS
NC2
VDD2
NC
LDM
/WE
DQ8
NC6
VSSQ3
UDQS
NC5
VREF
VSS2
UDM
/CK
DDATA2 8
R1274
22
R1269
0
DDATA2 7
DDATA2 6
DDATA2 5
C 1229
1000p
50V
B
DDATA2 4
R1275
22
R1270
0
R1276
22
R1271
33
DDQS3
C 1214
0.1
16V
F
DDM 3
TCLKNO
/CAS
CK
/RAS
CKE
/CS
NC4
NC3
A12
BA0
A11
BA1
A9
A10/AP
A8
A0
A7
A1
A6
A2
A5
A3
A4
VDD3
VSS1
TCLKO
R1272
33
R1219
0
TADRS1 2
TADRS1 1
TADRS9
TADRS8
TADRS7
TADRS6
TADRS5
TADRS4
DCKE
R1205
10k
TP614
C 1228
1000p
50V
B
T P208
REMI
VDDQ3
DDATA2 9
XRESET
T P207
REM O
V24
R1039
43
0.5%
10P
TADRS10
2
SCL_G P
R20
CN201
T P201
1
T20 JL997
T19
R220
4.7k
MD 0
R1016
10k
R19
TBA1
NC1
DDATA3 0
C 1224
0.01
16V
B
B+
C 1212
0.1
16V
F
C1230
0.1
16V
F
C1291
0.1
16V
F
SCL_GP
SCL_GP
A T/XDT
HCS0
CE
SI
R1267
22
DQ7
DQ9
VDDQ4
34
SFSI
RDATA06
CSO Z
C 1056
1
6.3V
X6 S
R1263
0
VSSQ2
DQ10
35
SFSCK
RDATA05
IC200
SST25VF016B-50-4C-S2AF-T
SI
R1037 R1036
100
43
0.5% 0.5%
C10
DDQS1
SCLK
A9
R1040
100
0.5%
H
C 1057
0.1
16V
F
DCLKNO
B1
EEP ROM
SCLK
DQ6
DQ11
VSSQ4
36
RDATA04
W22
AA24
IC200
DQ5
DDATA3 1
37
HWS0
R1018
0
R1019
0
DBA1
VDDQ2
R1268
0
38
HDOE
A3
DQ4
R1273
22
39
HSMTOT
DBA0
SO
TADRS4
40
R21
B3
DCKE
TADRS5
41
HDATA1 5
DDATA1 5
DCLKO
TADRS6
42
HSMTOT
HSTTOM
DDQS 3
C1
TADRS7
43
N20
C9
C 1225
0.01
16V
B
44
N22
HDATA1 4
DDATA1 4
R1266
22
45
HDATA1 3
HSTTOM
DDQS 2
D5
TADRS8
46
P21
R1262
0
47
T21
HDATA1 2
DDATA1 3
RDATA03
RDATA09
HDATA1 1
DDATA1 2
DDQS 1
48
T22
DDQS 0
C6
DQ12
49
HDATA1 0
F2
DQ3
VDDQ5
33
M22
B9
DDM 3
VSSQ1
32
HDATA9
DDM 2
DDATA1 1
31
C 1105
0.1
16V
F
J1
DQ13
30
C 1104
1
6.3V
X6S
DDM 1
DQ14
DQ2
29
B+
A5
DQ1
DDATA1 0
28
GND D
R23
DDM 0
VSSQ5
27
HDATA8
F3
VSS3
DQ15
VDDQ1
26
N23
DDATA9
TADRS1 2
TADRS9
IC1221
K4H511638C-UCB3T
25
HDATA7
DW E
R1252
33
C 1236
100
4V
24
U24
C2
J2
R1265
22
DDM 2
C 1223
1
6.3V
X6S
23
T24
HDATA6
DILM
R1261
0
DDATA8
R1251
33
TADRS1 1
DDR SDRAM
22
V22
HDATA5
DIHM
RDATA02
C 1219
1
6.3V
X6S
DQ0
DCAS
C 1218
1
6.3V
X6S
IC1221
5
HDATA4
DVREF
RDATA01
DRAS
B2
6
U23
RDATA00
VDD1
A2
C 1222
0.1
16V
F
7
HDATA3
DCLKB
DCS0B
E3
8
AA21
RADD25/GPIO04
C3
C 1221
1
6.3V
X6S
TCLKNO
R1258
22
DDQS2
C 1211
0.1
16V
F
C 1231
10
10V
C
R1278
0
R1250
0
TCLKO
C 1209
1000p
50V
B
TCLKO
R1279
390
R1289
22
DCLKNO
4
25
R1032
10k
Y21
HDATA2
DCLK
DDATA3 1
3
26
R1195
4.7k
HDATA1
DCKE
RADD24/GPIO03
DDATA3 0
E6
R1277
0
2
27
HADRS1
R1028
10k
R1027
10k
W21
DBA1
RADD23/GPIO02
D6
R1288
22
DCLK O
1
28
HCS0
HDATA0
P19
RADD22
DDATA2 9
50
29
HDOE
N19
HSMTOT
HDATA0
R1132
47
M20
R1199
10k
DDATA2 8
51
HDATA9
DBA0
DDATA2 7
E7
52
P24
E8
D7
53
HADRS22
VDD3
A4
VSS1
54
HDATA2
TCAS
A3
55
W20
DDQS3
DCAS
C 1217
1
6.3V
X6S
56
HADRS21
DDQS2
RADD20
TRAS
A5
57
HDATA1 0
RADD19
DRAS
A2
58
R22
TADRS3
R1257
22
TCLKNO
59
HADRS20
TADRS2
60
HDATA3
DDQS1
D8
DDATA2 6
TCS
A6
61
T23
DDQS0
RADD18
DDATA2 5
DCS0B
A1
21
HADRS19
DDQM3
RADD17
E9
TW E
A7
20
HDATA1 1
RADD16
DDATA2 4
DW E
A0
19
N21
DDATA2 3
D9
TADRS1
18
M21
HADRS18
J3
R1287
47
17
HADRS17
DDQM2
DDATA2 2
A8
16
R24
HDATA4
RADD15
H1
A10/AP
15
HADRS16
DDQM1
TADRS0
A9
14
HDATA1 2
RADD14
H2
DDATA2 1
BA1
13
AB24
TADRS10
TBA1
A11
12
HADRS15
DDQM0
DDATA2 0
TBA1
BA0
11
HDATA5
DWEB
RADD13
H3
DBA1
TBA0
A12
10
U20
RADD12
DDATA1 9
TBA0
NC3
9
HADRS14
DCASB
F1
DBA0
NC4
8
HDATA1 3
DRASB
RADD11
DDATA1 8
C 1208
1
6.3V
X6S
TADRS12
CKE
/CS
62
HADRS12
RADD10
G3
R1284
47
R1285
47
R1286
47
DADRS12
CK
/RAS
63
HDATA1 4
DCS1B
DDATA1 7
/CAS
64
U22
DCS0B
RADD09
G2
/CK
DDATA1 6
C 1213
0.1
16V
F
65
P22
HADRS11
DQ31
RADD08
TCS
UDM
DDATA1 7
66
HADRS10
HDATA7
RADD07
TRAS
DDATA1 6
VSS2
34
Y22
DQ30
DDATA1 5
/WE
VREF
35
AA23
HADRS9
DQ29
RADD06
B7
G1
LDM
DDATA1 8
C 1210
1000p
50V
B
36
HADRS8
RADD05
TCAS
NC
DDATA1 9
37
V21
DQ28
C7
DDATA1 4
VDD2
R1249
0
38
Y23
HADRS7
DQ27
RADD04
TW E
R1240
22
DDATA2 0
R1256
22
39
HADRS6
DQ26
RADD03
DDATA1 3
R1244
33
DDATA2 1
40
V23
HDATA1 5
HDATA8
30
A0
31
A1
CE
32
A2
DQ0
HADRS5
RADD02
RADD21
33
VSS1
34
OE
A3
35
A4
36
A5
W23
A6
DDM 0
7
38
DQ8
37
39
A6
C 1113
1
6.3V
X6S
R1033
10k
V +2R5
TO (3/7)
DQ1
24
R1161
4.7k
3
14
DQ9
A7
23
R1153
4.7k
V+3D
TO (1/7)
DQ2
A17
22
HADRS2
B+
A18
21
HADRS3
TO
(2/7,2/7)
G
HADRS4
DQ10
20
HADRS5
R1021
10k
DQ3
19
HADRS6
RY/BY
DQ11
18
HADRS7
WP/ACC
17
HADRS8
A21
16
HADRS18
VCC
15
B+
HADRS19
R1103
0
40
R1163
4.7k
DQ4
RESET
14
R1164
4.7k
DQ12
WE
13
R1191
4.7k
A20
12
TO
(2/7,3/7,5/7,7/7)
DQ5
11
R1110
0
HADRS22
A19
DQ13
10
HWS0
XRESET
9
HADRS21
A8
AA22
HADRS4
DQ25
TADRS8
6
8
R1107
0
HADRS20
41
HADRS9
Y24
HADRS3
DQ24
RADD01
TADRS7
DADRS8
NC5
5
7
DQ6
HADRS2
RADD00/GPIO01
DADRS7
DDATA1 2
UDQS
4
DQ14
A9
42
6
A10
HADRS10
43
HADRS11
Y20
DDATA1 1
B6
NC2
NC6
VSSQ3
3
DQ7
HADRS12
44
DQ15/A-1
A11
HADRS13
VREF_D
45
A12
A16
HADRS17
46
VSS2
C 1101
1000p
50V
B
47
BYTE
A13
48
VREF_D
A15
A14
5
HADRS14
A T/XDT
4
HADRS15
A T/XDT
HADRS7
3
HADRS7
HADRS6
TO (2/7)
2
HADRS16
1
HADRS6
DQ23
P20
A7
C 1207
1000p
50V
B
LDQS
DDATA2 2
C 1205
0.01
16V
B
41
IC1102
S29GL064A90TFIR90H
HADRS5
HADRS5
DQ22
TADRS2
VDDQ3
R1248
0
DDATA2 3
42
B+
R1035
10k
CASB
DQ21
DADRS2
TADRS11
NC1
R1255
22
43
R1034
10k
RASB
DDATA1 0
C 1206
0.01
16V
B
2
FLASH ROM
WEB
DQ20
C8
DADRS11
R1247
22
1
IC1102
DQ19
DDATA9
R1243
0
33
HADRS1
MCKE
B8
DDQS0
R1283
47
44
R117
68
DQ18
DDATA8
DQ8
45
AE2
MCLKOUT
DDATA7
A8
C 1204
1
6.3V
X6S
46
AF4
R211
0
DQ17
H5
DQ7
DQ9
VDDQ4
47
MCLK
LDQM
DDATA6
VSSQ2
48
AF2
DQ16
TADRS3
H4
DQ6
49
AC4
DQ15
UDQM
DADRS3
DDATA7
50
LDQM
DQ14
MBA
TADRS10
DQ10
51
AB4
(PB2)
DDATA5
TADRS6
DADRS10
DQ11
VSSQ4
32
UDQM
MA10
DQ13
J5
DADRS6
DQ5
31
AA2
DQ12
DDATA4
VDDQ2
30
MA1
B+
DQ11
MA9
J4
DDATA6
DQ4
29
28
AB2
DQ10
MA8
DDATA3
DDATA5
TADRS4
28
AD5
MA7
G4
C 1216
1
6.3V
X6S
DDATA4
R1282
47
DADRS4
27
AF5
R204
33
MA8
DQ09
DDATA2
DQ3
26
MB A
MA6
DDATA1
R1246
22
25
MA 4
R203
33
DQ08
F4
G5
R1242
0
24
MA9
DQ07
MA5
DQ12
23
29
MA 5
AC3
DQ06
MA4
F5
DDATA0
VDDQ5
VSSQ1
22
30
MA10
AC1
MA3
TADRS1
52
31
MA 6
AD4
R202
33
DQ05
DADRS1
53
MA7
MA2
DADRS12
DQ13
54
MA4
MA 7
DQ04
E5
DQ2
55
MA 8
AC5
DQ03
MA1
DDATA3
DQ14
56
32
MA3
MA0
DDATA2
TADRS0
DQ1
57
33
MA 9
AD1
DQ02
TADRS9
DADRS0
VSSQ5
58
MA6
R1071
10k
SPDIFSEL
13
C1215
100
4V
59
MA11
AD2
R205
33
DQ01
MD15
DADRS9
DADRS11
DQ15
VDDQ1
60
AE4
R210
33
MA5
DQ00
MD14
DADRS10
DQ0
61
MA2
MD13
C4
D4
C 1203
0.1
16V
F
VSS3
62
MCKE
DADD12
DDATA1
21
AE5
MD12
DADD11
TADRS5
20
RAS Z
MD11
DDATA0
R1281
47
DADRS5
VDD1
19
MCLK
DADD10
DADRS9
C 1202
1
6.3V
X6S
18
AF3
MD10
DADRS8
E4
R1245
22
17
MA11
DADD09
D3
R1241
0
16
UDQ M
MD9
DADRS7
15
C291
1000p
50V
B
AD3
DADD08
DADRS6
D2
14
R281
0
R206
33
MD8
D1
B+
13
CAS Z
MD7
DADD07
DDR SDRAM
IC1201
K4H511638C-UCB3T
12
C284
1
6.3V
X6S
AE3
DADD06
DADRS5
B+
11
Y1
MD6
E2
IC1201
C1235
10
10V
C
10
AA1
MD15
DADD05
DADRS4
9
AB5
MD14
MD5
DADRS3
8
MD13
DADD04
E1
63
AC2
MD4
DADRS2
B5
64
MD12
DADD03
65
Y2
MD3
DADRS1
7
MD 9
Y5
MD11
DADD02
DADRS0
C5
66
TP160
MD10
MD 8
34
A4
W3
MA0
35
A5
VSS1
W5
MD9
MD2
B4
A4
6
37
27
VDD3
C290
0.1
16V
F
36
38
26
A3
MD8
DADD01
5
39
25
A2
Y4
MD10
40
A6
W4
MD7
41
24
A1
MD6
MD13
MD11
42
23
A7
MD14
MD12
R317
33
AA3
DADD00
MD1
4
43
22
A8
AB3
MD0
3
44
A9
A10/AP
A0
AA5
MD4
MCKE
10
12
2
45
A11
MD3
WE Z
F
11
1
46
BA0
BA1
C285
1
6.3V
X6S
47
CKE
N.C
CAS
R318
33
48
CLK
RAS
Y3
MD5
C289
1000p
50V
B
C286
10
10V
C
D
UDQM
WE
CS
21
C283
1
6.3V
X6S
49
N.C/RFU
20
MA 3
50
VSS2
LDQM
19
MA 2
DQ8
18
MA 1
DQ9
VDDQ3
VDD2
17
MA 0
51
DQ7
16
MA10
52
VSSQ2
MD15
53
DQ6
15
MB A
DQ10
14
RAS Z
VSSQ3
DQ5
13
CAS Z
VDDQ2
54
DQ11
12
WE Z
C
DQ4
11
C282
1
6.3V
X6S
LDQM
DQ12
10
C288
0.1
16V
F
MD 7
DQ13
VDDQ4
DQ3
9
R320
33
MD 6
VSSQ1
DQ14
8
MD 5
DQ2
VSSQ4
7
C281
1
6.3V
X6S
DQ1
6
MD 4
VDDQ1
5
MD 3
DQ15
DQ0
4
R319
33
VSS3
VDD1
3
B
2
MD 1
C287
1
6.3V
X6S
1
MD 0
C280
1
6.3V
X6S
MD 2
8
10
IC1001
MC10050F1-105-LU1-A
B+
MD 5
7
9
AV ENC/DEC
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES-
MD 2
E
8
IC1001 (2/5)
MEMORY BLOCK
A
7
SDA_GP
SDA_GP
15
TO (6/7)
REM I
REM I
B+
VREF_D
REM O
REM O
16
SI
TO (7/7)
SI
SCLK
SCLK
I
MEMORY BLOCK
RD-065 (4/7)
4-35
4-36
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-55 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
RD-065 BOARD(5/7)
SATA/IDE IF
A
IC1001 (3/5)
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES-
AV ENC/DEC
CN3801
40P
R3808
100
TP3801
HRESET 40
IC1001
MC10050F1-105-LU1-A
AT0RESET
GND 39
TP3802
AT0DATA7
HDB7 38
R3810
33
TP3803
HDB8 37
TP3804
AT0DATA8
AT1DATA0
M4
AT0DATA6
AT1DATA1
R1
HDB6 36
TP3805
AT0DATA9
AT1DATA2
TP3806
AT0DATA5
AT1DATA3
R2
AT0DATA10
AT1DATA4
N5
R4
HDB9 35
HDB5 34
R3811
33
TP3807
HDB10 33
TP3808
B
AT0DATA4
AT1DATA5
R3
HDB4 32
TP3809
AT0DATA11
AT1DATA6
TP3810
AT0DATA3
AT1DATA7
T1
AT0DATA12
AT1DATA8
T2
P4
HDB11 31
HDB3 30
R3812
33
TP3811
HDB12 29
TP3812
AT0DATA2
AT1DATA9
P5
HDB2 28
TP3813
AT0DATA13
AT1DATA10
T3
HDB13 27
TP3814
HDB1 26
R3813
33
TP3815
HDB14 25
TP3816
AT0DATA1
AT1DATA11
R5
AT0DATA14
AT1DATA12
U1
AT0DATA0
AT1DATA13
N4
HDB0 24
TP3817
AT0DATA15
AT1DATA14
U2
HDB15 23
AT1DATA15
W1
GND 22
GND 21
DVD
UNIT
R3814
22
TP3818
DMARQ 20
C
AT0DMARQ
AT1ADR0
U3
AT1ADR1
W2
AT1ADR2
GND 19
R3816
82
TP3819
XDIOW 18
GND 17
TP3820
XDIOR 16
GND 15
TP3821
R3862
0
IORDY 14
AT0DIOW
R3817
82
AT0DIOR
R3818
22
AT0IORDY
R3820
82
AT0DMACK
AT1DIOW
TP3822
U5
A T1DIOR
V1
A T1INTRQ
M5
AT1DMACK
V2
AT1DMARQ
V5
AT1CS0
HCSEL 13
TP3823
XDMACK 12
GND 11
R3821
22
TP3824
INTRQ
T5
10
AT0INTRQ
V3
AT1IORDY
U4
AT1RESET
AT0D00/HDD0
AT1D01
AT0D01/HDD
AT1D02
AT0D02/HDD2
AT1D03
AT0D03/HDD3
AT1D04
AT0D04/HDD4
AT1D05
AT0D05/HDD5
AT1D06
AT0D06/HDD6
AT1D07
AT0D07/HDD7
AT1D08
AT0D08/HDD8
AT1D09
AT0D09/HDD9
AT1D10
AT0D10/HDD10
AT1D11
AT0D11/HDD11
AT1D12
AT0D12/HDD12
AT1D13
AT0D13/HDD13
AT1D14
AT0D14/HDD14
AT1D15
AT0D15/HDD15
AT1DA0
AT0DA0/HDA0
AT1DA1
AT0DA1/HDA1
AT1DA2
AT0DA2/HDA2
AT1DIOWB
AT0DIOWB/DIOW
AT1DIORB
AT0DIORB/DIORB
AT0DMACKB/HDMACKB
AT1DMACKB
AT0DMARQ/HDMARQ
AT1DMARQ
9
HA1
8
AT0ADR1
TP3827
D
XPDIAG
7
HA0
6
HA2
5
TP3828
4
XCS3FX
3
XDASP
2
GND
1
AJ24
AT0DATA3
V11
AT0DATA4
T12
AT0DATA5
P13
AT0DATA6
R15
AT0DATA7
R13
AT0DATA8
V10
AT0DATA9
P15
AT0DATA10
U13
AT0DATA11
R14
AT0DATA12
U15
AT0DATA13
W13
AT0DATA14
T14
AT0DATA15
AT0ADR0
AT0ADR1
U14
AT0ADR2
AT0DIOW
R12
AT0DIOR
V12
AT0INTRQ
V15
AT0DMACK
T15
AT0DMARQ
AT1CS0B
AT0CS0B/HCS0B
AT1CS1B
AT0CS1B/HCS1B
AT0CS0
AT0IORDY/IORDY
AT1IORDY
AT0CS1
AT0IORDY
PDIAGB
RXD2B/GPIO42
DASPB
TXD2B/GPIO43
SIGNAL PATH
AT0RESET
V13
AT0RESETB/HRSTB
AT1RESETB
W11
T13
AD7
TP1005
AC6
TP1003
AD6
TP1004
VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA
AT0ADR0
R3824
82
TP3829
XCS1FX
AH23
TXD2_BRIDGE
AT0DATA2
W15
W12
V4
RXD2_BRIDGE
AT0DATA1
U12
W14
HIOCS16B
R3823
82
TP3826
AT0DATA0
U10
TP3825
XIOCS16
V14
U11
P14
AT0INTRQ/HINTRQ
AT1INTRQ
T4
AT1CS1
AT1D00
Y
AUDI O
SIGNAL
Y/CHROMA
REC
AT0ADR2
TP3830
AT0CS0
TP3831
AT0CS1
PB
TP3837
TP3847
AT1DATA2
TP3848
TP3849
R3840
33
TP3850
AT1ADR1
TP3851
AT1DATA0
A T1INTRQ
TP3852
AT1DATA15
AT1DMACK
R5626
22
R5627
82
R5628
22
24
DIOR#
25
TP3854
R3841
82
IORDY
27
CSEL
28
TP3855
R3843
22
TP3856
R3844
22
29
GND
30
INTRQ
31
RESERVED
32
DA1
33
R3829
22k
R3830
22k
R3831
22k
R3842
5.6k
35
AT1IORDY
TP3859
R3847
22
AT1DMACK
TP3860
R3848
82
AT1DIOW
37
38
DASP#
39
GND
40
DAS P
PDIAG
R5617
1k
CLKSEL1
CLKSEL0
SSCEN
DASPn
PMEN
FXDMA
MSSEL
PHYRDY
25
57 DGND3
AVDDH
24
58 DIORn
XTALO
23
59 DIOWn
XTALI
22
ATAIOEN
21
MODE2
20
60 DMARQ
MODE1
19
63 DD14
MODE0
18
PORn
17
R5632
33
AT1INTRQ
R3849
10k
(V+3DS)
TP999
R5651
12k
C5625
0.01
16V
B
R5652
100
GND
2
TXP
3
TXN
4
GND
5
RXN
6
RXP
7
GND
7P
HDD
UNIT
C5616
0.1
10V
B
R5688
1M
R5661
1k
R5657
1k
1
2
3
4
X5502
C5617
0.01
16V
B
25MH z
R5689
1k
TP3867
AT1CS1
TP3868
DASP
V+3D
B+
C 3801
1
6.3V
X6S
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
I
EMI
C5629
0.01
16V
B
R5658
1k
C5628
0.01
16V
B
C5627
0.01
16V
B
C5626
0.01
16V
B
C5640
15p
C5641
15p
R5690
0
XRESET
8
TO
(2/7,3/7,4/7,7/7)
L 5601
O
B+
G
C 5613
100
4V
C5603
0.1
16V
F
C5602
1
6.3V
X6S
C5607
0.01
16V
B
C5608
0.01
16V
B
R5638
33
R3846
1k
6
C5612
0.1
10V
B
R5659
1k
AT1ADR2
AT1CS0
H
5
C5611
0.01
16V
B
B+
AT1ADR0
R3851
33
C5606
0.01
16V
B
AT1ADR1
TP3866
4
62 DD0
AT1DATA14
TP3869
TO (1/7)
26
AT1DATA15
PDIAG
36
CS1#
27
IC5602
88SA8040-TBC1C000
64 DD1
R3850
33
TP3865
CS0#
C5624
0.01
16V
B
1
AT1DATA1
TP3864
DA2
RXP
REXT
AGND1
SATA BRIDGE
55 IORDY
R5629
82
R5630
82
R5631
22
A T1DIOR
AT1DIOW
AT1DIOR
TP3863
34
54 DMACKn
AT1DMARQ
R3845
82
TP3862
DA0
28
AT1DATA0
R3857
0
TP3861
PDIAG#
RXN
IC5602
56 VCCK3
TP3858
DMACK#
29
61 DD15
TP3857
G
30
AVDDL
C5623
0.01
16V
B
2
26
31
AGND2
52 SP
53 INTRQ
R5664
0
AT1DMARQ
GND
TXN
51 DA1
RESETn
23
GND
50 DA0
CN5604
C5622
0.01
16V
B
1
DIOW#
32
DD7
22
C5614
0.01
16V
B
TXP
R3832
22k
C3802
1
6.3V
X6S
C5609
0.01
16V
B
R5642
33
C5610
0.01
16V
B
R5650
82
21
33
R5646
33
R3833
22k
C 3803
1
6.3V
X6S
C 3804
1
6.3V
X6S
B+
GNDD
B+
TP3870
V +1R8
B+
4-37
AT1RESET
(FOR IDE HDD)
AT1IORDY
GND
34
49 DA2
B+
TP3853
DMARQ
35
DD8
20
36
AT1DATA7
19
37
DD6
18
GND
38
DD9
DD15
39
AT1DATA14
17
KEYPIN
40
AT1DATA8
DD0
AT1DATA1
41
AT1DATA6
F
AT1ADR0
42
DD5
16
AT1DATA13
43
AT1DATA9
15
R5622
82
R5623
82
R5624
82
AT1ADR2
44
DD10
14
DD1
DD14
45
VCCK1
DD13
46
AT1DATA5
13
47
AT1DATA12
UAI
DD2
48
AT1DATA3
R3839
33
TP3846
DGND1
12
AT1DATA10
11
VCCK2
TP3845
DD3
DD12
C5615
0.1
10V
B
R5672
0
VCCO2
AT1DATA11
DGND2
AT1DATA4
TP3844
DD4
10
TP3843
R5615
1k
R5618
10k
R5608
10k
AT1DATA10
DD11
DD11
C5631 C5630
0.01 0.01
16V 16V
B
B
R5610
1k
R5609
10k
DD3
9
R3838
33
TP3842
B+
AT1DATA4
DD4
AT1DATA5
AT1DATA11
8
AT1DATA9
TP3841
UAO
DD10
TP3840
VCCO1
7
AT1DATA6
PDIAGn
6
DD5
C5632
0.01
16V
B
B+
AT1DATA8
TP3839
DD12
DD9
R3837
33
TP3838
AT1DATA3
5
AT1DATA12
4
DD6
CS1n
3
DD8
C5605
0.01
16V
B
AT1DATA7
CS0n
DD7
E
C5604
0.01
16V
B
R5619
1k
AT1RESET
DD2
2
DD13
1
GND
AT1DATA2
Reset#
R5606
82
R5607
82
R3835
33
TP3836
AT1DATA13
40P
R5692
0
R5693
0
R3828
22K
CN3802
R5612
10k
R5613
1k
R5614
1k
R3871
22k
AT1CS1
TP3835
AT1CS0
RXD2_BRIDGE
TP3834
TXD2_BRIDGE
TP3832
4-38
SATA/IDE IF
RD-065 (5/7)
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-55 for printed wiring board.
3
2
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
RD-065 BOARD(6/7)
HDMI/DV/USB BLOCK
A
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIESR5825
22
IC1001 (4/5)
RSEN
PDB
10
Not open to public
11
Not open to public
12
Not open to public
USB_D_VBUS
3
OUTY
GND
B+
B+
PHY_XRST
C 5812
0.1
16V
F
X 5101
24.576MHz
C 5117
12p
50V
C5116
1
6.3V
X6S
R5808
4.7k
R5805
4.7k
Q5801
UMX1N-TN
HOT PLUG DET
R5809
2.7k
DVDD
IC(DL)
SCLK
AVDD
47
DGND
TpBias1
I
EM I O
G
C 5123
1
6.3V
X6S
48
AGND
RESETB
55
49
DVDD
56
DIRECT
AGND
57
50
LKON
IC(AL)
LPS
AGND
DVDD
APD/BDB
61
58
FNSEL
59
LREQ
62
60
DGND
63
C 5107
1
6.3V
X6S
TpA0p
TpBias0
AGND
TpB1n
TpB1p
TpA1n
TpA1p
R5127
10k
Q5810
UMF21NTR
HOT PLUG DET
GND D
R5807
5.6k
R5806
1k
R5804
47k
R5123
10k
R5124
10k
R5129
82
6
R5848
4.7k
TP996
C 5108
1
6.3V
X6S
C 5110
1
6.3V
X6S
R5140
10k
C5109
0.1
16V
F
B+
4-39
VIN
C 5119
270p
50V
R5118
9.1k
0.5%
4-40
R5120
56
0.5%
R5119
56
0.5%
R5135
0
R5134
0
R5132
0
R5133
0
C5113
0.1
16V
F
R5121
56
0.5%
C 5112
1
6.3V
X6S
C5132
1
6.3V
X6S
C5111
1
6.3V
X6S
B+
C5122
100
4V
PHYLREQ
1
TP5806 R5853
10k
2
1
L520 2
0uH
R5116
10k
AVDD 31
PC2 28
CMC 30
IC(AL) 29
AVDD 25
AGND 24
X1 23
X0 22
CTL0
TpA0n
AVDD
2
EV+5.8 V
DGND 21
D7 18
CTL1
TpB0p
IC5103
UPD72852AGB-8EU-A
5
TO (1/7)
RD-065 (6/7)
DGND
R5130
0
R5141
0
4
5
HDMI/DV/USB BLOCK
D0
DV PHY
PHYLINKON
L 5122
Q5805
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
HOT PLUG DET
3
H
D1
PHYLPS
R5864
1k
B+
VOUT
USB 5V SW
B+
B+
V+3D
DVDD
IC5103
RI1
AGND
TpB0n
R5125
1k
V+5HD
TU_CEC
D2
64
DDC_SW 1
G
C5820
1
6.3V
X6S
16
PHYSCLK
C5819
1000p
50V
B
C5106
1
6.3V
X6S
R5109
47
15
R5104
100k
14
R5103
100k
13
PHYCTL0
TU_HPD
12
B+
V+3HD
R5107
68
R5108
68
PHYCTL1
R5821
4.7k
11
R5822
4. 7 k
PHY_D0
D3
10
9
TU_DSDA
DGND
9
10
3A
D4
8
11
3B2
GND
12
R5869
4.7k
D5
7
3B1
2A
8
R5868
2.2k
DDC SW
C5105
1
6.3V
X6S
AGND
DGND
6
2B2
7
IC5802
TU_DSCL
TU_DSCL
PHY_D2
PHY_D1
FLG
R5131
5.1k
0.5%
5
6
TU_CEC
TU_DSDA
TU_CEC
TU_DSDA
PHY_D3
GND
IC5202
R5215
47k
C5114
0.1
16V
F
4
4A
C5104
0.1
16V
F
R5106
68
EN
C5210
100
16V
R5117
100k
3
4B2
2B1
C5121
100
4V
2
1A
5
13
TO (3/7)
R5870
27k
R5818
4.7k
13
4B1
4
R5867
560
TU_HPD
TU_HPD
PHY_D4
14
3
1B2
DDC_SW1
DDC_SW1
F
PHY_D5
R5817
4.7k
C 5120
1
6.3V
X6S
1
OE
DVDD 20
D6 17
S
2
1B1
C5209
0.1
16V
F
IC5202
R5523N001B-TR-F
C5218
1000p
50V
B
R5204
820
PHY_D6
B+
15
Vcc
16
1
R5859
10k
S
SUS/RES 19
R5102
100k
PHY_D7
SWITCH
IC5802
TC7MB3257FK(EL)
1
C5133
1
6.3V
X6S
B+
R5113
10k
R5114
10k
R5115
10k
R5111
1k
R5110
10k
R5105
68
Q5808
2SK2034-TE85L
2
C521 2
2.2
10V
B
B+
1080P
R5101
100k
USBDP1
4
C 5115
1
6.3V
X6S
R5812
4.7k
3
R5203
3.3k
5
HDMI/XDVI
R5813
2.7k
GND
1
C5219
1000p
50V
B
3
TO (2/7)
R5814
4.7k
SWITCH
5
2
E
SDA_VDEC
R5815
2.7k
Q5804
DTC124EUA-T106
SCL_VDEC
11
2
SDA_GP
SCL_GP
C5217
1
6.3V
X6S
4
1
C5118
12p
50V
1
15
4
B+
SWITCH
TO (4/7)
2
R5214
47k
TP5209
C 5814
0.1
16V
F
Q5802
RN2903(T5RSONY,D,F)
R5852
10k
USBDM1
5V REG
B+
R5836
10k
GND
3
TP5207
IC5204
R5220
1.5k
B+
C 5813
0.1
16V
F
TP5801
C5205
1
6.3V
X6S
GNDHS
R5832
0.1
B
1
L 5803
90uH
R5803
0
6
USB_H_PPON0
R5207
0
VOUT
C580 9
220
4V
Not open to public
R5824
0.1
B
USB_H_OCI0
C5222
0.1
16V
F
L5101
0uH
EM I O
G
19
C5223
1000p
50V
B
TP5805
4
33
I
Not open to public
USB_D_DP 0
34
L 5805
B+
Not open to public
18
USB_D_CONEECT
R5217
0
R5213
0
R5212
0
35
D
3
17
GN D
X5201
36
USB_D_CONEECT
5
Not open to public
C5216
1000p
50V
B
STANDBY
OUT
USBVF B
TP5208
37
P3
USB_D_CONNECT/GPIO59
B+
4
2
C 5806
1
6.3V
X6S
16
VDD
R5205
68
38
USB_D_VBUS
1
Not open to public
39
N3
USB_D_DN0
USB_D_VBUS/GPIO58
SWITCH
R5854
10k
C5822
1000 p
50V
B
C560 1
1
6.3V
X6S
Q5809
UMD2N-TR
R5861
10k
R5833
22
R5834
22
R5831
0
R5837
0
Not open to public
15
V+5USB
5
TP5206
40
USB_D_DN0
Not open to public
14
TP5804
R5862
4.7k
L 5804
90uH
USB_D_DP0
P1
R5839
470
13
TP5803
4
USB_H_PPON0
P2
R5863
680
1
N2
USB_D_DP0
CTL3
R5838
33
3
USB_H_OCI0
C5805
1
6.3V
X6S
C5807
1
6.3V
X6S
2
M3
R5855
10
41
VSYNC
42
HSYNC
USB_CLKI
4
USB_H_PPON0/GPIO57
USB_DN0
N1
3
USB_H_OCI0/GPIO56
M1
GND
6
TP5205
TP5802
1
USB_DN0
2
USB_DP0
USB_CLKI/GPIO55
USBDP2
7
TP5201
R5216
0
USB_D_DN0
DE
8
TP5204
B+
TO FL-178
BOARD
CN102
THROUGH THE
RU-001 HARNESS
R5221
47k
D0
USB_DP0
M2
R5202
0
R5222
10
3
INB
INA
GND
2
VCC
USBDM2
9
TP5203
L5201
0uH
Not open to public
10
3
4
Not open to public
9
USB_DP0
R5828
22
D1
F20
Not open to public
8
43
D2
7
10P
TP5202
44
PHY_D7
C5818
0.1
25V
B
R5845
330
4
D10
C5804
1000p
50V
B
CN5201
R5201
0
IC5203
TC7SH08FU(T5RSOYJF)
45
D3
Not open to public
46
D4
PHY_D6
6
R1005
15K
R1006
15K
USB_DN 0
VI N
PHY_D5
E10
R5844
330
R5865
0
C5213
1
6.3V
X6S
ON/OFF
D11
R5827
22
Not open to public
VSS
D5
Not open to public
5
IC5204
R1173H001B
PHY_D4
C5817
0.1
25V
B
NC
E11
4
AND GATE
C5211
1000p
50V
B
B+
CPS 32
D6
Not open to public
2
D7
PHY_D3
Not open to public
3
1
PHY_D2
2
AGND
PHY_D1
E12
D12
C5816
0.1
25V
B
R5843
330
IC5203
19P
Not open to public
5
IR_IN/GPIO52
D13
C5803
1
6.3V
X6S
R5829
56
CLK
4
C
PHY_D0
3
PHY_D7/VID7
E13
JA5801
1
1
PHY_D6/VID6
D8
2
PHY_D5/VID5
PHYCTL1
C5815
0.1
25V
B
R5842
330
51
PHY_D4/VID4
D14
R5857
10k
4
PHY_D3/VID3
D9
3
PHY_D2/VID2
D10
PHYCTL0
1
PHY_D1/VID1
PHYSCLK
E14
E15
2
CTL1/AIBD1
PHY_D0/VID0
D15
C5801
1
6.3V
X6S
C5802
1000p
50V
B
52
SCLK/VICLK
CTL0/AIBCK1
D11
53
LREQ/AILRCK1
PHYLREQ
R5846
4.7k
PC1 27
B
C 5808
1
6.3V
X6S
C 5821
1000p
50V
B
R5826
22
PC0 26
PHYLPS
AVDD
PHYLINKON
Note1: The HDMI block is highly confidential, and prohibited from releasing to public.
Note2: The components identified by mark 9 contain confidential information.
Strictly follow the instructions whenever the components are repaired and/or replaced.
54
E16
LPS D16
LINKON
IC5801
IC5801
L 5801
90uH
CTL2
L5802
90uH
AV ENC/DEC
IC1001
MC10050F1-105-LU1-A
B+
R5122
56
0.5%
CN510 1
6P
TP5103
6
TPBN
5
TPBP
4
A_GND
3
A_GND
2
TPAN
1
TPAP
TP5104
TP5102
TP5101
TO FL-178
BOARD
CN101
THROUGH THE
RV-003 HARNESS
(SEE PAGE 4-19)
(SEE PAGE 4-19)
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-55 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CN101
RD-065 BOARD(7/7)
A
F+
TP171
F-
TP173
T+
TP175
T-
TP177
DVD DRIVE
SCLK
TP187
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES-
SI
TP183
R313
47k
8
L105
10uH
B
R174
4.7k
0.5%
C194
4.7
6.3V
B
C171
0.1
10V
B
R168
0
R167
820
R166
820
R165
820
APCV
W1SET
B+
W3SET
C197
0.1
SCLK
45
SDIO
44
SEN
43
VPP
42
RESET
41
VD3V
40
TEM P
39
RSET
38
W1SET
37
W2SET
36
B+
W3SET
35
LDDEN
34
OSCEN -
33
OSCEN+
32
W1EN-
31
W1EN+
30
W3EN-
29
W3EN+
28
W2EN-
27
W2EN+
26
VO5V
25
VO5V
24
OSCNT
23
GNDO
22
GNDO
21
HFGAIN
20
DVD/CD
19
GNDA
18
FMO-
17
FMO+
16
VA5V
15
SW2
14
M3
13
M2
12
M1
11
M4
10
VREFPD
9
RF+
8
GNDA
7
RF-
6
VA5V
5
S3
4
S2
3
S1
2
S4
1
SW1
TP150
TP140
R172
3.3k
R171
3.3k
R170
3.3k
LDDEN
V+12M
TD
46
TP179
B+
W2SET
V+5M
TR
47
TP193
B+
V+3D
FD
48
TP181
B+
V+3A
49
50P
TP182
R115
0
XRESET
FR
TP184
LCDS
TO
(2/7,3/7,4/7,5/7)
50
TP141
TP142
TP101
OSCENOSCEN+
W1ENW1EN+
W3ENW3EN+
W2ENW2EN+
6
C
TP102
OSCNT
TP6110
C189
1000p
50V
HFGAIN
TP103
DVD/CD
TP143
TP144
TP146
TP151
FMO+
TP154
B+
C182
10
10V
C
GNDD
C187
0.01
16V
B
R306
2.2k
SW2
C180
10
10V
C
TP162
R135
220
R133
220
R132
220
R136
220
C173
47p
C172
47p
C170
47p
C174
47p
C
GNDM
B
C181
4.7
6.3V
B
TP100
TP194
TP105
TP6109
TP165
RF+
C188
0.01
16V
B
TP163
TP190
A
D
D
TP145
FMO-
B+
V+5L
TP170
RF-
B+
TP161
S3
S1
AV ENC/DEC
B+
C176
22p
C166
22p
C165
22p
C177
22p
S2
IC1001 (5/5)
S4
SW1
IC501
E
R137
220
R131
220
R130
220
R139
220
TP195
TP192
TP148
TP200
R307
2.2k
DVD DRIVER
TP522
TP521
TP520
1
47
44
VC
FIN2
41
FIN1
42
V
FG
TP605
RED
39
SLO2+
SPRNF
SLO2-
37
HB
SLGND
36
HU-
CTL1
34
22
HV+
SLRNF2
33
23
HV-
SLRNF1
CTL2
TP516
HU-
10
HV+
9
HV-
8
TP515
TP514
24
HW +
7
HW+
SLVDD
SLIN1
27
DGND
DVCC
SLIN2
HB
5
U
4
TP510
V
3
W
2
U
TP509
V
TP508
W
TP507
GNDD
W2EN +
AH2
C505
0.1
25V
B
C516
0.1
10V
B
AJ8
AJ9
AJ10
C140 6.3V
0.47 B
C141 6.3V
0.47 B
RF+
RF FG
ST1+
AJ12
S3
AH10
S2
AH8
S1
AH9
S4
AH11
ST1-
APCV
W1SET
AE9
ST2-
W3SET
AE11
W2SET
AF11
XDMUTE2
FMO+
XDMUTE1
FMO-
AF8
R510
1.8
R507
1k
C149
0.01
16V
B
TP127
R112
470k
MDR V
C142
10
10V
C
VOHSB/SS0DIN/DTR0B/GPIO45
WRPULSEM
C143
10
10V
C
C169
0.1
10V
B
VOVSB/SS0CKIN/RIB0B/GPIO44
A18
E17
B18
R1066
47k
R1069
47k
R1067
47k
BECS
BECS (NOT USE)
WRPULSEP
PA0
PKPULSE2/NRZIM
PA1
PKPULSE2/NRZIP
PA2
PKPULSE1M
PKPULSE1P
PA3
A1
PA4
D1
PA5
C1
PA6
B1
PA7
RFP
RFN
F1
PB0
IC1001
MC10050F1-105-LU1-A
PB1
PB3
H1/FOM
PB4
G1/FOP
PB5
E1
PB6
RLD
PB7
BECS
AG2
AJ6
AH7
AG6
AG3
AG7
AJ7
AH6
AG4
TP120
OPEN
TP121
CLOSE
AE6
AF6
AG5
AF7
REMI
REM O
REM O
16
SCLK
TO (4/7)
SCLK
SI
SI
9
GNDS
IC1001-AJ2
TP139
TO (2/7)
SW1
SW2
AE7
AG1
REMI
D101
SML-310YTT86
R192
100
R312
LCD S
1k
R314
1k DVD/CD
R134
47k
R138
47k
R234
0
R233
0
R230
0
R129
0
R128
0
HFGAIN
LDDEN
TP6001
OSCNT
REMI
TP6002
R6001
0
REM O
WLD
PLED
WRFM/SWRF3/RFP3 AJ23
RFT1/SWRF1/RFP1
AG21
XDMUTE1
P2LD
AH22
XDMUTE2
FPDVI
AG8
PDIN
AJ2 OFPULSE/WRCKM
RFT2/SWRF2/RFP2
AJ1 OFPULSE/WRCKP
DAOUT
AF9 REF16
R111
470k
SL1
C514
0.1
25V
B
VOFLD/SSODOUT/DSR0B/GPIO46
HFONP
AF10 VREFIO
SL2
R506
1k
C513
0.1
16V
F
HFONM
AG9
R310
1k
C512
0.1
16V
F
AH12
ST2+
B+
4-41
AJ11
D
B
C532
0.1
10V
B
R504
1k
R503
1k
R511
1.8
A
C
LO
R505
12k
C504
0.1
10V
B
B+
1
AH1
28
SPIN
TP511
W2EN -
29
HW-
26
6
25
HW -
F-
30
TP512
AJ4
31
TP513
W3EN +
32
HU+
21
11
20
HU+
AJ3
F+
35
TP517
AH4
W3EN -
38
40
12
SLO1-
SPVM2
19
B+
TP518
VCC
W
18
G
C511
1
16V
B
SLO1+
17
CN501
12P
PGND3
16
W
DVD
UNIT
15
R502
0.33
1/2W
1
AH3
W1EN +
43
45
SPCNF
SPVM1
AH5
W1EN -
46
AGND
U
14
2
BLACK
PGND2
13
V
48
TP607
R501
0.47
1/2W
LDIN
AJ5
OSCEN+
T-
49
U
R604
1k CLOS E
TP610
CTIN3
OSCEN-
T+
50
TP611
3
PGND1
12
5
4
LPS1
SPVM_SA
AVM
11
LPS2
GNDD
C501
0.1
16V
F
ACO3-
BTHC
10
TP612
R602
10k
R603
1k OPEN
ACO3+
TJMON
9
R601
10k
ACTIN2
8
CN601
5P
ACO2-
7
C515 T P519
0.1
25V
T P501
B
C503
470p
50V
ACTIN1
ACO2+
6
F
VCC
5
FDRV
R515
33k
R516
12k
4
TDRV TP523
ACO1-
51
ST1+
2
LDO+
52
TP506
B+
ACO1+
53
ST1-
LDO-
54
TP505
3
3
ST1+
ST2-
4
IC501
BD7956FS-E2
2
ST1-
ST2+
TP504
C510
68p
50V
1
ST2-
TP503
C509
33p
50V
C508
1000p
50V
B
CN502
4P
ST2+
H
DVD
UNIT
TP136
TO (1/7)
FG
SDRV2
SDRV1
AE8 RLDM
TDRV
AE10 WLDM
FDRV
AG10 FPDVO
MDRV
AG20
R311
1k
R301
47k
CN103
R236
22
B+
R239
10k
R238
22
R241
10k
R240
22
R237
10k
1
DRST
2
NC
3
DDI
4
GNDD
5
DDO
6
NC
7
DMS
8
GNDD
9
DCK
10
GNDD
11
NC
12
NC
13
NC
14
V+3D
14P
TP191
FG
AJ19
LO
AJ20
SL2
AJ21
SL1
AH20
TDRV
AH21
FDRV
AJ22
MDRV
TP196
R243
10k
R242
22
(FOR CHECK )
R245
10k
R244
22
R108
6.8k
TP197
TP198
C124
0.1
10V
B
C199
1
6.3V
X6S
TP199
B+
4-42
DVD DRIVE
RD-065 (7/7)
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
3
2
1
SWITCHING REGULATOR
(SRV-2057EK)
A
D109
IN4005L
B
L102
L.P.F
AR101
DSP-501N
C133
100p
250V
C105
0.22u
R105
100
C107
4700P
C106
6800P
R116
220
1/2W
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
L101
L.P.F
C132
100p
250V
TH101
R101
2.2M
1/2W
R406
100k
C207
1500p
D106
ISS133
C208
1500p
Q201
STP22NF03L
5V REG
5.8V ADJ
VR201
5k
PC101(2/2)
PC123
C201
470u
35V
D105 R108
PR1003L 33
C202
470u
35V
R203
1k
C203
0.1u
R204
18k
C204
47u
35V
D501
SB360
C507
470u
35V
C501
470u
35V
C131
680p
250V
D601
SB360
C601
470u
35V
L
L104
C607
470u
35V
R503
4.7
R210
10k
SHUNT
REGULATOR
R501
1.2k
C504
47u
35V
R504
47
R509
270
P402
0.63A/32V
D604
ISS133
C220
0.1u
R505
150
P501
2.5A/32V
Q601
STP22NF03L
1.5V REG
1.5V ADJ
R601
1.8k
R604
1.5k
C603
470P
IC601
HA17L431
D
IC601
SHUNT
REGULATOR
Note :
4-43
B-
VR601
5k
R603
3.3k
C602
100u
16V
R605
10k
SRV-2057EK
SW +3.3V
3
GND
4
SW +3.3V
5
GND
6
EV +5.8V
7
EV +5.8V
8
GND
9
EV +12V
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
4-44
C604
47u
35V
9
12P
TO
DT-120 BOARD (4/5)
CN202
(SEE PAGE 4-15)
10
GND
11
SW +1.5V
12
SW +1.5V
1
SW +12V
2
GND
3
GND
4
SW +5V
1
EV +5.8V
2
GND
3
SW +1.5V
4
SW +1.5V
5
GND
6
SW +3.3V
7
SW +3.3V
TO
RD-065 BOARD (1/7)
CN4501
8
GND
(SEE PAGE 4-21)
9
SW +12V
10
GND
11
SW +5V
12
GND
13
SW +12V
CN201
Q501
STP22NF03L
3.3V REG
IC501
TL431REF
CN101
AC-INLET
SWITCHING REGULATOR
2
P204
2A/32V
D502
ISS133
D603
ISS133
IC201,IC202
C206
47u
35V
C503
0.01u
L601
10uH
FU101
T3.15A/250V
R209
10k
L501
10uH
C502
470u
35V
Z101
S10K300
R206
620
IC202
TL431CLP
R205
15k
IC101
R208
470
C205
4700p
IC201
TL431CLP
OSC
N
R405
12k
P-CONT
CN203
R202
680
C101
0.22u
275V
C
C404
47u
35V
B+
L201
10uH
C108
47u
35V
PC101(1/2)
PC123
PHOTO COUPLER
Q402
DTC114EKA
SWITCH
1
L205
0uH
D201
FCH20A06
R110
220
R401
100k
B+
IC101
FA5518N
1
P201
2A/32V
D402
ISS133
R112
47
R113
10K
R104
0.39
2W
R107
1k
C405
0.1u
Q101
STP5NK80ZFP
D107
NTZJ27B
R103
0.39
2W
C402
470u
35V
C112
100p
1kV
R108
PR1007L
R111
15K
Q401
MPA2733GR
12V REG
C401
470u
35V
C103
120u
400V
D102
LT1505
8
P401
1.6A/32V
C407
1000p
1kV
R115
100k
2W
C111
2200p/1kV
7
CN202
T101
SWITCHING TRANSFORMER
C102
0.1u
275V
6
D401
SF5LC20U
D101
LT1505
D104
LT1505
5
C134
220p
250V
L105
D101-104
RECT
D103
LT1505
4
4P
HDD
UNIT
13P
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
FR-274 BOARD (SIDE A)
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
C223
A
C216
ND201
Q202
A201
T201
D208
D210
C234
C233
CN201
S210
S211
INPUT
SELECT
S207
L201
CH S213
S VIDEO
VIDEO O
1
16
CN202
AUDIO O
2
3
DVD
HDD
CN203
4
Q206
S208
(REC STOP)
R249
C207
S212
S209
(REC)
(STOP)
(PLAY)
D214
CH +
S203
S204
J201
R221
R219
Q205
D212
C213
R251
R250
C201
C211
C239
C238
S201
C225
C226
C227
C228
C229
(OPEN/CLOSE)
B
Q201
C230
C232
C235
C236
C237
D211
D209
5
1-873-466-
6
11
7
8
FR-274 BOARD (SIDE B)
JL220
R229 JL201
JL257
JL203
JL213
C219
B
1
2
3
R217
R253
R214
Q204
R230
R223
R241
Q203
R243
R215
R244
C231
R248
R224
JL210
R226
C241
IC201
R209
R208
JL224
JL223
JL284 JL282 JL280 JL278 JL276 JL274 JL272
4
JL246
JL245 JL243 JL241 JL239 JL237 JL235
JL238 JL236 JL234
JL244 JL242 JL240
5
C218
1-873-466-
6
7
FR-274 BOARD (SIDE B)
CN201
CN202
CN203
D202
D203
D204
D205
D206
D207
B-1
B-4
B-6
A-7
A-7
A-7
A-7
D212
D214
B-6
B-7
Q201
Q202
Q205
Q206
A-5
A-5
B-6
B-7
4-46
11
8
FR-274 BOARD (SIDE A)
D208
D209
D210
D211
4-45
JL207
JL209
R238
JL249 JL248
JL270
JL259 JL253 JL251 JL247
JL267 JL265 JL263
JL286 JL285 JL283 JL281 JL279 JL277 JL275 JL273 JL271 JL269 JL268 JL266 JL264 JL262 JL261 JL260 JL258 JL252 JL250
16
C210
D215
C222
JL219 JL217 JL215 JL211
JL222JL221 C224
JL208 JL206
C212
C214
C215
D216
C217
C220
R228
R257
JL212
D213
R220
R255
JL204
JL256 JL255
JL254
R233
R258
JL232
JL218 JL216
R227
R218
R231
D207
R246
R247
R245
R232
D206
D201
JL231
JL229
C221
R201
R212
R213
R202
R256
R234
R235
C209
JL205
JL233
R254
R252
C240
R236
R237
D205
JL228
JL225
R239
FB202 R204
R211 FB201
C206 C204
R222
C205
D203
C208
R206
JL214
JL226
R242
R240
JL230
D202
R203
R207
C203
C202
R205
A
JL227
D204
R225
R216
A-1
A-2
A-1
A-2
A-2
A-2
D216
B-7
IC201
B-4
Q203
Q204
A-7
A-6
FL DRIVER, LINE 2 IN, FUNCTION SW
FR-274
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
AV-114 BOARD (SIDE A)
AV-114 BOARD (SIDE A)
CN101
CN103
CN105
CN106
CN302
F-2
B-7
C-7
C-7
F-5
D101
D102
D103
D106
D108
D401
D402
D419
D421
D422
D513
D514
D515
D516
D517
D518
D519
D520
D521
D522
D530
D531
D801
B-6
B-6
E-5
D-5
C-5
D-4
C-3
B-1
B-4
B-3
E-1
E-1
E-1
E-1
E-1
D-1
D-1
D-2
D-1
D-1
F-1
E-2
D-3
IC101
IC102
IC103
IC104
IC401
IC402
IC403
IC601
C-6
B-7
C-5
B-5
C-3
D-4
D-4
B-3
Q101
Q102
Q103
Q104
Q105
Q108
Q110
Q111
Q112
Q301
Q303
Q304
Q401
Q402
Q403
Q404
Q406
Q407
Q408
Q410
Q411
Q413
Q506
Q507
Q604
Q605
B-6
B-5
C-5
D-5
D-5
D-6
D-6
D-5
D-6
B-5
A-4
B-5
B-4
D-3
D-3
B-1
C-1
B-1
D-3
D-3
D-3
D-3
D-2
D-2
B-4
B-4
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
A
B
C
D
E
F
1-872-468-
1
16
2
IT CONTROLLER, IR, POWER/FAN CONT., VIDEO/AUDIO, EURO, TUNER
AV-114
3
4
5
6
4-48
7
11
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
AV-114 BOARD (SIDE B)
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
A
AV-114 BOARD (SIDE B)
B
C
D
1-872-468-
11
E
D104
D201
D301
D302
D303
D304
D409
D410
D413
D414
D415
D416
D418
D420
D501
D502
D503
D504
D505
D506
D507
D508
D509
D510
D511
D512
D523
D524
D526
D527
D528
D529
B-3
E-2
E-3
E-3
E-3
E-3
C-7
C-7
C-7
C-7
B-7
C-7
B-7
D-4
D-5
D-5
E-6
E-6
E-6
E-6
E-6
D-6
D-6
D-6
E-6
E-6
E-6
E-6
E-6
E-5
C-5
E-6
IC150
IC317
IC406
B-1
E-3
E-6
Q201
Q302
Q305
Q306
Q307
Q308
Q309
Q310
Q311
Q501
Q502
Q503
Q504
Q505
Q508
Q509
Q510
Q511
Q601
Q602
Q603
Q606
Q751
Q752
E-2
B-3
E-2
E-2
E-3
E-3
E-3
E-3
E-3
D-5
E-5
E-5
E-5
E-5
C-5
E-6
E-6
E-6
B-3
B-3
B-3
B-5
F-6
F-6
F
16
1
2
3
4-49
4
5
6
7
IT CONTROLLER, IR, POWER/FAN CONT., VIDEO/AUDIO, EURO, TUNER
AV-114
F
16
1
2
DT-120
3
4
EMMA2LL, CI CONTROL, DIGITAL TUNER, POWER, VIDEO DECODER
5
C1007
Q1001
C1013
C1009
R1014
R1015
R1016
R1013
R1017
R1019
R1020
R1018
R1009
C1001
C1004 R1012 C1003 R1011 C1002 R1010
R1005
R1006
R1007
R1008
F202
6
L1001
C1005
7
R562
R249
R243
D314
U301
C1061
C107
C113
C111
C146
R242
8
9
4-52
R344
R316
F319
R251
10
C408
TP613
R683
CN104
TP618
R534
TP612
TP611
F316
F397
C356
F398
C361
R532
R646
R533
R531
R164
R176
R177
CN101
TP614
C163
TP166
TP619
C600
C1102
C622
R649
KN301
TP610
R689
TP609
R691
C406
TP167
TP607
R671
TP608
X300
C422
C398
TP606
D306
TP603
R609
R332
R650
R703
CN203
R343
C397
TP604
R608
R616
TP605
C402
C399
R333
C416
C417
C418
TP342
TP651
TP650
TP877
TP879
TP881
TP883
CN102
C378
C415
R674
C421
IC313
R724
R610
R606
TP653
TP652
R605
R673
R723
R682
C591
C592
C409
C413
TP660
R679
R621
R622
R721 R722
R725
C638 TP878
C637
TP876
TP880
TP882
TP672
C412
C194
R678
C129
L192F102
R569
R570
R729
F311
C386
C389
C147
TP884
TP885
TP886
TP887
TP888
TP889
TP890
TP891
TP896
TP103
TP102
TP671
C304
R357
TP580
TP116
R648
C342
TP139
TP140
TP137
TP136
TP118
R146
TP134TP135
TP121
TP133
R578
F301 R568
F302
C134 C135C136 C138
TP695TP694
C142
R579
R166
TP581
R169 R168 F104
R567
TP697
R641
C603
R303
C628
D315
IC321
R690
R100
C128
R172
C126
C117
TP141
C115
C602
C149
TP665 C130
R170
C127
TP101
TP666
C125
R111
C116
C131 R101
R110
C193
TP703
X100
TP847
R247
TP892
TP844
TP845
TP846
C155
IC106
C114
R193
F1005
C1091
IC320
R720
R1062
IC104
TP843
TP1010
C124
TP602
R188 R189 R190 R191 R192
C112
R187
TP1009
C1075 C1077 C1078
R709
TP627
TP856
C109
R594
TP857
C626
C108
C156
R186
R595
TP676
R116
L193
F108
C1107
F103
TP855
TP853
R248
TP833
TP832
TP831
TP838
TP837
TP836
TP835
TP830
TP691
TP829
TP828
TP827
R185
C1073
C1067C1069C1071
R598
R597
C148
TP854
R246
TP839
TP840 TP841
TP834
C1122
C632
C1065
C433
TP625
R710
IC300
D312
F300C315
TP638
C306 TP706
TP705Q1009
C635
R718
R715
TP639
IC302
TP623
TP702
C630 C629
F1006 C631
TP1013
C120 R194
R250
L1005
TP860 R253
R239
TP842
TP634
C636
R719
TP858
C627
IC319
C1034
R1053
X1001
L194
R733
C368
L1003
C623
F1003
F314
TP850 TP849
TP851
TP852
L1007
R1025
C1021
TP704
R1033
TP859
C1023
C1031
R1058
C212
C213
R1027
C1029
R1049
F309
C1008
C1025
C624
C1076
IC205
C1016
C1015
TP1004
C324
C633
C634
CN202
R728
F310
R345
C1006
C1024
C1019
L1008
Q1005
C1080
C1094
C1095
C1114
C1092
C1087 C1089
C1090
C1093
C1088 C1103 C1115 C1116
C1104 C1079
TP826
Q1002
C1012
R1028
R1029
IC1001
TP1008
TP825
C1022
C1062
C211
R1026
R1036
TP1005
C1027
R1031Q1007 R1035
C1032
C1086
R1021
TP1007
C1017
C1030
R1034
Q1003
C1014
C1028
Q1008
TP1006
R1023
L1006
C1106
R1002
C1026
L1004
C1011
R1040
R1024
C1058
R1003
C1082
D311
R714 TP635
TP314
TP211 TP305 TP304
C1085
R1032
Q1006
C1084
C1111
TP208
TP210
F1004
Q1004
C1018
C1020
C1033
C1108
TP207
C1112
L1002
E
R1030
R1059
C1072
C1064
C1074
C1070
C1105
C1110
C1109 C1066 C1068
D
R1022
C1010
TP203
TP205
TP209
TP202
TP201
TP204
TP313
TP312
B
R1004
R1001
C
TP206
TP311
TP307
TP308
TP310
•
TP309
TP306
DT-120 BOARD (SIDE A)
CN103
TP816
CN201
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
: Uses unleaded solder.
A
R644
R645
R647
R643
C110
R561
R240 R241 R245
R244
1-872-467-
CN102
CN103
CN201
CN202
CN203
A-9
F-5
C-2
A-4
A-10
IC104
IC106
IC205
IC300
IC302
IC313
IC319
B-8
C-8
E-7
B-5
B-5
B-10
E-6
11
11
12
DT-120 BOARD (SIDE A)
IC320
IC321
IC1001
B-6
B-8
C-6
Q1001
Q1002
Q1003
Q1004
Q1005
Q1006
Q1007
Q1008
E-6
E-5
E-5
E-5
E-6
E-5
E-5
E-5
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
•
DT-120 BOARD (SIDE B)
: Uses unleaded solder.
TP326
R356
TP318
D313
IC306
R361
C338
C335
TP521
C597
C329
R221
R262
R281
R222
R263
TP729
C209
R231
C318
R214
R216
TP797
TP806 C226
C225
TP796 TP798
TP795
TP808
TP810
TP814
TP525
TP572
R270
R269
R708
R273
C224
TP216
C210
IC207
R275
TP866
IC208
TP868
TP215
TP214
TP819
R276
Q203
TP812
R208 TP817
R206 R207
TP820
TP865 TP818
C205
TP794
TP809
TP864
R256
R257 R234
TP863
R213
R211
R266
TP338
R264 R265
TP213
TP807
R235
R233
TP815
R209
IC201
TP801
TP533
TP788
R342
R341
R252
C201 F201
C203
TP813
C223
C222
TP867
TP524
R254
TP523
C522
F203
F204
TP212
R272
C221
R226 TP862R223
TP803 R236
TP811
Q204
TP722
TP720
R224
TP724
TP721
TP805
TP802
TP800
R215
TP792
TP793
TP804
R210
TP728 R268
F206
TP726
TP723
R225
TP790 TP791
R203
TP731
TP631
C214
TP821
TP733
TP710TP730
TP727
TP708
TP725
TP789
TP799
R219
R277
TP712TP732
IC202
R261
C216
TP769 TP771
Q201
F205
R229
R201
R202
TP735
TP848
C207
R271
TP737
TP734
R626
R217
TP505
R258
TP738
TP714
TP736
IC204
C208
R227
TP504
TP503
TP502
TP872
D310
TP217
R205 R204
TP739
Q202
TP740
TP709
R230 TP147
TP764 TP766
TP743
TP741
R624 R625
C202
C204
R267
C524 TP522
R259
TP744
C215
R280 R279 R278
TP823
TP824
TP745
TP742
TP787
TP861
C1059
TP700 TP693
TP501
TP873
TP875
TP874
TP701 TP699
TP513
R530
R529
R528
R527
C334
TP317
R627
R629 R628
TP822
R274
R623
R260
TP897
C1119
C1121 C1100
C1118 C1101
C1043 R1043
TP1011
R228
C332
TP514
TP340
IC304
R306
TP315
C528
TP512
C339
L301
F
C309
TP632
C326
C363
C367
C364
C621
D309
TP746
TP1017
TP1015
TP1016
TP621
C388
C390
TP337
IC312
C403
TP336
TP749
TP707
TP633
C401
TP335
TP751
TP747
TP713
TP717
TP711
TP716
C404
TP301
TP763
TP753
TP748
TP719
TP715
TP770
TP768
TP506
R1054
R1055
IC1002
F1002
C144
C620
TP718
TP1003
TP1002
C1060
C1057
TP765
TP750
R549
R547
R545
R543
R541
R539
R537
R535
R557
R555
R553
R551
TP1001
R1037
R1038
R1039
C1042
R696
C105
R559
TP688
R563 TP689
R564
R560
TP690
R558
TP687
R556
R554
R552
TP686
R550
TP685
R548 TP684
R546
TP683
R544
TP682
TP681
R542
TP680
R540
TP679
R538
TP678
R536
TP677
TP692 R565
R566
TP600
TP599
C1041
C1040
TP754
TP756
TP752
R732
TP1014
C1052
C1051
C1038
C1050
C1049
C1048
C1037
C1047
C1036
C1046
C1035
C1045
C1044
IC101
C104 C119
C191
C192
R695
R694
TP570
L191
F1001
TP755
R1046
TP1018
R642
TP674
C619
C102
F107
R665
R651
R662
C601
C595
TP658
C154
IC110
TP664
F106
R109
TP662
IC318
TP673 R667
R666
R1057
TP757
TP531
TP333
TP334
D302
C599
C302
TP669
C307
C616
Q309
C614
C1099
C101
TP760
TP758
TP759
C206
F305
C353
R706
R705
C103
R704
R1052 R1051
C314
C423
TP767 TP772
TP762
TP761
C358
C355
TP332
R698
R707
TP1012
C618
R363
R701
C596
C593
TP773
C1123
C1124
R1060
C1113
F1007
R1042
C1056
R1050
R1047
C1055
R1048
R1044
R1045
C1054
C1097
C1039
C1098
C1053
C1063
C1117
C1120 C1096
R139
TP322
C312
R358
Q310
R321
C317
TP642
C617
TP601
TP643
TP331
IC322
TP895
TP667
R183
TP668
R107
R127
R128
R660
R661
C615
C322
Q308
R319
R315
C372
TP330
TP120
TP117
TP629
R351
Q306
R359
C1083
C1081
C121
R700
R699
C106
R126
R353
C313
TP538
TP329
R124
R123
TP507
R580
TP645
R314
TP644
C354
C118
R571 R572
R125
C320
R311
C359
TP115
TP696
Q307
R1061
TP661
TP578
TP119
R352
C374
C366
C370
TP300
R147
IC307
R355
TP648
TP647
TP646
C377
L305
TP569
R313
C414
F306
C365
F105
C598
TP774
TP105
R104
C594
TP575
TP636 TP637
R105
TP670
TP568
R326
C382
C381
R308
C369
C301
TP573
TP146
TP520
TP585
R575
TP123
TP109
R142
TP132
TP108 R143
TP142
TP106 TP111TP110 R144
TP566
R145
TP107 TP154TP153 R141
TP567
R199
R148
TP698
TP155 R179
R197
TP508
R167
R121
R702
R122
C140
R159
C520
IC309
C380
R182
TP126
C340
R354
TP537
TP324
TP656
TP659
R304
TP624
TP655 TP654
TP649
R347
C139
D316
C343
R323
C360 L302
C371
R346
L303
L304
T300
R688
D303
C303
TP325
C375
D
C431
TP571
R349
R350
C373
R312
R305
TP576 TP574
TP535
R1064
TP622
F101
TP579
F317
C400
D304
R318
F312
R114
TP675
R317
TP620
R173
Q312
TP628
TP302
R300
TP303
F318
TP663
R160
C521
C319
TP657
TP104
R577
R138
C137
TP114
R589
R576
TP775
R320
R322
R730
TP536
R681
IC311
C394
Q305
R336
R310
R309
R337
C396
R325
TP541
C384
R685
R680
R686
C393
R324
C379
R692
L315
R331
TP113
R348
C341
TP327
TP328
R669
R668
F313
L314
TP122
R161
C
R163
C385
R162
TP124
C640
R726
TP894
R731
D317
TP630
R327
R155
C395
TP163
F321
C391
TP160
R687
C392
TP158
R693
R672
TP159
TP161
TP162
TP168
C383
TP164
R149
R106
R153
R151
R152
R154
TP165
TP157
TP577
C639
IC203
TP871
TP870
TP869
TP544
TP543
TP559
TP561
TP547
TP557
TP563
TP560
TP558
TP555
TP565
TP562
TP564
TP553
C590
R607
R174
D102
R684
B
E
TP584
R1063
TP323
TP545
TP626
TP582
TP532
TP554
A
1-872-467-
1
16
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
11
12
DT-120 BOARD (SIDE B)
D302
D303
D304
F-1
E-1
D-2
IC101
IC110
IC201
IC202
IC203
IC204
IC208
IC304
IC306
IC307
IC309
IC311
C-5
B-4
D-9
E-8
E-8
E-8
E-9
F-4
B-10
B-3
E-1
C-2
IC312
IC318
IC322
IC1002
F-4
D-4
B-4
C-6
Q201
Q202
Q203
Q305
Q306
Q307
Q308
Q309
Q310
Q312
C-8
C-8
E-9
C-2
D-3
D-3
E-3
D-4
E-3
B-4
4-53
EMMA2LL, CI CONTROL, DIGITAL TUNER, POWER, VIDEO DECODER
DT-120
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
RD-065 BOARD (SIDE A)
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
RD-065 BOARD (SIDE A)
CN201
CN1401
CN1402
CN2301
CN3802
CN4501
CN4701
CN5601
E-5
E-5
F-1
E-1
C-1
D-5
D-5
D101
D3201
D3711
D3712
D4521
D4552
D-5
E-2
D-1
D-1
E-5
C-1
IC1001
IC1221
IC1302
IC3201
IC3202
IC3701
IC3707
IC4501
IC4502
IC4511
IC4521
IC4552
IC4562
IC5202
IC5203
IC5204
IC5602
IC5801
IC5802
D-3
E-4
D-4
E-2
E-1
D-2
B-5
Q1811
Q2501
Q2502
Q2503
Q2504
Q2505
Q3301
Q3302
Q5805
Q5809
Q5810
C-5
D-2
E-5
C-1
F-3
C-4
C-4
C-5
F-3
E-4
F-3
A
LF
ICT
R3716
C103
B
R3717
FC
IC3707
C3738
R3715
C163
C5217
IC5204
D5209
C124
R3718
IC3706
R3714
C3737
C
C128C127R109C129R104C122C113C114C133C115C107C120
R108
R3713
R4558R4557R4559
R3850
R3848
R3847
R3844
R3843
R3841
D-2
E-3
E-2
D-3
D-3
E-2
E-1
E-2
E-3
E-4
E-3
C169
C175
R145 R146 R149
R134
C5207 R5212 R5214
R1061
R234
R235
R1019
C5210
IC4502
C4557
C1050
D4552
R1018
X5201
C5213
C5211
R5206
CN3802
X1001
R4511
C1043
R1811
C1813
IC4511
C1811
R1812
R1814 R1813
D3712
R1210
R1211
R1250
R1251
C1030
C4508
C4501
C1204
C1035 C1047
C1205
IC3701
C4581
D101
R3112
R3113
R5859
R3011
D3711
C1007
C1281
R1010
D4511
C1028
C1210
R2507
C4507
R2509
C2503
C3211
C3201
R3732
R2512
R3222C3214
R3720
R3721
R3227 C3215 R3221
C2504
C3219
R3236
C3202
C3220
C3203
D3202
R2513
C2505
R3229
C3217
IC3202
C3218
R3232
R3224 C3216
CN2301
R2314
E
R5872
R5871
R5837
R5831
R5834
R5833
R2510
C4586
C3701
R3220
R3219 C3213
C3206
C5122
C3331
R2504
C2502
R2501
C2501
R3205
C2302 R3346
R3301 R2315
C3330
R3311 R3344
R3313
R3314
C3329
C3304
C3303R3307
IC1221
R5606
R5607
R3309
R5864
IC5602
C5605
R5650
C5610
R5691
R5690
R5689
R5688 C5625
C5615
C5624
R5865
C5807 C5822
C1219 C1225
C1226 C1227
C4522
D4521
CN1401
R5863 R5838
R5861 R5839
Q5810
R5612
R5866
R5613
C5632
R5801
R5614
R5616
R5617
C4570 IC5802
C5622 R5619 C5630
IC5801
C5708
R5862
R5804
R5806
C5809
Q5809
R5845
C5819C5820
IC4521
R5844
R5843
R5842
R4521 C4526
R5849
R6001
R5850
C5623
R5818
D4562
C5602
C1222
C5821 C5808
C4568
R5817
R5814R5812
C5601
1
CN5604
C5613
IC4562
C5641
C4567
F
C1221
R5848 R5853
C5640
C1421
CN201
C1228 C1220
R5840
C5121
C5604
R3308
R223
C1236
C5120
R5631 R5629 R5627 R5624 R5622
R5630 R5628 R5626 R5623
C4572
CN4701
C1230
R4712 R4720 R4711 R4719
R5127 R5126
R5128
C4558
C4559
R1421 R1422
R4729 R4730
C5119
C5112
C5113
R5140
C5106
R5123 C5111
R5125 C5109
R5103
R5104
C3332
R3305
R1240
R1279 R1278
R1277
R5116
C5105
C5104
R5130
R5124
R2503
C3305
R3303
R1295
C1214
R5110
R3315
C3342
R3304R3345
R1285
R1296
C5116 R5113
C3333
C3339
R1286
R1066
R2515
C3207
R3310
R1263 R1264
R1214 R1215
R1247
IC1302
C1314
C1313
C1312
C1218
C1211
C5123
R3206R3207 R3208
R3225
C3204
C3208C3209C3210R3204R3228
C3205
R3233 R3209
IC3201
C2301
R3302
CN1402
1
JA5801
JA5701
1-872-466-
DIGITAL
OUT
16
1
POWER BLOCK, EMMA BLOCK, VIDEO/AUDIO BLOCK, MEMORY BLOCK, SATA/IDE IF, HDMI/DV/USB BLOCK, DVD DRIVE
RD-065
CN4501
C4502
R1008
C3703
C3705
R3738
X1002
R1011
R3704R3705 R3703
R3735
D
C4503
C1045
C1044
R5208
IC1001
C4504
C4509
IC5203
R5221
R1009
C1814 C1815
R3836 R3859
C3804
C5222
C5205
R5205
D4551
Q3701
C5223
C1042
C4514
IC4551
R3736
C4505
C4515
R1017
IC4552
C5208 R5213 R5215 C5218
IC5202
C303 C305 C306
R105 C140 C141
R311 R119 R116
2
3
4
4-56
5
31
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
RD-065 BOARD (SIDE B)
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
R604
R242 R238
C203
R244 R240 R236
R243 R239 R201
R161 R163
R158 R157
R123 R101 R102 R122
C188
R307 R139 R130 R131 R137
C4531
R4531 R4506
C4543
IC4531
D4531
C187
C177 C165 C166 C176
F105
C185
IC501
R302 R118
R133 R132 R136 R135 R306
C197
R165 R166 R167 R168
R113 R103 R121 R120 C173
C4544
C4532
C171
D4541
IC4541
R305 R304 R303
C186
R170 R171 R172 R169
R323
R3808
R3870
R3809
C302
C4541
C537 C536
C172 C170 C174
R313
R4541
C4533
C501
R115
R162
C189 R160
C508
CN501
R156
R159
R245 R241 R237
A
R603 R601
C201
C202
IC200
RD-065 BOARD (SIDE B)
CN601
R322
C199
R602
CN101
CN103
R507
R506
C507 C506
C532
R504
C516 C504 R505
R503
C510
C283
C289
R516
C509
R515
CN3801
R3814
R3816
R3817
R3818
R3820
R3821
R3823
R281
B
IC201
C282
CN502
C284
C291
R248
R249
R250
R251
R247
R258
R257
C288
C281
C285
C290
R252
R253
R254
R255
R3815
R3819
R3862
R3822
R3866
R3867
C3802
C3801
R3827
R3825
D3801
R1132
R3826
R1153
R1154
R1175
R1161
R1194
R1109 R1195
R1110 R1103
R1106
R1107 R1197
R1163
R1164
R1191
R256
C287
C280
C1105 C1101
IC1102
C1104 C1113
R106 C178
R230
R231
R126 R312
R233 R127
R232 R129
Q5201
C
C4540
C117
R5222
C5216
C5209
IC4591
R5217
R5225
R5224
C5202
R5216
C5201
C4535
C1202
C1203
D
R4715
C4705
C4702
R4728
IC4702
C4704
C4701
R4707
R4727
R4703
R4713
R4704
R4714
C1283 R1298 R1288
R1299 R1289
R1219
C1207
IC4701
R1271
R1257
IC1201
C1208
R1284
C1223
R1275
R1272
R5132
R1401
R1414
R1402
R1403
R1415
R1404
R1405
R1406
R1416
R1407
C3110 C3109
R3213
IC3102
R3105
R3214
R3111
R3215
R3212
R3109
R3108
R3104
R3107
R3103
R3106
IC3101
C5124
C3805
R3835
R3871
R3711
C3707
R3731
C3702 C3706
C3101
R3110
R5112
R3010
R3009
R3008
R3007
R3003
R3006
R3004
R3002
R2301
C3222
C3221
C2305
R2302
IC3203
R3226
R5107
R5108
R5109
R3341
C3322
R3326
R3325
R3327
R5129
C3323
C3324
R3322 R3321
C3341
R3342
R3348 R3336
C3335
C5110 C5108 C5107
R5856
R5846
R4732
R3012
C4585
R5111
R5694
C5801 C5803 C5805 C5806
Q5801
R5854
R5852 R5841
R5835
R5808
R5816
R5851 R5836
Q5802
R5857 R5858
R4731
R5704
C5704
R5611
R5869
R5823
R5821
R5870 R5868
R5822
R5815
C5813
R5707
R5807
R5809
R5805
R5813
C4563
D4561 IC4561
C5812
1
F
IC3702
D3102 D3104
R4581
R5141
R1412
R3737
C3104 C3102
C3105 R3102 D3101 D3103
C3212
C5132
C5802 C5804
R3324
R3319
C3316
C3334
C3317
R3337
R3347
R3316
C3318
R3317
C3340
C5628 R5659
C5631
R5615
R5618
C5616
C5617
C5614
R5867
R3320
R5636
C5606
R5637
C5607
R5608
R5609 R5692 R5652
C5608 C5609
R5610 R5693
C5627 R5658 C5629
C5612
R5661
C5611
C5626 R5657 R5660
R4572
C4574
R4573
C4564
R2304
R2316
IC4571
D4571
C4562
C5603
1-872-466-
16
1
2
3
4-57
C-3
D-4
D-5
E-2
E-3
F-3
E-3
E-3
R3101
C5117
IC5103
C5705
IC5701
R3857
C3107 C3106
C1304
C1001
R5133 C5129
C5707 C5703
R5708
C5701
R5703 C5702
R5701
R5702 C5706
Q102
Q1801
Q4581
Q5701
Q5801
Q5802
Q5804
Q5808
R3845
C3103
R3235
R3234
C5128
R1260 R1267
A-2
B-2
A-5
B-4
D-2
D-4
D-5
D-5
A-2
A-1
F-3
F-4
D-1
D-1
E-1
E-3
E-2
C3108
IC1301
C5126
R4718 R4710 C4706
R4726
C4703
IC200
IC201
IC501
IC1102
IC1201
IC1301
IC3101
IC3702
IC4531
IC4541
IC4561
IC4571
IC4701
IC4702
IC4703
IC5103
IC5701
C1302
C1003
R1304
C1303
C1029
C1041
C1033
C1032
R3202
R1030
C1020
R3203
R3201
R1062
C1019
C1018
R1031
R1029
C1016 C1034
C1004 C1006
C1005
C1002 C1015 C1017
C5125
E
R1801
CN5101
C1229
C1401
R1413
C1801
C1803
R1802
R1803R1804
C1804
C1805
R5134 C5130 C5127
C1224
R1276
C1201
R1028
R1071
R5115 C5118
C5133R5114
R5117
C5115
C5114
C5131
R5135
C1212
IC4703
R3855
R3846
C1291
C1292
C1217
C1209
R4706
R5829
R3856
R3849
R3842
R1230
R1294
C1293
F-4
C1039
R1270 R1231
C1213
R1258
R1252
R4705 R4725 R4724
R222
R221
R1205
D3802
R3852
R3853
R3854
C3803
R3708
C1036
R1067 R1016
R1069
C1031
C1061
C1056 C1060
C1282 R1212 R1243
R1202 R1244
C1216
C1206
R4723
R301
R1021
R1111
C1057
C1009
C1012
C1065 C1053 C1052
R1070
C1058
C1064
C1048
R1001
C1040
C1013 R1027
C1063 C1066
R1199 C1025 C1026
C1049 C1068
C1067 C1011
C1008
R1068 C1038
C1027
C1037
C1059 C1014
C1022
D4571
C1024
C1010
C1062
R1005
C1023
C1215
C153
R110 C144
C149 C151
R178 R177
C152
R111 R112
C159
R125 C104 C105
R117
R199
C154
R107 C106
C167
R1181
R1063
C162
R1060
C164
R1182
R5201 R1006
R1013
C4594
C100
R5223 R5202
C5203
R1012
C4536
R5226
C5204
C5219
C4538
R114
C131
C125
C101 C135
R124
R193
C5220
C4537
C121 C147 C136
C109
C304
C5214
CN5201
R310
R203 R210
C5221
C4591
C134 C137
C116
C4539
R4503
C148
C158 C155 C156
R202
R5207
C5215
C4516
A-3
A-2
A-4
B-5
A-5
B-4
E-2
C-2
C157 C145
R128 R314
R211
R138
IC4501
C4506
CN101
CN103
CN501
CN502
CN601
CN3801
CN5101
CN5201
4
31
5
POWER BLOCK, EMMA BLOCK, VIDEO/AUDIO BLOCK, MEMORY BLOCK, SATA/IDE IF, HDMI/DV/USB BLOCK, DVD DRIVE
RD-065
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
FL-178 BOARD (SIDE A)
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
FL-178 BOARD (SIDE A)
CN101
CN102
CN103
CN104
CN105
CN106
B-3
B-3
B-3
B-2
B-1
B-4
IC101
A-2
A
IC101
C111
LP101
CN102
CN101
VDR103
VDR105
CN105
CN104
USB
B TYPE
S102
CN103
FL102
B
DV IN
USB
A TYPE
1
CN106
VDR102
VDR104
FL101
C102
S101
16
11
1-873-465-
(POWER)
2
ONE
TOUCH DUB
3
4
C104
C103
C105
C106
C112
R104
R108
R102
R106
L102
C101
R107
R103
L104
A
L103
L105
VDR106
VDR101
FL-178 BOARD (SIDE B)
R109
R105
C110
C108
R113
C109
B
R112
L101
C107
11
1-873-46516
DV, USB, REMOCON RECEIVER, POWER, SW
FL-178
4-59
1
2
3
4
4-60E
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
SECTION 5
IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
5-1. IT CONTROL IC
(IC101:LC87F06J2A-F58W3-E (AV-114 BOARD))
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
NC
NC
NC
WDT
ACDET
HMS_TO_T
IR
RESET
XT1
XT2
VSS1
CF1
CF2
VDD1
MODE1
MODE2
KEY1
KEY2
KEY3
AGC
BATTDET
FUNC
SDET3
SDET2
SDET1
AVLOUT
SDA
SCL
XRESET
PA3/SO8
AFT
NC
XAMUTE
RCSEL2
RCSEL1
NC
DDCSW1
DDCSW2
VSS4
VDD4
FUNC4
SQUEEZE
CAPACTIOR
NC
BLAIR
P_SAVE
XSCMUTE
AVLTH
FLDATA
FLSTB
—
—
—
—
I
—
I
I
I
O
—
I
O
—
—
—
I
I
I
I
—
I
—
I
—
O
I/O
O
O
—
I
—
I
O
O
—
O
O
—
—
O
O
I
—
O
O
O
O
O
O
Function
Not used
Not used
Not used
Fixed at “H”
Input of IC’s VDD detect signal
Fixed at “H”
Input of remote control receive signal
Input of system reset signal
Input of sub-clock (32.768KHz)
Output of sub-clock (32.768KHz)
Analog GND
Input of main-clock (15MHz)
Output of main-clock (15MHz)
Power supply input
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Input of function key signal [1]
Input of function key signal [2]
Input of function key signal [3]
Input of auto gain control signal
Fixed at “H”
Input of detection signal for euro-scart
Fixed at “H”
Input of line 2 S-video detection signal
Fixed at “H”
Output of n-link switch signal
Input/output of IIC data signal
Output of IIC clock signal
Output of system reset signal for EURO MSP
Not used
Input of tuner AFT control signal
Not used
Input of audio muting signal
Output of R/C select signal [2]
Output of R/C select signal [1]
Not used
Output of DDC IC switching signal [1]
Output of DDC IC switching signal [2]
Analog GND
Power supply input
Output of detection signal for euro-scart
Input of IC’s VDD detect signal
Not used
Output of transmission pulse for G-Link
Output of power save signal for AV select IC’s
Output of SA mute control signal
Output of N-link switch drive signal
Output of data signal for FLD drive
Output of strove signal for FLD driver
5-1
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
FLCLK
RFTHRU
NC
FANCTL
VDD2
VSS2
P_CONT2
MUTECTL
EPGEQ
TUON
SWVION9V
P_CONT
FLON
SWVION5V
MRST
NC(IN)
CSYNCIN
XCHECKER
CEC
AVLIN
MSPSTAT
BLANK
HOTPLUG
TU_DCCON
TXD1
RXD1
TXD2
RXD2
HST_TO_M
VDDODA
CVBSIN
GND
FILTSLC
VDDVCO
DTBON
ANT5V_SW
DET_ANT
VSS3
VDD3
DBGP2
DBGP1
DGBP0
LED_PLTB
LED_DIVX
LED_D_TV
LED_A_TV
LED_HDD2
DAT_TO_M
DAM_TO_T
ASCK
O
O
—
O
—
—
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
—
I
—
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
—
—
—
—
I
—
—
—
—
O
—
—
—
I
I
I
—
—
—
—
—
O
I
I
Output of clock signal for FLD driver
Output of tuner power supply control signal
Not used
Output of fan direction speed switching signal
Power supply input
Analog GND
Output of system power supply control signal
Output of SA mute control signal
Output of equalizer switching signal
Output of tuner block power supply control signal
Output of system power supply control signal
Output of switching regulator control signal
Output of FLD grid power supply on signal
Output of system power supply control signal
Input of system reset signal
Fixed at “L”
Input of C-synchronization/composite video signal
Not used
Input of blanking signal for euro scart
Output of tuner power supply control signal
Output of serial TXD signal [1] (Not used)
Output of serial RXD signal [1] (Not used)
Not used
Fixed at “L”
Not used
Not used
Input of composite video signal
Analog GND
Fixed at “L”
Power supply input
Not used
Output of system power supply control signal (Not used)
Fixed at “L”
Analog GND
Power supply input
Checking terminal
Checking terminal
Checking terminal
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Output of serial data signal to ENC/DEC IC’s
Input of serial data signal from ENC/DEC IC’s
Input of serial clock signal from ENC/DEC IC’s
5-2
5-2. AV ENCODER/DECODER IC (IC1001:MC10050F1-105-LU1-A (RD-65 BOARD))
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
AA1
AA2
AA3
AA4
AA5
AA6
AA19
AA20
AA21
AA22
AA23
AA24
AB1
AB2
AB3
AB4
AB5
AB6
AB19
AB20
AB21
AB22
AB23
AB24
AC1
AC2
AC3
AC4
AC5
DGND
DRASB
DBA1
DADD01
DDQM1
DQ13
DQ11
DQ08
DIHM
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
GPIO46
DA2_GND
VAY
RSET1
VAR
RSET0
VAB
MD14
LDQM
MD5
MD1
MD3
DVDD15(1.5V)
GPIO40
AIOBCK
RDATA02
RADD03
RADD08
FWEB/GWEB
MD2
UDQM
MD4
MCLKOUT
MD13
DVDD15(1.5V)
CTS1B
VIOCLK
SP1CLK
AIOBD
SP1STRT
RADD15
MA9
MD12
MA10
MCKE
MA7
—
O
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
—
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I/O
—
—
O
—
O
—
O
I/O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
—
—
I/O
I/O
O
O
O
I/O
O
I/O
O
I/O
—
I
O
—
I/O
—
O
O
I/O
O
O
O
Function
Digital GND
Output of RAS signal
Output of bank address [1]
Output of DDRSDRAM address [1]
Output of data mask [1]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [13]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [11]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [8]
Fixed at “L”
Output of power down
Output of data [10]
Output of data [7]
Output of l clock
Output of data [3]
Output of data [0]
Output of vertical synchronization
Input/output of DDC data
Not used
GND (for DAC)
Output of DA converter for analog video signal Y
Fixed at “L”
Output of DA converter for analog video signal red
Fixed at “L”
Output of DA converter for analog video signal blue
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [14]
Output of lower byte data I/O mask control
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [5]
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [1]
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [3]
Power supply input
Fixed at “L”
Input/output of audio data clock
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [2]
Output of ROM/GIO address [3]
Output of ROM/GIO address [8]
Output of ROM/GIO write enable
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [2]
Output of upper byte data I/O mask control
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [4]
Output of clock for SDRAM
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [13]
Power supply input
Input of clear to send
Output of video pixel clock
Fixed at GND
Input/output of audio bitstream data
Fixed at GND
Output of ROM/GIO address [15]
Output of buffer memory interface address bus [9]
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [12]
Output of buffer memory interface address bus [10]
Output of SDRAM clock enable control
Output of buffer memory interface address bus [7]
5-3
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
AC6
AC19
AC20
AC21
AC22
AC23
AC24
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
AD8
AD9
AD10
AD11
AD12
AD13
AD14
AD15
AD16
AD17
AD18
AD19
AD20
AD21
AD22
AD23
AD24
AE1
AE2
AE3
AE4
AE5
AE6
AE7
AE8
AE9
AE10
AE11
AE12
AE13
AE14
AE15
AE16
AE17
AE18
AE19
AE20
AE21
AE22
PDIAGB
MONI3
SP1EN
SP1DAT2
VIOD7
SP1DAT7
VIOD6
MA6
MA5
MA1
MA8
MBA
DASPB
HIOCS16B
SFSO
SFSCK
SFSI
SFCS0B
AVDD15
AVDD33
AVDD33
AVDD33
AVDD33
TEST1
MONI1
MONI2
SP1ERRB
SP1DAT6
SP1DAT5
VIOD5
VIOD3
XA1
CASB
MA0
MA4
MA3
PB4
PB1
RLDM
WLD
WLDM
PLED
CWAGC
CWHP
CAD
CBC
CTEC
CRC
CBHLPP/CRAPC
ADIN
AIOLRCK
VIOD2
SP1DAT3
—
—
—
—
I/O
—
I/O
O
O
O
O
O
—
—
O
O
I
O
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
I/O
I/O
I
O
O
O
O
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
I/O
I/O
—
Function
Not used
Not used
Fixed at GND
Fixed at GND
Input/output of digital video data [7]
Fixed at GND
Input/output of digital video data [6]
Output of buffer memory interface address bus [6]
Output of buffer memory interface address bus [5]
Output of buffer memory interface address bus [1]
Output of buffer memory interface address bus [8]
Output of buffer memory interface bank address
Not used
Not used
Output of serial flash interface data
Output of serial flash interface clock
Input of serial flash interface data
Output of serial flash command (address)
Power supply input (Analog 1.5V)
Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)
Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)
Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)
Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)
Not used
Not used
Not used
Fixed at GND
Fixed at GND
Fixed at GND
Input/output of digital video data [5]
Input/output of digital video data [3]
Input of clock 16.9344MHz
Output of buffer memory interface column address strove control
Output of buffer memory interface address bus [0]
Output of buffer memory interface address bus [4]
Output of buffer memory interface address bus [3]
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Not used
Input/output of audio L/R clock
Input/output of digital video data [2]
Fixed at GND
5-4
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
AE23
AE24
AF1
AF2
AF3
AF4
AF5
AF6
AF7
AF8
AF9
AF10
AF11
AF12
AF13
AF14
AF15
AF16
AF17
AF18
AF19
AF20
AF21
AF22
AF23
AF24
AG1
AG2
AG3
AG4
AG5
AG6
AG7
AG8
AG9
AG10
AG11
AG12
AG13
AG14
AG15
AG16
AG17
AG18
AG19
AG20
AG21
AG22
AG23
AG24
AH1
AH2
AH3
SP1DAT4
VIOD1
XA2I
WEB
MA2
RSAB
(PB2)
PB5
PB7
RLD
REF16
VREFIO
P2LD
CADO
CBHWBL/CID
CAMIRR
CBPD
CAGC
CAGC2
CEQDC
FE0
TE0
TXD0B
RXD0B
VIOD4
VIOD0
PB3
PA0
PA4
PB0
PB6
PA3
PA5
PDIN
FPDVI
FPDVO
CREG
CBCO
WALPF
CMIRR
CBBD
REFQOM
REFQOP
RFO
CDEF
FG
RFT1/SWRF1/RFP1
RXD1B
TXD1B
SP1DAT1
PKPULSE1M
PKPULSE1P
WRPULSEM
—
I/O
I/O
O
O
O
O
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
O
I
I/O
I/O
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
O
O
—
—
—
—
I
O
—
—
—
—
Function
Fixed at GND
Input/output of digital video data [1]
Input/output of clock 16.9344MHz
Output of buffer memory interface write enable
Output of buffer memory interface address bus [2]
Output of buffer memory interface row address strove control
Output of buffer memory interface bank address [MA11]
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Not used
Not used
Output of transfer data [0]
Input of receive data [0]
Input/output of digital video data [4]
Input/output of digital video data [0]
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Output of differential RF signal (-) to EFM comparator
Output of differential RF signal (+) to EFM comparator
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Not used
Not used
Input of receive data [1]
Output of transfer data [1]
Fixed at GND
Not used
Not used
Not used
5-5
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
AH4
AH5
AH6
AH7
AH8
AH9
AH10
AH11
AH12
AH13
AH14
AH15
AH16
AH17
AH18
AH19
AH20
AH21
AH22
AH23
AH24
AJ1
AJ2
AJ3
AJ4
AJ5
AJ6
AJ7
AJ8
AJ9
AJ10
AJ11
AJ12
AJ13
AJ14
AJ15
AJ16
AJ17
AJ18
AJ19
AJ20
AJ21
AJ22
AJ23
AJ24
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
WRPULSEP
HFONP
PA7
PA2
H1/FOM
G1/FOP
F1
E1
REP
ASY
FCEFM2
PCEFM2
RFI_M
RFI_P
AGCIN
CDEF2
TDRV
FDRV
RFT2/SWRF2/RFP2
RXD2B
SP1DAT0
OFPULSE/WRCKP
OFPULSE/WRCKM
PKPULSE2/NRZIM
PKPULSE2/NRZIP
HFONM
PA1
PA6
D1
C1
B1
A1
RFN
EFM
FCEFM1
FCEFM1
EXTR
CEQ
REQ
DAOUT
SDRV2
SDRV1
MDRV
WRFM/SWRF3/RPF3
TXD2B/GPIO43
DCLKB
DCASB
DBA0
DADD00
DADD03
DQ12
DQ15
DQ09
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
I
I
—
—
—
—
—
I
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
O
O
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
Function
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Input of differential RF signal (-) to EFM comparator
Input of differential RF signal (+) to EFM comparator
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Not used
Not used
Not used
Input of receive data
Fixed at GND
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Fixed at “L”
Read channel frequency comparator
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Fixed at GND
Output of negative clock for DDRSDRAM
Output of CAS signal
Output of bank address [0]
Output of DDRSDRAM address [0]
Output of DDRSDRAM address [3]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [12]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [15]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [9]
5-6
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
B19
B20
B21
B22
B23
B24
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
C16
C17
C18
C19
C20
C21
C22
C23
C24
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
DDQM3
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
SS0CKIN/GPIO44
DA2_VDD3
COMP1
VAC
VREF
VAG
COMP0
DCLK
DWEB
DCS0B
DADD10
DADD02
DDQS1
DQ14
DQ10
DDQS3
DILM
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
Not open to public
SDA1
AOBCK
AIOMCK0
DA1_VDD3
DA1_GND
VCOMB
VRTB
DADD06
DADD07
DADD08
DADD11
DCKE
DQ30
DQ28
DQ26
DQ24
PHY_D7
PHY_D5
PHY_D3
PHY_D1
O
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I/O
—
—
—
O
I
O
—
O
O
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
—
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I/O
O
I/O
—
—
—
—
O
O
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
Function
Output of data mask [3]
Input of monitor sense
Output of data [11]
Output of data [8]
Output of data [5]
Output of data [2]
Output of data enable
Output of HDMI TDMS control
Input/output of DDC clock
Not used
Power supply input (3.3V for DAC)
Fixed at “L”
Output of DA converter for video signal chrominance
Input of reference voltage
Output of DA converter for analog video signal green
Fixed at “L”
Output of positive clock for DDRSDRAM
Output of command write enable
Output of DDRSDRAM chip select [0]
Output of DDRSDRAM address [10]
Output of DDRSDRAM address [2]
Input/output of data strobe [1]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [14]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [10]
Input/output of data strobe [3]
Fixed at “H”
Output of HDMI TDMS control
Output of data [9]
Output of data [6]
Output of data [4]
Output of data [1]
Output of horizontal synchronization
Input of hot plug detect
Input/output of serial data
Output of audio data clock
Input/output of audio master clock [0]
Power supply input (3.3V for DAC)
GND (for DAC)
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Output of DDRSDRAM address [6]
Output of DDRSDRAM address [7]
Output of DDRSDRAM address [8]
Output of DDRSDRAM address [11]
Output of clock enable
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [30]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [28]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [26]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [24]
Input/output of PHY-link data [7] for PHY
Input/output of PHY-link data [5] for PHY
Input/output of PHY-link data [3] for PHY
Input/output of PHY-link data [1] for PHY
5-7
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
E9
E10
E11
E12
E13
E14
E15
E16
E17
E18
E19
E20
E21
E22
E23
E24
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
F16
F17
F18
CTL1
SCLK
LPS
SCL1
DCD0B
ATX
AOLRCK
VCOMY
VRTY
ABI
VRBB
DADD04
DADD05
DCS1B
DADD09
DADD12
DQ31
DQ29
DQ27
DQ25
PHY_D6
PHY_D4
PHY_D2
PHY_D0
CTL0
LREQ
LINKON
SS0DIN/GPIO45
AOD0
AIBCK0
AIBD0
AIOMCK1
VRBY
VCLY
AYI
DQ19
DDQS0
DDQM0
DQ01
DQ00
DVREF
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
GPIO54
IR_OUT
I/O
I
O
I/O
—
O
O
—
—
I
—
O
O
—
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
I
I
O
—
I
I/O
—
—
I
I/O
I/O
O
I/O
I/O
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
O
O
Input/output of PHY/link control [1] for PHY
Input of link control clock for PHY
Output of link power status
Input/output of serial clock
Fixed at “H”
Output of digital audio
Output of audio L/R clock
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Input of AD converter for analog video signal green
Fixed at “L”
Output of DDRSDRAM address [4]
Output of DDRSDRAM address [5]
Not used
Output of DDRSDRAM address [9]
Output of DDRSDRAM address [12]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [31]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [29]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [27]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [25]
Input/output of PHY-link data [6] for PHY
Input/output of PHY-link data [4] for PHY
Input/output of PHY-link data [2] for PHY
Input/output of PHY-link data [0] for PHY
Input/output of PHY/link control [0] for PHY
Output of link request for PHY
Input of LINK on
Input of serial data
Output of audio bitstream data L/R
Not used
Input of audio bitstream data [0]
Input/output of audio master clock [1]
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Input of AD converter for analog video signal Y
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [19]
Input/output of data strobe [0]
Output of data mask [0]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [1]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [0]
Fixed at “L”
Power supply input
Power supply input
Power supply input
Power supply input
Power supply input
Digital GND
Digital GND
Digital GND
Digital GND
Digital GND
Output of audio mute
Output of IR transmitter
5-8
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
F19
F20
F21
F22
F23
F24
G1
G2
G3
G4
G5
G6
G7
G19
G20
G21
G22
G23
G24
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
H19
H20
H21
H22
H23
H24
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J19
J20
J21
J22
J23
J24
K1
K2
K3
K4
K5
K6
K10
K11
K12
K13
AILRCK0
IR_IN
JTDI
VRTR
ARI
VRBR
DQ16
DQ17
DQ18
DQ03
DQ02
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
JTDO
JTMS
VCOMR
VRTC
VRBC
ACI
DQ22
DQ21
DQ20
DQ06
DQ07
DVDD25(2.5V)
EDINT
JTRST
HLCI
VCOMC
AD2_VDD3
AD2_GND
DDQM2
DDQS2
DQ23
DQ04
DQ05
DVDD25(2.5V)
JTCL
PH_VDD1
HCBP
FCBP
PF_GND
FSCI
PLL_VDD
CLK27AOUT
CLKPWM0
CLKPWM1
SMCKOUT
DVDD25(2.5V)
DGND
DGND
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
I
I
I
—
I
—
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
—
—
O
I
—
—
—
I
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
—
I
I
I
—
—
—
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
—
I
—
—
—
—
I
—
O
O
O
O
—
—
—
—
—
Function
Input of audio L/R clock [0]
Input of IR receiver
Input of EJTAG data
Fixed at “L”
Input of AD converter for analog video signal blue
Fixed at “L”
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [16]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [17]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [18]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [3]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [2]
Power supply input
Power supply input
Output of EJTAG data
Input of EJTAG mode set
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
Input of AD converter for video signal chrominance or red
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [22]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [21]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [20]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [6]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [7]
Power supply input
Input of EJTAG DINT
Input of EJTAG reset
Input of H lock clock for video decoder
Fixed at “L”
Power supply input (3.3V for ADC)
GND (for ADC)
Output of data mask [2]
Input/output of data strobe [2]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [23]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [4]
Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [5]
Power supply input
Input of EJTAG clock
Power supply input (1.0V for V DEC)
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
GND (for V DEC)
Input of FSC for video decoder
Power supply input (1.0V for PLL)
Output of 27MHz clock A
Output of PWM for 27MHz VCXO [0]
Output of PWM for 27MHz VCXO [1]
Output of serial clock
Power supply input
Digital GND
Digital GND
Power supply input
Power supply input
5-9
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
K14
K15
K19
K20
K21
K22
K23
K24
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L10
L11
L12
L13
L14
L15
L19
L20
L21
L22
L23
L24
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M10
M11
M12
M13
M14
M15
M19
M20
M21
M22
M23
M24
N1
N2
N3
N4
N5
N6
N10
N11
N12
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DGNDR
HLCO
HC_VDD3
FC_VDD3
FSCO
PF_VDD1
CLK27AIN
PLL_GND
CLK27BIN
SMDOUT
SMDIN
DLL_VDD
DGND
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
HXT_CSDA
NMI
RSTSWB
PH_GND
AD1_VDD3
CLK24OUT
USB_DN0
USB_DP0
USB_H_OCI0
AT1D00
AT1INTRQ
DLL_GND
TEST_MODE
FPIND
LVSPOWD
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
SCL0
GPIO02
RADD17
RDATA09
AD1_GND
CLK24IN
USB_CLKI
USB_H_PPON0
USB_D_VBUS
AT1D13
AT1D04
DGND
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
—
—
—
O
—
—
O
—
I
—
I
O
I
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
I/O
—
I
—
—
O
I/O
I/O
I
I/O
I
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
I
—
O
I/O
—
I
I
O
I
I/O
I/O
—
—
—
—
Function
Power supply input
Power supply input
GND (for RF)
Output of H lock clock for video decoder
Power supply input (3.3V for V DEC)
Power supply input (3.3V for V DEC)
Output of FSC for video decoder
Power supply input (1.0V for V DEC)
Input of 27MHz clock A
GND (for PLL)
Input of 27MHz clock B
Output of serial data
Input of serial data
Power supply input (1.0V for DLL)
Digital GND
Power supply input
Power supply input
Power supply input
Power supply input
Power supply input
Input/output of serial data for HDMI debug
Fixed at “H”
Input of system reset
GND (for V DEC)
Power supply input (3.3V for ADC)
Output of 24MHz clock
Input/output of USB DInput/output of USB D+
Input of USB over-current status
Input/output of IDE I/F data [0]
Input of IRQ signal
GND (for DLL)
Fixed at GND
Fixed at GND
Fixed at GND
Power supply input
Power supply input
Power supply input
Input of serial clock
Fixed at “L”
Output of ROM/GIO address [17]
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [9]
GND (for ADC)
Input of 24MHz clock
Input of USB clock
Output of USB power control
Input of USB VBUS
Input/output of IDE I/F data [13]
Input/output of IDE I/F data [4]
Digital GND
Power supply input
Power supply input
Power supply input
5-10
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
N13
N14
N15
N19
N20
N21
N22
N23
N24
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P10
P11
P12
P13
P14
P15
P19
P20
P21
P22
P23
P24
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R10
R11
R12
R13
R14
R15
R19
R20
R21
R22
R23
R24
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T10
T11
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
AVDD33R
RADD24/GPIO03
RDATA14
RADD18
RDATA13
RDATA07
GND
USB_D_DN0
USB_D_DP0
USB_D_CONNECT
AT1D06
AT1D09
DGND
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
AT0D06
AT0DIOWB
AT0D10
RADD25/GPIO04
RADD00/GPIO01
RDATA12
RADD10
RADD12
RADD22
AT1D01
AT1D03
AT1D05
AT1D02
AT1D11
DGND
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
AT0DIORB
AT0D08
AT0D12
AT0D07
GCSB2
GRDYB
RDATA15
RADD20
RDATA08
RADD16
AT1D07
AT1D08
AT1D10
AT1CS0B
AT1DA2
DGND
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
—
—
—
—
I/O
O
I/O
I/O
—
I/O
I/O
O
I/O
I/O
—
—
—
—
O
O
O
—
—
I/O
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
—
—
—
O
O
O
O
O
I
I/O
O
I/O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
O
—
—
—
Power supply input
Power supply input
Power supply input (3.3V for RF)
Fixed at “H”
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [14]
Output of ROM/GIO address [18]
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [13]
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [7]
Digital GND
Input/output of USB DInput/output of USB D+
Connection control of the pull-up resistance of D+
Input/output of IDE I/F data [6]
Input/output of IDE I/F data [9]
Digital GND
Power supply input
Power supply input
Power supply input
Output of data [06] for IDE I/F
Output of DIOW signal for IDE I/F
Output of data [10] for IDE I/F
Fixed at “H”
Fixed at “H”
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [12]
Output of ROM/GIO address [10]
Output of ROM/GIO address [12]
Output of ROM/GIO address [22]
Input/output of IDE I/F data [1]
Input/output of IDE I/F data [3]
Input/output of IDE I/F data [5]
Input/output of IDE I/F data [2]
Input/output of IDE I/F data [11]
Digital GND
Power supply input
Power supply input
Output of DIOR signal for IDE I/F
Output of data [08] for IDE I/F
Output of data [12] for IDE I/F
Output of data [07] for IDE I/F
Output of GIO chip select [2]
Input of GIO READY
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [15]
Output of ROM/GIO address [20]
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [8]
Output of ROM/GIO address [16]
Input/output of IDE I/F data [7]
Input/output of IDE I/F data [8]
Input/output of IDE I/F data [10]
Output of chip select [0] for HDD
Output of IDE I/F address [2]
Digital GND
Power supply input
Power supply input
5-11
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
T12
T13
T14
T15
T19
T20
T21
T22
T23
T24
U1
U2
U3
U4
U5
U6
U10
U11
U12
U13
U14
U15
U19
U20
U21
U22
U23
U24
V1
V2
V3
V4
V5
V6
V10
V11
V12
V13
V14
V15
V19
V20
V21
V22
V23
V24
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W10
AT0D05
AT0IORDY
AT0D15
AT0DMARQ
GCSB3
GCSB1
RDATA11
RDATA10
RADD19
RDATA05
AT1D12
AT1D14
AT1DA0
AT1IORDY
AT1DIOWB
DGND
AT0DA1
AT0D01
AT0D02
AT0D11
AT0DA2
AT0D13
CTS0B
RADD14
RADD13
RADD11
RDATA03
RDATA06
AT1DIORB
AT1DMACKB
AT1CS1B
AT1RESETB
AT1DMARQ
DGND
AT0D09
AT0D04
AT0INTRQ
AT0RESETB
AT0D00
AT0DMACKB
RTS0B/GPIO36
GCSB0
RADD07
RDATA04
RADD05
FCSB0
AT1D15
AT1DA1
MD9
MD6
MD8
DVDD15(1.5V)
DGND
O
O
O
O
O
—
I/O
I/O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
I
O
—
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
O
O
O
I/O
I/O
O
O
O
O
I
—
O
O
O
O
O
O
—
—
O
I/O
O
O
I/O
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
—
—
Function
Output of data [05] for IDE I/F
Output of IORDY signal for IDE I/F
Output of data [15] for IDE I/F
Output of DMARQ signal for IDE I/F
Output of GIO chip select [3]
Not used
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [11]
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [10]
Output of ROM/GIO address [19]
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [5]
Input/output of IDE I/F data [12]
Input/output of IDE I/F data [14]
Output of IDE I/F address [0]
Input of I/O ready
Output of IDE I/F I/O write for HDD
Digital GND
Output of address [1] for IDE I/F
Output of data [01] for IDE I/F
Output of data [02] for IDE I/F
Output of data [11] for IDE I/F
Output of address [2] for IDE I/F
Output of data [13] for IDE I/F
Input of clear to send
Output of ROM/GIO address [14]
Output of ROM/GIO address [13]
Output of ROM/GIO address [11]
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [3]
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [6]
Output of IDE I/F I/O read for HDD
Output of ACK signal
Output of chip select [1] for HDD
Output of HDD I/F reset
Input of IRQ signal
Digital GND
Output of data [09] for IDE I/F
Output of data [04] for IDE I/F
Output of INTRQ signal for IDE I/F
Output of reset signal for IDE I/F
Output of data [00] for IDE I/F
Output of DMC ACK signal for IDE I/F
Not used
Not used
Output of ROM/GIO address [7]
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [4]
Output of ROM/GIO address [5]
Output of ROM chip select
Input/output of IDE I/F data [15]
Output of IDE I/F address [1]
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [9]
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [6]
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [8]
Power supply input
Digital GND
5-12
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
W11
W12
W13
W14
W15
W19
W20
W21
W22
W23
W24
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Y14
Y15
Y19
Y20
Y21
Y22
Y23
Y24
AT0CS1B
AT0CS0B
AT0D14
AT0DA0
AT0D03
SP1REQB
RADD21
RDATA00
FOEB/GOEB
RADD04
FCSB1
MD15
MD11
MD0
MD7
MD10
DVDD15(1.5V)
DGND
DGND
AGND
AGND
AGND
AGND
SP0REQB/GPIO33
RADD01
RDATA01
RADD09
RADD06
RADD02
O
O
O
O
O
—
O
I/O
O
O
—
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
O
I/O
O
O
O
Function
Output of chip select signal [1] for IDE I/F
Output of chip select signal [0] for IDE I/F
Output of data [14] for IDE I/F
Output of address [0] for IDE I/F
Output of data [03] for IDE I/F
Fixed at GND
Output of ROM/GIO address [21]
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [0]
Output of ROM/GIO enable
Output of ROM/GIO address [4]
Not used
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [15]
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [11]
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [0]
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [7]
Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [10]
Power supply input
Digital GND
Digital GND
GND (Analog)
GND (Analog)
GND (Analog)
GND (Analog)
Fixed at “H”
Output of ROM/GIO address [1]
Input/output of ROM/GIO data [1]
Output of ROM/GIO address [9]
Output of ROM/GIO address [6]
Output of ROM/GIO address [2]
5-13
MEMO
5-14E
SECTION 6
SERVICE MODE
Prepairing for Service tool
• Color monitor
• Service remote controller
(Part code: J-6090-203-A)
OPEN/CLOSE button
SPEED
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SPEED button
Number button
+10 button
TV/LDP
+10
9
CLEAR STEREO
0
FRM/TIM button
CHAP button
ESC button
DISP button
CX button
FRM/TIM CHAP CHP/TIM SEARCH
ESC
DISP
DIG
/ANA
TEST
CX
STILL STEP button
SIDE A button
TV/LDP button
STEREO button
CLEAR button
SEARCH button
CHP/TIM button
DIG/ANA button
TEST button
SIDE B button
SIDE B
SIDE A
STILL
CHAPTER SKIP STEP CHAPTER SKIP
CHAPTER SKIP button
SCAN button
PAUSE button
X3 button
SCAN
PLAY
SCAN
X3
PAUSE
X3
REP.A REP.B A.MON P.RUN
CHAPTER SKIP button
SCAN button
PLAY button
X3 button
P.RUN button
A.MON button
REP.A button
REP.B button
SERVICE
DVD
J-6090-203-A
6-1
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
6-1. SERVICE MODE MAP
[Operation]
[Mode / Name]
ESC
< First screen >
Version info, etc
DISP
DIG/ANA
< First screen subscreen 3 >
HDD information
DIG/ANA
< First screen subscreen 4 >
OSD Filter setting
2
DISP
DIG/ANA
2 times
< Second screen subscreen 3 >
writer maintenance information of
ATA/ATAPI DEBUG OSD
SEARCH
DIG/ANA
SEARCH
< Second screen subscreen 4 >
LD degration judgement of
ATA/ATAPI DEBUG OSD
DISP
3
DV Service Mode
DISP
4
< Fouth screen subscreen 4 >
VR-Recording-Related Error Logs
DIG/ANA
3 times
7
EPG Service Mode
DIG/ANA
EPG Detail Screen
DISP
1
CHP/TIM
DIG/ANA
CX
Load the
Recordable
Disc
2
0
Select the
Recordable Input
Function
ESC
HDD/DVD
ESC
1
HDD Check mode
DVD
REP.B
PLAY
REP.B
PLAY
Aging mode (DVD)
Aging mode (HDD)*3
HDD
Load the
DL Disc(*1)
to tray
Video Adjustment For Specific Area
1 General Setting mode
2 Specific-channel Setting mode
Recording stop(*2) , then press Play (*2)
Open/Close(*2)
1
2
Firmware Download
1 Holding user setting V data
2 Shipping mode
*1 DL Disc : Download Disc
*2 Key on the front panel
6-2
6-2. Diagnostic Mode
6-2-1. Model Setting
1)
2)
3)
4)
Turn of the main power ON.
On the screen after exiting all menu screen’s, press the following buttons “ESC” k “CHAP” k “1” on the service remote controller.
Turn of the main power OFF.
Turn of the main power ON.
* When the MAIN Assy and/or TUJB Assy that are(is) commonly
used with another model are(is) replaced, they(it) must recognize
the model of this unit.
[Recorder's Model Setting]
Input the number using the remote for Service.
>--[
[
Input No.
1
:
2
:
Manufacturer
P
S
* Items to be set:
The model number, destination, and region No. must be set.
]
]
Note: Once the setting has been made, it can never be changed. Be sure to make the setting correctly.
As this setting resets the Assy(s) in question to the factory-preset status, it is recommended that you obtain the customer’s consent beforehand.
5)
6)
Press four digits properly (Refer to page 5 service remote controller.) by using the according to the screen information.
Press the following buttons “ESC” k “CHAP” k “1” on the service remote controller.
[Recorder's Model Setting]
Input the number using the remote for Service.
>--Input No.
[ 0101
[ 0201
[ 0102
[ 0202
[ 0103
[ 0203
Manufacturer
:
:
:
:
:
:
]
]
]
]
]
]
7)
Disconnect then reconnect the AC power cord of the unit. Be careful not to impart vibration to the unit immediately after the AC power
cord is disconnected.
8) Reset the recorder to all its factory settings.
(Make sure that the recorder is on. Press and hold “x” (STOP) key and press “1” (STANDBY/ON) key on the front panel.)
The recorder turns off with all settings reset.
9) Turn of the main power ON.
10) Press “ESC” then “DISP” keys by using the service remote controller and then confirm each Model Name.
---SYSCON
VERSION : - - - : RELEASE_100
Rev
:1.******
TUNERCON : 198.000
DRIVE
: DVD-RW DVR-L11X
1.00
OK
OK
OK
PIC SERIAL : - - - - HDD INT : - - - - DEVICE : - - - - REGION : 2
FLASH : 64M
C : *********
HDCP : - - - - -
11) Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
6-3
6-2-2. Service Mode
1)
2)
3)
4)
Turn of the main power ON.
On the screen after exiting all menu screen’s, press “ESC” on the service remote controller.
Press “DISP”.
Press “DIG/ANA”.
Overview and purposes
To be used to check the status of the product and to collect the information for failure diagnosis.
The following information to be used for servicing is displayed:
[1] First screen
: Version, HDD information, etc.
[2] Second screen : ATA/ATAPI debug screen (Writer information)
[4] Fourth screen : VR-recording-related error logs
Each screen has sublevel screens.
Note: After entering any Service mode screen, to shift to another Service mode screen, first quit that Service mode screen then enter another Service mode
screen.
5)
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
6-2-3. Version Information and Other Information (First screen)
1)
2)
3)
Turn of the main power ON.
On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press “ESC” on the service remote controller.
Press “DISP”.
* Checking the respective software version numbers and other HDD
information.
1
3
4
5
6
7
9
2 VERSION : 1.**
: RELEASE_100
Rev
:1.1000
TUNERCON : 198.000
DRIVE : DVD-RW DVR-L11X
1.00
OK : Appropriate version compared with that of the firmware of
the system control computer.
NG- : The version of the TUNER microcomputer is older.
Measures to be taken:
• Download the firmware.
---SYSCON
HDD
: WDC WD1600BB-xxGUCx
OK
OK
OK
OK : The appropriate drive is mounted.
NG : An inappropriate drive is mounted.
Measures to be taken: Download the firmware.
160
OK : Appropriate version compared with that of the firmware of
the system control computer.
NG- : The version of the drive microcomputer is older.
Measures to be taken: Download the firmware.
DEVICE : E2R-FE 8 FLASH : 64M
REGION : 2
0 C : ************
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
4)
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
6-4
Model name/destination
Version of the recorder software
Revision No. of the system-control computer software
Version No. of the tuner microcomputer
Result of the combination check with system microcomputer
Information on the built-in drive
(Model name, version No., model type)
Data of the built-in HDD, capacity of the HDD
DEVICE information (EMMA type, ES No.)
FLASH ROM information
Region No.
CPRM information (CPRM key No.)
6-2-4. RF Level Simplified Diagnosis (Subscreen1)
1)
2)
3)
4)
Turn of the main power ON.
On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press “ESC” on the service remote controller.
Press “DISP”.
Press “DIG/ANA”.
VERSION : 1.**
: RELEASE_***
Rev
:1.******
TUNERCON : 198.000
DRIVE : DVD-RW DVR-L11X
1.00
* The RF signal status can be obtained from the input frequency
deviation information and the AGC voltage.
---SYSCON
HDD
: WDC WD1600BB-xxGUCx
DEVICE : E2R-FE
REGION : 2
OK
OK
OK
160
FLASH : 64M
C : ************
Input channel
Input frequency difference *1)
AGC voltage *2)
Input CH : ** ch
Freq Diff : Low 1
AGC Volt : **** mV
*1) Frequency Difference (Freg Diff)
How much tuning is off is monitored, as shown below:
Input Frequency
Display
Faraway
High
(within 200kHz)
High 7
High 1-5
Just Tune
Center
Low
within
200kHz
over
200kHz
Low 1-5
Low 7
*2) AGC voltage (AGC Volt)
The gain controlled by the tuner is monitored to infer the input electric field intensity.
(The accuracy of inference differs depending on the product.)
Field Intensity
Intense field area
(Clear image)
Less intense field area
(Noise may be generated.)
Weak field area
(Much noise. EPG/VPS/PDC sometimes cannot be
obtained.)
Very weak field area
(Image damaged. EPG/VPS/PDC cannot be obtained.)
AGC Volt
70 dBµ or more
3100 mV or less
50 dBµ or more
70 dBµ or less
3100 – 4400mV
30 dBµ or more
50 dBµ of less
4400 mV or more
(It is unable to discriminate
under the weak field area.)
30 dBµ or less
4400 mV or more
(It is unable to discriminate.)
[Tips]
For good reception, the field intensity must be 50 dBµ or more (AGC Volt 4400 mV or less).
For accurate measurement, use a field intensity meter.
5)
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
6-5
6-2-5. HDD Information for the HDD return sheet (Simplified measurement mode)
HDD Information
• How to start/terminate the diagnostic program
Use the remote control unit for servicing.
How to start: Press “ESC”, “CX”, “0”, and “1” keys simultaneously.
How to terminate: Press “ESC” key.
Do not perform other operations on the unit while HDD diagnosis is in progress.
Although the diagnostic program is designed to function independently from the unit’s functions, operations on the unit during a
diagnosis may cause a malfunction.
The following status is recommended during diagnosis: All stop, no timer recording (including auto-recording)
A) Display the menu on the screen.
The menu shown below is displayed when the diagnostic program is started.
To enter each mode, press the corresponding key “1” – “4” on the remote control unit for servicing.
HDD CHECK MODE
1
2
3
4
Tests to be executed
1 HDD Information:
Checks the HDD information.
2 S.M.A.R.T. DST:
Executes a simplified test or a reading test for all data.
3 HDD R/W Check:
Executes a writing/reading test for all data.
All data on the HDD will be erased if this test is executed.
[1-4]
HDD Information
S.M.A.R.T Attribute Information
S.M.A.R.T DST
HDD R/W Check
Note: “2. S.M.A.R.T. Attribute....” is not used.
B) Check the HDD information.
Press “1” key on the remote control unit for servicing.
Check the following data:
Model: Is the correct model name of the HDD displayed ?
Recog. No: Is a positive value displayed ?
SMART threshold: Is “not exceeded” displayed ?
A
D
E
B
C
Detailed description
1 Model:
For the correct model name, refer to the display of the unit.
2 Recog No:
Positive value : The HDD has been recognized.
Negative value : The HDD has not been recognized.
3 SMART threshold:
exceeded
: The has come near the end of its service life.
not exceeded : The HDD has not reached the end of its
service life.
4 Check HDD SN.
HDD Information
Cylinders : 0x3FFF Heads: 0x0010
Sec/Track : 0x003F
Model
: Maxtor 4R080L0
Firmware : RAMC1TU0
SN
: R22RRL2SE
Major No : ATA/ATAPI-7
Life Time : 33h 10m 30s
Recog. No : -1
SMART threshold : not exceeded
To return to the menu screen, press “Clear” key.
C) How to check the HDD return sheet.
Symptom ************************************* k Enter a symptom.
1 MODEL :***************** not recognize or recognize k Enter a model name. Refer to “A” of the above screen.
When the model name is recognized, circle “recognize”.
2 RECOG NO:Positive or Negative
k Check whether “Recog No” is positive or negative.
Refer to “B” of the above screen.
3 SMART threshold: exceeded or not exceeded
k Check whether “SMART threshold” is “exceeded” or “not exceeded”.
Refer to “C” of the above screen.
Note: If the HDD model name and serial number cannot be read, check the
HDD label.
4 Check HDD SN:*********** not recognize or recognize k Enter the HDD SN. Refer to “D” of the above screen.
Check whether the HDD SN is recognized.
5 HDD Life Time: ****h** m ** s
k Enter the Life Time. Refer to “E” of the above screen.
Note: If the HDD life time is not found, check it on page 6-7 of Chapter 6,
“SERVICE MODE”.
6
7
8
9
HDD Status: # / ! / Blank / No Model Name
FL Display E01 / E02 / No Problem
Recording Error history :************************
ATA/ATAPI History ERR :*********************
k
k
k
k
Check “HDD Status”. Refer to “SERVICE NOTE”, page 7.
Check “FL Display”.
Refer to “SERVICE MODE”, page 6-9.
Refer to “SERVICE MODE”, page 6-10.
6-6
HDD Information (Simplified measurement mode)
1) Turn on the main power.
2) Press “DISP”.
3) Press “DIG/ANA” three times.
HDD
* Checks the HDD power-on time.
Info
Life Time : --h --m --s
[Tips]
• How the cumulative HDD-on time data is processed in memory
Storage place:
FLASH ROM
Timing for referring to the cumulative HDD-on time data:
If the power attempts to turn on but fails, the unit refers to the FLASH ROM.
Timing for updating the cumulative HDD-on time data:
While the HDD is on, the cumulative HDD-on time data in the RAM is updated every 3 seconds, and the data is stored in the Backup
SRAM every update. When the power is turned off, the data is stored in the FLASH ROM.
• How to clear the cumulative HDD-on time data
FLASH ROM:
When the HDD Identification Setting is configured, the cumulative HDD-on time data is automatically cleared.
The HDD Identification Setting is automatically configured when the CPRM setting is configured on the CPRM setting screen.
(To display the CPRM setting screen, press the “ESC” key, then the “STEREO” key.)
Note: The cumulative HDD-on time data is not cleared when resetting to default values.
The cumulative HDD-on time data is not cleared when the system-control computer software is downloaded.
4)
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
6-2-6. Cautions for handling the HDD
(1) Cautions for handling the HDD
• The HDD is very sensitive to shocks and vibrations. Care must be taken especially during operation (when the power is on).
• The HDD is very sensitive to electrostatic charges.
• Rapid change in temperature or humidity may cause deterioration of the HDD.
Note: After receiving damage caused by any above-mentioned factors, the HDD may operate normally for dozens or hundreds of hours, but then suddenly
crash. If you are certain you have damaged a new repair part (HDD) while making repairs, do not use the part.
Reference: Main specifications for damage to the HDD
Shock G
(acceleration)
Temperature change
Moisture change
During operation
During
nonoperation
Approx. 20 G or more
Approx. 200 G or more
T The HDD is about 10 times as sensitive to shock during
operation compared to nonoperation.
15 °C/hour or more
20%/hour or more
Reference: Estimated value of falling distance vs. shock (G) when the HDD is dropped without protection
Landing
surface
Falling
distance
0.5 inch / 12.7 mm
1.0 inch / 25.4 mm
2.0 inch / 50.8 mm
4.0 inch / 101.6 mm
Granite
surface
Concrete
floor
Synthetic-resincoated table
Antistatic
sponge
387
595
1133
1795
217
457
600
1040
200
310
680
1050
26
37
70
267
6-7
(2) Cautions for handling and examples of dangerous handling for the product that the HDD is mounted on or the
HDD repair part
[Cautions for handling the product that the HDD is mounted on]
• The HDD is always in operation while the unit is turned on. Do NOT to apply shock to the unit.
Examples of dangerous handling: while the power is on
• Bumping the case
• Dropping an object, such as a small screwdriver or remote control unit, onto the case or bumping an object against the cabinet
• Physically dragging the unit
• Stacking another product on the unit
Note: Do NOT to apply shock, such as bumping or hitting a screwdriver against the HDD, during diagnosis with the case open.
Examples of dangerous handling: while the power is off
• Applying strong shock, although the HDD is more resistant to shock when the power is off
• Dropping the unit from a height of several centimeters, or lifting one side of the unit and letting it drop
• Do NOT move the unit immediately after the power is turned off. Wait at least 30 seconds after the indication on the FL display
changes from POWER OFF to the clock indication before moving the unit.
If the AC power cable is accidentally disconnected before turning the unit off, wait at least for one minute before moving the unit.
In this case, damage to the HDD caused by sudden shutoff may be small because the emergency relief mechanism is activated.
However, if sudden shutoff occurrs during recording or playback, recorded data may be damaged. Be sure to check the operations.
[Caution for handling the HDD repair part]
1. Handle the HDD in a safe environment:
• Handle the HDD over an antistatic pad that can also absorb shock.
• Wear wrist bands to prevent electrostatic charges generated in your body from affecting the HDD.
2.
Observe the following rules when handling the HDD:
• Handle one HDD at a time. Do NOT hold several HDDs at the same time.
• Grip the HDD on both sides so that you do not touch its terminals or circuit boards.
• Do NOT stack one HDD onto another HDD (even if the HDDs are protected by antistatic bags).
• Do NOT bump the HDDs against one another.
• Do NOT bump any tool, such as a screwdriver, or other hard object against the HDD.
• When a repair part (HDD) is transported and there is a large temperature difference between the outside and inside temperature, leave
the HDD in its package for about half a day after it is moved inside to gradually cool or warm it to room temperature before unpacking.
6-8
6-2-7. HDD Error Logging
Use the following operations to display “Recording Error History”.
Press “ESC”, “DSP”, and “4” keys, followed by “DIG/ANA” key three times.
Recording Error History Display
07-01-01
07-01-01
07-01-01
00:00:00
00:00:00
00:00:00
HDD Destroy
Mech No Res
Mech No Res
* The error display appears in the underlined location.
Recording Error History Display
Error related to HDD
Error Message
Description
Buf over flow
Overflow of the Stream Buffer
ESFSYS CORUPT
easyfsys error
ESFSYS INIT
easyfsys initializing
HDD Aging NG
HDD Aging Command failed
HDD DEF DONE
HDD defrag finished
HDD DEF ERR
HDD defrag error
HDD DEL OC TT
Title imported to the HDD deleted
HDD DEL PL
Dubbing list deleted by HDD recovery
HDD DEL TT
Title deleted by HDD recovery
HDD Destroy
HDD is not recognized on the bus
HDD INFO BAD
Incorrect HDD Management Data
HDD Initialize
HDD initialized
HDD IRRG POFF
Abnormal power off
HDD MBR NG
Incorrect MBR data
HDD SIG NG
Incorrect HDD Management Data Magic
HDD SMART NG
Incorrect HDD SMART
HDD unauthor
Incorrect HDD serial No.
HDD Zero WR
Incorrect MBR data
HDD Reset Done
HDD Reset executed
irr astion
Incorrect action
Mech No Res
No response from the mechanical-control computer
STATUS NG
Abnormal status change
Task No Activ
Task has not been activated
TT Rec Over
Title recording time full
Note: Not only the HDD error history, but also the error recovery history are logged in “Recording Error History”.
6-9
6-2-8. ATA/ATAPI History - ERR
Use the following operations to display “ATA/ATAPI Error History”.
Press “ESC” key, followed by “DSP”, “2”, “DIG/ANA”, and “FRM/TIM” key.
ATA/ATAPI History - ERR
0223 151843> C8 00013
0000 000000 00 00000
0000 000000 00 00000
0000 000000 00 00000
0000 000000 00 00000
0000 000000 00 00000
09387FC4
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
40FC4051
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
2B
00
00
00
00
00
3C
00
00
00
00
00
01
00
00
00
00
00
HDD ERR is Selected.
x ATA/ATAPI ERR History display specification
Command
Error register
Status register
Command
EXECUTE DEVICE DIAGNOSTIC
FLUSH CACHE
IDENTIFY DEVICE
IDLE
READ DMA
READ DMA EXT
SET FEATURES
SMART
STANDBY
STANDBY IMMEDIATE
WRITE DMA
WRITE DMA EXT
IDLE IMMEDIATE
90
E7
EC
E3
C8
25
EF
B0
E2
E0
CA
35
E1
Read Verify EXT
42
Only use performance and factory check
Note: **EXT: 48bit command
6-2-9. How to confirm HDD Access Flow
Use the following operations to display “ATA/ATAPI History - All”.
Press “ESC” key, followed by “DSP”, “2”, and “FRM/TIM” key.
Confirm whether the result is OK or NG in the screen below. If it is NG, check the error in the command table to the lower right.
OK
NG
Command
EXECUTE DEVICE DIAGNOSTIC
FLUSH CACHE
IDENTIFY DEVICE
IDLE
READ DMA
READ DMA EXT
SET FEATURES
SMART
STANDBY
STANDBY IMMEDIATE
WRITE DMA
WRITE DMA EXT
IDLE IMMEDIATE
No problem
READ DMA Error Occurred (NG)
2B 3540C6E16F6000
Command
6-10
90
E7
EC
E3
C8
25
EF
B0
E2
E0
CA
35
E1
6-2-10. ATA/ATAPI Debugging Screen (Second Screen) and LD Deterioration Judgment (for writer)
1. Writer maintenance information of ATA/ATAPI DEBUG OSD (Subscreen3)
1) Turn of the main power ON.
2) On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press “ESC” on the service remote controller.
3) Press “DISP”.
4) Press “2”.
* Simplified judgment method of optical pickup quality
ATA/ATAPI History-ALL
1. Stains on pickup lens
2. Deterioration of CD-R/DVD-RW laser diode
1E --------------------------------1E --------------------------------> 60 --------------------------------1E --------------------------------60 --------------------------------1E --------------------------------1E --------------------------------1E --------------------------------1E ---------------------------------
* Screens are switched when “DIG/ANA” is pressed two times or
three times to select the desired menu. Press “SEARCH” to start
measurement.
Writer is selected.
Update the display by pressing the “SEARCH” key while subscreen 3 is displayed.
ATA / ATAPI
Power ON
0102 : 56
DVD
R0053 : 48
W0022 : 16
CD
R0034 : 04
W0000 : 00
1
2
3
4
5
Writer MaintenanceInfo
00 00 00 0000 00000000
01 00 00 0000 00000000
02 00 00 0000 00000000
03 00 00 0000 00000000
04 00 00 0000 00000000
05 00 00 0000 00000000
06 00 00 0000 00000000
07 00 00 0000 00000000
00-00
Error log for the Writer
(Not for Service)
1 Power-on time/cumulative power-on time
2 Duration of emission of the laser diode (LD) for DVD-R/DVD
while reading
3 Duration of emission of the LD for DVD-W/DVD while writing
4 Duration of emission of the LD for CD-R/CD while reading
5 Duration of emission of the LD for CD-W/CD while writing
(This function is not used for this model.)
2 If the total hours of duration of emission of the laser diode (LD) for DVDs while reading 2 and that of emission of the LD for DVDs
while writing 3 exceed 4,700 hours, the LDs may be degraded.
Perform an LD degradation judgment, using subscreen 4.
[Tips]
MTTF hours for each LD
DVD : 4,700 hours
CD : 11,000 hours
The ATA/ATAPI Writer Maintenance Info is obtained each time the power is turned on. Thereafter, the data on the subscreen is
updated each time the “SEARCH” key is pressed (the updating command is sent) while this subscreen is displayed. Care must be
taken when updating this subscreen, because an undesired command is inserted if it is executed while recording, etc.
[Note on lighting time data for each LD]
Since data on lighting time of each laser diode (LD) are stored in the flash ROM on the MAIN Assy, after the MAIN Assy is replaced,
the data will be cleared. However, after the LOADER Assy is replaced, data on lighting time of each LD will be retained in the MAIN
Assy. Therefore, before either the MAIN Assy or LOADER Assy is to be replaced, it is recommended that you write down the lighting
time data.
5)
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
6-11
2. LD degration judgment of ATA/ATAPI DEBUG OSD (Subscreen 4)
1) While the User Operation screen is being displayed, press “ESC” on the service remote controller.
2) Press “DISP” on the service remote controller.
3) Press “2” on the service remote controller.
4) Press “DIG/ANA” three times.
Note: For correct measurement of items 1 to 4 indicated in the display below, leave the unit at room temperature (25°C) for a while before turning it on,
and do not load a disc.
To update the value for each item, press the “SEARCH” key while subscreen 4 is displayed.
For details on each item and the conditions of updating the values, see table below.
ATA / ATAPI - LD Degrade
1
2
3
4
CD
DVD
TMP
ADJ
:
:
:
:
0070
0068
00A3
0067
5
TLT
: FFD5
104%
96%
o
41 C
o
26 C
OK
OK
Description of each item and conditions for updating data
No.
Item
Description
1
CD
2
DVD
Degradation judgment of LD for CD. Regarded as NG when the
value is 120% or higher (same standard as for the PC drive)
Degradation judgment of LD for DVD. Regarded as NG when the
value is 120% or higher (same standard as for the PC drive)
3
TMP
Current temperature inside the Writer
No disc inserted in the disc tray
4
ADJ
Temperature (approx. 25°C) inside the Writer during adjustment
No disc inserted in the disc tray
5
TLT
Writer adjustment data for straight (non-HDD) model
(FFFF is diplayed when the writer is not adjusted.)
No condition
If the results of degradation of the LDs for CDs and DVDs are both NG, replace the drive.
5)
Conditions for updating by
pressing the SEARCH key
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
6-12
No disc inserted in the disc tray
No disc inserted in the disc tray
6-2-11. History of VR Recording-related Errors
1)
2)
3)
4)
Turn of the main power ON.
On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press “ESC” on the service remote controller.
Press “DISP”.
Press “4”.
* Used for broadly dividing the poorly-reproducible trouble
phenomena.
RunFnc : ---- Ecl : STDBY Rate : 21
VID : 1000
enVobu : ----- Ren Sec : ----- ChgAtr : ----WorkSt : ----- EngTyp : ------ Prot F : -----Rec Err : ----TrnStp : Output Wait
LastRecMsg : PARAMCHG
* Press “DIG/ANA” three times to browse the error log.
LyrOren : -----LyrBndlSN : SglLayer
Drv Err : ------- ErrAdr : ---- Pause : ----DscSt1 : ------- DscSt2 : ------- DscSt3 : ------LastLSN : ------ NWA : --------- WrtSpd : ------BrdNum : --- DV : --- RzNun : --- Format : --- tySys:--RenMeno : ----- RMDn : ------ LstErr : ------
5)
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
Error Message Check Method
1) Turn of the main power ON.
2) On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press “ESC” on the service remote controller.
3) Press “DISP”.
4) Press “4”.
5) Press “DIG/ANA”. (Select the desired screen.)
RunFnc : ---- Ecl : STDBY Rate : 21
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Used for localizing the cause of trouble to an approximate area
from the error message information.
VID : 1000
Recording-related errors are displayed.
Press “DIG/ANA” three times on the above screen to select the desired screen.
1
Recording Error History Display
01-06-01
01-06-02
20:05
00:22
30
10
Error message display screen
No SysHdr IN
Write Error
1 There are two error-log screens, and up to 9 logs are displayed per screen.
(generation time [year-month-day, hour: minute: second], error data in simplified description.)
[Tips]
• The two error-log screens can be switched by pressing the “SPEED+” or “SPEED–” key.
• For details on error messages, see table “Description of VR-recording-related errors” (page 6-14 to 6-16).
6)
7)
Subscreen 5 to 11 (These subscreens are not for service use.)
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
6-13
Description of VR-recording-related errors
Drive System-Related Errors
Error Message Contents
Abbreviations
ECC : 4-byte Code for Error Correction
UDF : Universal Disc Format
PCA : Power Calibration Area
OPC : Optical Power Control
NWA : Next Writable Address
VMG : Video Manager
RMA : Recording Management Area
MKB : Media Key Block
TMP_VMGI : Temporary Video Manager Information
Border : from Lead-in to Lead-out
ERROR MESSAGE
Bdr Cls NG
Bdr Opn NG
BUF Overflow
CLS Rzon Fail
Drive Hang
DESCRIPTION
Close Border failed
Open Border failed
Overflow of the Stream Buffer
Video mode Close Rzone failure
The Drive is hang up
Drv Err
Drv Hard Err
General error of the Drive
Abnoemality in the drive hardware or
filmware
Timeout waiting for drive operation
Repair failed
Format failed
Although TMP_VMGI is not written,
it may be Video mode disc
Drv Timeout
Fail Repair
Format NG
Mey Be V mode
MPEG Encoder-Related Errors
ERROR MESSAGE
AVEnc Hang
IN Encode*
DESCRIPTION
AVEncoder failed
Changes cannot be made in process of
encoding
No SysHdr IN
System packet is not input
periodically
Failure to start encoding (reasons not
clear)
Inappropriate input stream data
Timeout waiting for system packet
input at the beginning
Stm Start NG
Stream NG
Strm Start NG
Mech No Res
MKB invalid
NWA Exhaust
OPC NG
PCA Full
Read Err
Read Only Disc*
Note: Any error message with “*” is displayed “RecErr: – – – – – – – ”
on the Subscreen1 of the forth screen.
RMA Full
Rzn Cls NG
Rzn Rpr NG
Rzn Rsv NG
TMP-VMG WrErr
VTSI_B Wr Err
VTSI_B2 Wr Err
VTSI Wr Err
VTSI2 Wr Err
Write Err
May Be PVR
V Final fail
DLVR trace NG
6-14
No response from the mechanicalcontrol computer
Media Key Block reading error
Next Writable Address surpassed and
impossible to use
Optical Power Control failed
Power Calibration Area has been used
up.
Reading failed, ECC (4 byte Code for
Error Correction) failed, etc
Because some data are invalid , data
cannot be written
Recording Management Area has
been used up
Close Rzone failed
Repair Rzone failed
Reserve RZone failed
Video mode TMP VMGI Write Error
Video mode VTSI BUP Write Error
Video mode VTSI BUP Write Error
(After Layer Change)
Video mod VTSI Write Error
Video mod VTSI Write Error (After
Layer Change)
The Drive failed to write and could
not be recovered
May be +VR disc, but no RSAT
Abnormal process occurred when
finalizing Video mode
Close Rzone failed at dual layer disc
Dubbing-Related Errors
ERROR MESSAGE
H2D CP SomeNG
Mem get NG
DESCRIPTION
Other NG HDD → DVD copy
Video Mode Copy Memory has noe
ensured
Strm TransfNG
Video Mode Copy Stream Transefer
NG
Tracon Tm NG
Video Mode Copy Tracon tranfer has
not been completed
Maximum number for Video Mode
Copy Cells exceeded
Video Mode Copy Copy Cancel
Video Mode Copy Flush Cache NG
Obtaining Video Mode Copy HDD
Cell information failed
VC Cell Max
VC CopyCancel
VC FlushC NG
VC HDD C Err
VC HDD Inf NG
VC HDD Info NG
VC Idling NG
VC Pck Anl NG
VC Transf Stp
VC TSO BLK NG
VC VOBU SizeE
V Rsv RzoneNG
V2H APP FL NG
V2H Aud Ch NG
V2H Aud Md NG
V2H Aud Stm N
V2H SRC Prot
V2H Unknown
V2H VOBU TMNG
V2H V Reso NG
H2D CP NoSpec
H2D TO HDDRD
H2D TO SPRP
H2D TO DVDWR
HDD-Related Errors
No information on Video Mode Copy
HDD
Format failed
Video Mode Copy idling NG
Analizing Video Mode Copy Pack
failed
Video Mode Copy Transfer Stop
Video Mode Copy TSOBlock transfer
has not benn completed
Video Mode Copy VOBU Size NG
Video Mode Copy Reserve Rzone
failed
VR→HDD APP FLG is OFF
VR→HDD Audio Channel NG
VR→HDD Audio mode NG
VR→HDD Audio Stream Number
NG
VR→HDD Copy prohibitted material
VR→HDD Other NG
VR→HDD Play back time of each
VOBU is different
VR→HDD Video resolution NG
HDD→DVD insufficient free space
for copy
HDD→DVD(VR) Timeout at HDD
playing side
HDD→DVD(VR) Timeout at internal
processing
HDD→DVD(VR) Timeout at HDD
recording side
ERROR MESSAGE
Do nothing
ESFSYS CORUPT
ESFSYS INIT
HDD Buff High
DESCRIPTION
Do nothing for demand
easyfsys error
easyfsys initializing
High-level process executed for the
HDD Buffer
HDD DEF DONE
HDD DEF ERR
HDD Destroy
HDD INFO BAD
HDD Initialize
HDD IRRG POFF
HDD MBR NG
HDDReset Done
HDD ROMSUM NG
HDD SIG NG
HDD deflag finished
HDD deflag error
HDD is not recognized on bus
Inconsintent HDD Management Data
HDD initialized
Abnormal Power off
Inconsistent MBR data
HDD Reset executed
Rom-code check sum NG
Inconsistent HDD Management Data
magic
HDD SMART NG
HDD Trans Err
HDD unauthor
HDD Zero WR
Task No Activ
TT Rec Over
HDD WRONG TGT
extHDD lgnore
HDD PFile NG
HDD DEL TT
HDD DEL PT
Inappropriate HDD SMART
DMA error in HDD copy transfer
Inconsistent HDD serial No
MBR was written
Task has not been activated
Title recording time full
Invalid HDD target No is directed
External HDD is dismounted
Program file installed in HDD is NG
Delete the title by HDD recovery
Delete the dubbing list by HDD
recovery
Delete the title moving on the way
inside HDD
HDD Del OC TT
6-15
Other Errors
ERROR MESSAGE
Abort
Already open
BK BATT Down
BK FSYS Dirty
DESCRIPTION
Cancellation
Extension file is already opened
Backup RAM Data has been erased
Backup RAM Data has not been
written on the File Sys
ERROR MESSAGE
SW PVR
SW Vpb mode*
DESCRIPTION
Switch to +VR playback process
Switching to video playback routine is
required
SW Vrec mode*
Switching to video recording routine
is required
BUG
BusReset Done
Cell Close NG
CPRM IC NG
Dir Depth Err
Disc Fll*
some Bugs
Bus Reset has been excecuted
Cell Close NG
Inappropriate CPRM IC
Tree of Directory is too deep
No further data can be written
because the disc is full
Unmatch Stamp*
DRAM CLR Err
Video Mode DRAM (Stream Buffer)
Clear failure
Abnormality in access to the Work
DRAM
The Drive has crashed
Encorder routine is hung up
Impossible to modify because of
nonmatching time stamp
Abnormality in VBR SRAM
Inappropriate category ID
Inappropriate category information
Count Max exceeded
The extension file is too large
Type NG
Virgin Disc
Inapporopriate VOBU information
Watermark detected
WM Cracked
Editting Error (Clear A-B)
Information of +VR is NG (VRMI)
DRAM NG
Drive Destroy
EncModul Hang
F Alrdy Exst
File cansel
FileNot Exist
Format Excec
Invalid Disc*
Invalid Param*
Invalid TMVMG
Invalid UDF*
Invalid VMG*
Invalid VTSI
Irr Action*
MKB REVOKED
limit Over*
No More Info*
No Permission*
No Video
Now busy*
NV Pck DMA Er
NV Pck MK Err
Ourob Strm NG
Over Heat
PARAM NO ACCP
Process Over
Protect Scr*
Rec Pause*
Relocation Do
Repair Excec
Something*
SRAM NG
Status NG*
VBR-SRAM NG
V Categ ID NG
V Cate Inf NG
V Ext MAX Ovr
V ExtToo Big
V Ext TY NG
Virgin Disc
VOBU Info NG
WaterMark Det
WM Cracked
Param Short
Invalid VRMI
Extension file is already exist
Extension file is canseled
Extension file is not exist
Formatting has been executed
The disc cannot be recognized
Invalid parameter
Invalid TMP VMGI content
Invalid UDF content
Invalid VMG content
VTSI information of +VR is unusual
Incorrect action
Error is gaining data
Standard maximum limit exceeded
No more space in the internal workmanagement area
No permossopn to write to the disc
No Video input (not locked)
In the process of the emergency
processing
Inappropriate NaviPack DMA
Error in creating NaviPack
Inappropriate Stream data to the
Ouroboros input
Abnormal temperature
Recording parameter is not matched
Process is overfull
Source to be recorded is copyprotected
No operation permitted during
recording pause
VR-recording data was relocated
Repairing has been executed
Undetermined error
Abnormality in access to the backup
Work SRAM
No Error
ERROR MESSAGE
Non Err*
Abnormality in change of statuses
6-16
DESCRIPTION
Normal
6-2-12. DV Service Mode
1. DV debug
1) Turn of the main power ON.
2) On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press “ESC” on the service remote controller.
3) Press “DISP”.
4) Press “3”.
* Used when an error exists in connection with the DV equipment.
1
(DV/1394) InitDV : OK InitVE : OK AV : 02 DV : 01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
qa
[Recorder] GUID : 00E0360006100001 IRM
iPCR : C03F0000 oPCR : 0000007A
[DV] GUID : 0080880303480E96
VN : VICTOR MN : GR-D50K
TM : C3 TS : 75 CT : 32 WP : 01 PS : FF OS : 00
CA : A000002020 CV : FF MD : VTR
[DVdecode : Yes]
LineSys : 525-60
TC : 00h20m35s RD : 02/02/05 RT : 10h34m50s
ASPECT : 4 : 3 CGMS : 000000 APSTB : 00 DEC : 525-60
SF : 32KHz QU : 12bit AMODE : 4) Stereo
No.
1
Item
InitDV
AV
Description
Whether the initialization of UPD72893B (1394 LINK and DV
codec IC) has been completed (OK) or not (NG).
Whether the initialization of ADV7172 (Video Encoder for DV
specific) has been completed (OK) or not (NG).
Number of AV devices recognizing connection
DV
Number of DV devices recognizing connection
InitVE
2
GUID
GUID set in ConfigROM of the unit.
3
4
iPCR
oPCR
GUID
iPCR value of the unit
oPCR value of the unit
GUID set in ConfigROM of the connected DV device.
5
VN
Vendor name set in ConfigROM of the connected DV device.
MN
Model name set in ConfigROM of the connected DV device.
TM
TS
CT
WP
PS
OS
CA
CV
MD
Transport Mode data obtained from the DV device.
Transport State data obtained from the DV device.
Cassette Type data obtained from the DV device.
Write-protection data obtained from the DV device.
Power-state data obtained from the DV device.
Output signal mode data obtained from the DV device.
Connect AV data obtained from the DV device.
Camera/Vtr mode data obtained from the DV device.
DV device mode
6
7
8
9
0
[DVdecode:
XXX]
LineSys
TC
RD
RT
ASPECT
CGMS
APSTB
DEC
qa
SF
QU
AMODE
5)
Boldface alphanumerics
: Fixed indications
Nonboldface alphanumerics : Variable indications
Whether Yes (in the process of requesting DV input) or No is
indicated in XXX.
Input Line System setting
Time-code data of the DVdecode Stream, or response data of the
Time Code command
Rec Date of DVdecode Stream
Rec Time of DVdecode Stream
Aspect Ratio of DVdecode Stream
CGMS of DVdecode Stream (from left to right, CGMS data of
bits 5-4: Audio ch 2, bits 3-2: Audio ch 1, and bits 1-0: Video)
APS trigger bit of DV decode stream
With/without DVdecode stream input
Remarks
If NG is displayed, it is considered the communication failure
to UPD72893B.
If NG is displayed, it is considered the communication failure
to ADV7172.
Identification number of AV devices including D-VHS, Digital
Tuner, etc other than DV devices.
If the number does not become 01 even if a DV device is
connected, identification of that device fails.
GUlD : Global Unique ID (Specific ID for DV devices)
If the unit is ROOT (IRM), IRM is displayed at the side position of GUID display.
Data are displayed only if one DV device is identified.
If the connected DV device is ROOT (IRM), IRM is
displayed at the side position of GUlD display.
Data are displayed only if one DV device is identified.
(Depending on the device, the vendor name may not be set in ConfigROM.)
Data are displayed only if one DV device is identified.
(Depending on the device, the model name may not be set in ConfigROM.)
Data are displayed only if one DV device is identified.
Data are displayed only if one DV device is identified.
Camera or VTR is displayed only if one DV device is
identified.
Normally, Yes is indicated only when CH is set to DV.
Stream time-code data are obtained when the tape is played in
forward direction. Otherwise, time-code data are obtained
through an AV/C command.
*CGMS (Copy Generation Management System):
The two-digit codes added to broadcast programs represent the
following:
00: Copy freely, 10: Once copy, 11 : Never copy
With input: Signal type (525-60, 625-50, 1125-60, 1250-50, or
Invalid) is indicated, Without input: “No” is indicated.
If SF is 44 kHz, it is considered that 44.1-kHz audio is input,
and sound is muted on the unit.
Sampling Frequency of DVdecode Stream
QUANTIZATION of DVdecode Stream
AUDIO MODE of DVdecode Stream
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
6-17
6-18
No picture for
DV input
DV input
recording
impossible
No sound for
DV input
DV1
DVqa
1
1
DV0
1
Check SF:
32 kHz: An audio signal with 32-kHz sampling frequency is being input.
48 kHz: An audio signal with 48-kHz sampling frequency is being input.
44 kHz: An audio signal with 44.1-kHz sampling frequency is being input.
Check the initVE indication:
OK: Initialization of DV specific VideoEncoder (IC101) appropriately
completed.
NG: Defective communication with DV specific VideoEncoder (IC101) and
HOST u-com (IC1001).
Initialization of DV specific VideoEncoder (IC101) has not been
completed properly.
Check CGMS:
2. Simple Diagnosis of DV
Location in the
Items to be Checked, and Conditions
Symptoms
Debug Screen
Check the initDV indication:
No operation for 1
DV1
OK: Initialization of DV related LSI (IC102, IC108) appropriately completed.
DV input
NG: Initialization of DV related LSI (IC102, IC108) has not been completed
properly. Defective communication with DV related LSI (IC102, IC108)
and Host u-com. (IC1001)
2
DV1
Check the number of DV devices when one DV device is connected to the
recorder:
01
: The connected DV device is correctly identified.
Other than 01 : The connected DV device is not correctly identified.
1
DV8
Check of DV decoding when the recorder channel is set to DV:
No picture nor
sound for DV
Yes : The recorder is in the process of a DV input operation.
input
No : The recorder is not executing a DV input operation.
Check DEC:
2
DV0
525-60 : An NTSC DV signal is input from the DV device.
625-50 : A PAL DV signal is input from the DV device.
No
: No DV signal is input from the DV device.
Defective IC101 (DV specific VideoEncoder), defective
soldering, defective power supply, etc.
An audio signal with 44.1-kHz sampling frequency is
muted.
Recording cannot be performed for a copy-protected
source.
picture appears.
setting and the actual input signal system do not match, no
Note: As to a model having the Input Line System setting, if the
Defective DV terminals, improper connection of the DVterminal board, defective source device
defective IC102 (1394Link & DVcodec), IC108 (1394PHY)
Defective DV terminals, improper connection of the DVterminal board, defective IC108 (1394PHY), defective
cables, an IEEE 1394 device other than the DV device
connected.
Defective IC102 (1394Link & DVcodec), defective
soldering, defective power supply, etc.
Defective IC102 (1394Link & DVcodec)/
IC108 (1394PHY), improper connection between IC102 /
IC108, defective soldering, defective power supply, etc.
Possible causes
6-2-13. EPG Service Mode
1. Summary screen
1) Turn of the main power ON.
2) On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press “ESC” on the service remote controller.
3) Press “DISP”.
4) Press “7”.
0
1
2
3
4
012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
* Used when the EPG data cannot be acquired.
* The detailed screen appears every time when “DIG/ANA” is
pressed.
(EPG EURO)
Next Data Download Time : 14:00
Duration
: 01h30m
Gemster Data Fail Count : 00
EPG Data Receive Err Summary
Data Start End MD CH RcvPkt
03/31 13:00 13:30 DL 03 001853
03/31 09:00 11:00 DL 03 001192
03/31 08:00 08:05 HS -- 000654
03/31 00:00 00:00
000000
03/31 00:00 00:00
000000
03/31 00:00 00:00
000000
Lines 01-02
Lines 03
Lines 09-14
TotalErr
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
The next download starting time for the EPG data is displayed.
Next Data Download Time: Starting time
Duration: Duration required for acquiring the EPG data
The Gemster EPG data cannot be found.
Number times of Host Scan and Schedule Download, DT models only
(Always 00 except DT model)
The 6 latest error logs when EPG data were received are displayed, with the latest one at the top.
Data
: Month/day when reception started
Start
End
MD
: Time when reception started
: Time when reception ended
: Method for acquiring the EPG data (HS: Host scanning process, DL:Downloading
process of the EPG data)
: Data-receiving channel
: Total number of received packages.
A number 999,999 or greater is displayed as “999999”.
: Total errors during reception.
The sum of Hamming Err, Trans Err InvLine Err numbers indicated on the Detail screen.
A number 999,999 or greater is displayed as “999999”.
CH
RcvPkt
Total Err
[Tips]
In a case where only “HS” is displayed in the MD column of the logs, the host channel has not been found.
It is necessary to check the country and postal-code settings in the user settings.
5)
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
6-19
2. Detail screens
1) Press the “DIG/ANA” key while the Summary screen is being displayed. (Refer to page 6-19)
2) Each time the “DIG/ANA” key is pressed, the Detail screen scrolls maximum six-Detail screens (1 to 6).
Each Detail screen of 1 to 6 corresponds to the EPG reception error logs from the top of the Summary screen.
0
1
2
3
4
012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
(EPG EURO)
EPG Data Receive Err Details - 1
Data : 03/31
Start Time : 13:00
Host CH : 03
END Time : 13:30
P-ON Kind : Download
Data Receive Part
Total Err : 000000
Pkt Rcv Num : 001853 Pkt Snd Num : 001853
Inv Line Err : 000000
Slice Cont : Auto EQ : OFF LV : -h
Temporary Buffer Information
Pool Num
: 000000
Max Store : 000000
Discard Pkt : 000000
Use Num : 000000
Line
Line 01
Display item
EPG Data Receive
Err Details-X
Lines 03-05,
Reception
conditions
Data
Start Time
END Time
Host CH
P-ON Kind
Lines 07-10,
details on errors
during reception
Total Err
Pkt Rcv Num
Pkt Snd Num
InvLine Err
Slice Cont
EQ
LV
Description
The rightmost figure represents the
number of the current detail screen.
This number corresponds to the order of
the EPG reception error log from the top.
: Month/day when reception started
: Time when reception started
: Time when reception ended
: Data-receiving channel
: Methods for acquiring the EPG data
(host scanning and downloaing)
: Total numbers of errors during reception.
The total number of Hamming Err, Trans
Err and InvLine Err indicated on the
Detail screen. A number 999,999 or
greater is displayed as “999999”.
: Total number of received packages. A
number 999,999 or greater is displayed as
“999999”.
: Total number of packages that were sent
to the application program among all the
received packages. A number 999,999 or
greater is displayed as “999999”.
: Total number of errors that were
generated by receiving data from invalid
lines. A number 999,999 or greater is
displayed as “999999”.
: Slice level control
Auto-Tu Con, Manual - Syscon.
: Equalizer setting (ON, OFF)
: Slice level (10-30 hex)
(Only when the slice Cont is Manual.)
Note: The data on lines 12-14 are for software development, not for service use.
5)
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
6-20
Remarks
Only during initialization, host scanning is
automatically executed to find the host
broadcast.
Total Errors: If the total number of errors
reaches two digits or greater, it is likely that
EPG data acquisition failed. Display
subscreen 1 of the first screen and check the
electric field intensity from the AGC level.
If the total numbr of received packages is 0, it
is likely that the country and postal-code
settings are wrong.
6-2-14. Aging Mode
1. Aging for the DVD-RW/DVD-R
1) Turn of the main power ON.
2) Press the “DVD” key to switch to DVD.
3) Load a recordable disc.
4) Select the input function of a recordable source.
5) After disc detection is confirmed, exit all menu screens.
6) Press “ESC” on the service remote controller.
7) Press “REP.B” on the service remote controller.
8) Press “PLAY” to enter the Aging mode.
If symptoms regarding recording/playback of discs and/or the HDD that your customer claimed are difficult to reproduce, they can be
reproduced with a long-time test in Aging mode.
Note: • When aging for the DVD-RW/+RW/-RAM and HDD is executed, a recorded data on them will be erased.
• Commands from the remote control unit are accepted during Aging mode.
• If Aging mode is quit using the “ESC” key, indications on the FL display will return to normal display.
• Cancel timer settings before entering Aging mode.
• Set the recording rate beforehand. It cannot be changed during Aging mode.
Aging for the DVD-RW/+RW/-RAM
During Aging mode, the following operations are
repeated in the order shown below.
1 The tray opens.
2 The tray closes.
3 Initialization
4 Recording for 60 minutes
5 Playback for 45 minutes
<DVD-RW>
The initialization process in step 3 follows the setting
specified in “Setting of the main unit--Recording-Auto initialization of a DVD-RW”.
<DVD+RW>
The initialization process in step 3 is the same as that
described in “Disc setting--Initialization-Initialization of a DVD+RW”.
<DVD-RAM>
In the initialization process in step 3, physical
formatting is performed, if required.
During Aging, the number of loops is indicated on the
FL display, as shown below.
[AGING 0001]
Aging for the DVD-R/+R
During Aging mode, the following operations are repeated in the order
shown below.
1 The tray opens.
2 The tray closes.
3 Recording for 1 minute
4 Recording pause for 6 minutes
5 Recording stops.
6 Playback for 1 minute
7 Playback pause for 6 minutes
8 Playback stops.
Note: A continuous test of the above operations is possible for approximately 23
hours.
After 2 the tray closes, disc detection is performed,
<DVD-R>
In step 2, if the disc is judged to have recorded up to 99 titles, the
operation stops at that point.
<DVD+R>
If the disc is judged to have recorded up to 49 titles, the operation stops
at that point. On the FL display, the number of loops is retained.
On the OSD display, the error indication is retained.
If an error is generated, the aging operation stops.
During Aging, the number of loops is indicated on the FL display, as
shown below.
[AGING 0001]
Note: Indications on the FL display are retained, and this
information is also retained as an OSD.
If an error is generated, the aging operation stops.
Note: Indications on the FL display are retained, and this information is also retained
as an OSD.
Note: Recording time depends on the recording rate set. For example, if the
recording rate is MN32, only up to 60 titles can be registered.
Check the setting for recording rate before performing aging.
9)
Press the “ESC” key on the service remote controller to quit Aging mode and return to Normal mode.
Note: • If during recording: Recording is stopped.
(aging for ±RW/-RAM only)
• If during playback: Playback is paused.
• If during initialization: The unit stops after initialization is finished.
• If the tray is being opened/closed: The unit stops after the tray is opened/closed.
6-21
2. Aging for the HDD
Caution: Take caution as the all recorded data of HDD is deleted.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Turn of the main power ON.
Press the “HDD” key to switch to HDD.
Press “ESC” on the service remote controller.
Press “REP.B” on the service remote controller.
Press “PLAY” to the Aging mode.
During Aging mode, the following operations are repeated in the order shown below.
1 Erasure of all the memory data from the HDD
2 Recording for 60 minutes
3 Playback for 60 minutes
[Tips]
During Aging, the number of loops is indicated on the FL display, as shown below.
[AGING 0001]
If an error is generated, the aging operation stops.
Note: Indications on the FL display are retained, and this information is also retained as an OSD.
6)
Press the “ESC” key on the service remote controller to quit Aging mode and return to Normal mode.
Note: • If during recording: Recording is stopped.
• If during playback: Playback is paused.
• If during erasure of all memory data from the HDD, the unit stops after all memory data have been erased.
6-2-15. HDD Check Mode
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Turn of the main power ON.
On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press “ESC” on the service remote controller.
Press “CX”.
Press “0”.
Press “1”.
* Used to check if the HDD has an error or not.
HDD CHECK MODE
* Press the number of the item you want to check.
1
2
3
4
HDD Information [----]
S.M.A.R.T. Attribute Information
S.M.A.R.T. DST
HDD R/W Check
###HDD[INT] is selected
6)
###change[SCAN FWD]
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
6-22
6-3. Setup Related Menu
6-3-1. Firmware Downloading
In case of any event as described below, be sure to download the software using the Version Upgrade CD Disc by following the Software
Download Method shown below.
1. When engine (RD board or drive) is replaced, or when the AV board is replaced.
2. When HDD is replaced.
3. When the message “NG” is displayed on the Version Information in the Service Mode.
Software Download Method
1) Eject the tray.
2) Place the Version Upgrade disc on the tray.
3) Press “Rec Stop” and “EJECT” key at the same time to start version upgrade.
6-3-2. Area-Specific Channel Setting
When the following trouble symptom is displayed, set the broadcast reception channels as described below.
• When flickering is visible as if horizontal synchronization or vertical synchronization is lost on the broadcast reception screen.
[Entry]
Entry from the normal operating mode <Record/Play, Stop>
1) Turn of the main power ON.
2) Press “ESC” on the service remote controller.
3) Press “FRM/TIM”.
Setting screen
VDEC Specific Area Mode Ver 2.00
Input - [LINE]
Sync ACC
: -H Threshold Level : -V Threshold Level : --
4)
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
[Entry from the individual setting mode]
1) Upon completion of the above operation, press “DIG/ANA”.
Setting screen
VDEC Specific Area Mode Ver 2.00
Input - [LINE]
Sync ACC
: -H Threshold Level : -V Threshold Level : -Individual setting state
Input Channell - [0V]
Sync ACC
: -H Threshold Level : -V Threshold Level : --
2)
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
6-23
6-3-3. OSD Filter Setting (Subscreen 4)
When the following trouble symptom occurs, correct it by setting the OSD filter as described below.
• Characters on the OSD screen flicker depending on the monitor connected.
[Entry]
1) Turn of the main power ON.
2) Press “ESC” on the service remote controller.
3) Press “DISP”.
4) Press “DIG/ANA” four times.
OSD Filter Setting
OSD Filter : --
5)
Press “ESC”. (Returns to the original screen)
[Tips]
As the setting value becomes greater, jitter is reduced on a CRT display. However, as lines for characters appear thick, complex characters
may become difficult to read. On the contrary, as the setting value becomes smaller, jitter increases on a CRT display.
However, as lines for characters become sharper, complex characters become more legible.
Note1: A new setting becomes active as soon as it is made. As a new setting is stored in nonvolatile memory, it will be retrieved when the unit it turned
on the next time.
Note2: After the factory-preset values are downloaded, the setting value for the OSD Filter will be the default Value (4).
[Key operation of OSD Filter setting]
Key
Operation
Satting value
“Rev x 3”, “SPEED+” Changing the setting value for the OSD
“ x 3 Fwd”, “SPEED–” Filter
“CLEAR”
“ESC”
0 – 4 (Default value: 4)
The setting value is reset to default.
To exit the OSD Filter Setting and clear
the screen (Appears the tuner screen.)
6-24E
Remarks
“Rev x 3”, “SPEED+”
: The setting value increases by1.
“ x 3 Fwd”, “SPEED–”
: The setting value decreases by1.
—
—
—
SECTION 7
ADJUSTMENTS
7-1.
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
2. S-Video Output S-Y Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the S-video Y-signal output has the rated
amplitude. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback video signal will
not be displayed corrected even when the S-video cable is connected.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
100% Color bars
Test point
S-VIDEO OUTPUT (S-Y) connector
(terminated in 75Ω)
Video System Adjustment
Preparing for Adjustment
1. Equipments
• Oscilloscope
• Reference Disk
HLX-507 (PAL single layer disc) J-6090-077-A
HLX-506 (PAL dual layer disc) J-6090-078-A
1. Video Output Level Check
<Purpose>
This check is made to satisfy the PAL signal standard, If it is adjusted
incorrectly, brightness will be too bright or too dark.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
100% Color bars
Test point
Output (VIDEO) connector
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Oscilloscope
Specification
1.0 V± 0.07 Vp-p
Instrument
Specification
Oscilloscope
1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p
Check method:
1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
2) Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p.
1.0 ± 0.07Vp-p
Check method:
1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
2) Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p.
Fig. 7-2
1.0 ±0.07 Vp-p
Fig. 7-1
7-1
3. S-Video Output S-C Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the S-video output S-C conforms to the
PAL standard. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback color will not
be too dark or too thin.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
100% Color bars
Test point
S-VIDEO OUTPUT (S-C) connector
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Specification
5. Component Video Output B-Y (Pb) Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the B-Y signal of the component video
conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct,
color of the video signal will have different color when the
COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector
having COMPONENT input.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
100% Color bars
Test point
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Pb)
connector (terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Oscilloscope
Specification
700 mV±50 mVp-p
Oscilloscope
300 mV±30 mVp-p
Check method:
1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
2) Confirm that the burst signal level is 300 mV±30 mVp-p.
Check method:
Note 1: Do not set RGB OUT to ON.
Note 2: Do not connect the HDMI OUT.
1)
300 ± 30 mVp-p
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the burst signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p.
Fig. 7-3
700 ± 50 mVp-p
4. Component Video Output Y Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the component Y signal output has the
rated amplitude. If this signal level is not correct, brightness of the
video signal will not be too dark or too thin when the COMPONENT
connector output signal is connected to a projector having
COMPONENT input.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
100% Color bars
Test point
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y)
connector (terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Oscilloscope
Specification
1.0 V±0.07Vp-p
Fig. 7-5
6. Component Video Output R-Y (Pr) Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the R-Y signal of the component video
conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct,
color of the video signal will have different color when the
COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector
having COMPONENT input.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
100% Color bars
Test point
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Pr)
connector (terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Oscilloscope
Specification
700 mV±50 mVp-p
Check method:
Note 1: Do not set RGB OUT to ON.
Note 2: Do not connect the HDMI OUT.
1)
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the Y signal level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p.
Check method:
Note 1: Do not set RGB OUT to ON.
Note 2: Do not connect the HDMI OUT.
1)
2)
1.0 ± 0.07Vp-p
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the burst signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p.
Fig. 7-4
700 ± 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-6
7-2
7. Scart Video Output Level Check
<Purpose>
This check is made to satisfy the PAL signal standard, If it is adjusted
incorrectly, brightness will be too bright or too dark.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
100% Color bars
Test point
Scart Video output connector pin-ql
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Oscilloscope
Specification
1.0 V± 0.07 Vp-p
9. Scart Video Output S-C Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the Scart output S-C conforms to the PAL
standard. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback color will not be
too dark or too thin.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
100% Color bars
Test point
Scart Video output connector pin-qg
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Specification
Oscilloscope
300 mV±30 mVp-p
Check method:
Note: SCART OUT should be set to “Video”.
Check method:
1)
Note: SCART OUT should be set to “S-Video”.
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p.
1)
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the burst signal level is 300 mV±30 mVp-p.
1.0 ± 0.07 Vp-p
300 ± 30 mVp-p
Fig. 7-7
Fig. 7-9
8. Scart Video Output S-Y Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the Scart Y-signal output has the rated
amplitude. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback video signal will
not be displayed corrected even when the Scart cable is connected.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
100% Color bars
Test point
Scart Video output connector pin-ql
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Oscilloscope
Specification
1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p
10. Scart Video RGB Output R Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the RGB R signal output has the rated
amplitude. If this signal level is not correct, brightness of the video
signal will not be too dark or too thin when the Scart connector
output signal is connected to a projector having Scart input.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
100% Color bars
Test point
Scart Video output R connector pin-qg
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Oscilloscope
Specification
700 mV±50 mVp-p
Check method:
Note: SCART OUT should be set to “S-Video”.
Check method:
1)
Note 1: RGB OUT should be set to ON.
Note 2: Do not connect the HDMI OUT.
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p.
1)
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the R signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p.
1.0 ± 0.07 Vp-p
700 ± 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-8
Fig. 7-10
7-3
11. Scart Video RGB Output G Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that G signal of the RGB video conforms to
the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the
video signal will have different color when the Scart connector output
signal is connected to a projector having Scart input.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
100% Color bars
Test point
Scart Video output G connector pin-qa
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Oscilloscope
Specification
700 mV±50 mVp-p
Check method:
Note 1: RGB OUT should be set to ON.
Note 2: Do not connect the HDMI OUT.
1)
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the G signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p.
700 ± 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-11
12. Scart Video RGB Output B Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the B signal of the RGB video conforms
to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the
video signal will have different color when the Scart connector output
signal is connected to a projector having Scart input.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
100% Color bars
Test point
Scart Video output B connector pin-7
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Oscilloscope
Specification
700 mV±50 mVp-p
Check method:
Note 1: RGB OUT should be set to ON.
Note 2: Do not connect the HDMI OUT.
1)
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the B signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p.
700 ± 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-12
7-4E
SECTION 8
REPAIR PARTS LIST
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS
NOTE:
• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may
have some differences from the original one.
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they
are seldom required for routine service. Some
delay should be anticipated when ordering these
items.
•
•
The mechanical parts with no reference number
in the exploded views are not supplied.
Color Indication of Appearance Parts
Example:
KNOB, BALANCE (WHITE) . . . (RED)
↑
↑
Parts Color Cabinet’s Color
The components identified by mark 0 or
dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
•
Abbreviation
AUS : Australian model
8-1-1. OVERALL SECTION
6
5
7
8
not
supplied
5
not supplied
4
2
3
1
Chassis section
4
not supplied
Ref. No.
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Part No.
Description
Remarks
Ref. No.
Part No.
X-2176-442-1 COVER ASSY, TRAY (AEP, UK)
X-2177-245-1 COVER ASSY, TRAY (AUS)
A-1259-528-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (BLACK)
(HXD870(BLACK):AEP1, AEP3, UK)
A-1267-797-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (SILVER)
(HXD870(SILVER):AEP1, AEP3, UK)
A-1267-983-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT
(HXD870(BLACK):AEP2)
2
* 3
4
A-1367-718-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (HXD970:AUS)
1-834-077-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FLR-012)
3-077-331-01 +BV3 (3-CR)
A-1268-004-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT
(HXD870(SILVER):AEP2)
A-1268-009-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT
(HXD970:AEP1, AEP3, UK)
A-1268-031-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT
(HXD1070:AEP1, UK)
A-1268-074-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (HXD970:AEP2)
A-1268-084-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (HXD1070:AEP2)
6
A-1367-716-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (BLACK)
(HXD870(BLACK):AUS)
A-1367-717-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (SILVER)
(HXD870(SILVER):AUS)
8-1
5
5
6
6
6
7
8
8
Description
Remarks
3-070-883-41 SCREW, TAPPING (SILVER) (HXD870(SILVER))
3-070-883-71 SCREW, TAPPING, CASE (BLACK)
(HXD870(BLACK):AEP, UK/HXD970(BLACK):AEP, UK/HXD1070)
2-899-646-01 CASE (DT), UPPER (BLACK)
(EXCEPT HXD870(SILVER))
2-899-646-21 CASE (DT), UPPER (SILVER)
(HXD870(SILVER))
A-1382-868-A CASE (DT), BLOCK ASSY (SERVICE) (BLACK)
(HXD870:AUS/HXD970:AUS)
A-1382-874-A CASE (DT), BLOCK ASSY (SERVICE) (SILVER)
(HXD870:AUS)
3-076-563-11 SCREW, SPECIAL FRONT POINT
1-480-167-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D248P)
(AEP, UK)
1-480-526-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D2480) (AUS)
8-1-2. CHASSIS SECTION
51
not supplied
55
59 not supplied
59 (AEP2)
57
56
not supplied
51
59
65
not
supplied
not supplied
68
53
59
not supplied
51
51
66 67
63
51
54
51
58
51
U301
not supplied
U601
not supplied
51
64
52
60
not supplied
not supplied
61
62
not supplied
51
54
51
not supplied
not supplied
not supplied
51
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
51
9 52
9 52
53
54
3-077-331-01
A-1271-316-A
A-1382-914-A
7-682-947-01
4-237-065-01
+BV3 (3-CR)
DRW-U12SO S COMPL
DRW-U12EM (HDD)ASSY S COMPL (AUS)
SCREW +PSW 3X6
CLAMP (L35)
0 55
* 56
57
58
59
1-474-047-11
1-834-073-11
1-787-624-11
1-834-075-11
3-077-331-31
REGULATOR SWITCHING (SRV2057EK)
CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FAD-008)
FAN, DC
CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FRA-006)
+BV3 (3-CR)
60
60
60
60
Remarks
Ref. No.
60
A-1314-555-A HDD(S-GALAXY-S (250GB)-E)ASSY
(HXD970:AEP, UK)
A-1314-556-A HDD(S-GALAXY-S (500GB)-E)ASSY (HXD1070)
A-1314-557-A HDD(W-XL160-S (160GB)-GA)ASSY
(HXD870:AUS)
A-1317-949-A HDD(S-GALAXY-S (250GB)-GA)ASSY
(HXD970:AUS)
Part No.
Description
61
62
* 63
64
65
1-834-072-11
1-834-074-11
1-834-168-11
1-965-191-11
7-621-255-55
CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FAR-006)
CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FAR-007)
CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FVR-001)
HARNESS (RH-059)
SCREW +P 2X8 (AEP2)
66
* 67
68
0 U301
0 U601
2-684-970-01
3-087-220-01
3-268-333-02
1-693-743-11
1-693-741-11
SHIELD TAPE 1 (A)
TAPE, NON-HOLOGENE
SHIELD, GASKET
TUNER (TUPADTC-D101HB)
TUNER (TMFE2-407A)
8-2
Remarks
A-1318-134-A HDD(S-TONKA2-S(160GB)-E)ASSY
(HXD870:AEP, UK)
Note :
The components identified by mark 9 contain
confidential information.
Strictly follow the instructions whenever the
components are repaired and/or replaced.
Note :
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
AV-114
8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
NOTE:
• Due to standardization, replacements in the
parts list may be different from the parts
specified in the diagrams or the components
used on the set.
• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may
have some difference from the original one.
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they
are seldom required for routine service. Some
delay should be anticipated when ordering these
items.
• CAPACITORS:
uF: µF
Ref. No.
Part No.
•
•
•
RESISTORS
All resistors are in ohms.
METAL: metal-film resistor
METAL OXIDE: Metal Oxide-film resistor
F: nonflammable
COILS
uH: µH
SEMICONDUCTORS
In each case, u: µ, for example:
uA...: µA... , uPA... , µPA... ,
uPB... , µPB... , uPC... , µPC... ,
uPD..., µPD...
Description
Remarks
Ref. No.
AV-114 (CG) BOARD (not supplied) (AEP, UK)
AV-114 (AS) BOARD (not supplied) (AUS)
(Ref.No.;10000 series)
**************************************
When indicating parts by reference number,
please include the board name.
The components identified by mark 0 or
dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
•
Abbreviation
AUS : Australian model
Part No.
Description
Remarks
C301
C302
C303
C305
C306
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-126-933-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
100uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
C307
C308
C309
C310
C311
1-126-933-11
1-126-933-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-126-934-11
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
100uF
100uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
220uF
20%
20%
C312
C314
C315
C316
C318
1-126-933-11
1-164-156-11
1-126-933-11
1-126-933-11
1-164-156-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
100uF
0.1uF
100uF
100uF
0.1uF
20%
C319
C320
C322
C323
C324
1-126-933-11
1-126-933-11
1-162-927-11
1-100-162-91
1-164-156-11
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
100uF
100uF
100PF
1uF
0.1uF
20%
20%
5%
16V
16V
50V
50V
25V
C326
C328
C329
C401
C402
1-126-964-11
1-165-621-91
1-164-156-11
1-115-156-11
1-162-927-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
10uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
1uF
100PF
20%
50V
50V
25V
10V
50V
C403
C404
C406
C407
C408
1-162-927-11
1-115-156-11
1-107-826-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
100PF
1uF
0.1uF
1uF
1uF
5%
10%
10%
10%
50V
10V
16V
10V
10V
C409
C410
C411
C412
C413
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
16V
C414
C415
C418
C419
C420
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-115-156-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
10%
10%
25V
25V
10V
10V
10V
C421
C422
C423
C424
C428
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
16V
20%
25V
25V
16V
25V
25V
< CAPACITOR >
C104
C105
C106
C107
C109
1-104-662-91
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-959-11
1-164-156-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
22uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
330PF
0.1uF
20%
C110
C111
C112
C113
C114
1-165-908-11
1-162-919-11
1-162-919-11
1-115-156-11
1-162-915-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
22PF
22PF
1uF
10PF
10%
5%
5%
C115
C118
C120
C121
C122
1-162-915-11
1-115-456-21
1-164-156-11
1-115-156-11
1-115-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
DOUBLE LAYER
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
10PF
0.22F
0.1uF
1uF
1uF
0.5PF
50V
5.5V
25V
10V
10V
C123
C124
C125
C126
C127
1-104-655-91
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-126-933-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
470uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
100uF
20%
6.3V
25V
25V
25V
16V
C131
C132
C133
C134
C135
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
C138
C139
C140
C141
C142
1-126-961-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-115-156-11
1-100-831-91
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
2.2uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
1uF
0.001uF
C149
C150
C152
C156
C157
1-162-915-11
1-115-156-11
1-115-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
10PF
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
C202
C204
C205
C206
C208
1-164-156-11
1-126-933-11
1-104-662-91
1-164-315-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
100uF
22uF
470PF
0.1uF
5%
0.5PF
20%
25V
25V
25V
50V
25V
10V
50V
50V
10V
50V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
20%
2%
0.5PF
50V
25V
25V
10V
50V
10%
50V
10V
10V
25V
16V
20%
20%
5%
10%
25V
16V
25V
50V
16V
8-3
20%
20%
20%
5%
16V
16V
25V
25V
16V
16V
25V
16V
16V
25V
AV-114
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Part No.
Description
C431
C432
C434
C435
C436
1-107-826-11
1-165-908-11
1-107-826-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
1uF
0.1uF
1uF
1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
10V
16V
10V
10V
Remarks
C508
C510
C511
C515
C516
1-164-315-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-230-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-315-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
470PF
0.1uF
220PF
0.1uF
470PF
5%
5%
50V
25V
50V
25V
50V
C437
C438
C439
C440
C441
1-165-908-11
1-115-156-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-115-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
1uF
10%
10V
10V
16V
16V
10V
C517
C518
C519
C520
C528
1-164-230-11
1-100-831-91
1-164-315-11
1-100-831-91
1-104-655-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
220PF
0.001uF
470PF
0.001uF
470uF
5%
2%
5%
2%
20%
50V
50V
50V
50V
6.3V
C442
C443
C444
C445
C446
1-164-156-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C529
C530
C531
C532
C541
1-104-655-91
1-104-655-91
1-104-655-91
1-104-655-91
1-126-963-11
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
470uF
470uF
470uF
470uF
4.7uF
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
50V
C447
C450
C451
C452
C453
1-162-970-11
1-107-713-11
1-107-713-11
1-104-658-91
1-104-658-91
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
0.01uF
4.7uF
4.7uF
100uF
100uF
10%
20%
20%
20%
20%
25V
50V
50V
10V
10V
C542
C543
C544
C545
C547
1-126-963-11
1-126-963-11
1-126-963-11
1-126-933-11
1-104-662-91
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
4.7uF
4.7uF
4.7uF
100uF
22uF
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
50V
50V
50V
16V
25V
C454
C455
C456
C457
C458
1-104-658-91
1-126-963-11
1-126-960-11
1-126-964-11
1-104-658-91
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
100uF
4.7uF
1uF
10uF
100uF
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
10V
50V
50V
50V
10V
C550
C551
C552
C602
C603
1-104-662-91
1-104-662-91
1-162-927-11
1-162-966-11
1-162-966-11
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
22uF
22uF
100PF
0.0022uF
0.0022uF
20%
20%
5%
10%
10%
25V
25V
50V
50V
50V
C460
C461
C462
C463
C464
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-115-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
25V
25V
C604
C605
C606
C608
C609
1-162-927-11
1-162-915-11
1-162-915-11
1-125-891-11
1-104-658-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
100PF
10PF
10PF
0.47uF
100uF
5%
0.5PF
0.5PF
10%
20%
50V
50V
50V
10V
10V
C468
C469
C471
C472
C473
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-126-964-11
1-126-964-11
1-126-933-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
0.1uF
0.1uF
10uF
10uF
100uF
C611
C613
C614
C615
C616
1-126-947-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-162-927-11
1-162-970-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
100PF
0.01uF
20%
20%
20%
20%
25V
25V
50V
50V
16V
5%
10%
35V
25V
25V
50V
25V
C474
C475
C476
C478
C481
1-126-964-11
1-126-964-11
1-162-970-11
1-216-864-11
1-164-156-11
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
SHORT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
10uF
10uF
0.01uF
0
0.1uF
20%
20%
10%
50V
50V
25V
C617
C618
C619
C620
C621
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-115-156-11
1-162-924-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
1uF
56PF
5%
25V
25V
25V
10V
50V
C482
C484
C485
C486
C487
1-164-315-11
1-164-315-11
1-216-864-11
1-104-655-91
1-104-655-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
SHORT CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
470PF
470PF
0
470uF
470uF
5%
5%
50V
50V
20%
20%
6.3V
6.3V
C622
C623
C624
C625
C626
1-162-924-11
1-162-908-11
1-162-908-11
1-115-156-11
1-164-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
56PF
3PF
3PF
1uF
0.1uF
5%
50V
0.25PF 50V
0.25PF 50V
10V
25V
C488
C489
C490
C491
C492
1-104-655-91
1-104-655-91
1-104-655-91
1-126-947-11
1-126-923-91
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
470uF
470uF
470uF
47uF
220uF
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
35V
10V
C627
C628
C629
C630
C631
1-164-156-11
1-162-970-11
1-164-173-11
1-164-739-11
1-162-970-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.01uF
0.0039uF
560PF
0.01uF
10%
10%
5%
10%
25V
25V
50V
50V
25V
C493
C496
C497
C498
C499
1-126-947-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
20%
35V
25V
25V
25V
25V
C632
C633
C635
C636
C638
1-164-173-11
1-164-739-11
1-162-919-11
1-162-919-11
1-126-964-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
0.0039uF
560PF
22PF
22PF
10uF
10%
5%
5%
5%
20%
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C500
C503
C505
C506
C507
1-164-156-11
1-162-927-11
1-100-831-91
1-164-315-11
1-100-831-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
100PF
0.001uF
470PF
0.001uF
25V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C639
C640
C641
C642
C643
1-126-962-11
1-104-658-91
1-126-964-11
1-104-658-91
1-104-658-91
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
3.3uF
100uF
10uF
100uF
100uF
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
50V
10V
50V
10V
10V
10%
10%
Ref. No.
25V
5%
2%
5%
2%
8-4
Remarks
5%
AV-114
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
C751
1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
C752
1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP
100PF
5%
C753
1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP
100PF
5%
C754
1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP
100PF
5%
Remarks
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
25V
(AEP, UK)
50V
(AEP, UK)
50V
(AEP, UK)
50V
(AEP, UK)
* D523
* D524
D526
D527
6-501-855-01
6-501-855-01
8-719-988-61
8-719-988-61
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DAN217UT106
DAN217UT106
1SS355TE-17
1SS355TE-17
D528
D529
D530
D531
D801
8-719-988-61
8-719-083-63
8-719-083-63
8-719-081-42
8-719-081-42
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
1SS355TE-17
UDZSTE-1713B
UDZSTE-1713B
UMZ6.8N-T106
UMZ6.8N-T106
< CONNECTOR >
CN103
CN105
CN106
* CN302
1-779-277-11
1-784-496-11
1-568-830-11
1-784-746-11
CONNECTOR, FFC (LIF (NON-ZIF)) 9P
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 17P
CONNECTOR SOCKET 11P
CONNECTOR, FFC 24P
< FUSE >
0 IC150
0 IC317
1-576-863-21 FUSE 0.5A 32V
1-576-863-21 FUSE 0.5A 32V
< DIODE >
D101
D102
D103
D104
D106
8-719-988-61
8-719-988-61
8-719-988-61
8-719-053-18
8-719-988-61
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
1SS355TE-17
1SS355TE-17
1SS355TE-17
1SR154-400TE-25
1SS355TE-17
D108
D201
D301
D302
D303
8-719-941-09
8-719-988-61
8-719-083-83
8-719-069-60
8-719-988-61
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DAP202UT106
1SS355TE-17
UDZSTE-1715B
UDZSTE-179.1B
1SS355TE-17
D304
D401
D402
D409
D410
8-719-988-61
8-719-083-61
8-719-978-33
8-719-081-42
8-719-081-42
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
1SS355TE-17
UDZSTE-1711B
UDZSTE-176.8B
UMZ6.8N-T106
UMZ6.8N-T106
D413
D414
D415
D416
D418
8-719-081-42
8-719-081-42
8-719-081-42
8-719-081-42
8-719-988-61
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
UMZ6.8N-T106
UMZ6.8N-T106
UMZ6.8N-T106
UMZ6.8N-T106
1SS355TE-17
D419
D420
D421
D422
D501
8-719-988-61
8-719-941-09
6-501-486-01
6-501-486-01
8-719-069-54
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
1SS355TE-17
DAP202UT106
NNCD3.9F-T1B
NNCD3.9F-T1B
UDZSTE-175.1B
D502
D503
D504
D505
D506
8-719-069-54
6-501-486-01
8-719-081-42
8-719-081-42
8-719-081-42
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
UDZSTE-175.1B
NNCD3.9F-T1B
UMZ6.8N-T106
UMZ6.8N-T106
UMZ6.8N-T106
D507
D508
D509
D510
D511
8-719-081-42
6-501-486-01
8-719-081-42
6-501-486-01
8-719-081-42
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
UMZ6.8N-T106
NNCD3.9F-T1B
UMZ6.8N-T106
NNCD3.9F-T1B
UMZ6.8N-T106
D512
D513
D514
D515
D516
6-501-486-01
8-719-081-42
8-719-081-42
8-719-081-42
8-719-081-42
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
NNCD3.9F-T1B
UMZ6.8N-T106
UMZ6.8N-T106
UMZ6.8N-T106
UMZ6.8N-T106
D517
D518
D519
D520
D521
8-719-081-42
8-719-081-42
8-719-081-42
8-719-081-42
8-719-081-42
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
UMZ6.8N-T106
UMZ6.8N-T106
UMZ6.8N-T106
UMZ6.8N-T106
UMZ6.8N-T106
D522
8-719-081-42 DIODE UMZ6.8N-T106
Remarks
< IC >
*
*
*
*
IC101
IC102
IC103
IC104
IC401
6-807-412-01
6-711-071-01
6-711-072-01
6-711-188-01
6-711-073-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
LC87F06J2A-F58W3-E
BD4846G-TR
BU4220G-TR
TC7MB3257FK (EL)
HA118326APFR-E
IC402
IC403
IC406
IC601
8-759-909-71
6-703-623-01
8-759-082-60
6-702-714-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
BA4558F
MM1503XNRE
TC7S66FU
MSP3417G-QG-B8V3
< JACK >
JA401
JA751
1-794-198-11 CONNECTOR, S TERMINAL
1-764-188-31 JACK (SMALL TYPE) (DIA. 3.5) (AEP, UK)
< TERMINAL >
KN101
KN102
1-537-771-21 TERMINAL BOARD, GROUND
1-537-771-21 TERMINAL BOARD, GROUND
< COIL >
L102
L201
L303
L304
L305
1-410-517-11
1-412-549-31
1-500-245-11
1-408-621-31
1-500-245-11
INDUCTOR
47uH
INDUCTOR
1mH
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR
330uH
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
L501
L502
L601
L602
L604
1-414-594-11
1-414-594-11
1-500-245-11
1-500-245-11
1-414-760-21
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
L605
L606
L607
L608
L609
1-414-760-21
1-500-245-11
1-412-963-11
1-500-245-11
1-412-951-11
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR
100uH
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR
10uH
L751
L801
L802
L803
L851
1-414-760-21
1-414-228-11
1-414-228-11
1-216-864-11
1-414-228-11
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD (AEP, UK)
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
SHORT CHIP
0
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
L852
L853
L854
L855
L856
1-414-228-11
1-414-228-11
1-414-228-11
1-500-283-11
1-414-228-11
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
Note :
8-5
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
AV-114
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
L857
L858
L859
L860
L861
1-414-228-11
1-414-228-11
1-414-228-11
1-500-283-11
1-469-876-11
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
Remarks
L862
1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP
Ref. No.
8-729-029-06
8-729-620-13
6-550-375-01
6-550-375-01
8-729-023-22
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DTC124EUA-T106
2SC4154TP-1EF
UMD2N-TR
UMD2N-TR
2SD2114K
Q108
Q110
Q111
Q112
Q201
8-729-029-06
8-729-028-86
8-729-620-13
8-729-620-13
8-729-023-22
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DTC124EUA-T106
DTA143EUA-T106 (AEP, UK)
2SC4154TP-1EF
2SC4154TP-1EF
2SD2114K
Q301
Q302
Q303
Q304
Q305
6-550-375-01
8-729-620-13
6-550-375-01
8-729-044-09
6-550-375-01
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
UMD2N-TR
2SC4154TP-1EF
UMD2N-TR
2SD2153T100V
UMD2N-TR
Q306
Q307
Q308
* Q309
Q310
8-729-901-87
6-550-375-01
8-729-901-87
6-551-719-01
8-729-620-13
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC2411K-CQ
UMD2N-TR
2SC2411K-CQ
2SC5876T106QR
2SC4154TP-1EF
Q311
Q401
Q402
Q403
Q404
8-729-427-70
8-729-029-06
8-729-023-22
6-551-699-01
6-550-375-01
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
XP4401
DTC124EUA-T106
2SD2114K
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
UMD2N-TR
Q406
Q407
Q408
Q410
Q411
8-729-023-22
8-729-023-22
8-729-620-13
8-729-620-13
6-550-375-01
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SD2114K
2SD2114K
2SC4154TP-1EF
2SC4154TP-1EF
UMD2N-TR
Q413
* Q501
Q502
Q503
Q504
8-729-029-06
6-551-718-01
6-551-699-01
8-729-620-13
8-729-620-13
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DTC124EUA-T106
UMH1NTN
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
2SC4154TP-1EF
2SC4154TP-1EF
Q505
Q506
Q507
Q508
Q509
8-729-620-13
8-729-013-26
8-729-013-26
8-729-028-83
8-729-620-13
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4154TP-1EF
HN1C03FU-TE85R
HN1C03FU-TE85R
DTA124EUA-T106
2SC4154TP-1EF
Q510
Q511
Q601
Q602
Q604
8-729-620-13
6-551-699-01
6-551-699-01
6-551-699-01
6-551-699-01
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4154TP-1EF
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
Q605
Q606
Q751
6-551-699-01 TRANSISTOR
8-729-620-13 TRANSISTOR
6-551-699-01 TRANSISTOR
Q752
8-729-620-13 TRANSISTOR
Description
Remarks
< RESISTOR >
< TRANSISTOR >
Q101
Q102
Q103
Q104
Q105
Part No.
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
2SC4154TP-1EF
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
(AEP, UK)
2SC4154TP-1EF (AEP, UK)
8-6
R101
R102
R103
R104
R105
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-809-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
100
100
47K
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R106
R107
R109
R110
R111
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-815-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
10K
330
100
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R112
R113
R116
R117
R118
1-216-833-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
0
0
1M
0
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
R123
R124
R125
R126
R127
1-216-815-11
1-216-815-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
330
330
100
100
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R129
R130
R131
R132
R133
1-216-815-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-829-11
1-218-867-11
1-216-845-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
330
0
4.7K
6.8K
100K
5%
1/10W
5%
0.5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R134
R135
R137
R138
R139
1-216-821-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-817-11
1-218-867-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
1K
100K
100
470
6.8K
5%
5%
5%
5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R140
R141
R142
R143
R144
1-216-809-11
1-218-867-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
100
6.8K
100
100
0
5%
0.5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R145
R146
R147
R148
R149
1-216-833-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
100
1K
100
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R150
R151
R152
R153
R154
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
0
0
100
100
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
R155
R156
R157
R158
R159
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
100
100
100K
100K
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R160
R161
R165
R167
R168
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-812-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
0
0
100
180
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
AV-114
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Part No.
Description
R169
R171
R172
R173
R174
1-216-833-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
100
100
100K
100K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
Remarks
Ref. No.
R310
R311
R312
R313
R314
1-216-829-11
1-216-820-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-848-11
1-216-837-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
4.7K
820
10K
180K
22K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R175
R176
R177
R178
R179
1-216-815-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
330
1K
100
100
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R315
R316
R318
R401
R402
1-218-895-11
1-218-879-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-295-91
1-216-818-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
100K
22K
0
0
560
0.5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1/10W
R180
R181
R182
R183
R184
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
100
100
100
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R403
R404
R407
R408
R413
1-216-818-11
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-216-817-11
1-216-817-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
560
0
0
470
470
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
R185
R186
R187
R188
R189
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-815-11
1-216-817-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
100
100
330
470
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R414
R415
R416
R417
R418
1-216-817-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-817-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
470
470
470
470
470
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R193
R194
R195
R196
R197
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
100K
100K
100K
100
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R419
R420
R421
R422
R425
1-216-817-11
1-216-860-11
1-216-860-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-845-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
470
1.8M
1.8M
10K
100K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R199
R200
R201
R202
R203
1-216-809-11
1-216-815-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
100
5%
330
5%
0 (AEP, UK)
0
0
1/10W
1/10W
R428
R430
R431
R432
R433
1-216-864-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-857-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
1M
1M
1M
1M
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R204
R205
R207
R208
R209
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-827-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
5%
100
5%
470
5%
0 (AEP, UK)
3.3K
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1-216-857-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-295-91
1-216-860-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
1M
100
100
0
1.8M
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R435
R436
R437
R438
R439
5%
1/10W
R210
R214
R215
R216
R217
1-218-845-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-819-11
1-218-844-11
1-216-821-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
820
3.3K
680
750
1K
0.5%
5%
5%
0.5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R444
R445
R447
R448
R453
1-208-755-11
1-208-755-11
1-208-755-11
1-216-295-91
1-218-869-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
75
75
75
0
8.2K
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
0.5%
1/10W
R218
R219
R220
R221
R222
1-216-295-91
1-216-827-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
3.3K
2.2K
100
0
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R454
R455
R458
R459
R461
1-218-871-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-817-11
1-208-755-11
1-216-819-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
47
470
75
680
0.5%
5%
5%
0.5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R223
R224
R225
R228
R233
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-835-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-845-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
100
15K
0
100K
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1/10W
R462
R463
R465
R468
R469
1-218-871-11
1-218-869-11
1-216-817-11
1-208-754-11
1-216-306-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
8.2K
470
68
3.9
0.5%
0.5%
5%
0.5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R251
R301
R302
R303
R304
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-216-809-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
0
0
0
100
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
75
0
68
3.9
68
1/10W
1/10W
1-208-755-11
1-216-295-91
1-208-754-11
1-216-306-11
1-208-754-11
0.5%
5%
R470
R471
R472
R473
R474
0.5%
5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R305
R306
R307
R308
R309
1-216-803-11
1-216-803-11
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-216-823-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
33
33
0
0
1.5K
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1/10W
R475
R476
R477
R478
R479
1-216-306-11
1-208-754-11
1-216-306-11
1-208-754-11
1-216-817-11
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
3.9
68
3.9
68
470
5%
0.5%
5%
0.5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
8-7
Remarks
AV-114
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
R480
R482
R484
R485
R486
1-216-306-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-821-11
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
3.9
100
1K
22K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
Remarks
R487
R488
R490
R501
R502
1-216-837-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-809-11
1-208-755-11
1-208-755-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
22K
470
100
75
75
5%
5%
5%
0.5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R503
R504
1-208-755-11 METAL CHIP
1-208-754-11 METAL CHIP
75
68
0.5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
(AEP, UK)
R504
R505
1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP
1-208-755-11 METAL CHIP
0 (AUS)
75
0.5%
R505
1-216-306-11 RES-CHIP
3.9
5%
R506
R507
R508
R509
R510
1-216-864-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-838-11
1-216-861-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
4.7K
47K
27K
2.2M
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R511
R512
R513
R514
R515
1-216-849-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-208-755-11
1-216-043-91
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
220K
100K
100K
75
560
5%
5%
5%
0.5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R516
R517
R518
R519
R520
1-216-822-11
1-216-823-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-842-11
1-216-813-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
1.2K
1.5K
10
56K
220
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R521
R522
R523
R524
R525
1-208-754-11
1-216-306-11
1-208-754-11
1-216-306-11
1-208-754-11
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
68
3.9
68
3.9
68
0.5%
5%
0.5%
5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R526
R527
R528
R529
R530
1-216-306-11
1-216-295-91
1-208-755-11
1-216-845-11
1-208-755-11
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
3.9
0
75
100K
75
5%
1/10W
0.5%
5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R531
R532
R534
R535
R536
1-216-295-91
1-208-755-11
1-216-828-11
1-216-828-11
1-216-817-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
75
3.9K
3.9K
470
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R537
R538
R539
R540
R541
1-216-809-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
470
100
100K
100K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R542
R543
R544
R545
R546
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-845-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
100
100
100
100K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R547
R548
R549
R550
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-817-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100K
100K
100K
470
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
Ref. No.
1/10W
(AUS)
1/10W
(AEP, UK)
8-8
Part No.
Description
Remarks
R551
1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP
100
5%
1/10W
R552
R553
R554
R555
R556
1-216-817-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-828-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
470
100
100K
100K
3.9K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R557
R558
R559
R560
R561
1-216-828-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-835-11
1-216-819-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
3.9K
10K
0
15K
680
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
R562
R563
R564
R565
R566
1-216-833-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-835-11
1-216-819-11
1-216-837-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
0
15K
680
22K
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R568
R569
R571
R573
R574
1-216-834-11
1-216-821-11
1-208-755-11
1-500-283-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
12K
METAL CHIP
1K
METAL CHIP
75
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
SHORT CHIP
0
5%
5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R602
R603
R605
R606
R607
1-216-821-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-821-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
1K
0
10K
10K
1K
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R609
R616
R619
R620
R621
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-809-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
0
10K
0
100
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
R622
R623
R624
R625
R626
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-821-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
1K
3.3K
3.3K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R627
R628
R630
R631
R632
1-216-827-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-815-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-801-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
3.3K
3.3K
330
4.7K
22
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R633
R634
R635
R636
R637
1-216-809-11
1-216-825-11
1-400-330-21
1-400-330-21
1-400-330-21
METAL CHIP
100
5%
METAL CHIP
2.2K
5%
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD (1608)
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD (1608)
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD (1608)
1/10W
1/10W
R638
R701
R703
R751
1-216-809-11
1-216-849-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-821-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
220K
0
1K
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
R752
1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP
4.7K
5%
1/10W
(AEP, UK)
1/10W
(AEP, UK)
R753
1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP
4.7K
5%
R754
1-216-811-11 METAL CHIP
150
5%
R755
1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP
4.7K
5%
R756
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
1K
5%
R801
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
0
1/10W
(AEP, UK)
1/10W
(AEP, UK)
1/10W
(AEP, UK)
1/10W
(AEP, UK)
AV-114
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
Ref. No.
< TUNER >
0 U601
Part No.
DT-120
Description
Remarks
C194
C201
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.1uF
6.3V
16V
(AEP2)
16V
(AEP2)
16V
(AEP2)
16V
(AEP2)
C202
1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
C203
1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
C204
1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
C205
1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
C206
1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
C207
1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
C208
1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
C209
1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
C210
1-126-204-11 ELECT CHIP
47uF
20%
C211
C212
C213
C221
1-126-204-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-126-204-11
47uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
47uF
20%
C222
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
C301
C302
C303
C304
1-165-908-11
1-117-681-11
1-162-927-11
1-165-908-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
100uF
100PF
1uF
10%
20%
5%
10%
C306
C307
C309
C313
C314
1-164-937-11
1-117-681-11
1-165-908-11
1-127-760-11
1-127-760-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
100uF
1uF
4.7uF
4.7uF
10%
20%
10%
10%
10%
50V
16V
10V
6.3V
6.3V
(AEP2)
C315
C318
1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-117-681-11 ELECT CHIP
4.7uF
100uF
10%
20%
C319
C320
C324
1-117-681-11 ELECT CHIP
1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-124-778-00 ELECT CHIP
100uF
4.7uF
22uF
20%
10%
20%
6.3V
16V
(AEP2)
16V
6.3V
6.3V
1-693-741-11 TUNER(TMFE2-407A)
< VIBRATOR >
* X101
1-813-965-31 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (15MHz)
X102
1-579-463-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (32.768kHz)
* X601
1-813-713-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (18.432MHz)
************************************************************
DT-120 (AG) BOARD (not supplied)
(AEP1,AEP3,UK) (Ref.No.;40000 series)
DT-120 (BG) BOARD (not supplied) (AEP2)
DT-120 (AS) BOARD (not supplied) (AUS)
(Ref.No.;40000 series)
**************************************
< CAPACITOR >
C101
C102
C103
C104
C105
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-164-937-11
1-107-820-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.1uF
0.001uF
0.1uF
0.001uF
C106
C107
C108
C109
C110
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-164-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
16V
6.3V
16V
16V
25V
C111
C112
C113
C114
C115
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-126-204-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
1uF
0.1uF
1uF
0.1uF
47uF
6.3V
16V
6.3V
16V
16V
C116
C117
C118
C119
C120
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
1uF
0.1uF
1uF
0.1uF
16V
6.3V
16V
6.3V
16V
C121
C124
C125
C126
C127
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
1uF
0.1uF
6.3V
16V
16V
6.3V
16V
C128
C129
C130
C131
C134
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
16V
6.3V
16V
16V
16V
C326
C329
1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-126-204-11 ELECT CHIP
470PF
47uF
5%
20%
C332
C334
1-125-889-91 CERAMIC CHIP
1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP
2.2uF
4.7uF
10%
10%
C135
C136
C137
C138
C140
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
16V
6.3V
6.3V
16V
16V
C335
1-126-204-11 ELECT CHIP
47uF
20%
C338
1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
10%
C142
C144
C147
C148
C149
1-107-820-11
1-117-681-11
1-126-204-11
1-164-842-11
1-164-842-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
100uF
47uF
2PF
2PF
16V
20%
16V
20%
16V
0.25PF 50V
0.25PF 50V
C339
C340
C341
C342
1-126-204-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-126-204-11
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
47uF
1uF
1uF
47uF
20%
10%
10%
20%
10V
(AEP2)
16V
10V
10V
16V
C154
C155
C191
C192
C193
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
1uF
0.1uF
1uF
16V
16V
6.3V
16V
6.3V
C343
C353
C354
C356
1-126-204-11
1-124-779-00
1-165-908-11
1-162-919-11
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
10uF
1uF
22PF
20%
20%
10%
5%
16V
16V
10V
50V
10%
10%
20%
6.3V
16V
50V
16V
50V
16V
(AEP2)
16V
(AEP2)
16V
(AEP2)
16V
(AEP2)
16V
(AEP2)
Note :
8-9
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
20%
16V
(AEP2)
16V
16V
16V
16V
(AEP2)
6.3V
(AEP2)
10V
16V
50V
10V
50V
16V
(AEP2)
10V
6.3V
(AEP2)
16V
(AEP2)
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
DT-120
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
C358
1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
C359
C361
C364
C366
C367
1-164-156-11
1-162-919-11
1-164-156-11
1-126-204-11
1-126-197-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.1uF
22PF
0.1uF
47uF
10uF
C368
C369
C370
C372
C373
1-126-204-11
1-162-964-11
1-162-927-11
1-164-156-11
1-125-889-11
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
0.001uF
100PF
0.1uF
2.2uF
20%
10%
5%
C375
C378
C379
C380
C381
1-162-970-11
1-124-779-00
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-126-204-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.01uF
10uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
47uF
10%
20%
C382
C383
C384
C385
C388
1-126-204-11
1-164-156-11
1-107-826-11
1-126-204-11
1-165-908-11
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
47uF
1uF
20%
C389
C391
C392
C393
C394
1-126-204-11
1-162-970-11
1-125-889-11
1-125-889-11
1-164-156-11
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
0.01uF
2.2uF
2.2uF
0.1uF
C395
C396
C397
C398
C399
1-126-204-11
1-127-715-91
1-162-915-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
C400
C401
C402
C404
C406
1-127-715-91
1-164-315-11
1-162-915-11
1-125-889-11
1-164-156-11
C408
C409
C412
C413
C414
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
25V
C598
1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
25V
50V
25V
16V
50V
C599
C600
C601
C602
C603
1-117-681-11
1-164-156-11
1-117-681-11
1-127-760-11
1-124-778-00
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
100uF
0.1uF
100uF
4.7uF
22uF
16V
50V
50V
25V
10V
C614
C615
C616
C618
C620
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-125-889-11
1-100-966-91
1-100-966-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
2.2uF
10uF
10uF
25V
16V
25V
25V
16V
C621
C623
C626
C628
C629
1-163-037-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-125-889-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.022uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
2.2uF
10%
16V
25V
16V
16V
10V
C630
C633
C634
C636
C637
1-164-937-11
1-125-889-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
2.2uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
10%
10%
50V
10V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
20%
10%
10%
10%
16V
25V
10V
10V
25V
C638
C639
C640
C1001
C1002
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
0.001uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
10%
10%
50V
50V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
47uF
0.22uF
10PF
0.1uF
0.1uF
20%
10%
0.5PF
16V
16V
50V
25V
25V
C1003
C1004
C1005
C1006
C1007
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-164-858-11
1-164-858-11
1-164-858-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
22PF
22PF
22PF
5%
5%
5%
6.3V
6.3V
50V
50V
50V
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.22uF
470PF
10PF
2.2uF
0.1uF
10%
5%
0.5PF
10%
16V
50V
50V
10V
25V
C1008
C1009
C1010
C1011
C1012
1-164-858-11
1-162-912-11
1-162-912-11
1-162-912-11
1-162-912-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
22PF
7PF
7PF
7PF
7PF
5%
0.5PF
0.5PF
0.5PF
0.5PF
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
1-164-156-11
1-107-826-11
1-164-156-11
1-107-826-11
1-164-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
25V
16V
25V
16V
25V
C1013
C1014
C1015
C1016
C1017
1-164-872-11
1-164-872-11
1-164-872-11
1-164-872-11
1-162-912-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
82PF
82PF
82PF
82PF
7PF
5%
5%
5%
5%
0.5PF
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C415
C416
C417
C418
C421
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
1-164-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
C1018
C1019
C1020
C1021
C1022
1-162-912-11
1-162-912-11
1-162-912-11
1-164-854-11
1-164-854-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
7PF
7PF
7PF
15PF
15PF
0.5PF
0.5PF
0.5PF
5%
5%
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C422
C423
1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
1-125-889-91 CERAMIC CHIP
1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP
2.2uF
4.7uF
0.1uF
C1023
C1024
C1025
C1026
C1027
1-164-854-11
1-164-854-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
15PF
15PF
1uF
1uF
1uF
5%
5%
C431
C433
C522
25V
25V
(AEP2)
10V
6.3V
16V
50V
50V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
C524
C590
C591
C592
C593
1-107-820-11
1-164-850-11
1-164-850-11
1-164-850-11
1-164-156-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
10PF
10PF
10PF
0.1uF
C1028
C1029
C1030
C1031
C1032
1-114-130-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
C594
C595
C596
C597
1-164-156-11
1-126-210-21
1-164-156-11
1-126-210-21
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.1uF
220uF
0.1uF
220uF
C1033
C1034
C1035
C1036
C1037
1-162-970-11
1-126-210-21
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
220uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
5%
20%
20%
10%
20%
10%
20%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
0.5PF
0.5PF
0.5PF
20%
20%
16V
50V
50V
50V
25V
25V
4V
25V
4V
8-10
25V
20%
20%
10%
20%
16V
25V
16V
6.3V
6.3V
10%
20%
20%
16V
16V
10V
10V
10V
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
50V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
10V
6.3V
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
4V
16V
16V
16V
DT-120
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
C1038
C1039
C1040
C1041
C1042
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
1-126-210-21
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
1uF
0.001uF
220uF
Remarks
Part No.
Description
16V
16V
6.3V
50V
4V
C1098
C1099
C1100
C1101
C1103
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
16V
C1043
C1044
C1045
C1046
C1047
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C1104
C1105
C1106
C1107
C1108
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-100-966-91
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
10uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
16V
16V
10V
50V
50V
C1048
C1049
C1050
C1051
C1052
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C1109
C1110
C1111
C1112
C1113
1-164-937-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-164-937-11
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.001uF
0.01uF
C1053
C1054
C1055
C1056
C1057
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
1uF
16V
16V
16V
16V
6.3V
C1114
C1115
C1116
C1117
C1118
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
C1058
C1059
C1060
C1061
C1062
1-114-130-11
1-124-779-00
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
10uF
0.001uF
1uF
1uF
6.3V
16V
50V
6.3V
6.3V
C1119
C1120
C1121
C1122
1-126-210-21
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-117-681-11
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
220uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
100uF
C1063
C1064
C1065
C1066
C1067
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
16V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
C1068
C1069
C1070
C1071
C1072
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
C1073
C1074
C1075
C1076
C1077
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
C1078
C1079
C1080
C1081
C1082
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
1-126-210-21
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
1uF
0.001uF
1uF
0.001uF
220uF
C1083
C1084
C1085
C1086
C1087
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
C1088
C1089
C1090
C1091
C1092
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-126-210-21
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
1uF
1uF
220uF
1uF
16V
6.3V
6.3V
4V
6.3V
C1093
C1094
C1095
C1096
C1097
1-114-130-11
1-162-912-11
1-162-912-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
7PF
7PF
1uF
1uF
10%
20%
20%
10%
Ref. No.
Remarks
20%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
50V
16V
16V
50V
16V
10%
10%
10%
10%
6.3V
50V
50V
50V
50V
20%
20%
< CONNECTOR >
10%
10%
20%
20%
0.5PF
0.5PF
CN102
* CN103
* CN202
CN203
1-779-338-51
1-569-940-11
1-564-728-11
1-564-704-41
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 28P
SOCKET, CONNECTOR 24P
PIN, CONNECTOR (SMALL TYPE) 12P
PIN, CONNECTOR (SMALL TYPE) 2P
< DIODE >
* D302
D303
D304
6-501-864-01 DIODE SM15T6V8A
8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17
8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17
< FERRITE BEAD >
6.3V
50V
6.3V
50V
4V
6.3V
50V
50V
6.3V
6.3V
8-11
F101
F102
F103
F104
F105
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
F106
F108
F202
F203
F204
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)(AEP2)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)(AEP2)
F205
F206
F300
F301
F302
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)(AEP2)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)(AEP2)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
F305
F306
F309
F310
F311
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
4V
16V
16V
16V
DT-120
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
F312
F313
F314
F316
F317
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
Remarks
Ref. No.
Q1006
Q1007
Q1008
Part No.
Description
F318
F321
F397
F398
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
1-543-949-22
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
BEAD, FERRITE (CHIP) (1608)
R100
R101
R104
R105
R107
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-935-11
1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
10K
10K
33
0
R109
R110
R111
R114
R116
1-218-990-81
1-218-938-11
1-218-938-11
1-218-935-11
1-218-965-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
R121
R122
R123
R124
R125
1-218-823-11
1-218-823-11
1-218-823-11
1-218-823-11
1-218-823-11
R126
R127
R128
R138
R139
8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR
8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR
8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR
Remarks
2SC4081-R
2SC4081-R
2SC4081-R
< RESISTOR >
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
0
56
56
33
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
100
100
100
100
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1-218-823-11
1-218-823-11
1-218-823-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
100
100
100
10K
10K
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
R141
R142
R143
R144
R145
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R146
R147
R148
R149
R151
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-973-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
10K
10K
47K
47K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R153
R154
R155
R159
R160
1-218-973-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-941-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
47K
47K
47K
100
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1-218-846-11
1-218-846-11
1-218-831-11
1-218-827-11
1-218-935-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
910
910
220
150
33
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
10K
0
100
10K
0
5%
1/16W
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
< IC >
IC101
* IC104
IC106
IC110
* IC201
6-705-306-01
6-711-077-01
6-711-206-01
6-706-484-01
6-711-207-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
HYB25DC256160CE-6
KA5SDKAS01TSN
uPD61111GM-200-UEV-A
TC7SH04FU (T5RSOYJF)
CIMAX-SP2L (AEP2)
IC202
* IC203
* IC204
IC208
IC302
6-710-050-01
6-711-290-01
6-711-290-01
6-707-361-01
6-702-362-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC74LCX245FK (EL) (AEP2)
TC74LCX373FK (EL, K) (AEP2)
TC74LCX373FK (EL, K) (AEP2)
ST890BDR (AEP2)
MM1563DFBE
IC304
IC307
IC309
IC311
IC312
6-711-026-01
6-711-027-01
6-711-146-01
6-708-075-01
6-711-026-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
MM1685ANRE
MM1689FHBE
FPF2007
uPC3221GV
MM1685ANRE
* IC313
IC318
IC320
IC1001
6-711-223-01
8-759-693-13
6-708-708-01
6-711-285-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
DRX3975D
NJM12904V (TE2)
MM1561FFBE
uPD64015AGM-UEU-A
*
*
*
*
*
< COIL >
L304
L314
L315
L1001
L1002
1-412-938-61
1-469-110-21
1-400-703-21
1-412-951-11
1-412-951-11
INDUCTOR
0.82uH
FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (1608)
(3216, EMI FERRITE (SMD)
INDUCTOR
10uH
INDUCTOR
10uH
L1003
L1004
L1005
L1006
L1007
1-412-951-11
1-412-951-11
1-412-954-11
1-412-954-11
1-412-954-11
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
10uH
10uH
18uH
18uH
18uH
L1008
1-412-954-11 INDUCTOR
18uH
R166
R167
R168
R169
R170
< TRANSISTOR >
Q201
Q202
Q203
Q305
Q306
8-729-029-06
8-729-028-86
8-729-905-35
8-729-120-28
8-729-026-53
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
DTC124EUA-T106 (AEP2)
DTA143EUA-T106 (AEP2)
2SC4081-R(AEP2)
2SC1623-L5L6
2SA1576A-T106-QR
R172
R173
R174
R179
R182
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-941-81
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
Q307
Q308
Q309
Q310
Q312
8-729-905-35
8-729-905-35
8-729-029-09
8-729-029-09
8-729-029-06
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4081-R
2SC4081-R
DTC143EUA-T106
DTC143EUA-T106
DTC124EUA-T106
R183
R185
R186
R187
R188
1-218-990-81
1-234-714-11
1-234-714-11
1-234-791-21
1-234-372-11
SHORT CHIP
0
RES, NETWORK 56 (1005X4)
RES, NETWORK 56 (1005X4)
RES, NETWORK 150X4 (2010)
RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4)
Q1001
Q1002
Q1003
Q1004
Q1005
8-729-026-53
8-729-026-53
8-729-026-53
8-729-026-53
8-729-905-35
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SA1576A-T106-QR
2SA1576A-T106-QR
2SA1576A-T106-QR
2SA1576A-T106-QR
2SC4081-R
R189
R190
R191
R192
R193
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
1-234-714-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
8-12
100 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
56 (1005X4)
DT-120
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
R194
R197
R199
R201
R202
1-234-714-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
RES, NETWORK
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
56 (1005X4)
0
0
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
Remarks
R256
1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP
47
5%
R257
1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP
47
5%
R269
1-218-962-11 RES-CHIP
5.6K
5%
R203
R204
R205
R206
R207
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
R270
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
10K
5%
R271
1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP
22K
5%
R272
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
10K
5%
R208
R209
R210
R211
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
R273
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
R277
1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP
R213
1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
0 (AEP2)
10K
5%
1/16W
(AEP2)
47
5%
1/16W
(AEP2)
R278
R279
1-234-372-11 RES, NETWORK
1-234-372-11 RES, NETWORK
R214
1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP
100
5%
R280
R281
1-234-372-11 RES, NETWORK
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
R215
1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP
100
5%
R216
R217
R219
1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
0 (AEP2)
0 (AEP2)
10K
R300
R303
R304
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
100 (1005X4) (AEP2)
10K
5%
1/16W
(AEP2)
0
0
10K
5%
1/10W
R305
R306
R308
R309
R310
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-867-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
0
6.8K
2.2K
2.2K
0.5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R311
R312
R313
R314
R315
1-216-819-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-965-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
680
100
4.7K
4.7K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R316
R317
R318
R319
R320
1-216-829-11
1-218-867-11
1-216-825-11
1-218-973-11
1-216-825-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
4.7K
6.8K
2.2K
47K
2.2K
5%
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
1/10W
R321
R322
R323
R325
R326
1-218-961-11
1-216-839-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
1-218-961-11
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
4.7K
33K
0
10K
4.7K
5%
5%
1/16W
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/16W
R327
R331
R333
R336
R337
1-218-867-11
1-216-823-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
6.8K
1.5K
100
0
0
0.5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R341
R342
R343
R344
R345
1-218-960-11
1-218-960-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
3.9K
3.9K
0
0
0
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R346
R347
R348
R349
R350
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
0
0
5%
1/16W
(AEP2)
1/16W
(AEP2)
1/16W
(AEP2)
R221
1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP
47
5%
R222
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
10K
5%
R223
R224
R225
1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK
1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK
1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
R226
R227
R228
R229
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
1-218-965-11
R230
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
47 (1005X4) (AEP2)
10K
5%
1/16W
(AEP2)
10K
5%
1/16W
R231
1-218-952-11 RES-CHIP
820
5%
R233
1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP
47
5%
R234
1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP
47
5%
R236
R239
1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP
1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK
0 (AEP2)
47 (1005X4)
R240
R241
R242
R243
R244
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
47 (1005X4)
47 (1005X4)
47 (1005X4)
47 (1005X4)
47 (1005X4)
R245
R246
R247
R248
R249
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
47 (1005X4)
47 (1005X4)
47 (1005X4)
47 (1005X4)
47 (1005X4)
R250
R251
R252
R253
R254
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
10K
0 (AEP2)
47
47
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
Ref. No.
1/16W
(AEP2)
1/16W
(AEP2)
1/16W
(AEP2)
1/16W
(AEP2)
1/16W
(AEP2)
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
8-13
Part No.
Description
Remarks
1/16W
(AEP2)
1/16W
(AEP2)
1/16W
(AEP2)
1/16W
(AEP2)
1/16W
(AEP2)
1/16W
(AEP2)
10K
5%
1/16W
(AEP2)
47
5%
1/16W
(AEP2)
100 (1005X4) (AEP2)
100 (1005X4) (AEP2)
DT-120
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
R351
R352
R353
R354
R355
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-969-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
10K
22K
0
0
Remarks
R356
R357
R358
R359
R361
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-965-11
1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
22K
10K
0 (AEP2)
R363
R527
R528
R529
R530
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
0
0
0
0
R531
R532
R534
R535
R538
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
0
22K
22K
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R540
R542
R544
R546
R547
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
22K
22K
22K
22K
22K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R550
R551
R554
R556
R558
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
22K
22K
22K
22K
22K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R560
R561
R564
R566
R568
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
22K
22K
22K
22K
22K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
R569
R570
R571
R572
R575
1-218-941-81
1-218-941-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
100
100
0
0
10K
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
R576
R577
R579
R580
R589
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
0
10K
10K
0
5%
1/16W
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R594
R595
R597
R598
R605
1-218-938-11
1-218-938-11
1-218-939-11
1-218-939-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
56
56
68
68
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
R606
R607
R608
R609
R610
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
47
47
47
R616
R621
R622
R623
R624
1-218-937-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-990-81
1-234-400-21
RES-CHIP
47
RES-CHIP
22K
RES-CHIP
22K
SHORT CHIP
0
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK
5%
5%
5%
Ref. No.
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R625
R626
R627
R628
R629
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
5%
1/16W
Part No.
Description
Remarks
1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4) (AEP2)
1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4) (AEP2)
1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4)
(AEP1,AEP3,UK,AUS)
1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4)
(AEP1,AEP3,UK,AUS)
1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4)
(AEP1,AEP3,UK,AUS)
R641
R642
R643
R644
R650
1-234-400-21
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-216-864-11
1-216-295-91
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4)
SHORT CHIP
0
SHORT CHIP
0
SHORT CHIP
0
SHORT CHIP
0
R651
R660
R661
R662
R666
1-216-864-11
1-218-847-11
1-218-847-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
1K
1K
0
0
R668
R671
R672
R673
R674
1-216-864-11
1-216-857-11
1-216-820-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
1M
820
0
0
R678
1-234-372-11 RES, NETWORK
R678
R679
1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK
1-234-372-11 RES, NETWORK
R679
R680
1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK
1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R680
1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP
33
R681
1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP
100
R681
1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP
33
1/16W
1/16W
R682
1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP
100
R682
1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP
33
R683
R685
R686
R687
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-811-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
10K
10K
150
R688
R689
R690
R691
R692
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
R693
R694
R695
R696
R698
R699
R700
R701
R702
R703
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
(1005X4) (AEP2)
8-14
0.5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
100 (1005X4)
(AEP1,AEP3,UK,AUS)
33 (1005X4) (AEP2)
100 (1005X4)
(AEP1,AEP3,UK,AUS)
33 (1005X4) (AEP2)
100
5%
1/10W
(AEP1,AEP3,UK,AUS)
5%
1/10W
(AEP2)
5%
1/10W
(AEP1,AEP3,UK,AUS)
5%
1/10W
(AEP2)
5%
1/10W
(AEP1,AEP3,UK,AUS)
5%
1/10W
(AEP2)
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
0
0
1-216-864-11
1-242-963-21
1-242-963-21
1-242-963-21
1-218-935-11
SHORT CHIP
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
0
33 (1005X4)
33 (1005X4)
33 (1005X4)
33
5%
1/16W
1-218-935-11
1-218-935-11
1-218-935-11
1-218-935-11
1-216-295-91
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
33
33
33
33
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
DT-120
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
R704
R705
R706
R707
R709
1-218-935-11
1-218-935-11
1-218-935-11
1-218-935-11
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
33
33
33
33
10K
Remarks
R714
R715
R719
R720
R721
1-216-295-91
1-218-990-81
1-218-971-11
1-218-965-11
1-234-372-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
0
0
33K
5%
10K
5%
100 (1005X4)
R722
R723
R724
R725
R726
1-234-372-11
1-234-791-21
1-234-791-21
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4)
RES, NETWORK 150X4 (2010)
RES, NETWORK 150X4 (2010)
RES-CHIP
10K
5%
RES-CHIP
10K
5%
R728
R729
R733
R1001
R1002
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
0
47
47
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R1003
R1004
R1017
R1018
R1019
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-947-11
1-218-947-11
1-218-947-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
47
47
330
330
330
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1020
R1021
R1022
R1023
R1024
1-218-947-11
1-218-839-11
1-218-839-11
1-218-839-11
1-218-839-11
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
330
470
470
470
470
5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
1/16W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1025
R1026
R1027
R1028
R1029
1-208-893-11
1-208-893-11
1-208-893-11
1-208-893-11
1-218-929-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
1.8K
1.8K
1.8K
1.8K
10
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1030
R1031
R1032
R1033
R1034
1-218-929-11
1-218-929-11
1-218-929-11
1-218-951-11
1-218-951-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10
10
10
680
680
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1035
R1036
R1037
R1038
R1039
1-218-951-11
1-218-951-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-973-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
680
680
47K
47K
47K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1040
R1042
R1043
R1044
R1045
1-234-378-21
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
10K (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
R1046
R1047
R1048
R1049
R1050
1-218-941-81
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
1-218-990-81
1-234-372-11
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
SHORT CHIP
RES, NETWORK
100
5%
100 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
0
100 (1005X4)
R1051
R1052
R1053
R1054
R1055
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-973-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
100 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
1K
5%
10K
5%
47K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
Ref. No.
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1057
R1058
R1059
R1060
R1061
Part No.
Description
1-216-864-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-961-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
FL-178
Remarks
0
10K
10K
4.7K
4.7K
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
< TRANSFORMER >
1/16W
1/16W
* T300
1-445-211-11 TRANSFORMER, HIGH-FREQUENCY
< TUNER >
0 U301
1-693-743-11 TUNER (TUPADTC-D101HB)
< VIBRATOR >
1/16W
1/16W
* X300
1-813-966-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (SMD, 20MHz)
************************************************************
FL-178 (BG) BOARD (not supplied) (AEP, UK)
FL-178 (1640 HCA) BOARD (not supplied)
(AUS)
(Ref.No.;30000 series)
**************************************
< CAPACITOR >
C101
C102
C107
C111
1-115-156-11
1-115-156-11
1-107-726-91
1-125-972-61
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
1uF
1uF
0.01uF
100uF
10%
20%
10V
10V
16V
16V
< CONNECTOR >
CN103
CN105
CN106
1-785-828-21 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 4P
1-817-693-11 CONNECTOR, USB (B)
1-815-381-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 5P
< IC >
IC101
6-600-392-01 IC GP1UM27XK0SF
< COIL >
L102
L103
L104
L105
1-400-180-21
1-400-180-21
1-400-180-21
1-400-180-21
INDUCTOR, EMI FERRITE (1608)
INDUCTOR, EMI FERRITE (1608)
INDUCTOR, EMI FERRITE (1608)
INDUCTOR, EMI FERRITE (1608)
< RESISTOR >
R104
R105
R108
R109
R112
1-216-803-11
1-216-803-11
1-216-803-11
1-216-803-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
R113
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
33
33
33
33
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
0
< SWITCH >
1/16W
S101
S102
1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (?/1(POWER))
1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (ONE TOUCH DUB)
< VARISTOR >
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
VDR102 1-802-071-21 VARISTOR, CHIP
VDR104 1-802-071-21 VARISTOR, CHIP
************************************************************
Note :
8-15
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
FR-274
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
Ref. No.
FR-274 (BG) BOARD (not supplied) (AEP, UK)
FR-274 (1640 HCA) BOARD (not supplied)
(AUS)
(Ref.No.;30000 series)
**************************************
2-319-520-01 SPACER, FL
*
< CAPACITOR >
C201
C204
C206
* C207
C211
1-128-111-11
1-164-230-11
1-164-230-11
1-107-377-21
1-107-826-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
MYLAR
CERAMIC CHIP
100uF
220PF
220PF
0.0027uF
0.1uF
20%
5%
5%
5%
10%
25V
50V
50V
200V
16V
C213
C215
C216
C217
C221
1-131-992-91
1-115-339-11
1-128-131-11
1-115-339-11
1-107-726-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
100000PF
0.1uF
22uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
10%
20%
10%
10%
35V
50V
50V
50V
16V
C222
C223
1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP
1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
16V
50V
1-815-381-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 5P
1-563-614-31 HOUSING, CONNECTOR 11P
1-784-739-11 CONNECTOR, FFC 17P
< DIODE >
D202
D203
D204
D205
D206
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
D207
D208
D209
D210
D211
8-719-067-40
8-719-988-61
8-719-988-61
8-719-988-61
8-719-988-61
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
STZ6.8N-T146
1SS355TE-17
1SS355TE-17
1SS355TE-17
1SS355TE-17
* D212
D214
D216
6-501-884-01 DIODE SDPB31H3C0100
6-501-437-01 DIODE SLI-343YC3F
8-719-056-82 DIODE MM3Z6V2ST1
< FERRITE BEAD >
FB201
FB202
1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
< IC >
IC201
1-780-049-11 TERMINAL BOARD (S TERMINAL+3P)
1-411-919-11 INDUCTOR
100uH
< FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE >
ND201
Q201
Q202
Q203
Q204
Q205
8-729-052-91
8-729-052-91
8-729-904-87
8-729-421-19
8-729-029-06
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SD1898T100R
2SD1898T100R
2SB1197K-R
UN2213
DTC124EUA-T106
Q206
8-729-029-10 TRANSISTOR
DTC143TUA-T106
R201
R205
R206
R207
R209
1-216-295-91
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
0
0
0
10K
5%
1/10W
R213
R215
R217
R218
R220
1-216-864-11
1-216-830-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-849-11
1-216-849-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
5.6K
10K
220K
220K
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R222
R223
R225
R227
R228
1-216-295-91
1-216-826-11
1-216-814-11
1-216-838-11
1-216-833-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
2.7K
270
27K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R229
R230
R231
R232
R233
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-845-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
0
100K
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1/10W
R235
R236
R237
R238
R239
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-825-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
10K
10K
10K
2.2K
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R240
R241
R242
R243
R244
1-216-825-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-830-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-825-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
2.2K
3.3K
5.6K
10K
2.2K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R245
R246
R248
R250
R251
1-216-825-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-805-11
1-216-805-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
2.2K
3.3K
3.3K
47
47
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R252
1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP
47
5%
1/10W
< SWITCH >
< COIL >
L201
Remarks
< TRANSISTOR >
6-701-729-01 IC PT6315
< JACK >
J201
Description
< RESISTOR >
< CONNECTOR >
CN201
CN202
CN203
Part No.
1-519-964-11 INDICATOR TUBE, FLUORESCENT
8-16
S201
S203
S204
S207
S208
1-771-410-21
1-786-726-11
1-771-410-21
1-786-726-11
1-771-410-21
SWITCH, TACTILE (Z (OPEN/CLOSE))
SWITCH, TACTILE (x (REC STOP))
SWITCH, TACTILE (INPUT SELECT)
SWITCH, TACTILE (z (REC))
SWITCH, TACTILE (CHANNEL +)
S209
S210
S211
S212
S213
1-771-410-21
1-786-726-11
1-786-726-11
1-786-726-11
1-786-726-11
SWITCH, TACTILE (CHANNEL -)
SWITCH, TACTILE (N (PLAY))
SWITCH, TACTILE (x (STOP))
SWITCH, TACTILE (DVD)
SWITCH, TACTILE (HDD)
FR-274
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
Ref. No.
< TRANSFORMER >
* T201
1-445-207-11 TRANSFORMER, DC-DC CONVERTER
************************************************************
RD-65 (BS) BOARD (not supplied) (AEP, UK)
RD-65 (DS) EM BOARD (not supplied) (AUS)
(Ref.No.;20000 series)
**************************************
< CAPACITOR >
10%
10%
20%
RD-65
Part No.
Description
C170
C171
C172
C173
C174
1-164-866-11
1-125-777-11
1-164-866-11
1-164-866-11
1-164-866-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47PF
0.1uF
47PF
47PF
47PF
5%
10%
5%
5%
5%
50V
10V
50V
50V
50V
Remarks
C176
C177
C180
C181
C182
1-164-858-11
1-164-858-11
1-100-966-91
1-127-760-11
1-100-966-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
22PF
22PF
10uF
4.7uF
10uF
5%
5%
20%
10%
20%
50V
50V
10V
6.3V
10V
C187
C188
C189
C194
C197
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-937-11
1-127-760-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.001uF
4.7uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
50V
6.3V
10V
C100
C101
C103
C104
C105
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
1-126-210-21
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
0.001uF
220uF
1uF
0.001uF
10%
50V
50V
4V
6.3V
50V
C106
C107
C113
C114
C115
1-107-820-11
1-164-936-11
1-100-581-81
1-100-581-81
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
680PF
0.0047uF
0.0047uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
50V
50V
50V
16V
C199
C201
C202
C280
C281
1-114-130-11
1-125-777-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
C116
C117
C120
C121
C122
1-125-777-11
1-164-937-11
1-125-777-11
1-164-939-11
1-164-939-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.001uF
0.1uF
0.0022uF
0.0022uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
50V
10V
50V
50V
C282
C283
C284
C285
C286
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-100-966-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
10uF
C124
C125
C127
C128
C129
1-125-777-11
1-114-130-11
1-119-923-11
1-125-777-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
1uF
0.047uF
0.1uF
1uF
10%
10V
6.3V
10V
10V
6.3V
C287
C288
C289
C290
C291
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-164-937-11
1-107-820-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.1uF
0.001uF
0.1uF
0.001uF
C130
C131
C133
C134
C135
1-127-760-11
1-137-987-81
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
4.7uF
0.068uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
6.3V
10V
10V
10V
16V
C501
C503
C504
C505
C508
1-107-820-11
1-162-962-11
1-125-777-11
1-100-566-91
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
470PF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.001uF
C136
C137
C140
C141
C142
1-125-777-11
1-164-942-11
1-100-415-91
1-100-415-91
1-100-966-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.0068uF
0.47uF
0.47uF
10uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
10V
16V
6.3V
6.3V
10V
C509
C510
C511
C512
C513
1-164-862-11
1-164-870-11
1-127-573-11
1-164-360-11
1-164-360-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
33PF
68PF
1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
5%
5%
10%
50V
50V
16V
16V
16V
C143
C144
C145
C146
C149
1-100-966-91
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-100-966-91
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
10uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10uF
0.01uF
20%
10%
10%
20%
10%
10V
16V
16V
10V
16V
C514
C515
C516
C532
C1001
1-100-566-91
1-100-566-91
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
25V
25V
10V
10V
10V
C152
C153
C154
C155
C156
1-164-937-11
1-124-779-00
1-114-130-11
1-100-415-91
1-165-448-81
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
10uF
1uF
0.47uF
0.0018uF
10%
20%
50V
16V
6.3V
6.3V
50V
C1002
C1003
C1004
C1005
C1006
1-125-777-11
1-126-209-11
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
100uF
1uF
0.001uF
1uF
10%
20%
10V
4V
6.3V
50V
6.3V
C157
C158
C159
C162
C163
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
1-126-210-21
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.1uF
1uF
220uF
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
6.3V
4V
C1007
C1008
C1009
C1010
C1011
1-126-210-21
1-114-130-11
1-126-210-21
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
220uF
1uF
220uF
1uF
0.001uF
C164
C165
C166
C167
C169
1-164-937-11
1-164-858-11
1-164-858-11
1-107-820-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
22PF
22PF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
5%
5%
50V
50V
50V
16V
10V
C1012
C1013
C1014
C1015
C1016
1-126-209-11
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
100uF
1uF
0.001uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
10%
8-17
10%
20%
6.3V
10V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
10V
10%
6.3V
16V
50V
16V
50V
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
50V
10V
25V
50V
10%
10%
20%
20%
10%
20%
10%
10%
10%
4V
6.3V
4V
6.3V
50V
4V
6.3V
50V
10V
10V
RD-65
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
C1017
C1018
C1019
C1020
C1021
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-124-779-00
1-100-966-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10uF
10uF
Remarks
C1022
C1023
C1024
C1025
C1026
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
1-126-209-11
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.001uF
100uF
1uF
0.001uF
10%
6.3V
50V
4V
6.3V
50V
C1027
C1028
C1029
C1030
C1031
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C1032
C1033
C1034
C1035
C1036
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-126-209-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
100uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
10V
10V
10V
10V
4V
C1037
C1038
C1039
C1040
C1041
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
1-126-209-11
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.001uF
100uF
1uF
0.001uF
C1044
1-164-840-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1P
C1044
1-164-842-11 CERAMIC CHIP
2PF
C1045
1-164-840-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1P
C1045
1-164-842-11 CERAMIC CHIP
2PF
C1047
1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
C1048
C1049
C1050
C1051
C1052
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
1-126-209-11
1-100-966-91
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.001uF
100uF
10uF
1uF
C1053
C1056
C1057
C1058
C1059
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-164-943-81
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
1uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
1uF
C1060
C1061
C1062
C1063
C1064
1-107-820-11
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.001uF
1uF
0.1uF
0.001uF
C1065
C1066
C1067
C1068
C1101
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
1uF
0.1uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
C1104
C1105
C1113
C1202
C1203
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.1uF
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
6.3V
16V
6.3V
6.3V
16V
C1204
C1205
C1206
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP
1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
6.3V
16V
16V
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
10%
20%
10%
20%
10%
Ref. No.
10V
10V
10V
16V
10V
6.3V
50V
4V
6.3V
50V
0.25PF 50V
(AUS)
0.25PF 50V
(AEP, UK)
0.25PF 50V
(AUS)
0.25PF 50V
(AEP, UK)
10%
10V
10%
20%
20%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
6.3V
50V
4V
10V
6.3V
50V
6.3V
16V
16V
6.3V
16V
50V
6.3V
16V
50V
50V
6.3V
16V
50V
50V
8-18
Part No.
Description
Remarks
C1207
C1208
1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
1uF
10%
50V
6.3V
C1209
C1210
C1211
C1212
C1213
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
50V
50V
16V
16V
16V
C1214
C1215
C1216
C1217
C1218
1-107-820-11
1-126-209-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
100uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
C1219
C1220
C1221
C1222
C1223
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
1uF
C1224
C1225
C1226
C1227
C1228
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.001uF
1uF
0.001uF
10%
10%
10%
C1229
C1230
C1231
C1235
C1236
1-164-937-11
1-107-820-11
1-100-966-91
1-100-966-91
1-126-209-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.001uF
0.1uF
10uF
10uF
100uF
10%
C1291
C1301
C1302
C1303
C1304
1-107-820-11
1-125-889-91
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-126-205-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.1uF
2.2uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
47uF
C1312
C1313
C1315
C1316
C1401
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
1-125-889-11
1-100-966-91
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
2.2uF
10uF
0.01uF
C1421
C1801
C1802
C1803
C1804
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-125-889-11
1-164-882-11
1-164-934-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
2.2uF
220PF
330PF
C1805
C1811
C1812
C1813
C1814
1-119-923-11
1-114-130-11
1-125-889-11
1-164-874-11
1-164-878-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.047uF
1uF
2.2uF
100PF
150PF
10%
C1815
C2305
C2501
C2502
C2503
1-119-923-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.047uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
10%
C2504
C2505
C2506
C3103
C3104
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-100-966-91
1-117-681-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
10uF
100uF
1uF
C3105
C3106
C3107
C3108
1-107-820-11
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-126-210-21
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.1uF
0.001uF
1uF
220uF
20%
16V
4V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
16V
6.3V
10%
20%
20%
20%
16V
16V
50V
6.3V
50V
50V
16V
10V
10V
4V
20%
16V
10V
16V
16V
6.3V
10%
20%
10%
16V
16V
10V
10V
16V
10%
5%
10%
6.3V
6.3V
10V
16V
50V
10%
10%
5%
5%
20%
20%
10%
20%
10V
6.3V
10V
50V
50V
10V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
10V
16V
6.3V
16V
50V
6.3V
4V
RD-65
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
C3201
1-126-916-11 ELECT
1000uF
20%
C3202
C3203
C3204
C3206
C3207
1-107-820-11
1-164-937-11
1-164-934-11
1-107-820-11
1-126-205-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.1uF
0.001uF
330PF
0.1uF
47uF
C3211
C3212
* C3213
* C3214
C3215
1-117-681-11
1-107-820-11
1-100-741-81
1-100-741-81
1-164-872-11
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
100uF
0.1uF
560PF
560PF
82PF
C3216
C3217
C3218
C3219
C3220
1-164-872-11
1-107-820-11
1-117-681-11
1-126-210-21
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
82PF
0.1uF
100uF
220uF
1uF
5%
C3301
C3302
C3303
1-162-912-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-162-912-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-164-845-11 CERAMIC CHIP
7PF
7PF
5PF
0.5PF
0.5PF
C3303
1-164-854-11 CERAMIC CHIP
15PF
5%
C3304
1-164-870-81 CERAMIC CHIP
68PF
5%
C3304
1-164-872-11 CERAMIC CHIP
82PF
5%
C3305
1-164-854-11 CERAMIC CHIP
15PF
5%
C3305
1-164-858-11 CERAMIC CHIP
22PF
5%
C3307
C3311
1-100-966-91 CERAMIC CHIP
1-162-912-11 CERAMIC CHIP
10uF
7PF
20%
0.5PF
C3312
1-162-912-11 CERAMIC CHIP
7PF
0.5PF
C3313
1-100-966-91 CERAMIC CHIP
10uF
20%
C3313
1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
10%
C3314
1-162-912-11 CERAMIC CHIP
7PF
0.5PF
C3315
1-162-912-11 CERAMIC CHIP
7PF
0.5PF
C3316
1-164-845-11 CERAMIC CHIP
5PF
C3317
1-164-870-11 CERAMIC CHIP
68PF
5%
C3318
1-164-854-11 CERAMIC CHIP
15PF
5%
C3319
1-100-966-91 CERAMIC CHIP
10uF
20%
C3319
1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
5%
5%
5%
20%
20%
C3320
1-162-912-11 CERAMIC CHIP
7PF
0.5PF
C3321
1-162-912-11 CERAMIC CHIP
7PF
0.5PF
C3322
1-164-845-11 CERAMIC CHIP
5PF
C3323
1-164-870-11 CERAMIC CHIP
68PF
5%
C3324
1-164-854-11 CERAMIC CHIP
15PF
5%
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
6.3V
C3325
1-100-966-91 CERAMIC CHIP
10uF
20%
16V
50V
50V
16V
6.3V
C3325
1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
10%
C3329
1-164-845-11 CERAMIC CHIP
5PF
C3330
1-164-870-11 CERAMIC CHIP
68PF
5%
16V
16V
50V
50V
50V
C3331
1-164-854-11 CERAMIC CHIP
15PF
5%
C3332
C3333
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
50V
16V
16V
4V
6.3V
C3334
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
C3335
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
C3339
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
C3340
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
C3341
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
C3342
C3701
C3703
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.01uF
1uF
C3704
C3705
C3706
C3707
C3738
1-100-966-91
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
10uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
1uF
1uF
C3801
C3802
C3803
C3804
C4501
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
C4502
C4503
C4504
C4505
C4506
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
1uF
0.1uF
6.3V
6.3V
16V
6.3V
16V
C4507
C4508
C4509
C4511
C4513
1-117-681-11
1-126-210-21
1-126-210-21
1-127-760-11
1-127-760-11
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
100uF
220uF
220uF
4.7uF
4.7uF
20%
20%
20%
10%
10%
16V
4V
4V
6.3V
6.3V
C4515
C4516
C4522
C4524
C4525
1-126-205-11
1-124-779-00
1-114-130-11
1-127-760-11
1-127-760-11
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
10uF
1uF
4.7uF
4.7uF
20%
20%
6.3V
16V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
C4526
C4531
C4532
C4533
C4534
1-218-967-11
1-114-130-11
1-164-943-81
1-114-130-11
1-100-966-91
RES-CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
15K
1uF
0.01uF
1uF
10uF
10%
20%
1/16W
6.3V
16V
6.3V
10V
C4535
C4536
C4537
C4539
C4540
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C4541
C4542
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-125-889-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
2.2uF
10%
6.3V
10V
50V
50V
50V
(AUS)
50V
(AEP, UK)
50V
(AUS)
50V
(AEP, UK)
50V
(AUS)
50V
(AEP, UK)
10V
50V
(AUS)
50V
(AUS)
10V
(AUS)
50V
(AEP, UK)
50V
(AUS)
50V
(AUS)
50V
(AUS)
50V
(AUS)
50V
(AUS)
10V
(AUS)
50V
(AEP, UK)
50V
(AUS)
50V
(AUS)
50V
(AUS)
50V
(AUS)
50V
(AUS)
8-19
10V
(AUS)
50V
(AEP, UK)
50V
(AUS)
50V
(AUS)
50V
(AUS)
6.3V
6.3V
(AUS)
6.3V
(AUS)
6.3V
(AUS)
6.3V
(AUS)
10%
20%
10%
10%
10%
10%
5%
6.3V
(AUS)
6.3V
(AUS)
6.3V
16V
6.3V
10V
50V
50V
6.3V
6.3V
RD-65
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
C4543
C4553
C4555
1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
0.001uF
4.7uF
10%
10%
10%
50V
50V
6.3V
C4556
C4557
C4558
C4559
C4562
1-127-760-11
1-164-943-81
1-117-681-11
1-117-681-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
4.7uF
0.01uF
100uF
100uF
1uF
10%
10%
20%
20%
6.3V
16V
16V
16V
6.3V
C4563
C4567
C4570
C4571
C4572
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-127-760-11
1-126-210-21
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
4.7uF
220uF
C4573
C4585
C4586
C4701
C4702
1-127-760-11
1-107-820-11
1-117-681-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
4.7uF
0.1uF
100uF
1uF
1uF
C4703
C4704
C4705
C4706
C5104
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.1uF
C5105
C5106
C5107
C5108
C5109
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
16V
C5110
C5111
C5112
C5113
C5114
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
16V
16V
C5115
C5116
C5117
C5118
C5119
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-164-852-11
1-164-852-11
1-100-574-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
12PF
12PF
270PF
6.3V
6.3V
50V
50V
50V
C5120
C5121
C5122
C5123
C5132
1-114-130-11
1-126-209-11
1-126-209-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
100uF
100uF
1uF
1uF
C5133
C5205
C5209
C5210
C5211
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-107-820-11
1-117-681-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
100uF
0.001uF
C5212
C5213
C5216
C5217
C5218
1-125-889-11
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
2.2uF
1uF
0.001uF
1uF
0.001uF
10%
C5219
C5222
C5223
C5601
C5602
1-164-937-11
1-107-820-11
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
0.1uF
0.001uF
1uF
1uF
10%
C5603
C5604
C5605
1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP
1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
20%
10%
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
4V
20%
6.3V
16V
16V
6.3V
6.3V
10%
10%
10%
6.3V
50V
50V
50V
16V
5%
5%
10%
20%
20%
20%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
Ref. No.
6.3V
4V
4V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
16V
16V
50V
10V
6.3V
50V
6.3V
50V
50V
16V
50V
6.3V
6.3V
Part No.
Description
Remarks
C5606
C5607
1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP
1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
16V
16V
C5608
C5609
C5610
C5611
C5612
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
10V
C5613
C5614
C5615
C5616
C5617
1-126-209-11
1-164-943-81
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-164-943-81
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
100uF
0.01uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
20%
10%
10%
10%
10%
4V
16V
10V
10V
16V
C5622
C5623
C5624
C5625
C5626
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C5627
C5628
C5629
C5630
C5631
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C5632
C5640
C5641
C5702
C5704
1-164-943-81
1-164-854-11
1-164-854-11
1-114-130-11
1-126-193-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.01uF
15PF
15PF
1uF
1uF
10%
5%
5%
16V
50V
50V
6.3V
50V
C5705
C5706
C5707
C5708
C5801
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-126-210-21
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
0.001uF
1uF
220uF
1uF
10%
10%
C5802
C5803
C5804
C5805
C5806
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
1uF
0.001uF
1uF
1uF
10%
C5807
C5808
C5809
C5812
C5813
1-114-130-11
1-114-130-11
1-126-210-21
1-107-820-11
1-107-820-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
220uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
C5814
C5815
C5816
C5817
C5818
1-164-360-11
1-100-566-91
1-100-566-91
1-100-566-91
1-100-566-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
C5819
C5820
C5821
C5822
1-164-937-11
1-114-130-11
1-164-937-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
1uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
20%
20%
10%
50V
6.3V
50V
6.3V
6.3V
20%
6.3V
6.3V
4V
16V
16V
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
< CONNECTOR >
CN201
CN501
CN601
* CN4501
CN4701
16V
16V
16V
1-817-705-51
1-766-767-51
1-784-857-51
1-564-729-11
1-779-338-51
CONNECTOR, FPC 10P
CONNECTOR, FPC 12P
CONNECTOR, FFC (LIF (NON-ZIF)) 5P
PIN, CONNECTOR (SMALL TYPE) 13P
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 28P
CN5101 1-819-414-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) 6P
CN5201 1-820-176-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) 10P
8-20
50V
50V
6.3V
4V
6.3V
16V
25V
25V
25V
25V
50V
6.3V
50V
50V
RD-65
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
< DIODE >
Q2503
6-551-699-01 TRANSISTOR
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
D101
D3201
D3711
D3712
D4521
8-719-077-34
8-719-941-86
8-719-058-24
8-719-058-24
8-719-058-24
SML-310YTT86
DAN202UT106
RB501V-40TE-17
RB501V-40TE-17
RB501V-40TE-17
Q2504
Q2505
Q3301
Q3302
Q3303
6-551-699-01
6-551-699-01
6-551-699-01
8-729-620-13
6-551-699-01
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
2SC4154TP-1EF
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF (AUS)
D4552
D4571
8-719-058-24 DIODE RB501V-40TE-17
8-719-058-24 DIODE RB501V-40TE-17
Q3304
Q3305
Q3306
Q3307
Q3308
8-729-620-13
6-551-699-01
8-729-620-13
6-551-699-01
8-729-620-13
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4154TP-1EF (AUS)
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF (AUS)
2SC4154TP-1EF (AUS)
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF (AUS)
2SC4154TP-1EF (AUS)
Q4581
Q5701
Q5801
Q5804
Q5805
8-729-620-13
8-729-620-13
6-550-376-01
8-729-029-06
6-551-699-01
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SC4154TP-1EF
2SC4154TP-1EF
UMXIN-TN
DTC124EUA-T106
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
Q5808
Q5809
8-729-031-34 TRANSISTOR
6-550-375-01 TRANSISTOR
< IC >
IC1201
IC1221
IC1301
IC1302
IC3101
6-708-305-01
6-708-305-01
8-759-693-13
8-759-693-13
6-710-840-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
K4H511638C-UCB3T
K4H511638C-UCB3T
NJM12904V (TE2)
NJM12904V (TE2)
AK5358AET-E2
IC3202
IC3701
IC3702
IC3707
IC4541
8-759-100-96
8-759-679-05
6-706-487-01
6-707-472-01
6-702-362-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
uPC4558G2
TC7WH34FU (TE12R)
TC7SH08FU (T5RSOYJF)
PST3813UL
MM1563DFBE
IC4702
IC5103
IC5202
IC5203
IC5602
8-759-592-47
6-706-365-01
6-710-887-01
6-706-487-01
6-806-103-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TC7SZ08FU (TE85R)
uPD72852AGB-8EU-A
R5523N001B-TR-F
TC7SH08FU (T5RSOYJF)
88SA8040-TBC1C000
IC5701
* IC5802
< RESISTOR >
6-707-858-01 IC TC74VHC00FT (EKJ)
6-711-188-01 IC TC7MB3257FK (EL)
< JACK >
JA5701 1-793-446-21 JACK, PIN 1P
JA5801 1-821-450-12 CONNECTOR, HDMI
< COIL >
L105
L1005
L1801
L1811
L3301
1-469-967-21
1-412-008-31
1-412-958-21
1-412-953-11
1-412-954-11
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
10uH
15uH
39uH
15uH
18uH
L3302
L3303
L3304
L3305
L3306
1-412-951-11
1-412-954-11
1-412-951-11
1-412-954-11
1-412-951-11
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
10uH
18uH (AUS)
10uH (AUS)
18uH (AUS)
10uH (AUS)
L3307
L3308
L4551
L5101
L5201
1-412-954-11
1-412-951-11
1-469-967-21
1-414-235-22
1-456-799-11
INDUCTOR
18uH (AUS)
INDUCTOR
10uH (AUS)
INDUCTOR
10uH
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
COIL, COMMON MODE CHOKE
L5202
L5701
L5801
L5802
L5803
1-456-799-11
1-400-330-21
1-457-374-21
1-457-374-21
1-457-374-21
COIL, COMMON MODE CHOKE
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD (1608)
COMMOM MODE CHOKE COIL
COMMOM MODE CHOKE COIL
COMMOM MODE CHOKE COIL
L5804
1-457-374-21 COMMOM MODE CHOKE COIL
< TRANSISTOR >
Q1801
Q1811
Q2501
Q2502
6-551-699-01
6-551-699-01
6-551-699-01
6-551-699-01
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SK2034
UMD2N-TR
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
8-21
R104
R105
R107
R108
R109
1-218-966-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-973-11
1-218-963-11
1-208-702-11
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
12K
0
47K
6.8K
6.2K
5%
1/16W
5%
5%
0.5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R110
R111
R112
R114
R115
1-218-953-11
1-218-985-11
1-218-985-11
1-218-971-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
1K
470K
470K
33K
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R116
R117
R119
R124
R128
1-218-959-11
1-218-939-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
3.3K
68
0
0
0
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R129
R130
R131
R132
R133
1-218-990-81
1-218-945-11
1-218-945-11
1-218-945-11
1-218-945-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
220
220
220
220
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R134
R135
R136
R137
R138
1-218-973-11
1-218-945-11
1-218-945-11
1-218-945-11
1-218-973-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
47K
220
220
220
47K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R139
R165
R166
R167
R168
1-218-945-11
1-218-952-11
1-218-952-11
1-218-952-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
220
820
820
820
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R170
R171
R172
R174
R192
1-218-959-11
1-218-959-11
1-218-959-11
1-218-863-11
1-216-809-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
3.3K
3.3K
3.3K
4.7K
100
5%
5%
5%
0.5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/10W
1/10W
R193
R201
R202
R203
R204
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-218-935-11
1-218-935-11
1-242-963-21
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
0
10K
5%
33
5%
33
5%
33 (1005X4)
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
RD-65
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
R205
R206
R210
R211
R219
1-242-963-21
1-242-963-21
1-218-935-11
1-218-990-81
1-234-377-21
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES, NETWORK
33 (1005X4)
33 (1005X4)
33
5%
0
4.7K (1005X4)
Remarks
R220
R221
R222
R223
R230
1-234-377-21
1-218-973-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-990-81
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
4.7K (1005X4)
47K
5%
47K
5%
22
5%
0
R233
R234
R236
R237
R238
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-933-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-933-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
22
10K
22
5%
5%
5%
R239
R240
R241
R242
R243
1-218-965-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
22
10K
22
10K
R244
R245
R248
R252
R253
1-218-933-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
R256
R271
R273
R274
R281
1-218-965-11
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-218-990-81
R301
R306
R307
R310
R311
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
R1016
R1017
R1018
R1019
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
0
0
0
5%
1/16W
R1021
R1027
R1028
R1029
R1030
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-940-11
1-218-937-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
10K
10K
82
47
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
(AUS)
R1030
1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP
100
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1031
1-218-943-11 RES-CHIP
150
5%
R1031
1-218-945-11 RES-CHIP
220
5%
1/16W
(AEP, UK)
1/16W
(AUS)
1/16W
(AEP, UK)
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1032
R1033
1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK
1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK
10K (1005X4)
10K (1005X4)
22
10K
10K
10K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1034
R1035
R1036
R1037
R1039
1-234-378-21
1-234-378-21
1-211-984-11
1-218-823-11
1-211-984-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K (1005X4)
10K (1005X4)
43
0.5%
100
0.5%
43
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
0
0
0
0
5%
1/16W
R1040
R1066
R1067
R1068
R1069
1-218-823-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-973-11
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
100
47K
47K
47K
47K
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
47K
2.2K
2.2K
1K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
0
0
0
100K
1/16W
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-977-11
5%
1-218-973-11
1-218-957-11
1-218-957-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
R1071
R1103
R1107
R1110
R1111
5%
1/16W
R312
R313
R314
R317
R318
1-218-953-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-953-11
1-242-963-21
1-242-963-21
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
1K
5%
47K
5%
1K
5%
33 (1005X4)
33 (1005X4)
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1132
R1153
R1161
R1163
R1164
1-218-937-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-961-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
47
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R319
R320
R503
R504
R505
1-242-963-21
1-242-963-21
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-966-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
33 (1005X4)
33 (1005X4)
1K
5%
1K
5%
12K
5%
R1181
R1182
R1191
R1195
R1199
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
10K
4.7K
4.7K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R506
R507
R510
R511
R515
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
1-217-907-11
1-217-907-11
1-218-971-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
1K
1K
1.8
1.8
33K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
R1205
R1219
R1240
R1241
R1242
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-933-11
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
RES-CHIP
10K
5%
1/16W
SHORT CHIP
0
RES-CHIP
22
5%
1/16W
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4)
R516
R601
R602
R603
R604
1-218-966-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
12K
10K
10K
1K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1243
R1244
R1245
R1246
R1247
1-218-990-81
1-218-935-11
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
1-218-933-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
R1001
R1003
R1004
R1005
R1006
1-218-965-11
1-218-843-11
1-218-839-11
1-218-967-11
1-218-967-11
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
680
470
15K
15K
5%
0.5%
0.5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
R1248
R1249
R1250
R1251
R1252
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-218-990-81
1-218-935-11
1-218-935-11
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4)
SHORT CHIP
0
RES-CHIP
33
5%
1/16W
RES-CHIP
33
5%
1/16W
R1013
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
10K
5%
1/16W
R1255
R1256
R1257
R1258
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
8-22
Remarks
0
33
5%
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
22
5%
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
22
5%
22
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
RD-65
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
R1260
1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP
22
5%
R1261
R1262
R1263
R1264
R1265
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-218-990-81
1-218-935-11
1-234-370-21
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4)
SHORT CHIP
0
RES-CHIP
33
5%
1/16W
RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)
R1266
R1267
R1268
R1269
R1270
1-234-370-21
1-218-933-11
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-218-990-81
RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)
RES-CHIP
22
5%
1/16W
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4)
SHORT CHIP
0
R1271
R1272
R1273
R1274
R1275
1-218-935-11
1-218-935-11
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
1-218-933-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
33
5%
33
5%
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
22
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R1276
R1277
R1278
R1279
R1281
1-218-933-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-948-11
1-234-371-21
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
22
5%
0
0
390
5%
47 (1005X4)
1/16W
R1282
R1283
R1284
R1285
R1286
1-234-371-21
1-234-371-21
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
47 (1005X4)
47 (1005X4)
47
5%
47
5%
47
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1287
R1288
R1289
R1301
R1302
1-234-371-21
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-839-11
1-218-847-11
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
47 (1005X4)
22
5%
22
5%
470
0.5%
1K
0.5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/10W
1/10W
R1303
R1312
R1313
R1314
R1401
1-218-847-11
1-218-847-11
1-218-847-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-933-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
1K
1K
1K
0
22
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1/16W
R1402
R1403
R1404
R1405
R1406
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
22
22
22
22
22
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1407
R1411
R1412
R1413
R1414
1-218-933-11
1-234-378-21
1-218-965-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-933-11
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
22
5%
10K (1005X4)
10K
5%
47K
5%
22
5%
1/16W
R1415
R1416
R1421
R1422
R1802
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-945-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
22
22
10K
10K
220
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1803
R1804
R1812
R1813
R1814
1-218-947-11
1-218-935-11
1-218-945-11
1-218-947-11
1-218-935-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
330
33
220
330
33
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R2301
R2302
R2304
R2316
R2501
1-218-959-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-218-951-11
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
3.3K
0
0
10K
680
5%
1/16W
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
Ref. No.
1/16W
1/16W
Part No.
Description
R2502
R2504
R2505
R2506
R2507
1-218-827-11
1-218-951-11
1-218-827-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-951-11
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
150
680
150
0
680
0.5%
5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/16W
1/10W
Remarks
5%
1/16W
R2508
R2510
R2511
R2513
R2514
1-218-827-11
1-218-951-11
1-218-827-11
1-218-951-11
1-218-827-11
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
150
680
150
680
150
0.5%
5%
0.5%
5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/16W
1/10W
1/16W
1/10W
R3002
R3003
R3004
R3005
R3006
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-234-378-21
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES, NETWORK
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
10K (1005X4)
0
R3007
R3008
R3009
R3010
R3011
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
0
0
R3012
R3101
R3102
R3103
R3104
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
0
0
R3105
R3106
R3107
R3108
R3109
1-218-989-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
1M
10K
47
47
47
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R3111
R3113
R3201
R3202
R3203
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
10K
47
47
47
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R3204
R3206
R3207
R3208
R3209
1-218-990-81
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-977-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
47
47
47
100K
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R3210
R3211
R3213
R3214
R3215
1-218-849-11
1-218-871-11
1-218-951-11
1-218-963-11
1-218-969-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
1.2K
10K
680
6.8K
22K
0.5%
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R3216
R3217
R3218
R3219
R3220
1-218-849-11
1-218-871-11
1-218-879-11
1-218-963-11
1-218-941-81
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
1.2K
10K
22K
6.8K
100
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
R3221
R3222
R3223
R3224
R3227
1-218-941-81
1-218-963-11
1-218-879-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-941-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
100
6.8K
22K
100
100
5%
5%
0.5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
R3228
R3229
R3230
R3232
R3233
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-216-295-91
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
10K
0
0
0
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R3234
1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
8-23
0
RD-65
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
R3301
R3302
1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP
1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP
47
47
5%
5%
R3302
R3305
1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP
1-218-947-11 RES-CHIP
0 (AEP, UK)
330
5%
R3306
R3307
1-218-839-11 METAL CHIP
1-208-893-11 METAL CHIP
470
1.8K
0.5%
0.5%
R3307
1-208-905-11 METAL CHIP
5.6K
0.5%
R3308
R3309
1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP
1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP
10
680
5%
5%
R3310
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
10K
5%
R3312
1-218-839-11 METAL CHIP
470
0.5%
R3313
1-208-905-11 METAL CHIP
5.6K
0.5%
R3314
1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP
10
5%
R3315
1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP
680
5%
R3317
1-218-947-11 RES-CHIP
330
5%
R3318
1-218-839-11 METAL CHIP
470
0.5%
R3319
1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP
10
5%
R3320
R3322
1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP
1-218-947-11 RES-CHIP
680
330
5%
5%
R3323
1-218-839-11 METAL CHIP
470
0.5%
R3324
1-208-905-11 METAL CHIP
5.6K
0.5%
R3325
1-208-905-11 METAL CHIP
5.6K
0.5%
R3326
1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP
10
5%
R3327
1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP
680
5%
R3336
1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP
47
5%
R3336
R3337
1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
0 (AEP, UK)
10K
5%
R3341
1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP
47
R3341
1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP
0 (AEP, UK)
R3342
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
10K
5%
R3344
1-218-947-11 RES-CHIP
330
5%
R3703
R3704
R3705
1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP
1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP
1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP
100
100
100
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
(AEP, UK)
1/16W
(AUS)
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R3708
R3715
R3716
R3720
R3738
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-935-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
0
33
0
10K
5%
1/16W
5%
1/16W
5%
1/16W
R3808
R3810
R3811
R3812
R3813
1-218-941-81
1-242-963-21
1-242-963-21
1-242-963-21
1-242-963-21
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
100
5%
33 (1005X4)
33 (1005X4)
33 (1005X4)
33 (1005X4)
1/16W
5%
Ref. No.
1/16W
1/16W
(AUS)
1/16W
1/10W
1/16W
(AEP, UK)
1/16W
(AUS)
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
(AEP, UK)
1/10W
(AUS)
1/16W
(AUS)
1/16W
(AUS)
1/16W
1/16W
(AUS)
1/10W
(AUS)
1/16W
(AUS)
1/16W
1/16W
(AUS)
1/10W
(AUS)
1/16W
(AUS)
1/16W
(AUS)
1/16W
(AUS)
1/16W
1/16W
(AUS)
1/16W
(AEP, UK)
1/16W
(AUS)
8-24
Part No.
Description
R3814
R3816
R3817
R3818
R3820
1-218-933-11
1-218-940-11
1-218-940-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-940-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
22
82
82
22
82
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
Remarks
R3821
R3823
R3824
R3828
R3829
1-218-933-11
1-218-940-11
1-242-962-21
1-234-379-21
1-234-379-21
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
22
5%
82
5%
82 (1005X4)
22K (1005X4)
22K (1005X4)
1/16W
1/16W
R3830
R3831
R3832
R3833
R3835
1-234-379-21
1-234-379-21
1-234-379-21
1-234-379-21
1-218-935-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
22K (1005X4)
22K (1005X4)
22K (1005X4)
22K (1005X4)
33
5%
1/16W
R3837
R3838
R3839
R3840
R3841
1-242-963-21
1-242-963-21
1-242-963-21
1-242-963-21
1-218-940-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
33 (1005X4)
33 (1005X4)
33 (1005X4)
33 (1005X4)
82
5%
1/16W
R3842
R3843
R3844
R3845
R3846
1-218-962-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-940-11
1-218-953-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
5.6K
22
22
82
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R3847
R3848
R3849
R3850
R3851
1-218-933-11
1-218-940-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-935-11
1-242-963-21
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
22
5%
82
5%
10K
5%
33
5%
33 (1005X4)
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R3857
R3862
R3871
R4501
R4504
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-969-11
1-216-295-91
1-216-059-00
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
22K
0
2.7K
R4505
R4507
R4511
R4521
R4531
1-216-059-00
1-216-059-00
1-218-990-81
1-218-963-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
2.7K
2.7K
0
6.8K
0
R4541
R4552
R4553
R4554
R4556
1-218-990-81
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
0
0
R4558
R4559
R4573
R4574
R4575
1-218-969-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
22K
0
0
0
0
R4581
R4701
R4702
R4703
R4704
1-218-941-81
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-990-81
R4705
R4706
R4707
R4708
R4709
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-234-378-21
1-234-378-21
R4710
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
5%
1/16W
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1/16W
5%
1/16W
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
100
5%
100 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
100
5%
0
1/16W
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
0
0
10K
5%
10K (1005X4)
10K (1005X4)
1/16W
10K
1/16W
5%
1/16W
RD-65
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
R4711
R4712
R4713
R4714
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
10K
10K
0
Remarks
R4721
R4722
R4723
R4724
R4725
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
100 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
47
5%
22
5%
22
5%
R4726
R4727
R4728
R4729
R4731
1-218-933-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-961-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
22
10K
10K
0
4.7K
R4732
R5101
R5102
R5103
R5104
1-218-961-11
1-234-381-11
1-234-381-11
1-218-977-11
1-218-977-11
R5105
R5106
R5107
R5108
R5109
5%
5%
5%
Ref. No.
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
Part No.
Description
Remarks
R5220
R5221
R5222
1-218-851-11 METAL CHIP
1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP
1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP
1.5K
47K
10
0.5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
R5445
R5606
R5607
R5608
R5609
1-216-295-91
1-218-940-11
1-218-940-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
82
82
10K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5610
R5612
R5613
R5614
R5615
1-218-953-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
1K
10K
1K
1K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5617
R5618
R5619
R5622
R5623
1-218-953-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-940-11
1-218-940-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
1K
10K
1K
82
82
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5624
R5626
R5627
R5628
R5629
1-218-940-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-940-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-940-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
82
22
82
22
82
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5630
R5631
R5632
R5638
R5642
1-218-940-11
1-218-933-11
1-242-963-21
1-242-963-21
1-242-963-21
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
82
5%
22
5%
33 (1005X4)
33 (1005X4)
33 (1005X4)
1/16W
1/16W
R5646
R5650
R5651
R5652
R5657
1-242-963-21
1-218-940-11
1-218-873-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-953-11
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
33 (1005X4)
82
5%
12K
0.5%
100
5%
1K
5%
R5658
R5659
R5661
R5664
R5672
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
1K
1K
1K
0
0
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1-218-989-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
1M
1K
0
0
0
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
1/16W
RES-CHIP
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
4.7K
5%
100K (1005X4)
100K (1005X4)
100K
5%
100K
5%
1/16W
1-234-702-11
1-234-702-11
1-218-939-11
1-218-939-11
1-218-937-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
68 (1005X4)
68 (1005X4)
68
5%
68
5%
47
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5110
R5111
R5113
R5114
R5115
1-218-965-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
1K
10K
10K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5116
R5117
R5118
R5119
R5120
1-218-965-11
1-218-977-11
1-218-870-11
1-211-987-11
1-211-987-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
100K
9.1K
56
56
5%
5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R5121
R5122
R5123
R5124
R5125
1-211-987-11
1-211-987-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-953-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
56
56
10K
10K
1K
0.5%
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5127
R5129
R5130
R5131
R5132
1-218-965-11
1-218-940-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-864-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
82
0
5.1K
0
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
0.5%
1/10W
R5688
R5689
R5690
R5692
R5693
R5133
R5134
R5135
R5140
R5141
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
10K
0
1-218-949-11
1-218-949-11
1-218-951-11
1-218-943-11
1-216-864-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
470
470
680
150
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5701
R5702
R5703
R5704
R5705
R5201
R5202
R5203
R5204
R5205
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-859-11
1-218-845-11
1-218-939-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
3.3K
820
68
R5706
R5707
R5803
R5804
R5805
1-211-990-11
1-218-977-11
1-164-360-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-961-11
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
75
100K
0.1uF
47K
4.7K
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/16W
16V
1/16W
1/16W
R5207
R5212
R5213
R5214
R5215
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-973-11
1-218-973-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
0
47K
47K
R5806
R5807
R5808
R5809
R5812
1-218-953-11
1-218-962-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-958-11
1-218-961-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
1K
5.6K
4.7K
2.7K
4.7K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5216
R5217
1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP
1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP
R5813
R5814
R5815
1-218-958-11 RES-CHIP
1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP
1-218-958-11 RES-CHIP
2.7K
4.7K
2.7K
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
0.5%
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/10W
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
0
0
8-25
1/16W
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
RD-65
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
R5817
R5818
1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP
1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP
4.7K
4.7K
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R5821
R5822
R5824
R5825
R5826
1-218-961-11
1-218-961-11
1-163-038-91
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
4.7K
5%
4.7K
5%
0.1uF
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
1/16W
1/16W
25V
R5827
R5828
R5829
R5831
R5832
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
1-218-938-11
1-218-990-81
1-164-360-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
56
5%
0
0.1uF
R5833
R5834
R5836
R5837
R5838
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-935-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
22
22
10K
0
33
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
1/16W
R5839
R5842
R5843
R5844
R5845
1-218-949-11
1-218-947-11
1-218-947-11
1-218-947-11
1-218-947-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
470
330
330
330
330
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5846
R5848
R5852
R5853
R5854
1-218-961-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
4.7K
4.7K
10K
10K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5855
R5856
R5857
R5859
R5861
1-234-369-21
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
RES, NETWORK
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10 (1005X4)
10K
5%
10K
5%
10K
5%
10K
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R5862
R5863
R5864
R5865
R5867
1-218-961-11
1-218-951-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-950-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
4.7K
680
1K
0
560
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
1/16W
R5868
R5869
R5870
R6001
1-218-957-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-970-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
2.2K
4.7K
27K
0
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
Ref. No.
Description
Remarks
ACCESSORIES
***********
1-480-167-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D248P)
0
1/16W
Part No.
0
0
16V
1-480-526-11
1-575-131-82
1-696-593-11
1-759-586-41
(AEP, UK)
REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D2480) (AUS)
CORD, POWER (AEP)
CORD, CONNECTION (PAL)
CONTROLLER, VIDEO (AV MOUSE)
1-555-074-52
1-827-946-21
1-828-145-11
3-113-760-11
3-113-760-21
CORD, POWER (AUS)
CORD, POWER (UK)
CORD, CONNECTION (AV) (AUS)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (UK)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH)
(AEP1,AEP3)
3-113-760-31
3-113-760-41
3-113-760-51
3-113-760-61
3-196-450-11
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN)(AEP1)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN)(AEP1)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH)(AEP1)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH)(AEP1)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH)(AEP2)
3-196-450-21
3-196-450-31
3-196-450-41
3-275-466-11
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEDISH)(AEP2)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH)(AEP2)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH)(AEP2)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH)(AUS)
< VIBRATOR >
X5101 1-813-049-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (24.576MHz)
X5201 1-795-904-21 OSCILLATOR, CRYSTAL (48MHz)
X5502 1-813-052-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (25MHz)
***********************************************************
Note :
8-26E
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
— 203 —
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
Sony Corporation
9-883-952-12
Home Electronics Network Company
— 204 —
2007J1600-1
©2007.10
Published by Quality Assurance Dept.
Reverse
988395212.pdf
Revision History
Ver.
Date
History
1.0
2007.05
Official Release
1.1
2007.10
Revised-1
RDR-HXD870/HXD970/HXD1070
Contents
—
• Addition of Australian model
• Change of service note (Page 7 through
Page 11)
• Change of block diagrams
• Change of schematic diagrams and printed
wiring boards
• Change of service mode (Pages 6-6, 6-9 and
6-10)
• Change of repair parts list
S.M. Rev.
issued
—
Yes